ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

B ENGINE

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SECTION EC EC

E
CONTENTS
APPLICATION NOTICE ............................................ 18 NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) ........................... 67 F
How to Check Vehicle Type ................................... 18 Malfunction Indicator (MI) ....................................... 67
OBD System Operation Chart ................................ 70
CR (WITH EURO-OBD) TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 76 G
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................... 76
INDEX FOR DTC ...................................................... 19 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 80
Alphabetical Index .................................................. 19 Fail-safe Chart ........................................................ 81
H
DTC No. Index ....................................................... 22 Basic Inspection ..................................................... 83
PRECAUTIONS ........................................................ 25 Symptom Matrix Chart ............................................ 86
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System Engine Control Component Parts Location ............ 90
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Circuit Diagram ....................................................... 95 I
SIONER” ................................................................ 25 ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............. 97
Maintenance Information ........................................ 25 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................... 97
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE) .......................... 104 J
A/T .......................................................................... 25 Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ....................... 114
Precaution .............................................................. 26 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ................ 28 . 115
K
PREPARATION ......................................................... 29 Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
Special Service Tools ............................................. 29 Mode ..................................................................... 118
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 29 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 120
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................. 31 Description ............................................................ 120 L
System Diagram ..................................................... 31 Testing Condition .................................................. 120
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................... 32 Inspection Procedure ............................................ 120
System Chart ......................................................... 33 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 121 M
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .................... 33 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................... 35 DENT ....................................................................... 125
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................... 36 Description ............................................................ 125
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 125
Speed) .................................................................... 37 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ........... 126
CAN Communication .............................................. 38 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 126
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE .............................. 48 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 127
Idle Speed Check ................................................... 48 Ground Inspection ................................................ 131
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ...... 49 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE. 132
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ................ 49 Description ............................................................ 132
Idle Air Volume Learning ........................................ 49 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 132
Fuel Pressure Check .............................................. 51 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 132
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ............ 54 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 133
Introduction ............................................................ 54 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 134
Two Trip Detection Logic ........................................ 54 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 135
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ................ 55 Description ............................................................ 135

EC-1
 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 172
. 135 Component Inspection ..........................................174
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 136 Removal and Installation ....................................... 174
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 136 DTC P0132 HO2S1 ................................................. 175
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 137 Component Description ........................................ 175
Component Inspection .......................................... 138 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Removal and Installation ...................................... 138 .175
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER ..................... 139 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 175
Description ............................................................ 139 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 176
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 177
. 139 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 178
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 139 Component Inspection ..........................................181
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 139 Removal and Installation ....................................... 182
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 141 DTC P0133 HO2S1 ................................................. 183
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 142 Component Description ........................................ 183
Component Inspection .......................................... 144 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Removal and Installation ...................................... 144 .183
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ..................... 145 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 183
Description ............................................................ 145 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 184
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Overall Function Check ......................................... 185
. 145 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 186
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 145 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 187
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 145 Component Inspection ..........................................191
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 147 Removal and Installation ....................................... 192
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 148 DTC P0134 HO2S1 ................................................. 193
Component Inspection .......................................... 150 Component Description ........................................ 193
Removal and Installation ...................................... 150 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRES- .193
SURE SENSOR ....................................................... 151 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 193
Component Description ........................................ 151 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 194
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 151 Overall Function Check ......................................... 194
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 151 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 196
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 152 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 197
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 153 Component Inspection ..........................................198
Component Inspection .......................................... 155 Removal and Installation ....................................... 200
Removal and Installation ...................................... 156 DTC P0138 HO2S2 ................................................. 201
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 157 Component Description ........................................ 201
Component Description ........................................ 157 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 157 .201
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 157 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 201
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 159 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 201
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 160 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 203
Component Inspection .......................................... 161 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 204
Removal and Installation ...................................... 161 Component Inspection ..........................................205
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 162 Removal and Installation ....................................... 207
Component Description ........................................ 162 DTC P0139 HO2S2 ................................................. 208
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 162 Component Description ........................................ 208
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 163 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 164 .208
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 165 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 208
Component Inspection .......................................... 166 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 209
Removal and Installation ...................................... 167 Overall Function Check ......................................... 210
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 168 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 211
Component Description ........................................ 168 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 212
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Component Inspection ..........................................214
. 168 Removal and Installation ....................................... 216
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 168 DTCP0171FUELINJECTIONSYSTEMFUNCTION.217
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 168 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 217
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 170 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 217

EC-2
 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 219 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 265
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 221 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 266 A
DTCP0172FUELINJECTIONSYSTEMFUNCTION. 225 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 268
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 225 Component Inspection .......................................... 269
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 225 Removal and Installation ...................................... 270 EC
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 227 DTC P0500 VSS ...................................................... 271
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 229 Description ............................................................ 271
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ........................... 232 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 271
Component Description ........................................ 232 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 271 C
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Overall Function Check ........................................ 272
. 232 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 272
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 232 DTC P0605 ECM ..................................................... 273 D
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 232 Component Description ........................................ 273
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 234 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 273
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 236 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 273 E
Component Inspection ......................................... 238 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 274
Removal and Installation ...................................... 238 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY ....................... 276
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS- Component Description ........................................ 276
FIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE ..................... 239 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 276 F
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 239 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 276
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 239 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 277
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 240 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 278 G
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ........................................... 244 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..... 280
Component Description ........................................ 244 Component Description ........................................ 280
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 244 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode H
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 244 . 280
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 245 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 280
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 246 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 280
I
Component Inspection ......................................... 247 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 281
Removal and Installation ...................................... 247 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 283
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .......................... 248 Component Inspection .......................................... 284
Component Description ........................................ 248 Removal and Installation ...................................... 284 J
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
. 248 ACTUATOR ............................................................. 285
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 248 Component Description ........................................ 285 K
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 248 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 285
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 249 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 285
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 251 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 286 L
Component Inspection ......................................... 253 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
Removal and Installation ...................................... 253 FUNCTION .............................................................. 287
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ..................... 254 Description ............................................................ 287
Component Description ........................................ 254 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 287 M
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 254 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 287
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 254 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 288
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 255 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 289
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 256 Component Inspection .......................................... 292
Component Inspection ......................................... 258 Removal and Installation ...................................... 292
Removal and Installation ...................................... 259 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION. 260 RELAY ..................................................................... 293
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 260 Component Description ........................................ 293
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 260 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Overall Function Check ........................................ 261 . 293
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 262 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 293
DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 293
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .............................. 264 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 295
Description ........................................................... 264 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 296
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ......... 299
. 264 Component Description ........................................ 299
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 264 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 299

EC-3
 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 299 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 340
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 300 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 340
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 301 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 340
Component Inspection .......................................... 302 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........ 341
Removal and Installation ...................................... 303 System Description ............................................... 341
DTC P1143 HO2S1 ................................................. 304 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Component Description ........................................ 304 .342
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 342
. 304 Overall Function Check ......................................... 343
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 304 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 345
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 305 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 347
Overall Function Check ........................................ 306 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 354
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 306 Component Inspection ..........................................355
Component Inspection .......................................... 308 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ........................................ 356
Removal and Installation ...................................... 309 Component Description ........................................ 356
DTC P1144 HO2S1 ................................................. 310 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 356
Component Description ........................................ 310 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 356
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 357
. 310 Removal and Installation ....................................... 357
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 310 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ........................................ 358
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 311 Component Description ........................................ 358
Overall Function Check ........................................ 312 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 358
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 312 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 358
Component Inspection .......................................... 314 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 359
Removal and Installation ...................................... 315 Removal and Installation ....................................... 359
DTC P1146 HO2S2 ................................................. 316 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 360
Component Description ........................................ 316 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 360
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 360
. 316 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 361
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 316 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 365
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 317 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH ....................................... 367
Overall Function Check ........................................ 318 Component Description ........................................ 367
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 319 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 320 .367
Component Inspection .......................................... 322 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 367
Removal and Installation ...................................... 324 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 367
DTC P1147 HO2S2 ................................................. 325 Overall Function Check ......................................... 368
Component Description ........................................ 325 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 369
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 370
. 325 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................. 374
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 325 Description ............................................................ 374
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 326 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Overall Function Check ........................................ 327 .374
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 328 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 374
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 329 FAIL-SAFE MODE ................................................ 374
Component Inspection .......................................... 331 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 374
Removal and Installation ...................................... 333 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 376
DTC P1171 INTAKE ERROR .................................. 334 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 377
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 334 Component Inspection ..........................................379
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 334 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ......................... 380
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 335 Component Description ........................................ 380
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 336 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT .......................... 339 .380
Description ............................................................ 339 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 380
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 339 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 381
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 339 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 382
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 339 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 385
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ............ 340 Component Inspection ..........................................387
Description ............................................................ 340 Removal and Installation ....................................... 388

EC-4
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ........................ 389 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Component Description ........................................ 389 . 441 A
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 441
. 389 MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS ........................... 442
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 389 Wiring Diagram (LHD Models) .............................. 442 EC
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 390 Wiring Diagram (RHD Models) ............................. 443
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 391 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ..................... 444
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 394 Description ............................................................ 444
Component Inspection ......................................... 397 Component Inspection .......................................... 447 C
Removal and Installation ...................................... 397 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ............... 448
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ........................................ 398 Description ............................................................ 448
Component Description ........................................ 398 Component Inspection .......................................... 448 D
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 450
. 398 Fuel Pressure ....................................................... 450
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 398 Idle Speed ............................................................ 450 E
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 399 Calculated Load Value .......................................... 450
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 400 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor ..................... 450
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 402 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 450
Component Inspection ......................................... 404 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 450 F
Removal and Installation ...................................... 404 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ......................... 450
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ..................................... 405 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater ......................... 450
Component Description ........................................ 405 Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ....................... 450 G
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) .................... 450
. 405 Throttle Control Motor ........................................... 450
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 405 Fuel Injector .......................................................... 450 H
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 406 Fuel Pump ............................................................ 451
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 407
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 410 CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) I
Component Inspection ......................................... 414
Removal and Installation ...................................... 414 INDEX FOR DTC ..................................................... 452
IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................. 415 Alphabetical Index ................................................ 452
Component Description ........................................ 415 DTC No. Index ...................................................... 454 J
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 416 PRECAUTIONS ...................................................... 456
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 419 Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
Component Inspection ......................................... 423 (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- K
Removal and Installation ...................................... 424 SIONER” ............................................................... 456
FUEL INJECTOR .................................................... 425 Maintenance Information ...................................... 456
Component Description ........................................ 425 On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine .... 456
L
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Precaution ............................................................ 457
. 425 Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .............. 459
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 426 PREPARATION ....................................................... 460
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 427 Special Service Tools ........................................... 460 M
Component Inspection ......................................... 430 Commercial Service Tools .................................... 460
Removal and Installation ...................................... 430 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 462
FUEL PUMP ........................................................... 431 System Diagram ................................................... 462
Description ........................................................... 431 Vacuum Hose Drawing ......................................... 463
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode System Chart ........................................................ 464
. 431 Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ................... 464
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 432 Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................. 466
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 433 Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................. 467
Component Inspection ......................................... 435 Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine
Removal and Installation ...................................... 435 Speed) .................................................................. 468
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ................. 436 CAN Communication ............................................ 469
Component Description ........................................ 436 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................. 479
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 437 Idle Speed Check ................................................. 479
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 438 Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning .... 479
Removal and Installation ...................................... 440 Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ............... 479
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ................................ 441 Idle Air Volume Learning ...................................... 479
Description ........................................................... 441 Fuel Pressure Check ............................................ 482

EC-5
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .......... 484 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 559
Introduction ........................................................... 484 Component Description ........................................ 559
Two Trip Detection Logic ...................................... 484 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 559
Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............. 484 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 560
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) .......................... 487 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 561
Malfunction Indicator (MI) ..................................... 487 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 562
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .......................................... 491 Component Inspection ..........................................563
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................. 491 Removal and Installation ....................................... 564
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 495 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 565
Fail-safe Chart ...................................................... 496 Component Description ........................................ 565
Basic Inspection ................................................... 497 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Symptom Matrix Chart .......................................... 500 .565
Engine Control Component Parts Location .......... 504 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 565
Circuit Diagram ..................................................... 509 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 565
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 511 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 567
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 511 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 569
CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE) .......................... 518 Component Inspection ..........................................571
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Removal and Installation ....................................... 571
. 527 DTC P0132 HO2S1 ................................................. 572
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Component Description ........................................ 572
Mode ..................................................................... 530 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 533 .572
Description ............................................................ 533 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 572
Testing Condition .................................................. 533 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 573
Inspection Procedure ............................................ 533 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 574
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 534 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 575
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- Component Inspection ..........................................577
DENT ....................................................................... 538 Removal and Installation ....................................... 578
Description ............................................................ 538 DTC P0134 HO2S1 ................................................. 579
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 538 Component Description ........................................ 579
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ........... 539 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 539 .579
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 540 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 579
Ground Inspection ................................................ 544 Overall Function Check ......................................... 580
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE. 545 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 581
Description ............................................................ 545 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 582
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 545 Component Inspection ..........................................583
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 545 Removal and Installation ....................................... 585
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 546 DTC P0138 HO2S2 ................................................. 586
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 547 Component Description ........................................ 586
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 548 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Description ............................................................ 548 .586
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 586
. 548 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 586
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 549 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 588
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 549 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 589
Overall Function Check ........................................ 550 Component Inspection ..........................................590
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 550 Removal and Installation ....................................... 592
Component Inspection .......................................... 551 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................ 593
Removal and Installation ...................................... 552 Component Description ........................................ 593
DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRES- CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
SURE SENSOR ....................................................... 553 .593
Component Description ........................................ 553 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 593
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 553 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 593
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 553 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 595
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 554 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 597
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 555 Component Inspection ..........................................599
Component Inspection .......................................... 557 Removal and Installation ....................................... 599
Removal and Installation ...................................... 558

EC-6
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ........................................... 600 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 636
Component Description ........................................ 600 Component Inspection .......................................... 639 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 600 Removal and Installation ...................................... 639
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 600 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 601 RELAY ..................................................................... 640 EC
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 602 Component Description ........................................ 640
Component Inspection ......................................... 603 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Removal and Installation ...................................... 603 . 640
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .......................... 604 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 640 C
Component Description ........................................ 604 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 640
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 642
. 604 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 643 D
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 604 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ......... 646
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 604 Component Description ........................................ 646
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 606 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 646 E
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 608 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 646
Component Inspection ......................................... 610 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 647
Removal and Installation ...................................... 610 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 648
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ......................611 Component Inspection .......................................... 649 F
Component Description .........................................611 Removal and Installation ...................................... 650
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................611 DTC P1171 INTAKE ERROR .................................. 651
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................611 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 651 G
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 613 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 651
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 614 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 653
Component Inspection ......................................... 616 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 654 H
Removal and Installation ...................................... 617 DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ............ 657
DTC P0605 ECM .................................................... 618 Description ............................................................ 657
Component Description ........................................ 618 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 657
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 618 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 657
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 618 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 657
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 620 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........ 658
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY ....................... 621 System Description ............................................... 658 J
Component Description ........................................ 621 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 621 . 659
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 621 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 659 K
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 622 Overall Function Check ........................................ 660
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 623 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 662
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .... 625 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 664 L
Component Description ........................................ 625 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 671
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Component Inspection .......................................... 672
. 625 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ........................................ 673
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 625 Component Description ........................................ 673 M
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 625 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 673
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 627 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 673
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 629 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 674
Component Inspection ......................................... 630 Removal and Installation ...................................... 674
Removal and Installation ...................................... 630 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ........................................ 675
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Component Description ........................................ 675
ACTUATOR ............................................................ 631 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 675
Component Description ........................................ 631 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 675
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 631 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 676
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 631 Removal and Installation ...................................... 676
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 632 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 677
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 677
FUNCTION .............................................................. 634 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 677
Description ........................................................... 634 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 678
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 634 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 682
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 634 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH ...................................... 684
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 635 Component Description ........................................ 684

EC-7
 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode .731
. 684 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 732
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 684 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 733
Overall Function Check ........................................ 684 Component Inspection ..........................................735
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 685 Removal and Installation ....................................... 735
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 686 HO2S2 HEATER ...................................................... 736
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................. 690 Description ............................................................ 736
Description ............................................................ 690 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode .736
. 690 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 737
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 690 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 738
FAIL-SAFE MODE ................................................ 690 Component Inspection ..........................................740
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 690 Removal and Installation ....................................... 740
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 692 IAT SENSOR ........................................................... 741
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 693 Component Description ........................................ 741
Component Inspection .......................................... 695 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 742
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ......................... 696 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 743
Component Description ........................................ 696 Component Inspection ..........................................745
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Removal and Installation ....................................... 745
. 696 HO2S1 ..................................................................... 746
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 696 Component Description ........................................ 746
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 696 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 698 .746
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 701 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 747
Component Inspection .......................................... 703 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 749
Removal and Installation ...................................... 704 Component Inspection ..........................................750
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ......................... 705 Removal and Installation ....................................... 752
Component Description ........................................ 705 HO2S2 ..................................................................... 753
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Component Description ........................................ 753
. 705 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 705 .753
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 705 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 754
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 707 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 755
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 710 Component Inspection ..........................................757
Component Inspection .......................................... 713 Removal and Installation ....................................... 758
Removal and Installation ...................................... 713 IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................. 759
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ........................................ 714 Component Description ........................................ 759
Component Description ........................................ 714 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 760
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 763
. 714 Component Inspection ..........................................767
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 714 Removal and Installation ....................................... 768
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 714 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 716 SOLENOID VALVE .................................................. 769
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 718 Description ............................................................ 769
Component Inspection .......................................... 720 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Removal and Installation ...................................... 720 .769
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ..................................... 721 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 770
Component Description ........................................ 721 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 772
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Component Inspection ..........................................774
. 721 Removal and Installation ....................................... 775
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 721 VSS .......................................................................... 776
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 722 Description ............................................................ 776
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 723 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 776
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 726 FUEL INJECTOR ..................................................... 777
Component Inspection .......................................... 730 Component Description ........................................ 777
Removal and Installation ...................................... 730 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
HO2S1 HEATER ..................................................... 731 .777
Description ............................................................ 731 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 778
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 779

EC-8
 Component Inspection ......................................... 782 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 814
Removal and Installation ...................................... 782 System Diagram ................................................... 814 A
FUEL PUMP ........................................................... 783 Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ................... 815
Description ........................................................... 783 Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................. 817
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine EC
. 783 Speed) .................................................................. 818
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 784 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL .................... 819
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 785 Input/Output Signal Chart ..................................... 819
Component Inspection ......................................... 787 System Description ............................................... 819 C
Removal and Installation ...................................... 787 CAN COMMUNICATION ......................................... 820
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ................. 788 System Description ............................................... 820
Component Description ........................................ 788 CAN Communication Unit ..................................... 820 D
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 789 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ..................... 825
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 790 Description ............................................................ 825
Removal and Installation ...................................... 792 Component Inspection .......................................... 828 E
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ................................ 793 NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) ................ 829
Description ........................................................... 793 Description ............................................................ 829
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ............... 830
. 793 Description ............................................................ 830 F
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 793 Component Inspection .......................................... 830
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS .......................... 794 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .......... 832
Wiring Diagram (LHD Models) ............................. 794 Introduction ........................................................... 832 G
Wiring Diagram (RHD Models) ............................. 795 Two Trip Detection Logic ...................................... 832
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ..................... 796 Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............. 833
Description ........................................................... 796 Malfunction Indicator (MI) ..................................... 843 H
Component Inspection ......................................... 799 OBD System Operation Chart .............................. 847
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ............... 800 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................. 852
Description ........................................................... 800 Basic Inspection ................................................... 852
I
Component Inspection ......................................... 800 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................. 857
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 802 Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning .... 858
Fuel Pressure ....................................................... 802 Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ............... 858
Idle Speed ............................................................ 802 Idle Air Volume Learning ...................................... 859 J
Calculated Load Value ......................................... 802 Fuel Pressure Check ............................................ 861
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor ..................... 802 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .......................................... 864
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................ 802 Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................. 864 K
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 802 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 870
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ......................... 802 Fail-Safe Chart ..................................................... 871
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater ......................... 802 Symptom Matrix Chart .......................................... 872 L
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ....................... 802 Engine Control Component Parts Location .......... 876
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) .................... 802 Vacuum Hose Drawing ......................................... 881
Throttle Control Motor .......................................... 802 Circuit Diagram ..................................................... 882
Fuel Injector ......................................................... 802 ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 884 M
Fuel Pump ............................................................ 803 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 884
CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE) .......................... 891
HR (WITH EURO-OBD) Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ....................... 901
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor ..... 903
INDEX FOR DTC .................................................... 804 Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
DTC No. Index ..................................................... 804 Mode ..................................................................... 906
Alphabetical Index ................................................ 806 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 908
PRECAUTIONS ...................................................... 808 Description ............................................................ 908
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System Testing Condition .................................................. 908
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Inspection Procedure ............................................ 908
SIONER” .............................................................. 808 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 909
PrecautionsforProcedureswithoutCowlTopCover. 808 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine .... 808 DENT ....................................................................... 918
Precaution ............................................................ 809 Description ............................................................ 918
PREPARATION ....................................................... 812 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 918
Special Service Tools ........................................... 812 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ........... 919
Commercial Service Tools .................................... 813 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 919

EC-9
 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 920 DTC P0132 HO2S1 ................................................. 958
Ground Inspection ................................................ 924 Component Description ........................................ 958
DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ............ 926 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Description ............................................................ 926 .958
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 926 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 958
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 926 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 959
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 927 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 960
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 928 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 961
DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION ..................... 929 Component Inspection ..........................................963
Description ............................................................ 929 Removal and Installation ....................................... 964
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 929 DTC P0133 HO2S1 ................................................. 965
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 929 Component Description ........................................ 965
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 930 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 931 .965
Description ............................................................ 931 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 965
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 966
. 931 Overall Function Check ......................................... 967
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 932 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 968
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 932 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 969
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 933 Component Inspection ..........................................973
Component Inspection .......................................... 934 Removal and Installation ....................................... 974
Removal and Installation ...................................... 934 DTC P0134 HO2S1 ................................................. 975
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 935 Component Description ........................................ 975
Component Description ........................................ 935 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode .975
. 935 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 975
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 935 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 976
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 936 Overall Function Check ......................................... 977
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 937 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 978
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 938 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 979
Component Inspection .......................................... 940 Component Inspection ..........................................981
Removal and Installation ...................................... 941 Removal and Installation ....................................... 982
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 942 DTC P0135 HO2S1 HEATER .................................. 983
Component Description ........................................ 942 Description ............................................................ 983
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 942 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 942 .983
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 944 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 983
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 945 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 984
Component Inspection .......................................... 946 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 985
Removal and Installation ...................................... 946 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 986
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 947 Component Inspection ..........................................988
Component Description ........................................ 947 Removal and Installation ....................................... 988
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 947 DTC P0138 HO2S2 ................................................. 989
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 948 Component Description ........................................ 989
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 949 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 950 .989
Component Inspection .......................................... 951 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 989
Removal and Installation ...................................... 951 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 990
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 952 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 991
Component Description ........................................ 952 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 993
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Component Inspection ..........................................994
. 952 Removal and Installation ....................................... 995
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 952 DTC P0139 HO2S2 ................................................. 996
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 953 Component Description ........................................ 996
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 954 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 955 .996
Component Inspection .......................................... 957 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 996
Removal and Installation ...................................... 957 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 997
Overall Function Check ......................................... 998

EC-10
 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 999 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1050
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1001 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1050 A
Component Inspection ........................................1003 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1052
Removal and Installation .....................................1004 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1053
DTC P0141 HO2S2 HEATER ................................1005 Component Inspection .........................................1056 EC
Description ..........................................................1005 Removal and Installation .....................................1056
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION1057
1005 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1057
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1005 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1057 C
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1006 Overall Function Check .......................................1058
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1007 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1059
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1009 DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME D
Component Inspection ........................................1011 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..............................1063
Removal and Installation .....................................1011 Description ...........................................................1063
DTCP0171FUELINJECTIONSYSTEMFUNCTION1012 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode E
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1012 1063
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1012 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1063
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1014 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1064
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1016 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1065 F
DTCP0172FUELINJECTIONSYSTEMFUNCTION1019 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1067
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1019 Component Inspection .........................................1068
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1019 Removal and Installation .....................................1069 G
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1021 DTC P0500 VSS .....................................................1070
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1023 Description ...........................................................1070
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ..........................1026 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1070 H
Component Description .......................................1026 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1070
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Overall Function Check .......................................1071
1026 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1071
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1026 DTC P0605 ECM ....................................................1072
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1027 Component Description .......................................1072
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1028 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1072
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1029 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1072 J
Component Inspection ........................................1031 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1073
Removal and Installation .....................................1031 DTC P1065 ECM ....................................................1075
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS- Component Description .......................................1075 K
FIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE ....................1032 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1075
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1032 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1075
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1033 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1076 L
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1033 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....1077
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ..........................................1038 Component Description .......................................1077
Component Description .......................................1038 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1038 1077 M
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1038 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1077
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1039 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1077
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1040 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1078
Component Inspection ........................................1041 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1080
Removal and Installation .....................................1041 Component Inspection .........................................1081
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .........................1042 Removal and Installation .....................................1081
Component Description .......................................1042 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode ACTUATOR ............................................................1082
1042 Component Description .......................................1082
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1042 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1082
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1043 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1082
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1044 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1083
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1046 Removal and Installation .....................................1083
Component Inspection ........................................1049 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
Removal and Installation .....................................1049 FUNCTION .............................................................1084
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ....................1050 Description ...........................................................1084
Component Description .......................................1050 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1084

EC-11
 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1084 Overall Function Check ........................................1125
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1085 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1126
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1086 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1128
Component Inspection .........................................1090 Component Inspection .........................................1130
Removal and Installation .....................................1090 Removal and Installation ......................................1131
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT .........................1132
RELAY ....................................................................1091 Description ...........................................................1132
Component Description .......................................1091 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1132
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1132
1091 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1132
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1091 DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ............1133
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1091 Description ...........................................................1133
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1093 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1133
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1094 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1133
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ........1097 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1133
Component Description .......................................1097 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE .......1134
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1097 System Description ..............................................1134
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1097 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1098 1135
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1099 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1135
Component Inspection .........................................1101 Overall Function Check ........................................1136
Removal and Installation .....................................1101 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1139
DTC P1143 HO2S1 ................................................1102 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1141
Component Description .......................................1102 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1148
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Component Inspection .........................................1149
1102 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................1150
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1102 Component Description .......................................1150
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1103 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1150
Overall Function Check .......................................1104 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1150
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1104 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1151
Component Inspection .........................................1106 Removal and Installation ......................................1151
Removal and Installation .....................................1107 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................1152
DTC P1144 HO2S1 ................................................1108 Component Description .......................................1152
Component Description .......................................1108 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1152
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1152
1108 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1153
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1108 Removal and Installation ......................................1153
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1109 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ...............1154
Overall Function Check .......................................1110 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1154
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1110 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1154
Component Inspection .........................................1112 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1155
Removal and Installation .....................................1113 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1159
DTC P1146 HO2S2 ................................................1114 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH ......................................1161
Component Description .......................................1114 Component Description .......................................1161
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
1114 1161
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1114 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1161
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1115 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1161
Overall Function Check .......................................1116 Overall Function Check ........................................1162
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1117 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1163
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1119 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1164
Component Inspection .........................................1121 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................1167
Removal and Installation .....................................1122 Description ...........................................................1167
DTC P1147 HO2S2 ................................................1123 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Component Description .......................................1123 1167
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1167
1123 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1167
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1123 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1168
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1124

EC-12
 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1169 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1216
Component Inspection ........................................1171 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1217 A
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR .......................1172 Component Inspection .........................................1220
Component Description .......................................1172 Removal and Installation .....................................1220
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................1221 EC
1172 Component Description .......................................1221
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1172 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1222
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1173 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1225
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1174 Component Inspection .........................................1229 C
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1177 Removal and Installation .....................................1230
Component Inspection ........................................1179 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .................1231
Removal and Installation .....................................1180 Component Description .......................................1231 D
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .......................1181 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1232
Component Description .......................................1181 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1233
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Removal and Installation .....................................1236 E
1181 MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS ..........................1237
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1181 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1237
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1182 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...1239
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1183 Fuel Pressure ......................................................1239 F
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1186 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................1239
Component Inspection ........................................1190 Calculated Load Value .........................................1239
Removal and Installation .....................................1190 Mass Air Flow Sensor ..........................................1239 G
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR .......................................1191 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................1239
Component Description .......................................1191 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ..................1239
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ........................1239 H
1191 Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater .........................1239
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1191 Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ......................1239
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1192 Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ...................1239
I
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1193 Throttle Control Motor ..........................................1240
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1194 Fuel Injector .........................................................1240
Component Inspection ........................................1196 Fuel Pump ...........................................................1240
Removal and Installation .....................................1196 J
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ....................................1197 HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)
Component Description .......................................1197
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode INDEX FOR DTC ....................................................1241 K
1197 DTC No. Index .....................................................1241
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1197 Alphabetical Index ...............................................1243
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1198 PRECAUTIONS .....................................................1245
L
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1199 Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1202 (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Component Inspection ........................................1205 SIONER” ..............................................................1245
Removal and Installation .....................................1206 Precautions forProcedureswithoutCowlTopCover1245 M
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ...............................1207 On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine ...1245
Description ..........................................................1207 Precaution ...........................................................1246
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode PREPARATION ......................................................1249
1207 Special Service Tools ..........................................1249
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1207 Commercial Service Tools ...................................1250
FUEL INJECTOR ...................................................1209 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...............................1251
Component Description .......................................1209 System Diagram ..................................................1251
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ..................1252
1209 Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................1254
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1210 Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1211 Speed) .................................................................1255
Component Inspection ........................................1214 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ...................1256
Removal and Installation .....................................1214 Input/Output Signal Chart ....................................1256
FUEL PUMP ..........................................................1215 System Description ..............................................1256
Description ..........................................................1215 CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................1257
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode System Description ..............................................1257
1215 CAN Communication Unit ....................................1257

EC-13
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ....................1262 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ....................................1354
Description ...........................................................1262 Description ...........................................................
1354
Component Inspection .........................................1265 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) ...............1266 1354
Description ...........................................................1266 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1355
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ..............1267 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1355
Description ...........................................................1267 Overall Function Check ........................................ 1356
Component Inspection .........................................1267 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1356
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .........1269 Component Inspection ......................................... 1357
Introduction ..........................................................1269 Removal and Installation ......................................1358
Two Trip Detection Logic .....................................1269 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ........................ 1359
Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............1269 Component Description ....................................... 1359
Malfunction Indicator (MI) ....................................1273 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................1277 1359
Basic Inspection ..................................................1277 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1359
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................1282 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1360
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ...1283 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1361
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ..............1284 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1362
Idle Air Volume Learning .....................................1284 Component Inspection ......................................... 1364
Fuel Pressure Check ...........................................1286 Removal and Installation ......................................1365
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .........................................1289 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ......................... 1366
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................1289 Component Description ....................................... 1366
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..............................1295 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1366
Fail-Safe Chart ....................................................1296 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1367
Symptom Matrix Chart .........................................1297 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1368
Engine Control Component Parts Location .........1301 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1369
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................1306 Component Inspection ......................................... 1370
Circuit Diagram ....................................................1307 Removal and Installation ......................................1370
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ..........1309 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ........................... 1371
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1309 Component Description ....................................... 1371
CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE) .........................1316 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor ....1326 1371
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1371
Mode ....................................................................1329 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1372
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE1331 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1373
Description ...........................................................1331 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1374
Testing Condition .................................................1331 Component Inspection ......................................... 1376
Inspection Procedure ...........................................1331 Removal and Installation ......................................1376
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1332 DTC P0132 HO2S1 ................................................ 1377
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- Component Description ....................................... 1377
DENT ......................................................................1341 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Description ...........................................................1341 1377
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1341 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1377
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..........1342 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1378
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1342 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1379
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1343 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1380
Ground Inspection ...............................................1347 Component Inspection ......................................... 1383
DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ...........1349 Removal and Installation ......................................1384
Description ...........................................................1349 DTC P0134 HO2S1 ................................................ 1385
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1349 Component Description ....................................... 1385
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1349 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1350 1385
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1351 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1385
DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION ....................1352 Overall Function Check ........................................ 1386
Description ...........................................................1352 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1387
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1352 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1388
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1352 Component Inspection ......................................... 1389
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1353 Removal and Installation ......................................1391

EC-14
DTC P0138 HO2S2 ................................................1392 1429
Component Description .......................................1392 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1429 A
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1429
1392 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1430
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1392 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1432 EC
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1393 Component Inspection .........................................1433
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1394 Removal and Installation .....................................1433
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1396 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
Component Inspection ........................................1397 ACTUATOR ............................................................1434 C
Removal and Installation .....................................1398 Component Description .......................................1434
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ..........................1399 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1434
Component Description .......................................1399 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1434 D
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1435
1399 Removal and Installation .....................................1436
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1399 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL E
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1400 FUNCTION .............................................................1437
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1401 Description ...........................................................1437
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1402 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1437
Component Inspection ........................................1404 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1437 F
Removal and Installation .....................................1404 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1438
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ..........................................1405 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1439
Component Description .......................................1405 Component Inspection .........................................1443 G
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1405 Removal and Installation .....................................1443
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1405 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1406 RELAY ....................................................................1444 H
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1407 Component Description .......................................1444
Component Inspection ........................................1408 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Removal and Installation .....................................1408 1444
I
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .........................1409 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1444
Component Description .......................................1409 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1444
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Wiring Diagram ....................................................1446
1409 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1447 J
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1409 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ........1450
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1410 Component Description .......................................1450
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1411 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1450 K
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1413 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1450
Component Inspection ........................................1416 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1451
Removal and Installation .....................................1416 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1452 L
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ....................1417 Component Inspection .........................................1454
Component Description .......................................1417 Removal and Installation .....................................1454
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1417 DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT .........................1455
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1418 Description ...........................................................1455 M
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1419 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1455
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1420 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1455
Component Inspection ........................................1422 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1455
Removal and Installation .....................................1423 DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ...........1456
DTC P0605 ECM ...................................................1424 Description ...........................................................1456
Component Description .......................................1424 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1456
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1424 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1456
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1424 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1456
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1426 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE .......1457
DTC P1065 ECM ...................................................1427 System Description ..............................................1457
Component Description .......................................1427 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1427 1458
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1427 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1458
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1428 Overall Function Check .......................................1459
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...1429 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1462
Component Description .......................................1429 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1464
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode

EC-15
 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1471 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Component Inspection .........................................1472 1513
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................1473 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1513
Component Description .......................................1473 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1514
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1473 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1515
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1473 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1516
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1474 Component Inspection ......................................... 1518
Removal and Installation .....................................1474 Removal and Installation ......................................1518
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................1475 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR .....................................1519
Component Description .......................................1475 Component Description ....................................... 1519
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1475 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1475 1519
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1476 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1519
Removal and Installation .....................................1476 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1520
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ...............1477 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1521
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1477 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1524
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1477 Component Inspection ......................................... 1527
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1478 Removal and Installation ......................................1528
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1482 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ............................... 1529
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH .....................................1484 Description ...........................................................1529
Component Description .......................................1484 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode 1529
1484 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1529
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1484 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1484 SOLENOID VALVE ................................................. 1531
Overall Function Check .......................................1485 Description ...........................................................1531
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1486 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1487 1531
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................1490 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1532
Description ...........................................................1490 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1534
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Component Inspection ......................................... 1537
1490 Removal and Installation ......................................1537
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1490 FUEL INJECTOR ....................................................1538
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1490 Component Description ....................................... 1538
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1491 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1492 1538
Component Inspection .........................................1493 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1539
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ........................1495 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1540
Component Description .......................................1495 Component Inspection ......................................... 1543
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Removal and Installation ......................................1543
1495 FUEL PUMP ........................................................... 1544
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1495 Description ...........................................................1544
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1496 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1497 1544
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1500 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1545
Component Inspection .........................................1502 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1546
Removal and Installation .....................................1503 Component Inspection ......................................... 1549
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ........................1504 Removal and Installation ......................................1549
Component Description .......................................1504 HO2S1 ....................................................................1550
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Component Description ....................................... 1550
1504 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1504 1550
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1505 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1551
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1506 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1553
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1509 Component Inspection ......................................... 1557
Component Inspection .........................................1512 Removal and Installation ......................................1558
Removal and Installation .....................................1512 HO2S1 HEATER .....................................................1559
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR .......................................1513 Description ...........................................................1559
Component Description .......................................1513 CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode

EC-16
 1559 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1583
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1560 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1586 A
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1561 Component Inspection .........................................1590
Component Inspection ........................................1564 Removal and Installation .....................................1591
Removal and Installation .....................................1564 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .................1592 EC
HO2S2 ...................................................................1565 Component Description .......................................1592
Component Description .......................................1565 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1593
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1594
1565 Removal and Installation .....................................1597 C
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1566 VSS ........................................................................1598
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1567 Description ...........................................................1598
Component Inspection ........................................1569 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1598 D
Removal and Installation .....................................1570 MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS ..........................1599
HO2S2 HEATER ....................................................1571 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1599
Description ..........................................................1571 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...1601 E
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Fuel Pressure ......................................................1601
1571 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................1601
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1572 Mass Air Flow Sensor ..........................................1601
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1574 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................1601 F
Component Inspection ........................................1576 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ..................1601
Removal and Installation .....................................1576 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ........................1601
IAT SENSOR ..........................................................1577 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater ........................1601 G
Component Description .......................................1577 Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ......................1601
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1578 Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ...................1601
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1579 Throttle Control Motor ..........................................1601 H
Component Inspection ........................................1581 Fuel Injector .........................................................1601
Removal and Installation .....................................1581 Fuel Pump ...........................................................1601
IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................1582
I
Component Description .......................................1582

EC-17
 APPLICATION NOTICE

APPLICATION NOTICE PFP:00000

How to Check Vehicle Type EBS01KO5

Check the Euro-OBD (E-OBD) discrimination of the vehicle (refer to GI-44, "IDENTIFICATION INFORMA-
TION" ) to confirm the service information in EC section.

EC-18
 INDEX FOR DTC
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
INDEX FOR DTC
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)] PFP:00024
A
Alphabetical Index EBS00O2P

NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, EC
U1001. Refer to EC-132, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
DTC*1
Items MI lighting
CONSULT-II Trip Reference page C
(CONSULT-II screen terms) up
ECM*3
GST*2
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC P0107 0107 2 × EC-151
D
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC P0108 0108 2 × EC-151
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 1 × EC-380
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 1 × EC-380 E
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 1 × EC-389
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 1 × EC-389
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 1 × EC-405
F

ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 0710 2 × AT-115

A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 0731 2 × AT-130 G
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 0732 2 × AT-134
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 0733 2 × AT-137
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 0734 2 × AT-141 H
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 2 — EC-374
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*5 1 × EC-132
I
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 5 2 — EC-132
1001*
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 2 × EC-248
J
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 2 × EC-254
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 2 — EC-356
CTP LEARNING P1226 1226 2 — EC-358 K
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 2 × EC-239
CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 2 × EC-239
CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 2 × EC-239
L

CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 2 × EC-239

ECM P0605 0605 1 or 2 × or — EC-273
M
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P1065 1065 2 × EC-276
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 1 × EC-162
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 1 × EC-162
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 0725 2 × AT-126
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 1 × EC-341
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 1 × EC-285
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 1 × EC-287
ETC MOT P1128 1128 1 × EC-299
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 1 × EC-293
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 1 × EC-293
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 2 × EC-217
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 2 × EC-225
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 2 × EC-175

EC-19
 INDEX FOR DTC
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1
Items MI lighting
CONSULT-II Trip Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) 3 up
2 ECM*
GST*
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 0133 2 × EC-183
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 2 × EC-193
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 1143 2 × EC-304
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 1144 2 × EC-310
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 2 × EC-139
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 2 × EC-139
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 2 × EC-201
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 2 × EC-208
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 2 × EC-316
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 2 × EC-325
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 2 × EC-145
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 2 × EC-145
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 0112 2 × EC-157
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 0113 2 × EC-157
INTAKE ERROR P1171 1171 1 × EC-334
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 2 — EC-135
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 2 × EC-280
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 2 — EC-244
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 2 — EC-244
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 0745 2 × AT-158
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 2 × EC-239
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 2 — EC-67
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING No DTC Flashing*4 — Flashing*4 EC-68
MAY BE REQUIRED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 1760 2 × AT-176
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 0705 2 × AT-110
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 2 × EC-367
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 2 × EC-264
SFT SOL A/CIRC P0750 0750 1 × AT-164
SFT SOL B/CIRC P0755 0755 1 × AT-169
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 1 × EC-360
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 0740 2 × AT-147
TCS C/U FUNCTN P1211 1211 2 — EC-339
TCS/CIRC P1212 1212 2 — EC-340
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 1705 1 × AT-174
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 1 × EC-232
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 1 × EC-232
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 1 × EC-168
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 1 × EC-168
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 1 × EC-398

EC-20
 INDEX FOR DTC
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1
Items MI lighting A
CONSULT-II Trip Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) 3 up
ECM*
GST*2
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 2 × EC-260 EC
VEH SPD SEN/CIRC*6 P0720 0720 2 × AT-120

VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*6 P0500 0500 2 × EC-271

C
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: When engine is running. D
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MI illuminates.
E

EC-21
 INDEX FOR DTC
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC No. Index EBS00O2Q

NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-132, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
DTC*1
Items MI lighting
CONSULT-II Trip Reference page
3 (CONSULT-II screen terms) up
2 ECM*
GST*
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
No DTC Flashing*4 FURTHER TESTING — Flashing*4 EC-68
MAY BE REQUIRED.
U1000 1000*5 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 1 × EC-132

U1001 1001*5 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 2 — EC-132

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 2 — EC-135
P0031 0031 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-139
P0032 0032 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-139
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-145
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-145
P0107 0107 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-151
P0108 0108 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-151
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-157
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-157
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC 1 × EC-162
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC 1 × EC-162
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-168
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-168
P0132 0132 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-175
P0133 0133 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-183
P0134 0134 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-193
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-201
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-208
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 2 × EC-217
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 2 × EC-225
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-232
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-232
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE 2 × EC-239
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE 2 × EC-239
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE 2 × EC-239
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE 2 × EC-239
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE 2 × EC-239
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 2 — EC-244
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 2 — EC-244
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-248
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 2 × EC-254
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 2 × EC-260

EC-22
 INDEX FOR DTC
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1
Items MI lighting A
CONSULT-II Trip Reference page
3 (CONSULT-II screen terms) up
ECM*
GST*2
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V 2 × EC-264 EC
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC* 6 2 × EC-271
P0605 0605 ECM 1 or 2 × or — EC-273
C
P0705 0705 PNP SW/CIRC 2 × AT-110
P0710 0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC 2 × AT-115
P0720 0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIRC* 6 2 × AT-120 D
P0725 0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG 2 × AT-126
P0731 0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN 2 × AT-130
E
P0732 0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN 2 × AT-134
P0733 0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN 2 × AT-137
P0734 0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN 2 × AT-141 F
P0740 0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC 2 × AT-147
P0745 0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC 2 × AT-158
P0750 0750 SFT SOL A/CIRC 1 × AT-164 G
P0755 0755 SFT SOL B/CIRC 1 × AT-169
P1065 1065 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-276
H
P1111 1111 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 2 × EC-280
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR 1 × EC-285
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC 1 × EC-287 I
P1124 1124 ETC MOT PWR 1 × EC-293
P1126 1126 ETC MOT PWR 1 × EC-293
J
P1128 1128 ETC MOT 1 × EC-299
P1143 1143 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-304
P1144 1144 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-310 K
P1146 1146 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-316
P1147 1147 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-325
L
P1171 1171 INTAKE ERROR 1 × EC-334
P1211 1211 TCS C/U FUNCTN 2 — EC-339
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC 2 — EC-340 M
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 × EC-341
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING 2 — EC-356
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING 2 — EC-358
P1229 1229 SENSOR POWER/CIRC 1 × EC-360
P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 NATS MALFUNCTION 2 — EC-67
P1705 1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T 1 × AT-174
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-367
P1760 1760 O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC 2 × AT-176
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT 2 — EC-374
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-380
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-380
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-389
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-389

EC-23
 INDEX FOR DTC
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1
Items MI lighting
CONSULT-II Trip Reference page
3 (CONSULT-II screen terms) up
2 ECM*
GST*
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR 1 × EC-398
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR 1 × EC-405
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: When engine is running.
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*6: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MI illuminates.

EC-24
 PRECAUTIONS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001
A
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER” EBS00OS5

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along EC
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual. C
WARNING:
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. D
● Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section. E
● Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors. F
Maintenance Information EBS011US

If any of following part is replaced, always replace with new* one. G

If it's not (or fail to do so), the electrical system may not be operated properly.
*: New one means a virgin control unit that has never been energized on-board.
RHD MODELS H
● BCM (Models without Intelligent Key system)
● Intelligent Key unit (Models with Intelligent Key system)
● ECM I
● IPDM E/R
● Combination meter
J
● EPS control unit
LHD MODELS
● BCM (Models without Intelligent Key system) K
● Intelligent Key unit (Models with Intelligent Key system)
● ECM
L
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T EBS00O2S

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration. M
CAUTION:
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery ground cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MI to light up.
● Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
● Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-119, "HAR-
NESS CONNECTOR" .
● Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
● Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.

EC-25
 PRECAUTIONS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Precaution EBS00O2T

● Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

● Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
● Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery
ground cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned off.
● Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then
disconnect battery ground cable.
SEF289H

● Do not disassemble ECM.

● If battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the initial ECM values.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial values.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the cable is dis-
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.

PBIB1164E

● When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it

securely with levers as far as they will go as shown in the
figure.

MBIB0145E

● When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
● Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to ICs.
● Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control sys- PBIB0090E

tem malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded

operation of ICs, etc.
● Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.

EC-26
 PRECAUTIONS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value inspection and make sure ECM functions prop- A
erly. Refer to EC-97, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value" .
● Handle manifold absolute pressure sensor carefully to
avoid damage. EC
● Do not clean air clear element with any type of detergent.
● Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
● Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause seri- C
ous incidents.
● Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), MEF040D
crankshaft position sensor (POS). D
● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation E
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.

G
SAT652J

● When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, connect H

a break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST) between
the ECM and ECM harness connector.
● When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never I
allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
J
● Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as
the ground. K

SEF348N

● Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.

● Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.

MBIB0291E

EC-27
 PRECAUTIONS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

● Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.

● Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unneces-
sarily.
● Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.

SEF709Y

● When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure

to observe the following as it may adversely affect elec-
tronic control systems depending on installation location.
– Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic
control units.
– Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
– Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-
wave radio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y
– Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis EBS00O2U

When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:

● GI-15, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams"
● PG-5, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" for power distribution circuit
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
● GI-11, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES"
● GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"

EC-28
 PREPARATION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PREPARATION PFP:00002
A
Special Service Tools EBS00O2V

Tool number
Description
Tool name EC
KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors
Heated oxygen with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
sensor wrench C

D
S-NT379

KV10114400 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors

Heated oxygen a: 22 mm (0.87 in) E
sensor wrench

S-NT636

KV109E0010 Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester G

Break-out box

NT825
I
KV109E0080 Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester
Y-cable adapter

NT826 K

Commercial Service Tools EBS00O2W

Tool name Description L

Quick connector Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine

release room
(Available in SEC. 164 of PARTS CATALOG: M
Part No. 16441 6N210)

PBIC0198E

Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
pressure

S-NT653

EC-29
 PREPARATION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Tool name Description

Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant

temperature sensor

S-NT705

Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads

cleaner before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with
anti-seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for
Zirconia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for
Titania Oxygen Sensor
AEM488

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL
specification MIL-A-
907)

S-NT779

EC-30
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:23710
A
System Diagram EBS00O2X

EC

MBIB1301E

EC-31
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Vacuum Hose Drawing EBS00O2Y

MBIB0265E

Refer to EC-31, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.

EC-32
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
System Chart EBS00O2Z

A
Input (Sensor) ECM Function Output (Actuator)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel injection & mixture ratio control Fuel injector
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Electronic ignition system Power transistor EC
● Manifold absolute pressure sensor Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
● Engine coolant temperature sensor
Idle speed control Electric throttle control actuator
● Heated oxygen sensor 1 C
On board diagnostic system MI (On the instrument panel)
● Throttle position sensor
Intake valve timing control solenoid
● Accelerator pedal position sensor Intake valve timing control
valve
● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch D
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
● Intake air temperature sensor
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
● Ignition switch
EVAP canister purge volume control E
● Battery voltage EVAP canister purge flow control
solenoid valve
● Knock sensor
Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay*3
● Refrigerant pressure sensor
F
● Stop lamp switch
● Heated oxygen sensor 2*1
● TCM (Transmission control module)
G
● ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)*2 Cooling fan control Cooling fan relays*3
● Air conditioner switch*2
● Vehicle speed signal*2 H
● Electrical load signal*2
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: This input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. I
*3: This output signal is sent from the ECM through CAN communication line.

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System EBS00O30

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART J

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*3 and piston position K
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Manifold absolute pressure sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature L
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel injection & M
mixture ratio Fuel injector
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position control
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
Battery Battery voltage*3

Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

Vehicle speed signal*2 Vehicle speed

Air conditioner switch*2 Air conditioner operation

*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined

EC-33
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air volume) from the crankshaft position sensor, the manifold
absolute pressure sensor and intake air temperature sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
● During warm-up
● When starting the engine
● During acceleration
● Hot-engine operation
● When shift lever is changed from N to D (A/T models)
● High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
● During deceleration
● During high engine speed operation
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)

PBIB2938E

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about
heated oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-175 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions.
Feedback control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
● Deceleration and acceleration
● High-load, high-speed operation
● Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
● Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
● High engine coolant temperature
● During warm-up
● After shifting from N to D (A/T models)
● When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig-

EC-34
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., manifold absolute pressure sensor silicon diaphragm)
and characteristic changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio. A
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
EC
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared C
to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an
increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation D
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
FUEL INJECTION TIMING E

H
SEF337W

Two types of systems are used.

Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System I
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System J
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle. K
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
L
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.
Electronic Ignition (EI) System EBS00O31

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART M

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2 and piston position

manifold absolute pressure sensor Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Ignition timing
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Power transistor
control
Knock sensor Engine knocking
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position
Battery Battery voltage*2

Vehicle speed signal*1 Vehicle speed

*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

EC-35
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-
fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition tim-
ing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and
camshaft position sensor signal. Computing this information, ignition
signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A °BTDC
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the
ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM.
● At starting SEF742M

● During warm-up
● At idle
● At low battery voltage
● During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Air Conditioning Cut Control EBS00O32

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
1 Air conditioner ON signal
Air conditioner switch*
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2
Air conditioner
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner relay
cut control
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure

Vehicle speed signal*1 Vehicle speed

Battery Battery voltage*2

*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
● When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
● When cranking the engine.
● At high engine speeds.
● When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
● When engine speed is excessively low.
● When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.

EC-36
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) EBS00O33

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART A

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Neutral position
EC
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Fuel cut control Fuel injector
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) C
Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)

Vehicle speed signal*1 Vehicle speed

*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
D

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 2,500 rpm with no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine E
speed is over 2,500 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies
based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 2,000 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
F
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-33, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System" .

EC-37
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CAN Communication EBS00O34

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
CAN COMMUNICATION UNIT
Body type 3door/5door 3door/5door/C+C 3door/5door 3door/5door/C+C
Axle 2WD
Engine CR12DE/CR14DE
Handle LHD/RHD
Brake control ABS ESP
Transmission A/T M/T A/T M/T
Intelligent Key system × × × ×
CAN communication unit
ECM × × × × × × × ×
Data link connector × × × × × × × ×
Combination meter × × × × × × × ×
Intelligent Key unit × × × ×
EPS control unit × × × × × × × ×
BCM × × × × × × × ×
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) × × × × × × × ×
TCM × × × ×
IPDM E/R × × × × × × × ×
EC-41, "TYPE 3/ EC-45, "TYPE 9/
EC-38, "TYPE 1/ EC-43, "TYPE 7/
CAN communication type TYPE 4/TYPE 5/ TYPE 10/TYPE 11/
TYPE 2" TYPE 8"
TYPE 6" TYPE 12"
×: Applicable

TYPE 1/TYPE 2
System diagram
● Type 1

MKIB1735E

EC-38
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● Type 2
A

EC

MKIB1736E
F
Input/output signal chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
ABS G
actua-
Combi- Intelli- EPS tor and
IPDM
Signals ECM nation gent control BCM electric TCM
E/R
meter. Key unit unit unit H
(control
unit)
Engine speed signal T R I
Engine coolant temperature signal T R
A/T self-diagnosis signal R T
Output shaft revolution signal R T J
Accelerator pedal position signal T R
Closed throttle position signal T R
K
Wide open throttle position signal T R
Overdrive control switch signal T R
A/T position indicator signal R T L
Stop lamp switch signal T R
O/D OFF indicator signal R T
M
T R
Engine and A/T integrated control signal
R T
Fuel consumption monitor signal T R
Oil pressure switch signal R T
A/C compressor request signal T R
Heater fan switch signal R T
Cooling fan speed request signal T R
Position lights request signal R T R
Low beam request signal T R
Low beam status signal R T
High beam request signal R T R
High beam status signal R T
Day time light request signal T R

EC-39
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ABS
actua-
Combi- Intelli- EPS tor and
IPDM
Signals ECM nation gent control BCM electric TCM
E/R
meter. Key unit unit unit
(control
unit)
R R R T
Vehicle speed signal
R T R R R
Sleep/wake up signal R R T R
Door switch signal R R T R
Turn indicator signal R T
R T
Buzzer output signal
R T
MI signal T R
Front wiper request signal T R
Front wiper stop position signal R T
Rear window defogger switch signal T R
Rear window defogger control signal R T
EPS warning lamp signal R T
ABS warning lamp signal R T
Brake warning lamp signal R T
Back-up lamp signal R T
Front fog lamp request signal R T R
Rear fog lamp status signal R T
Headlamp washer request signal T R
Door lock/unlock request signal T R
Door lock/unlock status signal R T
KEY indicator signal R T
LOCK indicator signal R T
Engine status signal T R
A/C switch signal R T
Brake system malfunction signal T R
Parking brake switch signal T R
R range signal R T

EC-40
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TYPE 3/TYPE 4/TYPE 5/TYPE 6
System diagram A
● Type 3/Type 5

EC

MKIB1737E

● Type 4/Type 6 G

L
MKIB1738E

Input/output signal chart

T: Transmit R: Receive M
ABS actu-
ator and
Combina- Intelligent EPS con-
Signals ECM BCM electric IPDM E/R
tion meter. Key unit trol unit
unit (con-
trol unit)
Engine speed signal T R
Engine coolant temperature signal T R
Fuel consumption monitor signal T R
Oil pressure switch signal R T
A/C compressor request signal T R
Heater fan switch signal R T
Cooling fan speed request signal T R
Position lights request signal R T R
Low beam request signal T R

EC-41
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ABS actu-
ator and
Combina- Intelligent EPS con-
Signals ECM BCM electric IPDM E/R
tion meter. Key unit trol unit
unit (con-
trol unit)
Low beam status signal R T
High beam request signal R T R
High beam status signal R T
Day time light request signal T R
R R R T
Vehicle speed signal
R T R R R
Sleep/wake up signal R R T R
Door switch signal R R T R
Turn indicator signal R T
R T
Buzzer output signal
R T
MI signal T R
Front wiper request signal T R
Front wiper stop position signal R T
Rear window defogger switch signal T R
Rear window defogger control signal R T
EPS warning indicator signal R T
ABS warning lamp signal R T
Brake warning lamp signal R T
Back-up lamp signal R T
Front fog lamp request signal R T R
Rear fog lamp status signal R T
Headlamp washer request signal T R
Door lock/unlock request signal T R
Door lock/unlock status signal R T
KEY indicator signal R T
LOCK indicator signal R T
Engine status signal T R
A/C switch signal R T
Brake system malfunction signal T R
Parking brake switch signal T R
R range signal R T
Retractable hard top
R T
warning lamp signal*
*: C+C only

EC-42
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TYPE 7/TYPE 8
System diagram A
● Type 7

EC

MKIB1735E

● Type 8 G

L
MKIB1736E

Input/output signal chart

T: Transmit R: Receive M
ABS
actuator
Combina- Intelli-
EPS con- and elec- IPDM E/
Signals ECM tion gent Key BCM TCM
trol unit tric unit R
meter. unit
(control
unit)
Engine speed signal T R R
Engine coolant temperature signal T R
A/T self-diagnosis signal R T
Output shaft revolution signal R T
Accelerator pedal position signal T R R
Closed throttle position signal T R
Wide open throttle position signal T R
Overdrive control switch signal T R
A/T position indicator signal R T

EC-43
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ABS
actuator
Combina- Intelli-
EPS con- and elec- IPDM E/
Signals ECM tion gent Key BCM TCM
trol unit tric unit R
meter. unit
(control
unit)
A/T shift schedule change demand
T R
signal
Stop lamp switch signal T R
O/D OFF indicator lamp signal R T

Engine and A/T integrated control T R

signal R T
Fuel consumption monitor signal T R
Oil pressure switch signal R T
A/C compressor request signal T R
Heater fan switch signal R T
Cooling fan speed request signal T R
Position lights request signal R T R
Low beam request signal T R
Low beam status signal R T
High beam request signal R T R
High beam status signal R T
Day time light request signal T R
R R R T
Vehicle speed signal
R T R R R
Sleep/wake up signal R R T R
Door switch signal R R T R
Turn indicator signal R T
R T
Buzzer output signal
R T
MI signal T R
Front wiper request signal T R
Front wiper stop position signal R T
Rear window defogger switch signal T R
Rear window defogger control sig-
R T
nal
EPS warning lamp signal R T
ABS warning lamp signal R T
ESP warning lamp signal R T
ESP OFF indicator signal R T
SLIP indicator lamp signal R T
Steering angle signal T R
Brake warning lamp signal R T
Back-up lamp signal R T
Front fog lamp request signal R T R
Rear fog lamp status signal R T
Headlamp washer request signal T R
Door lock/unlock request signal T R

EC-44
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ABS
actuator A
Combina- Intelli-
EPS con- and elec- IPDM E/
Signals ECM tion gent Key BCM TCM
trol unit tric unit R
meter. unit
(control
unit) EC
Door lock/unlock status signal R T
KEY indicator signal R T
C
LOCK indicator signal R T
Engine status signal T R
A/C switch signal R T D
A/T torque signal R T
Brake system malfunction signal T R
E
Parking brake switch signal T R
R range signal R T

TYPE 9/TYPE 10/TYPE 11/TYPE 12 F

System diagram
● Type 9/Type 11
G

MKIB1737E L
● Type 10/Type 12

MKIB1738E

EC-45
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Input/output signal chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
ABS actu-
ator and
Combina- Intelligent EPS con-
Signals ECM BCM electric IPDM E/R
tion meter. Key unit trol unit
unit (con-
trol unit)
Engine speed signal T R R
Engine coolant temperature signal T R
Fuel consumption monitor signal T R
Accelerator pedal position signal T R
Oil pressure switch signal R T
A/C compressor request signal T R
Heater fan switch signal R T
Cooling fan speed request signal T R
Position lights request signal R T R
Low beam request signal T R
Low beam status signal R T
High beam request signal R T R
High beam status signal R T
Day time light request signal T R
R R R T
Vehicle speed signal
R T R R R
Sleep/wake up signal R R T R
Door switch signal R R T R
Turn indicator signal R T
R T
Buzzer output signal
R T
MI signal T R
Front wiper request signal T R
Front wiper stop position signal R T
Rear window defogger switch signal T R
Rear window defogger control signal R T
EPS warning indicator signal R T
ABS warning lamp signal R T
ESP warning lamp signal R T
ESP OFF indicator signal R T
SLIP indicator lamp signal R T
Steering angle signal T R
Brake warning lamp signal R T
Back-up lamp signal R T
Front fog lamp request signal R T R
Rear fog lamp status signal R T
Headlamp washer request signal T R
Door lock/unlock request signal T R
Door lock/unlock status signal R T
KEY indicator signal R T

EC-46
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ABS actu-
ator and A
Combina- Intelligent EPS con-
Signals ECM BCM electric IPDM E/R
tion meter. Key unit trol unit
unit (con-
trol unit)
EC
LOCK indicator signal R T
Engine status signal T R
A/C switch signal R T C
Brake system malfunction signal T R
Parking brake switch signal T R
D
R range signal R T
Retractable hard top
R T
warning lamp signal*
E
*: C+C only

EC-47
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE PFP:00018

Idle Speed Check EBS00O35

IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

SEF058Y

With GST
Check idle speed with GST.

EC-48
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning EBS00O36

DESCRIPTION A
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accel-
erator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected. EC
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
C
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
D
5. Turn ignition switch OFF wait at least 10 seconds.
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning EBS00O37

DESCRIPTION E
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by
monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected. F
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. G
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
H
Idle Air Volume Learning EBS00O38

DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific I
range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
● Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
● Idle speed is out of specification. J
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment. K
● Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
● Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 95°C (158 - 203°F)
L
● PNP switch: ON
● Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light M
only small lamps.
● Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
● Vehicle speed: Stopped
● Transmission: Warmed-up
– A/T models
• With CONSULT-II: Drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indi-
cates less than 0.9V.
• Without CONSULT-II: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
– M/T models
• Without CONSULT-II: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform EC-49, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .

EC-49
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.

SEF217Z

6. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.

SEF454Y

7. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen. If

“CMPLT” is not displayed, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be
carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the inci-
dent by referring to the Diagnostic Procedure below.
8. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle
speed is within the specification.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
MBIB0238E

Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
● It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
● It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-49, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MI stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MI turned ON.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
EC-50
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
11. Wait 20 seconds.
A

EC

PBIB0665E D
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed is within the specification.
ITEM SPECIFICATION E
Idle speed M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
13. If idle speed is not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In F
this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the Diagnostic Procedure below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows: G
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
H
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-
tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
I
It is useful to perform EC-120, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
incident and perform Idle air volume learning all over again:
J
● Engine stalls.

● Erroneous idle.

Fuel Pressure Check EBS00O39 K

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT”
mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine. M
4. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pres-
sure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.

SEF214Y

EC-51
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R.
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pres-
sure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.

MBIB0277E

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

CAUTION:
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because CR engine models do not have fuel return system.
CAUTION:
● The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for
other purposes.
● Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains sealability with O-rings inside.
● When installing fuel hose quick connector, refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-51, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Prepare fuel hose and fuel hose clamp for fuel pressure check, and connect fuel pressure gauge.
● Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector).

● To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.

● Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it.

● Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.

3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .
● Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.

● Do not remove fuel hose from quick connector.

● Keep the original fuel hose to be free from intrusion of dust or foreign substances with a suitable cover.

4. Install the fuel pressure gauge as shown in the figure.

● Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moist-
ened with gasoline.
● Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube
and No.1 spool.
● Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the
No.1 spool on fuel tube.
● Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439
N4710 or 16439 40U00).
● When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps. PBIB0669E

● When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose for
damage and abnormality.
● Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.

EC-52
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08
in). A
Tightening torque:
1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb)
EC
● Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
5. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel C
tube does not come off.
6. Turn ignition switch ON, and check for fuel leakage. MBIB0315E

7. Start engine and check for fuel leakage. D

8. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
● Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false
readings. E
● During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi) F

9. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
10. Check the following.
G
● Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging

● Fuel filter for clogging

● Fuel pump
H
● Fuel pressure regulator for clogging

If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.

If NG, repair or replace. I

EC-53
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028

Introduction EBS00O3A

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information ISO Standard
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of ISO 15031-5
Freeze Frame data Service $02 of ISO 15031-5
System Readiness Test (SRT) code Service $01 of ISO 15031-5
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Service $07 of ISO 15031-5
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
Test values and Test limits Service $06 of ISO 15031-5
Calibration ID Service $09 of ISO 15031-5

The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
Freeze Frame 1st trip Freeze
DTC 1st trip DTC SRT code Test value
data Frame data
CONSULT-II × × × × × —
GST × × × — × ×
ECM × ×* — — — —

*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.

The malfunction indicator (MI) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two
consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-81 .)
Two Trip Detection Logic EBS00O3B

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MI will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MI lights up. The MI lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd trip>
The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during
vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MI, and store
DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
MI DTC 1st trip DTC
1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip
Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip
Lighting Lighting display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
up up ing

Misfire (Possible three way catalyst

damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is × — — — — — × —
being detected
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Refer
— × — — × — — —
to EC-19 )
Except above — — — × — × × —

When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting MI up when there is a
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has malfunction and MI circuit is open by
means of operating fail-safe function.

EC-54
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
The fail-safe function also operate when above diagnoses except MI circuit are detected, and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction. A
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

Emission-related Diagnostic Information EBS00O3C

EC
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS
DTC*1 Test Valve/
Items
CONSULT-II SRT code Test Limit 1st trip DTC Reference page C
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
ECM*3 (GST only)
GST*2
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*4 — — — EC-132
D
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*4 — — × EC-132
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — — — — E
MAY BE REQUIRED.
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 — — × EC-135
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 × × × EC-139 F
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 × × × EC-139
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 × × × EC-145
G
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 × × × EC-145
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC P0107 0107 — — × EC-151
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC P0108 0108 — — × EC-151 H
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 0112 — — × EC-157
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 0113 — — × EC-157
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 — — — EC-162 I
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 — — — EC-162
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 — — — EC-168
J
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 — — — EC-168
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 × × × EC-175
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 0133 × × × EC-183 K
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 × × × EC-193
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 × × × EC-201
L
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 × × × EC-208
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 — — × EC-217
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 — — × EC-225 M
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 — — — EC-232
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 — — — EC-232
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 — — × EC-239
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 — — × EC-239
CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 — — × EC-239
CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 — — × EC-239
CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 — — × EC-239
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 — — × EC-244
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 — — × EC-244
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 — — × EC-248
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 — — × EC-254
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 × × × EC-260
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 — — × EC-264

EC-55
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1 Test Valve/
Items
CONSULT-II SRT code Test Limit 1st trip DTC Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
2 ECM*3 (GST only)
GST*
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 0500 — — × EC-271
ECM P0605 0605 — — — EC-273
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 0705 — — × AT-110
ATF TEMP SEN/SIRC P0710 0710 — — × AT-115
VEH SPD SEN/CIRC P0720 0720 — — × AT-120
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 0725 — — × AT-126
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 0731 — — × AT-130
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 0732 — — × AT-134
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 0733 — — × AT-137
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 0734 — — × AT-141
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 0740 — — × AT-147
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 0745 — — × AT-158
SFT SOL A/CIRC P0750 0750 — — — AT-164
SFT SOL B/CIRC P0755 0755 — — — AT-169
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P1065 1065 — — × EC-276
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 — — × EC-280
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 — — — EC-285
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 — — — EC-287
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 — — — EC-293
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 — — — EC-293
ETC MOT P1128 1128 — — — EC-299
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 1143 × × × EC-304
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 1144 × × × EC-310
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 × × × EC-316
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 × × × EC-325
INTAKE ERROR P1171 1171 — — — EC-334
TCS C/U FUNCTN P1211 1211 — — × EC-339
TCS/CIRC P1212 1212 — — × EC-340
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 — — — EC-341
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 — — × EC-356
CTP LEARNING P1226 1226 — — × EC-358
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 — — — EC-360
P1610 -
NATS MALFUNCTION 1610 - 1615 — — × EC-67
P1615
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 1705 — — — AT-174
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 — — × EC-367
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 1760 — — × AT-176
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 — — × EC-374
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 — — — EC-380
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 — — — EC-380
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 — — — EC-389
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 — — — EC-389

EC-56
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1 Test Valve/
Items A
CONSULT-II SRT code Test Limit 1st trip DTC Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) 3
ECM* (GST only)
GST*2
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 — — — EC-398 EC
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 — — — EC-405
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5. C
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC D

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed. E
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MI will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MI lights up. In other words, F
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MI lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MI during the G
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-66, "HOW
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
H
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-55, "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION ITEMS" . These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/
component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-II.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the I
MI and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent
the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame J
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step II, refer to EC-77, "WORK FLOW" . Then perform DTC Confir-
mation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair.
K
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-II L
With GST
CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0740, P0745, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) M
No Tools
The number of blinks of the MI in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0102, 0340 etc.
These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN.
● 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
● Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indi-
cate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to nor-
mal. CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if
available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
tion is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].

EC-57
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].

PBIB0911E

FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA

The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, base fuel schedule and intake
air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-107, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data" .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MI on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority Items
Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
1
Freeze frame data Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
3 1st trip freeze frame data

For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-66, "HOW TO ERASE EMIS-
SION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
EC-58
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the A
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MI is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even EC
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
C

EC-59
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item
Performance
(CONSULT-II Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No.
Priority*
indication)
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420
HO2S 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0132
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0133
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0134
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1143
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1144
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P1146
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P1147
HO2S HTR 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0031, P0032
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0037, P0038
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-II.

SRT Set Timing

SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MI “ON”)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.

When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above

EC-60
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
cate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above A
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
EC
reasons:
● The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
● The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
C
● When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagno-
sis memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
● If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”. D
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC (s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
E
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page. F

EC-61
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

SEF573XB

*1 EC-57 *2 EC-62 *3 EC-63

How to Display SRT Code

WITH CONSULT-II
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with
CONSULT-II.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the
CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set,
“INCMP” is displayed.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown at right.
“INCMP” means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set.
“CMPLT” means the self-diagnosis is complete and SRT is set.
WITH GST
Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool) PBIB0666E

EC-62
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each A
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
WITH CONSULT-II
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table EC
on EC-60 .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The C
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.

EC-63
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Driving Pattern

PBIB2451E

EC-64
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driv-
ing habits, etc. A
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the
shortest.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed
EC
within zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
● Sea level
C
● Flat road
● Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
● Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. D
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diag-
nosis may also be performed.
Pattern 1: E
● The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 72 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
● The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than F
70°C (158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 72 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
Pattern 2:
● When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be con- G
ducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h H
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II) I
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the J
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be dis-
played on the GST screen.
K
Test value
SRT item Self-diagnostic test item DTC (GST display) Test limit
TID CID
L
P0420 01H 01H Max.
CATALYST Three way catalyst function
P0420 02H 81H Min.
P0133 09H 04H Max. M
P1143 0AH 84H Min.
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1144 0BH 04H Max.
P0132 0CH 04H Max.
HO2S P0134 0DH 04H Max.
P0139 19H 86H Min.
P1147 1AH 86H Min.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1146 1BH 06H Max.
P0138 1CH 06H Max.
P0032 29H 08H Max.
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P0031 2AH 88H Min.
HO2S HTR
P0038 2DH 0AH Max.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0037 2EH 8AH Min.

EC-65
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC
With CONSULT-II
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased individu-
ally from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-19 ), skip steps 2 through 4.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Turn CONSULT-II ON and touch “A/T”.
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. [The DTC in the TCM (Transmission control module) will be erased.]
Then touch “BACK” twice.
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
6. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
7. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)

SCIA5680E

With GST
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting Service $04 with GST.
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-19 ), skip step 2.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.

EC-66
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Perform SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II) in A/T section titled TROUBLE DIAG-
NOSIS, Self-diagnosis. (The engine warm-up step can be skipped when performing the diagnosis only to A
erase the DTC.)
3. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
No Tools EC
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to C
EC-69, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
● If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours. D
● The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
– Diagnostic trouble codes
E
– 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
– Freeze frame data
– 1st trip freeze frame data F
– System readiness test (SRT) codes
– Test values
– Others G
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
H
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) EBS00O3D

● If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in

the ON position or “NATS MALFUNCTION” is displayed on
I
“SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform self-diagnostic
results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Refer to BL-283, "NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)" .
● Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed J
before touching “ERASE” in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode
with CONSULT-II.
● When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system and reg- K
istration of all NATS ignition key IDs must be carried out
with CONSULT-II using NATS program card. SEF515Y

Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner. L

Regarding the procedures of NATS initialization and NATS ignition key ID registration, refer to
CONSULT-II operation manual, NATS.
Malfunction Indicator (MI) EBS00O3E M
DESCRIPTION
The MI is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
● If the MI does not light up, refer to DI-62, "WARNING LAMPS"
or see EC-442 .
2. When the engine is started, the MI should go off.
If the MI remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.

SAT652J

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION

The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions.

EC-67
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function
Mode Status
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MI bulb for damage (blown, open
ON position circuit, etc.).
If the MI does not come on, check MI circuit.

Engine stopped

Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is

WARNING detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip
detection logic), the MI will light up to inform the driver that
a malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MI in
the 1st trip.
● Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
● One trip detection diagnoses
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
ON position RESULTS

Engine stopped

Engine running HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or
MONITOR rich), monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1, to be read.

When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting MI up when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has a malfunction and MI circuit is open by
means of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operate when above diagnoses except MI circuit are detected, and demands the
driver to repair the a malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

MI Flashing without DTC

If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MI may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM diag-
nostic test mode. EC-69, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are described later, EC-
69, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
● Diagnostic trouble codes
● 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
● Freeze frame data
● 1st trip freeze frame data
● System readiness test (SRT) codes
● Test values
● Others

EC-68
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE: A
● It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
● It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction. EC
● Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
C
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. D
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MI starts
blinking. E
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
F

PBIB0092E I
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor)
1. Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-69, "How to Set Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" . J
2. Start Engine.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) K
1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-69, "How to Erase Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds. L
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
M
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MI on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI-62,
"WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-442 .
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING
MI Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected.
OFF No malfunction.

● These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MI as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MI does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode
I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MI illumi-
nates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are dis-
played, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified

EC-69
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-II or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a
code.

SEF952W

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. (See EC-19, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC-
69, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
● If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
● Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR
In this mode, the MI displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
MI Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air-fuel ratio feedback control condition
ON Lean
Closed loop system
OFF Rich
*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.

To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load conditions. Then make sure that the MI
comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no load.
OBD System Operation Chart EBS00O3F

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
● When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
● When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MI will come on. For details, refer to EC-54, "Two Trip Detection
Logic" .
EC-70
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● The MI will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction A
occurs while counting, the counter will reset.
● The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and EC
Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times
(driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
C
● The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other D
MI (goes off) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) E
display)
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
*1 , *2 *1 , *2 1 (pattern B) F
(clear)
For details about patterns “B” and “C” under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see EC-73 .
For details about patterns “A” and “B” under “Other”, see EC-75 .
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected. G
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.

EC-71
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE”
<EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”

SEF392SA

*1: When the same malfunction is *2: MI will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, MI times (pattern B) without any mal- detected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) the 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip vehicle is driven once (pattern C)
freeze frame data will be cleared. without the same malfunction after
DTC is stored in ECM.

EC-72
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORA-
TION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. EC
● The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
● The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
● The MI will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART) C

<Driving Pattern C>

Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows: D
1. The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%] E
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
● When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
● When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal F
to 70°C (158°F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
G
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F) H
● The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above.
● The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction.
● The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80. I
● The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
J

EC-73
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”

PBIB2551E

*1: When the same malfunction is *2: MI will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, MI times (pattern B) without any mal- detected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and vehicle is driven once (pattern B)
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) the 1st trip freeze frame data will be without the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.

EC-74
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY
DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
<Driving Pattern A>

EC

G
AEC574

● The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
● The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction. H
● The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
<Driving Pattern B>
I
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
● The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
J
● The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
● The MI will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
K

EC-75
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004

Trouble Diagnosis Introduction EBS00O3G

INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen-
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac-
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.

MEF036D

It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermit-

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.

SEF233G

A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-77 .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on EC-79 should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle.

EC-76
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart A

EC

MBIB0159E

*1 If time data of “SELF-DIAG *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system
RESULTS” is other than [0] or [1t], form EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNO- cannot be performed, check main
perform EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAG- SIS FOR INTERMITTENT power supply and ground circuit.
NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- INCIDENT" . Refer to EC-126, "POWER SUPPLY
DENT" . AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be *5 EC-64 *6 EC-120
detected, perform EC-125, "TROU-
BLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-
TENT INCIDENT" .

EC-77
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Description for Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
STEP I
DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET, EC-79 .
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or GST) the (1st trip) DTC and the
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-66 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip)
freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
STEP II If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-86 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
STEP III to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the (1st
trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st trip)
DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-83 .) If COSULT-II is available, per-
STEP V
form “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the TOROUBLE DIAGNOSIS – SPECIFICA-
TION VALUE. (Refer to EC-120 .) (If malfunction is detected, proceed to PERAIR/REPLACE.) Then perform
inspections according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-86 .)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR
(AUTO TRIG)” mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-97 , EC-115 .
STEP VI
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in
GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
DENT" .
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident is
STEP VII still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM
and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer to EC-66, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" and AT-104, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .)

EC-78
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description A
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate. EC
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint. C
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MI to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples: D
● Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. SEF907L

Worksheet Sample E

MTBL0017

EC-79
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart EBS00O3H

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 and/or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000 and U1001. Refer to EC-132, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
Priority Detected items (DTC)
1 ● U1000 U1001 CAN communication line
● P0107 P0108 Manifold absolute pressure sensor
● P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
● P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
● P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
● P0327 P0328 Knock sensor
● P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
● P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
● P0605 ECM
● P0705 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
● P1171 Intake error
● P1229 Sensor power supply
● P1610-P1615 NATS
● P1706 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
● P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
2 ● P0031 P0032 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
● P0037 P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
● P0132 P0133 P0134 P1143 P1144 Heated oxygen sensor 1
● P0138 P0139 P1146 P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2
● P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
● P0710 P0720 P0725 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P0740 P0745 P0750 P0755 P1705 P1760 A/T related sensors,
solenoid valves and switches
● P1065 ECM power supply
● P1111 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
● P1122 Electric throttle control function
● P1124 P1126 Throttle control motor relay
● P1128 Throttle control mother
● P1805 Brake switch
3 ● P0011 Intake valve timing control
● P0171 P0172 Fuel injection system function
● P0300 - P0304 Misfire
● P0420 Three way catalyst function
● P1121 Electric throttle control actuator
● P1211 ESP control unit
● P1212 ESP communication line
● P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)

EC-80
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Fail-safe Chart EBS00O3I

A
● When the DTC listed bellow is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0107 Manifold absolute pressure Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut. EC
P0108 sensor circuit
P0112 Intake air temperature
Intake air temperature is deter mined as 30° (86°F).
P0113 sensor circuit C
P0117 Engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
P0118 sensor circuit ignition switch ON or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
D
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-II display)
Just as ignition switch is turned E
40°C (104°F)
ON or Start
More than approx. 4 minutes after
80°C (176°F)
ignition ON or Start
F
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cool-
G
ing fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
P0123 in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the nor- H
P0223 mal condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P1121 Electric throttle control (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return I
actuator spring malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening
around the idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
J
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to
20 degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:) K
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops,
the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P (A/T models), Neutral (M/T models) position, and
L
engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
P1122 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
M
P1124 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1126 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
When accelerator pedal is depressed, engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm
P1171 Intake air
due to fuel cut.
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
P2123 sensor in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the nor-
P2128 mal condition.
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor.
● When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting MI up when there
is a malfunction on engine control system.

EC-81
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses is continuously detected
as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has a malfunction and MI circuit is
open by means of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operate when above diagnoses except MI circuit are detected, and demands
the driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

EC-82
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Basic Inspection EBS00O3J

1. INSPECTION START A

1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance. EC
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
– Harness connectors for improper connections
– Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut C
– Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
– Hoses and ducts for leaks
D
– Air cleaner clogging
– Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
– Headlamp switch is OFF. SEF983U

– Air conditioner switch is OFF.

– Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
– Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge. G
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.

SEF976U
J
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. L

M
SEF977U

2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.

>> GO TO 3

EC-83
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.

PBIA8513J

3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-49, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 5.

5. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 6.

EC-84
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING A
Refer to EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4. C

7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN

D
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. E
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
F
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed. G
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
H
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 8.
I
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. J
● Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-254 .
● Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-248 .
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4. L

9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION

M
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-67 .

>> GO TO 4.

EC-85
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Symptom Matrix Chart EBS00O3K

SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-431
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-52
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-425
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-444
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-448
tem
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 EC-83
EC-285,
EC-287 ,
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-293 ,
EC-299
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-83
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-415
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-126
Manifold absolute pressure sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-151
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 1 2 EC-162
EC-168,
EC-232 ,
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-356 ,
EC-358 ,
EC-398
EC-360,
EC-380 ,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 2 2
EC-389 ,
EC-405
EC-175,
EC-183 ,
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-193 ,
EC-304 ,
EC-310
Knock sensor circuit 2 2 3 EC-244
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-248
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 2 2 EC-254
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-271

EC-86
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

EC-273, F
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-276
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-280
cuit G
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-367
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 3 4 EC-436
H
Electrical load signal circuit 3 3 3 3 EC-441
ATC-18,
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
MTC-17
I
BRC-8 or
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4
BRC-61
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. J
(continued on next page)

EC-87
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel Fuel tank FL-8
5 FL-3, EM-
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5
32
Vapor lock 5 —
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gaso- 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
—
line, Low octane)
Air Air duct
Air cleaner
Air leakage from air duct EM-18
(Manifold absolute pressure sen-
sor —electric throttle control 5 5 5 5 5 5
actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator
Air leakage from intake manifold/
EM-22
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery SC-6
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Alternator circuit SC-16
Starter circuit 3 SC-46
Signal plate/Flywheel/Drive plate 6 EM-74
AT-114,
PNP switch 4
MT-16
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-60
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-74
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft

EC-88
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Valve Timing chain EM-50 F
mecha-
Camshaft EM-38
nism
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-50
G
Intake valve
3 EM-60
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/ H
Gasket EM-24, EX-
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
4
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- EM-26, LU- I
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
tion 9 , LU-10 ,
filter/Oil gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 LU-5
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-6 J
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap CO-13
Thermostat 5 CO-25
K
Water pump CO-23
Water gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 5 CO-8
Cooling fan 5 CO-13 L
Coolant level (low)/Contaminated
CO-9
coolant
EC-67 or M
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) 1 1
BL-283
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

EC-89
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Engine Control Component Parts Location EBS00O3L

MBIB1304E

EC-90
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

EC

MBIB1305E

EC-91
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

MBIB1071E

EC-92
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

EC

MBIB0318E

EC-93
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

MBIB0320E

MBIB1072E

MBIB0282E

EC-94
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Circuit Diagram EBS00O3M

EC

MBWA1386E

EC-95
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

MBWA1406E

EC-96
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout EBS00O3N

EC

MBIB0045E D

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00O3O

PREPARATION E
1. ECM is located left hand side of the engine room.
2. Remove ECM harness protector.
F

H
MBIB0274E

3. When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with

levers as far as they will go as shown at right. I
4. Connect a break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST)
between the ECM and ECM harness connector.
● Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
J
● Data is for comparison and may not be exact.

MBIB0145E
L
ECM INSPECTION TABLE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. M
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
1 B ECM ground Body ground
● Idle speed

EC-97
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm (A/T mod-
els), 3,800 rpm (M/T models) after the fol-
lowing conditions are met.
0 - 1.0V
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
2 GY
heater minute under no load.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm (A/T mod-
els), 3,800 rpm (M/T models)
Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 LG [Ignition switch ON]
relay power supply (11 - 14V)

0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
4 L ● Shift lever position: D (A/T models)
(Close)
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
PBIB0534E

0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
5 P ● Shift lever position: D (A/T models)
(Open)
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
PBIB0533E

Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle.
Crankshaft position PBIB0527E
13 Y
sensor (POS)
Approximately 3.0V

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0528E

EC-98
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.

1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running] EC
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE: C
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle.
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position sen-
14 R D
sor (PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running] E
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

F
PBIB0526E

[Engine is running]
15 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
● Idle speed G
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000rpm
quickly after the following conditions are H
met.
16 LG Heated oxygen sensor 2 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 I
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
J
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
K
● Idle speed

EVAP canister purge L

PBIB0050E
19 LG volume control solenoid
valve
Approximately 10V
M
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)

PBIB0520E

EC-99
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle.
22 OR Fuel injector No. 3
PBIB0529E
23 L Fuel injector No. 1
41 R Fuel injector No. 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE
42 GY Fuel injector No. 2
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0530E

Approximately 7.0V

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
Heated oxygen sensor 1
24 Y ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
heater

PBIB0519E

[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

29 B (Camshaft position sen- ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sor) ● Idle speed

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

30 B (Crankshaft position ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sensor) ● Idle speed
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Intake air temperature
34 OR [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
sensor
air temperature.
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 BR Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
45 L Sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
Sensor power supply
46 W (Refrigerant pressure [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
Sensor power supply
47 L (Throttle position sen- [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
sor)

EC-100
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped EC
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) More than 0.36V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
Throttle position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released C
49 Y
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
D
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
E
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition Approximately 1.5V
Manifold absolute pres- ● Idle speed F
51 W
sure sensor [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition Approximately 1.2V
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm. G
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
54 — ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Knock sensor) H
● Idle speed

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

56 B (Manifold absolute pres- ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sure sensor) I
● Idle speed

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

57 Y (Refrigerant pressure ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V J
sensor) ● Idle speed

0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
K
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE: L
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
60 Y Ignition signal No. 3 at idle.
61 PU Ignition signal No. 1 PBIB0521E

79 G Ignition signal No. 4 M

0 - 0.2V
80 BR Ignition signal No. 2

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

PBIB0522E

EC-101
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
Intake valve timing
62 LG [Engine is running]
control solenoid valve
● Warm-up condition
● When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
quickly

PBIB1790E

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

66 B (Throttle position sen- ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sor) ● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
Throttle position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
68 R
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) More than 0.36V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Refrigerant pressure ● Warm-up condition
69 BR 1.0 - 4.0V
sensor ● Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
(Compressor operates.)
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Engine coolant tempera-
72 P [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
ture sensor
coolant temperature.

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

73 B (Engine coolant temper- ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
ature sensor) ● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
82 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
83 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
85 LG DATA link connector
● CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected. (11 - 14V)

86 W CAN communication line [Ignition switch ON] 1.0 - 2.5V

Sensor power supply
90 OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)

EC-102
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2) EC
94 R CAN communication line [Ignition switch ON] 2.5 - 4.0V
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V C
Accelerator pedal ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GY
position sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
D
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V E
● Brake pedal: Fully released
101 W Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V) F
[Ignition switch ON]
● Gear position: Approximately 0V
102 GY PNP switch P or N (A/T models), Neutral (M/T models) G
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Except the above gear position (11 - 14V)
H
10 - 11V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed I
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle. J
Tachometer signal MBIB0053E
103 L/OR output
(A/T models) 10 - 11V
K
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
L

MBIB0054E

BATTERY VOLTAGE M
Throttle control motor [Ignition switch OFF]
104 G (11 - 14V)
relay
[Ignition switch ON] 0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal posi- ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 W
tion sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch OFF] 0V
109 PU Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch ON]
(11 - 14V)

EC-103
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds passed after turn- (11 - 14V)
ing ignition switch OFF
[Ignition switch ON]
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
113 R Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 1 second after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch ON

115 B [Engine is running]

ECM ground Body ground
116 B ● Idle speed
119 G BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 G (11 - 14V)
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 BR [Ignition switch OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE) EBS00O3P

FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work support
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self-diagnostic results
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, A/F feedback control value and the other data
Data monitor (SPEC)
monitor items can be read.
CAN diagnostic support
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
monitor
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
DTC & SRT confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
● Diagnostic trouble codes
● 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
● Freeze frame data
● 1st trip freeze frame data
● System readiness test (SRT) codes
● Test values
● Others

EC-104
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
A

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC DTC & SRT

RESULTS DATA CONFIRMATION
Item WORK DATA EC
MONI- ACTIVE DTC
SUP- FREEZE MONI-
TOR TEST SRT WORK
PORT DTC*1 FRAME TOR
(SPEC) STATUS SUP-
DATA*2
PORT C
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) × × × ×
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) × × ×
Manifold absolute pressure sensor × × ×
D

Engine coolant temperature sensor × × × × ×

Heated oxygen sensor 1 × × × × ×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

E
Heated oxygen sensor 2 × × × × ×
Vehicle speed signal × × × ×
Accelerator pedal position sensor × × × F
Throttle position sensor × × ×
INPUT

Intake air temperature sensor × × ×

G
Knock sensor ×
Refrigerant pressure sensor × ×
Closed throttle position switch H
(accelerator pedal position sensor × ×
signal)
Air conditioner switch × × I
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × × ×
Stop lamp switch × × ×
Battery voltage × ×
J

Electrical load signal × ×

Fuel injector × × ×
K
Power transistor (Ignition timing) × × ×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Throttle control motor relay × × ×

Throttle control motor × L
EVAP canister purge volume con-
× × × ×
trol solenoid valve
OUTPUT

Air conditioner relay × ×

M
Fuel pump relay × × × ×
Cooling fan relay × × × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater × × × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater × × × ×
Intake valve timing control solenoid
× × × ×
valve
Calculated load value × × ×
X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-58 .

EC-105
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
If CONSULT-II is used with no connection to CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be
detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect “CONSULT-II” and “CONSULT-II CONVERTER” to
data link connector, which is located under drivers side dash
panel.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0275E

4. Touch “START(NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.

BCIA0029E

5. Touch “ENGINE”.
If “ENGINE” is not indicated, go to GI-36, "CONSULT-II Data
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

BCIA0030E

6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service

procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.

BCIA0031E

EC-106
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item A
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE ● FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DUR- When releasing fuel pressure
EC
ING IDLING. from fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN ● THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE When learning the idle air volume
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN C
ECM.
SELF-LEARNING CONT ● THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When clearing the coefficient of
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- self-learning control value D
FICIENT.
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing E
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
F
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-19, "INDEX FOR DTC" . G
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data
item*
Description H

DIAG TROUBLE
● The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Refer
CODE
to EC-19, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
[PXXXX] I
● Fuel injection system status at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
● One mode in the following is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction J
FUEL SYS-B1
Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
K
CAL/LD VALUE [%] ● The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP
● The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F] L
● “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim. M
● “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
ENGINE SPEED
● The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[rpm]
VEHICL SPEED
● The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
B/FUEL SCHDL
● The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE
● The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.

EC-107
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item
×: Applicable
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
Monitored item [Unit] SIG- Description Remarks
SIG-
NALS
NALS
● Accuracy becomes poor if engine
● Indicates the engine speed computed from speed drops below the idle rpm.
the signals of the crankshaft position sen-
ENG SPEED [rpm] × × ● If the signal is interrupted while the
sor (POS) and camshaft position sensor
(PHASE). engine is running, an abnormal value
may be indicated.
● When the engine coolant tempera-
● The engine coolant temperature (deter- ture sensor is open or short-circuited,
COOLAN TEMP/S
× × mined by the signal voltage of the engine ECM enters fail-safe mode. The
[°C] or [°F]
coolant temperature sensor) is displayed. engine coolant temperature deter-
mined by the ECM is displayed.
● The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
HO2S1 (B1) [V] × ×
sensor 1 is displayed.
● The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
HO2S2 (B1) [V] ×
sensor 2 is displayed.
● Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal
during air-fuel ratio feedback control: ● After turning ON the ignition switch,
RICH: means the mixture became “rich”, “RICH” is displayed until air-fuel mix-
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) and control is being affected toward a ture ratio feedback control begins.
× ×
[RICH/LEAN] leaner mixture. ● When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
LEAN: means the mixture became “lean”, clamped, the value just before the
and control is being affected toward a rich clamping is displayed continuously.
mixture.
● Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:
RICH: means the amount of oxygen after
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) ● When the engine is stopped, a cer-
× three way catalyst is relatively small.
[RICH/LEAN] tain value is indicated.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after
three way catalyst is relatively large.
● When the engine is stopped, a cer-
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- tain value is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] ×
back correction factor per cycle is indicated. ● This data also includes the data for
the air-fuel ratio learning control.
VHCL SPEED SE ● The vehicle speed computed from the vehi-
× ×
[km/h] or [mph] cle speed signal is displayed.
● The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
BATTERY VOLT [V] × ×
played.
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into
×
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board correc-
tion.
ACCEL SEN 1 [V] × × ● ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by
● The accelerator pedal position sensor sig-
ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] × nal voltage is displayed.
ECM terminal voltage signal.
THRTL SEN 1 [V] × × ● THRTL SEN 2 signal is converted by
● The throttle position sensor signal voltage
ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
THRTL SEN 2 [V] × is displayed.
ECM terminal voltage signal.
● The intake air temperature (determined by
INT/A TEMP SE [°C]
× × the signal voltage of the intake air tempera-
or [°F]
ture sensor) is indicated.
TURBO BST SEN ● The signal voltage of the manifold absolute
×
[V] pressure sensor is displayed.

EC-108
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ECM
MAIN
INPUT A
Monitored item [Unit] SIG- Description Remarks
SIG-
NALS
NALS
● Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] com- ● After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis- EC
START SIGNAL
× × puted by the ECM according to the signals played regardless of the starter sig-
[ON/OFF]
of engine speed and battery voltage. nal.
● Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed
CLSD THL POS C
× × by the ECM according to the accelerator
[ON/OFF]
pedal position sensor signal.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air con-
AIR COND SIG [ON/ D
× × ditioner switch as determined by the air
OFF]
conditioner signal.
P/N POSI SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/
× × E
[ON/OFF] neutral position (PNP) switch signal.
● [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering
PW/ST SIGNAL oil pressure switch as determined by the
× ×
[ON/OFF] power steering oil pressure signal is indi- F
cated.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the elec-
trical load signal. G
LOAD SIGNAL [ON/ ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON
× ×
OFF] and/or lighting switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch
and lighting switch are OFF. H
IGNITION SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition
×
[ON/OFF] switch.
HEATER FAN SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the I
×
[ON/OFF] heater fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop
× J
[ON/OFF] lamp switch signal.
● Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse
INJ PULSE-B1 ● When the engine is stopped, a cer-
× width compensated by ECM according to
[msec] tain computed value is indicated.
the input signals. K
● Indicates the ignition timing computed by ● When the engine is stopped, a cer-
IGN TIMING [BTDC] ×
ECM according to the input signals. tain value is indicated.
● “Calculated load value” indicates the value L
CAL/LD VALUE [%] of the current airflow divided by peak air-
flow.
● Indicates the mass air flow computed by M
MASS AIRFLOW
ECM according to the signal voltage of
[g·m/s]
manifold absolute pressure sensor.
● Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve control value com-
puted by the ECM according to the input
PURG VOL C/V [%] signals.
● The opening becomes larger as the value
increases.
● Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft
INT/V TIM (B1) [°CA]
advanced angle.
● The control value of the intake valve timing
control solenoid valve (determined by ECM
INT/V SOL (B1) [%] according to the input signals) is indicated.
● The advance angle becomes larger as the
value increases.

EC-109
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
Monitored item [Unit] SIG- Description Remarks
SIG-
NALS
NALS
● The air conditioner relay control condition
AIR COND RLY [ON/
× (determined by ECM according to the input
OFF]
signals) is indicated.
● Indicates the fuel pump relay control condi-
FUEL PUMP RLY
× tion determined by ECM according to the
[ON/OFF]
input signals.
● Indicates the throttle control motor relay
THRTL RELAY [ON/
× control condition determined by the ECM
OFF]
according to the input signals.
● Indicates the condition of the cooling fan
(determined by ECM according to the input
COOLING FAN signals).
×
[HI/LOW/OFF] HI: High speed operation
LOW: Low speed operation
OFF: Stop
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
oxygen sensor 1 heater determined by
[ON/OFF]
ECM according to the input signals.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
oxygen sensor 2 heater determined by
[ON/OFF]
ECM according to the input signals.
● Display the condition of idle air volume
learning
IDL A/V LEARN YET: Idle air volume learning has not been
[YET/CMPLT] performed yet.
CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has
already been performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL
● Distance traveled while MI is activated.
[km] or [mile]
● Indicates the heated oxygen sensor 1
O2 SEN HTR DTY
heater control valve computed by the ECM
[%]
according to the input signals.
● The signal voltage from the refrigerant
AC PRESS SEN [V] ×
pressure sensor is displayed.
Voltage [V]
Frequency ● Only “#” is displayed if item is unable
[msec], [Hz] or [%] to be measured.
DUTY-HI ● Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse ● Figures with “#”s are temporary
width measured by the probe. ones. They are the same figures as
DUTY-LOW
an actual piece of data which was
PLS WIDTH-HI just previously measured.
PLS WIDTH-LOW
NOTE:
● Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

EC-110
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Item A
ECM
Main
Monitored item [Unit] input Description Remarks
signals
signals EC
● Indicates the engine speed computed
from the signal of the crankshaft position
ENG SPEED [rpm] ×
sensor (POS) and camshaft position C
sensor (PHASE).
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into ● When engine is running specification D
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor- range is indicated.
rection.
● When engine is running specification
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- E
range is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × back correction factor per cycle is indi-
cated. ● This data also includes the data for the
air-fuel ratio learning control.
F
NOTE:
● Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

ACTIVE TEST MODE G

Test Item
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
● Engine: Return to the original H
● Harness and connectors
FUEL INJEC- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
● Fuel injector
TION ● Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
tion using CONSULT-II. I
● Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
IGNITION TIM- If trouble symptom disappears, see
● Timing light: Set ● Perform Idle Air Volume Learning. J
ING CHECK ITEM.
● Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-II.
● Engine: After warming up, idle K
the engine. ● Harness and connectors

● A/C switch: OFF ● Compression

POWER BAL- ● Shift lever: ● Fuel injector L
Engine runs rough or dies.
ANCE P or N (A/T models) ● Power transistor
Neutral (M/T models) ● Spark plug
● Cut off each fuel injector signal ● Ignition coil M
one at a time using CONSULT-II.

● Ignition switch: ON ● Harness and connectors

COOLING FAN*1 ● Turn the cooling fan “HI”, “LOW” Cooling fan moves and stops. ● Cooling fan relay
and “OFF” with CONSULT-II. ● Cooling fan motor

● Engine: Return to the original ● Harness and connectors

ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see ● Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP ● Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT-II. ● Fuel injector
● Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump relay makes the operat- ● Harness and connectors
RELAY ● Turn the fuel pump relay ON and ing sound. ● Fuel pump relay
OFF using CONSULT-II and lis-
ten to operating sound.

EC-111
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
● Engine: After warming up, run
engine at 1,500 rpm.
PURG VOL ● Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to ● Harness and connectors
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. ● Solenoid valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT-II.
● Engine: Return to the original
● Harness and connectors
V/T ASSIGN trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
ANGLE CHECK ITEM. ● Intake valve timing control sole-
● Change intake valve timing using
noid valve
CONSULT-II.
*1:Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-II while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.

DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE

SRT STATUS Mode
For details, refer to EC-58, "SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE" .
SRT Work Support Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
DTC Work Support Mode
Test mode Test item Condition Reference page
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 EC-183
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 EC-193
HO2S1
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 EC-304
Refer to corresponding
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 trouble diagnosis for EC-310
DTC.
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 EC-208
HO2S2 HO2S2 (B1) P1146 EC-316
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 EC-325

REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)

Description
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR”
mode.
1. “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):
● The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen
in real time.
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be
displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONI-
TOR” in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording
Data ... xx%” as shown in the figure, and the data after the
malfunction detection is recorded. Then when the percentage
reached 100%, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If
“STOP” is touched on the screen during “Recording Data ...
xx%”, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed.
MBIB0295E
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the

EC-112
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
recording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and
“Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MAN- A
UAL.
2. “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger):
● DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed EC
automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunc-
tion is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though
C
a malfunction is detected.

SEF707X

D
Operation
1. “AUTO TRIG”
● While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
E
select to “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
● While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent. F
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, compo-
nents and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st
trip DTC will be displayed. (Refer to Incident Simulation Tests in GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diag- G
nosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
2. “MANU TRIG”
● If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU H
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for fur-
ther diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
I

PBIB0197E

EC-113
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function EBS00O3Q

DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with ISO 15031 has
8 different functions explained below.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service manual.

SEF139P

FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function
This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including
Service $01 READINESS TESTS
analog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by
Service $02 (FREEZE DATA) ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-58, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND
1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which
Service $03 DTCs
were stored by ECM.
This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This
includes:
● Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01)
● Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03)
Service $04 CLEAR DIAG INFO
● Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01)
● Clear freeze frame data (Service $02)
● Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01)
● Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $06 and 7)
This diagnostic service accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of
Service $06 (ON BOARD TESTS)
specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored.
This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-
Service $07 (ON BOARD TESTS) related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal
driving conditions.
Service $08 — This diagnostic service is not applicable on this vehicle.
This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle infor-
Service $09 (CALIBRATION ID)
mation such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect GST to data link connector, which is located under driv-
ers side dash panel near the fuse box cover.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0275E

EC-114
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual. A
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)
EC

SEF398S

D
5. Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service proce-
dure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the E
tool maker.

G
SEF416S

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00O3R

H
Remarks:
● Specification data are reference values.
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
I
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Tachometer: Connect
Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED ● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indica- J
tachometer indication.
tion.
B/FUEL SCHDL ● See EC-120, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
A/F ALPHA-B1 ● See EC-120, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" . K
COOLAN TEMP/S ● Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V L
rpm
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met.
HO2S2 (B1) – Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V M
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load.
LEAN ←→ RICH
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times dur-
rpm
ing 10 seconds.
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) – Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load.
● Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
indication. speedometer indication.
BATTERY VOLT ● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

EC-115
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V

ACCEL SEN 2*1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V
● Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 1
THRTL SEN 2*1 ● Shift lever:
D (A/T models) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
1st (M/T models)
● Engine: After warming up At idle Approximately 1.5V
● Air conditioner switch: OFF

TURBO BST SEN ● Shift lever:

P or N (A/T models) At 2,500 rpm Approximately 1.2V
Neutral (M/T models)
● No load
START SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Shift lever:
P or N (A/T models) ON
P/N POSI SW ● Ignition switch: ON Neutral (M/T models)
Shift lever: Except above OFF

● Engine: After warming up, idle Steering wheel is not being turned. OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
the engine Steering wheel is being turned. ON
Rear window defogger switch is ON
ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd.
LOAD SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
OFF
and lighting switch is OFF.
IGNITION SW ● Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON

● Engine: After warming up, idle Heater fan is operating. ON

HEATER FAN SW
the engine Heater fan is not operating OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
● Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
● Shift lever:
P or N (A/T models)
INJ PULSE-B1 Neutral (M/T models) 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0° - 10° BTDC
● Shift lever:
P or N (A/T models)
IGN TIMING Neutral (M/T models) 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load

EC-116
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A
● Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35%
● Shift lever:
P or N (A/T models)
CAL/LD VALUE Neutral (M/T models) EC
2,500 rpm 10% - 35%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load
C
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
● Shift lever:
P or N (A/T models)
MASS AIRFLOW Neutral (M/T models) D
2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load
E
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
● Shift lever:
P or N (A/T models)
PURG VOL C/V Neutral (M/T models) F
2,000 rpm 20 - 30%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load
G
● Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
● Shift lever:
P or N (A/T models)
INT/V TIM (B1) Neutral (M/T models) H
When revving up to 2,000 rpm quickly Approx. 0° - 20°CA
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load
I
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
● Shift lever:
P or N (A/T models)
INT/V SOL (B1) Neutral (M/T models) J
When revving up to 2,000 rpm quickly Approx. 0% - 50%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load
K
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates)
L
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY ● Engine running or cranking
● Except above conditions OFF M
THRTL RELAY ● Ignition switch: ON ON
Engine coolant temperature is 94°C
OFF
(201°F) or less
● Engine: After warming up, idle Engine coolant temperature is
COOLING FAN the engine between 95°C (203°F) and 104°C LOW*2
● Air conditioner switch: OFF (210°F)
Engine coolant temperature is 105°C
(212°F) or more HIGH*2

● Engine: After warming up

ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF

EC-117
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine speed: Below 3,800 rpm (M/T models), 3,600 rpm (A/T models)
after the following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load.
● Engine speed: Above 3,800 rpm (M/T models), 3,600 rpm (A/T models) OFF
Vehicle has traveled after MI has 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL ● Ignition switch: ON
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile)
● Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C
O2SEN HTR DTY (176°F) Approx. 50%
● Engine speed: below 3,600 rpm
● Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0V
● Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)

*1 : Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ
from ECM terminals voltage signal.
*2: Models without air conditioner, cooling fan operates only ON and OFF operation, but CONSULT-II display will change OFF, LOW and
HI depends on engine coolant temperature.

Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode EBS00O3S

The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1
Below is the data for “CLSD THL POS”, “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” when depressing the accelera-
tor pedal with the ignition switch ON and with shift lever in D position (A/T models) or with shift lever in 1st
position (M/T models).
The signal of “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.

PBIB0198E

ENG SPEED, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “THRTL SEN 1”, “HO2S2 (B1)”, “HO2S1 (B1)” and “INJ PULSE-B1”
when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.

MBIB0545E

EC-118
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

EC

PBIB0668E

EC-119
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE PFP:00031

Description EBS00O3T

The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)”
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI-
TOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MI.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
● B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor-
rection)
● A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
Testing Condition EBS00O3U

● Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,017 miles)

● Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2 , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
● Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
● Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
● Transmission: Warmed-up*1
● Electrical load: Not applied*2
● Engine speed: Idle
*1: For A/T models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID
TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
For M/T models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are “OFF”. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
Inspection Procedure EBS00O3V

NOTE:
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-83, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” and “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “DATA MONI-
TOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-121, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF601Z

EC-120
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O3W

CHECK A/F ALPHA–B1 A

EC

SEF613ZD

EC-121
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

SEF768Z

EC-122
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CHECK B/FUEL SCHDL
A

EC

PBIA1516E

EC-123
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

MBIB0658E

EC-124
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT PFP:00006
A
Description EBS00O3X

Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
incident occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area. C
Common Intermittent Incident Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow Situation
D
II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0” or “[1t]”.
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. E
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O3Y

F
1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-66, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION" . G

>> GO TO 2. H
2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. I
Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. J
NG >> Repair or replace.

3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT K

Perform GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “Incident Simulation Tests”.
OK or NG
L
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-125
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT PFP:24110

Wiring Diagram EBS00O3Z

MBWA1407E

EC-126
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
1 B [Engine is running] C
115 B ECM ground Body ground
116 B ● Idle speed

[Ignition switch OFF] 0V

D
109 PU Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch ON]
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running] E
[Ignition switch OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay OFF
111 P
(Self shut-off) F
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds passed after turning (11 - 14V)
ignition switch OFF
G
119 G Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch ON]
120 G ECM (11 - 14V)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O40 H

1. INSPECTION START
Start engine. I
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 8. J
No >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 109 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester. L

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

MBIB0015E

EC-127
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M1, E101
● Fuse block (J/B) connector M16
● Joint connector-4
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

>> Repair harness or connectors.

4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1403E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

5. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors F1, E50 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors F40, E65 (M/T models)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-128
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector E14 termi- EC
nal 33 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
C
OK or NG
OK >> Go to EC-415, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG >> GO TO 8. D

E
MBIB0601E

8. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

F
1. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester. G
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop approximately 0V. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9. I
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
11. PBIB1630E

J
9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
K
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 111 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 11. M

PBIB1191E

10. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 119, 120 and IPDM E/R terminal 32.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-129
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
11. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VII
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and IPDM E/R terminal 29.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

12. CHECK 20A FUSE

1. Disconnect 20A fuse from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.

13. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS-II

Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1403E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

14. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-130
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. PG-19, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE EC
ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
Ground Inspection EBS01IMS

Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can D
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface. E
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
● Remove the ground bolt or screw.
● Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc. F
● Clean as required to assure good contact.
● Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
G
● Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
● If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one
eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation. H
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-55, "Ground Distribution" .

PBIB1870E

EC-131
 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710

Description EBS00O42

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O43

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause

U1000*1 ● ECM cannot communicate to other control

1000*1 units. ● Harness or connectors
CAN communication line (CAN communication line is open or
U1001*2 ● ECM cannot communicate for more than the shorted.)
specified time.
1001*2
*1:This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
*2:The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O44

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.

2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected, go to EC-134, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-132
 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O45

EC

MBWA0268E

EC-133
 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O46

Go to LAN-5, "Precautions When Using CONSULT-II" .

EC-134
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL PFP:23796
A
Description EBS00O47

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator EC
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed and piston position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve C
Vehicle speed signal* Vehicle speed
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
D

PBIB0540E
J
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid K
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
L
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00O48

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION M
● Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
INT/V TIM (B1) (M/T)
When revving up to 2,000 rpm quickly Approx. 0° - 20°CA
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
INT/V SOL (B1) (M/T)
When revving up to 2,000 rpm quickly Approx. 0% - 50%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load

EC-135
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O49

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

NOTE:
If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1111. See EC-280 .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Detecting condition Possible cause
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
● Intake valve control solenoid valve
P0011 Intake valve timing control There is a gap between angle of target and ● Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-
0011 performance phase-control angle degree. up portion of the camshaft
● Timing chain installation
● Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for
intake valve timing control

FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O4A

CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Maintain the following conditions from at least 6 consecutive
seconds
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMPS 60 - 120°C (140 - 248°F)
PBIB0164E
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 2.5 msec
P or N position (A/T)
Shift lever
Neutral position (M/T)
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-137, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
6. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED 1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLANT TEMPS 70 - 105°C (176 - 194°F)
Shift lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)

EC-136
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-137, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O4B EC
1. CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine. C
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 2.
KG >> Go to LU-6, "OIL PRESSURE CHECK" .
E

F
PBIA8559J

2. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE G

Refer to EC-138, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

3. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) I

Refer to EC-253, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
K
4. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-258, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
M
5. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.
● Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
● Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.

PBIB0565E

EC-137
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
Yes or No
Yes >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-50, "TIMING CHAIN" .
No >> GO TO 7.

7. CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT

Refer to EM-47, "Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Clean lubrication line.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For wiring diagram, refer to EC-249 for CKP sensor (POS), EC-255 for CMP sensor (PHASE).

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01IRT

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows.
Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 7.2Ω at 20°C (68°F)
1 or 2 and ground ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist.)

If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
MBIB0027E

4. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid

valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed. PBIB2388E

Removal and Installation EBS01IRU

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EM-35, "ROCKER COVER" .

EC-138
 DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER PFP:22690
A
Description EBS00O4C

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator EC
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
heater control heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature C
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started. D

OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater E
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 after warming up ON
F
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00O4D

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION G
● Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
H
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O4E

I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The current amperage in the heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal ● Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit
J
P0031 Heated oxygen sensor 1 range.
0031 heater control circuit low (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to is open or shorted.)
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
heater.) K
The current amperage in the heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal ● Harness or connectors
P0032 Heated oxygen sensor 1 range. (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit
is shorted.)
L
0032 heater control circuit high (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
heater.)
M
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O4F

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-139
 DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
4. Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-142, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF174Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-140
 DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O4G

EC

MBWA1408E

EC-141
 DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 7.0V

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 1
24 Y ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
heater

PBIB0519E

[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 BR Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O4H

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-142
 DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC

D
MBIB1073E

3. Check voltage between HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground with E

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. G

PBIA9576J
H

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

I
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models) J
● IPDM E/R connector E13
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse K

>> Repair harness or connectors.

L
4. CHECK HO2S1 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 24 and HO2S1 terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER

Refer to EC-144, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

EC-143
 DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00O4I

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER

1. Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance
2 and 3 3.4 - 4.4 Ω at 25°C (77°F)
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)

2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur-
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner and
approved anti-seize lubricant.

MBIB1306E

Removal and Installation EBS00O4J

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EC-144
 DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER PFP:226A0
A
Description EBS00O4K

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator EC
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Heated oxygen sensor 2 Heated oxygen sensor 2
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature heater control heater C
Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor Amount of intake air

OPERATION D
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Above 3,600 (A/T models), 3,800 (M/T models) OFF
E
Below 3,600 rpm (A/T models), 3,800 rpm (M/T models) after the
following conditions are met.
● Engine: After warming up ON
● Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
F
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00O4L

G
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
H
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm (A/T models) 3,800 rpm (M/T models)
after the following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) I
– Keeping the engine speed at between 3,500 to 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm (A/T models), 3,800 rpm (M/T models) OFF
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O4M

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
K
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor ● Harness or connectors
P0037 Heated oxygen sensor 2 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
0037 heater control circuit low (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) L
● Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater

The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor ● Harness or connectors

P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
0038 heater control circuit high (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is shorted.) M
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) ● Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O4N

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.

EC-145
 DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-148, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-146
 DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O4O

EC

MBWA1232E

EC-147
 DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm (A/T models),
3,800 rpm (M/T models) after the following condi-
tions are met.
0 - 1.0V
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
2 GY
heater under no load.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm (A/T models),
3,800 rpm (M/T models)
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met.
16 LG Heated oxygen sensor 2 – Engine: After warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O4P

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-148
 DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC

D
MBIB0282E

3. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground with E

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. G

MBIB1165E
H

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

I
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models) J
● IPDM E/R connector E13
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse K

>> Repair harness or connectors.

L
4. CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 2 and HO2S2 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

Refer to EC-150, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

EC-149
 DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00O4Q

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

1. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance
1 and 4 8.0 - 10.0 Ω at 25°C (77°F)
2 and 1, 3, 4 ∞Ω
3 and 1, 2, 4 (Continuity should not exist)

2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur-
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner and
approved anti-seize lubricant.

PBIB0542E

Removal and Installation EBS00O4R

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-4, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

EC-150
 DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:22365
A
Component Description EBS00OE1

The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor is placed intake man-

ifold corrector. It detects intake manifold pressure and sends the EC
voltage signal to the ECM, ECM uses the signal to compute intake
air volume value.
The sensor uses a silicon diaphragm which is sensitive to the
change in pressure. As the pressure increase, the voltage rises. C

MBIB0278E

E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OE2

If DTC P0107 or P0108 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-360, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" . F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P0107 Manifold absolute pressure An excessively low voltage from the sensor (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0107 sensor circuit low input is sent to ECM.
G
● Manifold absolute pressure sensor
● Harness or connectors
P0108 Manifold absolute pressure An excessively high voltage from the sensor (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) H
0108 sensor circuit high input is sent to ECM. ● Manifold absolute pressure sensor
● Intake air leaks
I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
J

Manifold absolute pressure sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OE3 K

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
M
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-153, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-151
 DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00OE4

MBWA1233E

EC-152
 DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
45 L Sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V C
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition Approximately 1.5V
Manifold absolute pres- ● Idle speed D
51 W
sure sensor [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition Approximately 1.2V
E
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

56 B (Manifold absolute ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
pressure sensor) F
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OE5

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. H

K
MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
M

EC-153
 DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK MAP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor harness connec-
tor.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0276E

3. Check voltage between MAP sensor terminal 2 and ground.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

MBIB0602E

3. CHECK MAP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between MAP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 56
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK MAP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between MAP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 51.
Refer to Wiring Diagram
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK MAP SENSOR

Refer to EC-155, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace manifold absolute pressure sensor.

EC-154
 DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END EC

Component Inspection EBS00OE6

MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR C

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn ON. D
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 51 (manifold absolute
pressure sensor signal) and ground.
NOTE: E
● To avoid the affection of intake manifold vacuum, check the
voltage 1 or more minutes past after engine is stopped.
● Because the sensor is absolute pressure sensor, output value
F
may differ depends on atmospheric pressure and altitude.
5. Measure the atmospheric pressure.
NOTE: G
As atmospheric pressure describe on synoptic chart is value at SEF006P
sea level, please compensate the actual pressure with the fol-
lowing chart.
H
Altitude Compensated pressure
0m 0hPa
200m -24hPa I
400m -47hPa
600m -70hPa
J
800m -92hPa
1,000m -114hPa
1,500m -168hPa K
2,000m -218hPa
6. Check the manifold absolute pressure sensor value corresponds to the atmospheric pressure.
L
Atmospheric pressure Voltage
800hPa 3.2 - 3.6v
M
850hPa 3.4 - 3.8v
900hPa 3.7 - 4.1v
960hPa 3.9 - 4.3v
1,000hPa 4.1 - 4.5v
1,050hPa 4.3 - 4.7v
7. Start engine and let it idle. MBIB0655E

EC-155
 DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. Check the voltage between ECM terminal 51 and ground at
idling and confirm the voltage difference between engine is
stopped and at idling is within following chart.
Intake manifold vacuum Voltage difference
-40kPa (-300mmHg) 1.6 - 2.0v
-53.3kPa (-400mmHg) 2.2 - 2.6v
-66.7kPa (-500mm) 2.8 - 3.2v
-80kPa (-600mmHg) 3.4 - 3.8v
SEF487R

Removal and Installation EBS00OE7

MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-156
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description EBS00O50

The intake air temperature sensor is built into manifold absolute

pressure sensor. The sensor detects intake air temperature and EC
transmits a signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise. C

MBIB0276E

E
<Reference data>
Intake air
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ F
temperature °C (°F)
−10 (14) 4.43 7.9 - 9.3
25 (77) 3.32 1.9 - 2.1 G
80 (176) 1.23 0.31 - 0.37
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 34 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground. H
CAUTION: SEF012P

Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output

voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM termi- I
nals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O51
J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0112 Intake air temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
● Harness or connectors
0112 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. K
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0113 Intake air temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
● Intake air temperature sensor
0113 sensor circuit high input sent to ECM.
L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode M
Intake air temperature sensor circuit Intake air temperature is determined as 30°C (86°F).

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O52

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-157
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-160, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.

EC-158
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O53

EC

MBWA0462E

EC-159
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O54

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor (intake air tem-
perature sensor is built-into) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0276E

3. Check voltage between MAP sensor terminal 3 and ground.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

MBIB0300E

EC-160
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between MAP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 56. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. D
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR E

Refer to EC-161, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace manifold absolute pressure sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

H
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS00O55

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR I

1. Check resistance between manifold absolute pressure sensor
terminals 3 and 4 under the following conditions.
J
Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
25 (77) 1.9 - 2.1

2. If NG, replace manifold absolute pressure sensor (with intake air K

temperature sensor).

L
MBIB0276E

SEF012P

Removal and Installation EBS00O56

MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-161
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630

Component Description EBS00O57

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.

SEF594K

<Reference data>
Engine coolant
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
temperature °C (°F)
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 72 (Engine
coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O58

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
P0117 Engine coolant temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor
● Harness or connectors
0117 sensor circuit low input is sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0118 Engine coolant temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor
● Engine coolant temperature sensor
0118 sensor circuit high input is sent to ECM.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON
or “START”. CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-II display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or Start 40°C (104°F)
Engine coolant temper-
ature sensor circuit More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80°C (176°F)
Start
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.

EC-162
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O59

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. C
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-165, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
D

SEF058Y
F
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
G

EC-163
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O5A

MBWA0271E

EC-164
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O5B

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. EC

E
MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
G
2. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness H
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
I

MBIB0279E K

3. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester. L
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIB0080E

EC-165
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 73, TCM terminal 42 (A/T
models).
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness for open or short between engine coolant temperature sensor and ECM
● Harness for open or short between engine coolant temperature sensor and TCM (A/T models)

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-166, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00O5C

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

PBIB2005E

EC-166
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
<Reference data>
A
Engine coolant
Resistance kΩ
temperature °C (°F)
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
EC
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260

2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. C

SEF012P

D
Removal and Installation EBS00O5D

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to CO-25, "THERMOSTAT" . E

EC-167
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR PFP:16119

Component Description EBS010BT

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS010BU

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 1
THRTL SEN 2* ● Shift lever:
D (A/T models) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
1st (M/T models)
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010BV

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0122 Throttle position sensor 2 An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 ● Harness or connectors
0122 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
P0123 Throttle position sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 ● Electric throttle control actuator
0123 circuit high input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2)
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010BW

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

EC-168
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. A
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
EC
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-172, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

D
SEF058Y

WITH GST E
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-169
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010BX

MBWA1234E

EC-170
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- WIRE EC
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL NO. COLOR
Sensor power supply
47 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor) C
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) More than 0.36V D
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
49 Y Throttle position sensor 1 E
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) Less than 4.75V
F
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running] G
Sensor ground
66 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON] H
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models) I
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
68 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch ON]
J
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) More than 0.36V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
K
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
L

EC-171
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010BY

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0308E

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal

1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0082E

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
EC-172
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III A
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
EC
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-170
91 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-391
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-397, "Component Inspection" .
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11
NG >> GO TO 6.
F
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. G
2. Perform EC-49, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . H

>> INSPECTION END

I
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. K
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 68 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-173
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-174, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS010BZ

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set shift lever to D position (A/T models) or 1st position (M/T models).
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 49 (TP sensor 1 signal),
68 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

49 Fully released More than 0.36V

(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

68 Fully released Less than 4.75V

(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next MBIB0022E

step.
7. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
8. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS010C0

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-174
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0132 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description EBS00O5E

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the EC
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts C
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
D

SEF463R

H
SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00O5F I

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION J
HO2S1 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Changes more than 5 times during K
10 seconds.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O5G

L
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.

SEF301UA

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P0132 Heated oxygen sensor 1 An excessively high voltage from the sensor (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0132 circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1

EC-175
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O5H

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-178, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF174Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-176
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O5I

EC

MBWA1409E

EC-177
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 7.0V

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
Heated oxygen sensor 1
24 Y ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
heater

PBIB0519E

[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 BR Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O5J

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-178
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.2 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
EC

>> GO TO 3.
C

D
MBIB1077E

3. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
F
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S1
terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
G
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 4. MBIB1073E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. I

4. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

J
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S1 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. K
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER

Check connectors for water
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-179
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-181, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-180
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00O5K

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT- EC
II.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow- C
ing steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
D

MBIB0301E
F
6. Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec- G
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. H
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

I

SEF217YA

SEF648Y
M
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

EC-181
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.

● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.

● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V MBIB0018E

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS00O5L

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EC-182
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0133 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description EBS00O5M

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the EC
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts C
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
D

SEF463R

H
SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00O5N I

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION J
HO2S1 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Changes more than 5 times dur- K
ing 10 seconds.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O5O

L
To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1, this diagnosis
measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time
is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback
control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index. M
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.

PBIB2991E

EC-183
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P0133 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The response of the voltage signal from the ● Fuel pressure
0133 circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time.
● Fuel injector
● Intake air leak
● Exhaust gas leak
● Manifold absolute pressure sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O5P

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
● Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P0133” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.

SEF338Z

6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis-

played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con-
tinuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will
take approximately 40 to 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED 2,450 - 3,950 rpm (M/T models with CR 12 engine)
2,550 - 4,100 rpm (M/T models with CR 14 engine)
2,100 - 3,300 rpm (A/T models with CR 12 engine)
2,100 - 3,400 rpm (A/T models with CR 14 engine)
VHCL SPEED SE More than 80 km/h (50 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.5 - 6.5 msec (M/T models with CR 12 engine) SEF339Z
2.8 - 7.0 msec (M/T models with CR 14 engine)
3.2 - 7.7 msec (A/T models with CR 12 engine)
3.3 - 7.8 msec (A/T models with CR 14 engine)
Shift lever Suitable position

If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.

EC-184
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-187, "Diagnostic A
Procedure" .

EC

SEF658Y

D
Overall Function Check EBS00O5Q

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed. E
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground. F
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more G
than 5 times within 10 seconds.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V H
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V
4. If NG, go to EC-187, "Diagnostic Procedure" . I
MBIB0018E

EC-185
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O5R

MBWA1409E

EC-186
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 7.0V C

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition D
Heated oxygen sensor 1
24 Y ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
heater

PBIB0519E E
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)
F
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 BR Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
G
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed H
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O5S

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
J

M
MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-187
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.2 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)

>> GO TO 3.

MBIB1077E

3. CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (Manifold).

MBIB0649E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.

4. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK

Listen for an intake air leak after the manifold absolute pressure sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-188
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?

SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II F
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
G
3. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor harness connec-
tor, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle
speed.
H
4. Stop engine and reconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor
harness connector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0107 is displayed.
I
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-66, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
J
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. MBIB0276E
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
K
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or DTC P0172 (Refer to EC-217 or EC-225 ).
No >> GO TO 6.
L
6. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S1
terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power MBIB1073E
in harness or connectors.

EC-189
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S1 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER

Refer to EC-144, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

9. CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-155, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace manifold absolute pressure sensor.

10. CHECK PCV VALVE

Refer to EC-448, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace PCV valve.

11. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EC-191, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

12. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-190
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00O5T

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT- EC
II.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow- C
ing steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
D

SEF646Y
F
6. Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec- G
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. H
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

I

SEF217YA

SEF648Y
M
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

EC-191
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.

● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.

● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V MBIB0018E

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS00O5U

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EC-192
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0134 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description EBS00O5V

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the EC
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts C
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
D

SEF463R

H
SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00O5W I

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION J
HO2S1 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Changes more than 5 times dur- K
ing 10 seconds.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O5X

L
Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is
not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately
0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is
within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks M
that this time is not inordinately long.

SEF237U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P0134 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The voltage from the sensor is constantly (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0134 circuit no activity detected approx. 0.3V.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1

EC-193
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O5Y

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “HO2S1 (B1) P0134” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 4.

PBIB0544E

5. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis-

played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con-
tinuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will
take approximately 10 to 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED 2,150 - 4,250 rpm (M/T models with CR12 engine)
2,200 - 4,400 rpm (M/T models with CR14 engine)
1,650 - 3,650 rpm (A/T models)
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.9 - 7.2 msec (M/T models with CR12 engine)
2.0 - 7.8 msec (M/T models with CR14 engine) PBIB0545E
2.5 - 8.6 msec (A/T models with CR12 engine)
2.9 - 8.7 msec (A/T models with CR14 engine)
Shift lever Suitable position

If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.

6. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-197, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .

SEC750C

Overall Function Check EBS00O5Z

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

EC-194
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. A
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load. EC
● The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4V.
4. If NG, go to EC-197, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
C

MBIB0018E
E

EC-195
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O60

MBWA1409E

EC-196
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 7.0V C

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition D
Heated oxygen sensor 1
24 Y ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
heater

PBIB0519E E
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)
F
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 BR Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
G
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed H
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O61

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
J

M
MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-197
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S1
terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power MBIB1073E
in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S1 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EC-198, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00O62

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-
II.

EC-198
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow- A
ing steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
EC

MBIB0301E

D
6. Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec- E
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. F
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

G
SEF217YA

SEF648Y K
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. L
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II M
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.

● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.

● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V MBIB0018E

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

EC-199
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS00O63

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EC-200
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0138 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description EBS00O64

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. EC
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt- C
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for D
engine control operation.
SEF327R

E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00O65

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
HO2S2 (B1) ● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi- 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
tions are met.
– Engine: After warming up G
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) LEAN ←→ RICH
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load.
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O66

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen I
storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during
the various driving condition such as fuel-cut. J

SEF305UA

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors M
P0138 Heated oxygen sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the sensor (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0138 circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.
● Heated oxygen sensor 2

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O67

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

EC-201
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-204, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. SEF189Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-202
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O69

EC

MBWA1236E

EC-203
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm (A/T models),
3,800 rpm (M/T models) after the following con-
ditions are met.
0 - 1.0V
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
2 GY
heater under no load.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm (A/T mod-
els), 3,800 rpm (M/T models)
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met.
16 LG Heated oxygen sensor 2 – Engine: After warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O6A

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-204
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S2 EC
terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 3. MBIB0282E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. E
3. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 and HO2S2 terminal 2. F
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
G
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist. H
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 J

Refer to EC-205, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
L
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS00O6B

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.

SEF174Y

EC-205
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2(B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.

SEF662Y

7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
[A/T models with CR14 engine]

MBIB1401E

“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.61V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.

[Except above models]

MBIB1402E

“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.61V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.52V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.

EC-206
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times. A
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.61V at least once during this
procedure.
EC
If the voltage is above 0.61V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position C
(A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V (A/T models with CR14 MBIB0020E
engine), 0.52V (Other models) at least once during this pro- D
cedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION: E
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread F
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS00O6C

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 G

Refer to EX-4, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

EC-207
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0139 HO2S2 PFP:226A0

Component Description EBS00O6D

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00O6E

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
HO2S2 (B1) ● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi- 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
tions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) LEAN ←→ RICH
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O6F

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sen-
sor's voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi-
tion such as fuel-cut.

SEF302U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2 It takes more time for the sensor to respond ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
0139 circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. ● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector
● Intake air leak

EC-208
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O6G

A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
● “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and EC
“COND3” are completed.
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. C
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from step 2 in
Procedure for COND1. D
WITH CONSULT-II
Procedure for COND1
E
For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°(32 to 86°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle 1 minute.
5. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. G
6. Touch “START”.
7. Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
H
8. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm 2 or 3 times quickly under no load.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 2 in “Procedure for COND3”.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step.
9. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-II I
screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 60 seconds.)
J
More than 1,500 rpm (M/T models with CR12 engine)
ENG SPEED More than 1,600 rpm (M/T models with CR14 engine)
More than 1,300 rpm (A/T models)
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec K
COOLANT TEMP/S 70 - 105 °C (158 - 221°F)
Shift level Suitable position
L

PBIB0552E

NOTE:
● If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.

● If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND2” on CONSULT-II screen before Procedure for

COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2.

EC-209
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completely from the
above condition [step 9] until “INCOMPLETE” at “COND2” on
CONSULT-II screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 4 seconds.)
NOTE:
If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND3” on CONSULT-II
screen before Procedure for COND3 is conducted, it is unnec-
essary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND3.

PBIB0553E

Procedure for COND3

1. Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on
CONSULT-II screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take a
maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)
2. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-212, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the follow-
ing.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place
(soak the vehicle).
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLANTEMP/S” in “DATA SEF668Y

MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLANTEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-II.
d. When “COOLANTEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°(158°F), go to procedure for COND1 step 3.
Overall Function Check EBS00O6H

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec-
ond during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec- MBIB0020E
ond during this procedure.
8. If NG, go to EC-212, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-210
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O6I

EC

MBWA1236E

EC-211
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm (A/T models),
3,800 rpm (M/T models) after the following con-
ditions are met.
0 - 1.0V
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
2 GY
heater under no load.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm (A/T mod-
els), 3,800 rpm (M/T models)
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met.
16 LG Heated oxygen sensor 2 – Engine: After warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O6J

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-212
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
C
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
D

E
SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. F
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor harness connec-
G
tor, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle
speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor
harness connector. H
5. Make sure that DTC P0107 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-66, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" . I
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. MBIB0276E
J
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
K
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-217 or EC-225 .
No >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. M
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S2
terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. MBIB0282E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

EC-213
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 and HO2S2 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EC-214, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00O6K

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.

SEF174Y

6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select

“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.

SEF662Y

7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

EC-214
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
[A/T models with CR14 engine]
A

EC

MBIB1401E D
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.61V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
E
[Except above models]

MBIB1402E

“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.61V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. I
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.52V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 J
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant. K
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
L
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. M
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.61V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.61V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
(A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V (A/T models with CR14 MBIB0020E
engine), 0.52V (Other models) at least once during this pro-
cedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

EC-215
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS00O6L

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-4, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

EC-216
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O6M

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The EC
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MI (2 trip detection logic). C

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas D
Heated oxygen sensors 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E
● Intake air leaks
● Heated oxygen sensor 1

● Fuel injection system does not operate properly. ● Fuel injector F

P0171 Fuel injection system too ● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too ● Exhaust gas leak
0171 lean large. ● Incorrect fuel pressure
(The mixture ratio is too lean.) ● Lack of fuel G
● Manifold absolute pressure sensor
● Incorrect PCV hose connection
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O6N

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II. K
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
L
6. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-221, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE: M
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, perform-
ing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to SEF215Z
(1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 minutes. Refer to the table
below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)

EC-217
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).

7. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-221, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor harness connec-
tor.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor
harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0107 is
detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0107.
8. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
9. Select Service $07 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be MBIB0276E

detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-

221, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).

10. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
11. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-221, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.

EC-218
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O6O

EC

MBWA1410E

EC-219
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
22 OR Fuel injector No. 3
PBIB0529E
23 L Fuel injector No. 1
41 R Fuel injector No. 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE
42 GY Fuel injector No. 2
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0530E

Approximately 7.0V

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
Heated oxygen sensor 1
24 Y ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
heater

PBIB0519E

[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 BR Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed

EC-220
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O6P

1. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK A

1. Start engine and run it at idle.

2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). EC

E
MBIB0649E

OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE G

1. Listen for an intake air leak after the manifold absolute pressure sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace. I
3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connec-
tor.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S1
terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. L

Continuity should exist.

5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 M
terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. MBIB0280E

Continuity should not exist.

6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-221
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-51, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-52, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-431, "FUEL PUMP" .)
● Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-51, "Fuel Pressure Check" .)
● Fuel lines (Refer to EM-32, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .)
● Fuel filter for clogging

>> Repair or replace.

6. CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSUR SENSOR

With CONSULT-II
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check manifold absolute pressure sensor signal with CONSULT-II.
Approximately 1.5V: at idling
Approximately 1.2V: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check manifold absolute pressure sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
Approximately 1.5V: at idling
Approximately 1.2V: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the manifold absolute pressure
sensor circuit or grounds. Refer to EC-151, "DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRES-
SURE SENSOR" .

EC-222
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTORS A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each fuel circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop. C

E
MBIB0302E

Without CONSULT-II F
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard. G

PBIB1986E

J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for fuel injector, EC-425, "FUEL INJECTOR" . K
8. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. L
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Remove fuel injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-32, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. M
The fuel injector harness connectors should remain connected.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays
out from fuel injectors.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray
out. Always replace O-ring with new ones.

PBIB1726E

EC-223
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-224
 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O6Q

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensors 1. The EC
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MI (2 trip detection logic). C

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas D
Heated oxygen sensors 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
● Fuel injection system does not operate properly. ● Fuel injector
P0172 Fuel injection system too ● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too ● Exhaust gas leak F
0172 rich large.
(The mixture ratio is too rich.) ● Incorrect fuel pressure
● Manifold absolute pressure sensor
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O6R

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. I
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II. J
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes. K
The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-229, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE: L
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, perform-
ing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. M
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to SEF215Z
(1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain time. Refer to the table
below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
7. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
EC-225
 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
If engine starts, go to EC-229, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, remove spark plugs and
check for fouling, etc.

WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor harness connec-
tor. Then restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle
speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor
harness connector.
5. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0107 is
detected.
6. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0107.
7. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
8. Select Service $07 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be MBIB0276E
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-
229, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-229, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and
check for fouling, etc.

EC-226
 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O6S

EC

MBWA1410E

EC-227
 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
22 OR Fuel injector No. 3
PBIB0529E
23 L Fuel injector No. 1
41 R Fuel injector No. 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE
42 GY Fuel injector No. 2
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0530E

Approximately 7.0V

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
Heated oxygen sensor 1
24 Y ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
heater

PBIB0519E

[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 BR Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed

EC-228
 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O6T

1. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK A

1. Start engine and run it at idle.

2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). EC

E
MBIB0649E

OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK G

Listen for an intake air leak after the manifold absolute pressure sensor.
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.

3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connec- J
tor.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S1 K
terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
Continuity should exist.
5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1
terminal 4 and ground. M
Refer to Wiring Diagram. MBIB0280E

Continuity should not exist.

6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE

1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-51, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-52, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .
At idling: 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

EC-229
 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-431, "FUEL PUMP" .)
● Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-51, "Fuel Pressure Check" .)
● Fuel lines (Refer to EM-32, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .)
● Fuel filter for clogging

>> Repair or replace.

6. CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSUR SENSOR

With CONSULT-II
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check manifold absolute pressure sensor signal with CONSULT-II.
Approximately 1.5V: at idling
Approximately 1.2V: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check manifold absolute pressure sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
Approximately 1.5V: at idling
Approximately 1.2V: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the manifold absolute pressure
sensor circuit or grounds. Refer to EC-151, "DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRES-
SURE SENSOR" .

EC-230
 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTORS A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop. C

E
MBIB0302E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. F
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard. G

PBIB1986E

J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for fuel injectors, refer to EC-425, "FUEL INJECTOR" .
K
8. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-32, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" . L
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect fuel injector harness connectors. M
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injectors.
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-231
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR PFP:16119

Component Description EBS00O72

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00O73

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 1
THRTL SEN 2* ● Shift lever:
D (A/T models) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
1st (M/T models)
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O74

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0222 Throttle position sensor 1 An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 ● Harness or connectors
0222 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
● Electric throttle control actuator
P0223 Throttle position sensor 1 An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor (TP sensor 1)
0223 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM.
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O75

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

EC-232
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. A
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
EC
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-236, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

D
SEF058Y

WITH GST E
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-233
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O76

MBWA1239E

EC-234
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply C
47 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped D
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) More than 0.36V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released E
49 Y Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) Less than 4.75V F
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
G
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
● Idle speed
H
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) Less than 4.75V I
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
68 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch ON] J
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) More than 0.36V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models) K
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
91 BR
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V L

EC-235
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O77

1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0308E

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal

1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0082E

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
EC-236
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III A
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
EC
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-234
91 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-391
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-397, "Component Inspection" .
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11
NG >> GO TO 6.
F
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. G
2. Perform EC-49, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . H

>> INSPECTION END

I
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. K
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 49 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-237
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-238, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00O78

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set shift lever to D position (A/T models) or 1st position (M/T models).
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 49 (TP sensor 1 signal),
68 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

49 Fully released More than 0.36V

(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

68 Fully released Less than 4.75V

(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next MBIB0022E

step.
7. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
8. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS00O79

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-238
 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE PFP:00000 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O7Q

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank- EC
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire C

The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.

1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage) D
On the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to over-
heating, the MI will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor (POS) signal every 200 engine revo-
lutions for a change. E
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MI will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will remain on. F
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MI will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MI will only light G
when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor
signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.
H
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire ● Improper spark plug
Multiple cylinder misfire. I
0300 detected ● Insufficient compression
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire ● Incorrect fuel pressure
No. 1 cylinder misfires.
0301 detected
● The fuel injector circuit is open or
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire shorted
J
No. 2 cylinder misfires.
0302 detected
● Fuel injector
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire ● Intake air leak
No. 3 cylinder misfires.
0303 detected K
● The ignition signal circuit is open or
shorted
● Lack of fuel
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire L
No. 4 cylinder misfires. ● Drive plate or flywheel
0304 detected
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
● Incorrect PCV hose connection
M
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O7R

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

EC-239
 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-240, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, perform-
ing the following procedure is advised. PBIB0164E

a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the feaze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).

The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Engine speed Time
Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O7S

1. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING

Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-240
 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST A
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
EC
2. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?

MBIB0302E
E
Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each fuel injector harness connector one at a
time, is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary F
engine speed drop?

MBIB0305E

I
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> GO TO 7. J

4. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

K
Does each fuel injector make an operating sound at idle?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5. L
No >> Check fuel injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-425,
"FUEL INJECTOR" .
M

PBIB1986E

EC-241
 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK IGNITION SPARK
1. Disconnect ignition coil assembly from rocker cover.
2. Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine.
5. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits.
Refer to EC-415, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .

SEF575Q

6. CHECK SPARK PLUGS

Remove the spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace spark plug(s) with standard type
one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-47, "Changing
Spark Plugs" .

SEF156I

7. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE

Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-60, "COMPRESSION PRESSURE INSPECTION" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.

8. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE

1. Install all removed parts.
2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-51, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-52, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .

At idle: Approx. 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

EC-242
 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-431, "FUEL PUMP" .)
● Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-51, "Fuel Pressure Check" .) EC
● Fuel lines (Refer to EM-32, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .)
● Fuel filter for clogging
C

>> Repair or replace.

10. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 D

Refer to EC-181, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
F
11. CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSUR SENSOR
With CONSULT-II
G
Check manifold absolute pressure sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Approximately 1.5V: at idling
Approximately 1.2V: at 2,500 rpm H
With GST
Check manifold absolute pressure sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
Approximately 1.5V: at idling I

Approximately 1.2V: at 2,500 rpm

OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the manifold absolute pressure
sensor circuit or grounds. Refer to EC-151, "DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRES- K
SURE SENSOR" .

12. CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART

L
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-86, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. M
NG >> Repair or replace.

13. ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC

Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-66, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .

>> GO TO 14.

14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-243
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060

Component Description EBS00O7T

The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.

MBIB0306E

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O7U

The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detected Condition Possible Cause
P0327 Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
● Harness or connectors
0327 input sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328 Knock sensor circuit high An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
● Knock sensor
0328 input sent to ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O7V

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-246, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-244
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O7W

EC

MBWA0571E

EC-245
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
15 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
54 — ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Knock sensor)
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O7X

1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ECM terminal 15 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II

1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 15 and knock
sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
MBIB0306E
in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

Refer to EC-247, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace knock sensor.

EC-246
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A
Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .
EC

MBIB1403E E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. F

5. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

G
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 54 and ground.
Continuity should exist
2. Also check harness for short to power. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. I

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

J
Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END K

Component Inspection EBS00O7Y

KNOCK SENSOR
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground. L
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more
than 10 MΩ. M
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or phys-
ically damaged. Use only new ones.

PBIB0253E

Removal and Installation EBS00O7Z

KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-74, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .

EC-247
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) PFP:23731

Component Description EBS00O80

The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine rev-
olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
PBIB0562E
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00O81

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Tachometer: Connect
Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED ● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indica- tachometer indication.
tion.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O82

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not
detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of
● Harness or connectors
engine cranking.
(The sensor circuit is open or
P0335 Crankshaft position ● The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position shorted.)
0335 sensor (POS) circuit sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
running.
● Signal plate
● The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in
the normal pattern during engine running.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O83

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-251, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-248
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O84

EC

MBWA1244E

EC-249
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
PBIB0527E
Crankshaft position
13 Y
sensor (POS)
Approximately 3.0V

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0528E

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

30 B (Crankshaft position ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sensor) ● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay OFF
111 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds passed after turning (11 - 14V)
ignition switch OFF
119 G Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch ON]
120 G ECM (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-250
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O85

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. EC

E
MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
G
2. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness H
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
I

MBIB1078E K

3. Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester. L
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

SEF479Y

EC-251
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors F1, E50 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors F40, E65 (M/T models)
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14
● Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM
● Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 30 and CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

Refer to EC-253, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

7. CHECK GEAR TOOTH

Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace the signal plate.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-252
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00O86

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) A

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
3. Remove the sensor. EC
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

PBIB0563E

5. Check resistance as shown in the figure. F

Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

3 (+) - 1 (-) G
3 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 1 (-)
H
6. If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

MBIB0024E
I

Removal and Installation EBS00O87

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) J

Refer to EM-74, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .

EC-253
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) PFP:23731

Component Description EBS00O88

The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of

camshaft (intake) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft posi-
tion sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
PBIB0562E
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O89

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
● The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
for the first few seconds during engine
cranking. ● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor ● Camshaft (Intake)
● The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM
0340 (PHASE) circuit
during engine running. ● Starter motor (Refer to SC-46 .)
● The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal ● Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-46 .)
pattern during engine running.
● Dead (Weak) battery

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O8A

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-256, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 sec-
onds.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-256, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-254
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O8B

EC

MBWA1245E

EC-255
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position
14 R
sensor (PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

PBIB0526E

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

29 B (Camshaft position ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sensor) ● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay OFF
111 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds passed after turning (11 - 14V)
ignition switch OFF
119 G Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch ON]
120 G ECM (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O8C

1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over?
Does the starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-46, "STARTING SYSTEM" .)

EC-256
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
EC

MBIB1403E
E
Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

3. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G

1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness

connector. H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0279E

K
3. Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage L

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. M
NG >> GO TO 4.

SEF479Y

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors F1, E50 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors F40, E65 (M/T models)
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14
● Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM
● Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-257
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 14 and CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

Refer to EC-258, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).

8. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)

Check the following.
● Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
● Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.

PBIB0565E

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00O8D

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
3. Remove the sensor.

EC-258
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
A

EC

PBIB0563E

D
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] E
3 (+) - 1 (-)
3 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 1 (-) F

G
MBIB0024E

Removal and Installation EBS00O8E

H
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EM-38, "CAMSHAFT" .
I

EC-259
 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION PFP:20905

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O8F

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of heated oxygen

sensors 1 and 2.
A three way catalyst (Manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensors 1 and 2
approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (Manifold)
malfunction is diagnosed.

SEF484YF

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Three way catalyst (Manifold)
● Exhaust tube
● Three way catalyst (Manifold) does not operate ● Intake air leak
P0420 Catalyst system efficiency properly.
● Fuel injector
0420 below threshold ● Three way catalyst (Manifold) does not have
enough oxygen storage capacity. ● Fuel injector leak
● Spark plug
● Improper ignition timing

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O8G

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
● Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure.
● Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUP-
PORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecu-
tive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “COMPLT”, go to step 10
7. Wait 5 seconds at idle.

PBIB0566E

EC-260
 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until
“INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It will take A
approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C
(158 °F) and then retest from step 1.
EC

PBIB0567E

D
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place
(soak the vehicle)
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA E
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/
S” indication on CONSULT-II. F
d. When “COOLANTEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°(158°F), go
to step 3.
G
SEF013Y

9. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II. H

10. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-262, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . I

SEF535Z K
Overall Function Check EBS00O8H

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (Manifold). During this check, a 1st L
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. M
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Open engine hood.
6. Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 sig-
nal) and ground, and ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and
ground.
7. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.

MBIB0018E

EC-261
 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminal 16 and ground is very less than that of
ECM terminal 35 and ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst
(manifold) does not operate properly. Go to EC-262, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
NOTE: MBIB0124E
If the voltage at terminal 35 does not switch periodically more than 5
times within 10 seconds at step 8, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133 first. (See EC-187 .)
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O8I

1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM

Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (Manifold).

MBIB0649E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.

3. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK

Listen for an intake air leak after the manifold absolute pressure sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-262
 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK FUEL INJECTORS A
1. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.
2. Refer to Wiring Diagram for fuel injectors, EC-426 .
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 22, 23, 41, 42 and EC
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage : Battery voltage
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Perform EC-427, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D

E
MBIB0030E

5. CHECK IGNITION SPARK

F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil assembly from rocker cover.
3. Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly. G
4. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
5. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine.
6. Check for spark. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check ignition coil with power transistor and their circuit. I
Refer to EC-415, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .

SEF575Q
K

6. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel injector assembly.
Refer to EM-32, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
M
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
3. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 7.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END

Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace three way catalyst (Manifold).

EC-263
 DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
PFP:14920

Description EBS00O8J

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1

Manifold absolute pressure sensor Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Battery Battery voltage*1 EVAP canister EVAP canister purge volume
Throttle position sensor Throttle position purge flow control control solenoid valve

Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Heated oxygen sensor 1
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

Vehicle speed signal*2 Vehicle speed

*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas-
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.

SEF337U

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00O8K

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
PURG VOL C/V (M/T)
2,000 rpm 20 - 30%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O8L

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
P0444 An excessively low voltage signal is sent shorted.)
control solenoid valve circuit
0444 to ECM through the valve
open ● EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve

EC-264
 DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O8M

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. C
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
D
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-268, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
E

SEF058Y
G
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
H

EC-265
 DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O8N

MBWA1246E

EC-266
 DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
D
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
E
EVAP canister purge
PBIB0050E
19 LG volume control solenoid
valve
Approximately 10V F

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm G
(More than 100 seconds after starting engine)

PBIB0520E H
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch I
ECM relay OFF
111 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds passed after turning J
(11 - 14V)
ignition switch OFF
119 G BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 G (11 - 14V) K
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-267
 DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O8O

1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR-
CUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1076E

4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control

solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0148E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models)
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM

>> Repair harness or connectors.

3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR-
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 19 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 4.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-268
 DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION A
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
EC
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. D

PBIB0569E

5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE F

Refer to EC-269, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
H
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
I
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS00O8P J
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control K
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition Air passage continuity
(PURG VOL CONT/V value) between A and B
L
100% Yes
0% No
M

PBIB0149E

Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Air passage continuity
Condition
between A and B
12V direct current supply between termi-
Yes
nals 1 and 2
No supply No

PBIB0150E

EC-269
 DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS00O8Q

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-270
 DTC P0500 VSS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0500 VSS PFP:32702
A
Description EBS00O8R

NOTE:
If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, EC
U1001. Refer to EC-132, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” through CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM through CAN
communication line. C

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O8S

D
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
E
shorted.)
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from
P0500 ● ABS control unit
Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM
0500
even when vehicle is being driven. ● ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
F
● Wheel sensor
● Combination meter

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O8T G

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
H
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: I
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II J
1. Start engine.
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-
II should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. K
If NG, go to EC-272, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. L
4. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive sec-
onds. M

ENG SPEED More than 1,900 rpm (A/T models)

More than 2,300 rpm (M/T models)
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 3.8 - 31.8 msec (M/T models with CR12 engine)
4.3 - 31.8 msec (M/T models with CR14 engine)
4.0 - 31.8 msec (A/T models with CR12 engine)
4.5 - 31.8 msec (A/T models with CR14 engine)
Shift lever Suitable position SEF196Y

PW/ST SIGNAL OFF

6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-272, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-271
 DTC P0500 VSS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Overall Function Check EBS00O8U

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
4. If NG, go to EC-272, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O8V

1. CHECK DTC
Refer to BRC-8, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (models without ESP) or BRC-61, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS"
(models with ESP).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK COMBINATION METER

Check combination meter function.
Refer to DI-6, "COMBINATION METERS" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-272
 DTC P0605 ECM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0605 ECM PFP:23710
A
Component Description EBS00O8W

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine. EC

PBIB1164E

E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O8X

This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. ● ECM
0605 G
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.

FAIL-SAFE MODE H
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
I
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A
degrees) by the return spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O8Y J

Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCE-
DURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B, per-
form PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C. K
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. M
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-274, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.

EC-273
 DTC P0605 ECM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn
ON.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-274, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn
ON.
4. Repeat step 3 for 32 times.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-274, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O8Z

1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-273 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select Service $04 with GST.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-273 .
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END

EC-274
 DTC P0605 ECM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. REPLACE ECM A
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-67, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" . EC
3. Perform EC-49, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . C

>> INSPECTION END

D

EC-275
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY PFP:23710

Component Description EBS00O90

Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air vol-
ume learning value memory, etc.

PBIB1164E

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O91

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P1065 ECM back-up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
ECM power supply circuit open or shorted.]
1065 properly.
● ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O92

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn
ON.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for 4 times.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-278, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-276
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O93

EC

MBWA0285E

EC-277
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 BR [Ignition switch OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O94

1. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 121 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

MBIB0026E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● 20A fuse
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-278
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
C
See EC-276 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
With GST D
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select Service $04 with GST.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. E
See EC-276 .
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
Yes or No F
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> INSPECTION END
G
5. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
H
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-67, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
3. Perform EC-49, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
I
4. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
J
>> INSPECTION END

EC-279
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:23796

Component Description EBS00O95

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00O96

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/
INT/V SOL (B1) T) When revving engine up to 2,000
Approx. 0% - 50%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF rpm quickly
● No load

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O97

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P1111 Intake valve timing control
through intake valve timing control solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
1111 solenoid valve circuit
valve.
● Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O98

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-283, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Following the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-280
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O99

EC

MBWA1247E

EC-281
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
Intake valve timing
62 LG
control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly

PBIB1790E

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay OFF
111 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds passed after turning (11 - 14V)
ignition switch OFF
119 G BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 G (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-282
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O9A

1. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness EC
connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
C

MBIB0284E
E

4. Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid

valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. F

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
H

PBIB0285E
I
2. DETECT MALFUNCTION PART
Check the following. J
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models)
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14 K
● Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors. L

3. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 62 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve termi-
nal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-283
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-284, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00O9B

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows.
Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 7.2Ω at 20°C (68°F)
1 or 2 and ground ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist.)

If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
MBIB0027E

4. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid

valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed. PBIB2388E

Removal and Installation EBS00O9C

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EM-35, "ROCKER COVER" .

EC-284
 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS00O9D

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. EC
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition. C

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O9E

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. D

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Electric throttle control actuator does not function E
A)
properly due to the return spring malfunction.
P1121 Electric throttle control
Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is ● Electric throttle control actuator
1121 actuator B)
not in specified range.
F
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.

FAIL-SAFE MODE G
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
H
The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
Malfunction A
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
I
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
Malfunction C The engine can restart in N or P position (A/T models), Neutral position (M/T models), and engine speed
will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O9F

NOTE:
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform K
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second. M
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Set shift lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and wait at
least 2 seconds.
4. Set shift lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T).
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
7. Set shift lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and wait at
least 2 seconds.
8. Set shift lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T).
9. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn SEF058Y

ON.
10. If DTC is detected, go to EC-286, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-285
 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Set shift lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and wait at
least 2 seconds.
4. Set shift lever to N or P position (A/T) or Neutral position (M/T).
5. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-286, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O9G

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve
and the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.

MBIB0307E

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-286
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION PFP:16119
A
Description EBS00O9I

NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or 1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121 or EC
P1126. Refer to EC-285 or EC-293 .
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed- C
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O9J

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E

● Harness or connectors
P1122 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not (Throttle control motor circuit is open or
1122 performance operate properly. shorted.) F
● Electric throttle control actuator

FAIL-SAFE MODE G
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
H
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O9K I

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine
is running. K
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. L
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-289, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
M

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-287
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O9L

MBWA1411E

EC-288
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 LG [Ignition switch ON]
power supply (11 - 14V)

0 - 14V D
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
4 L ● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) E
(Close)
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
PBIB0534E F
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped G
Throttle control motor
5 P ● Shift lever position: D (A/T models)
(Open)
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed H
PBIB0533E

BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch OFF] I
104 G Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch ON] 0 - 1.0V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) J
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O9M

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
L

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-289
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
Check voltage between ECM terminal 3 and ground under the fol-
lowing conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.
Ignition switch Voltage
OFF Approximately 0V
Battery voltage
ON
(11 - 14V)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 3. MBIB0028E

3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 3 and IPDM E/R terminal 28.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models)
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 104 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 6.

PBIB1171E

EC-290
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E17.
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 104 and IPDM E/R terminal 70. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. D
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E

Check the following.
● IPDM E/R harness connector E17
F
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
8. CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 20A fuse. H
2. Check 20A fuse for blown.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. I
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

OK or NG K
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-19, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD-
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
L
10. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control
ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
5 Should not exist
3
4 Should exist
5 Should exist MBIB0308E
6
4 Should not exist

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-291
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
11. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.

MBIB0307E

12. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Refer to EC-292, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 14.

13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

14. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00O9N

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6.
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
4. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

PBIB0095E

Removal and Installation EBS00O9O

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-292
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS00O9P

Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends EC
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00O9Q

Specification data are reference values.

D
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
THRTL RELAY ● Ignition switch: ON ON

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O9R

E

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
● Harness or connectors
P1124 Throttle control motor ECM detects the throttle control motor relay (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted.)
1124 relay circuit short is stuck ON.
● Throttle control motor relay G
● Harness or connectors
P1126 Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open.)
1126 relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low.
● Throttle control motor relay H

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up. I

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return J
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O9S

K
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
L
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1124
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V. M
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-296, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.

EC-293
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1126
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-296, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.

EC-294
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O9T

EC

MBWA1412E

EC-295
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 LG [Ignition switch ON]
power supply (11 - 14V)

0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
4 L ● Shift lever position: D (A/T models)
(Close)
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
PBIB0534E

0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
5 P ● Shift lever position: D (A/T models)
(Open)
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
PBIB0533E

BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch OFF]
104 G Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch ON] 0 - 1.0V

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00O9U

1. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 104 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB1171E

2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E17.
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 104 and IPDM E/R terminal 70.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

EC-296
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● IPDM E/R harness connector E17
● Harness for open or shot between ECM and IPDM E/R EC

>> Repair open circuit of short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
4. CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 20A fuse. D
2. Check 20A fuse for blown.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. E
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.

5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I F

1. Reconnect all disconnected connectors.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 3 and ground under the
following conditions with CONSULT-II or tester. G

Ignition switch Voltage

OFF Approximately 0V H
Battery voltage
ON
(11 - 14V)

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 6. MBIB0028E
J
6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
4. Check continuity between ECM terminal 3 and IPDM E/R terminal 28. L
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
M
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models)
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-297
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-19, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD-
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-298
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS00O9W

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed- EC
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00O9X C
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
● Harness or connectors
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
1128 circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. ● Electric throttle control actuator E
(Throttle control motor)

FAIL-SAFE MODE F
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return G
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00O9Y

H
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. J
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-301, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
K

SEF058Y
M

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-299
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00O9Z

MBWA1413E

EC-300
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 LG [Ignition switch ON]
relay power supply (11 - 14V)

0 - 14V D
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
4 L ● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) E
(Close)
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
PBIB0534E F
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped G
Throttle control motor
5 P ● Shift lever position: D (A/T models)
(Open)
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed H
PBIB0533E

BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor [Ignition switch OFF] I
104 G (11 - 14V)
relay
[Ignition switch ON] 0 - 1.0V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) J
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OA0

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
L

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-301
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control
ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
4 Should exist
3
5 Should not exist
4 Should not exist MBIB0308E
6
5 Should exist

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.

3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Refer to EC-302, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

5. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00OA1

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6.
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
4. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

PBIB0095E

EC-302
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS00OA2

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR A

Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC

EC-303
 DTC P1143 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1143 HO2S1 PFP:22690

Component Description EBS00OA3

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

SEF463R

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OA4

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
LEAN ←→ RICH
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times dur-
rpm
ing 10 seconds.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OA5

To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and whether the “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.

SEF300U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P1143 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The maximum and minimum voltage from the
● Fuel pressure
1143 lean shift monitoring sensor are not reached to the specified voltages.
● Fuel injector
● Intake air leak

EC-304
 DTC P1143 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OA6

A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at EC
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
C
● Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
● Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II D
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1143” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode E
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes. F
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5. G

PBIB0546E

I
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis-
played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con-
tinuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will J
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED 1,500 - 3,350 rpm (M/T models with CR12 engine)
1,600 - 3,450 rpm (M/T models with CR14 engine) K
1,300 - 2,850 rpm (A/T models)
VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 100 km/h (31 - 62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.7 - 5.1 msec (M/T models with CR12 engine) L
1.8 - 5.5 msec (M/T models with CR14 engine) PBIB0547E
2.3 - 6.1 msec (A/T models with CR12 engine)
2.4 - 6.2 msec (A/T models with CR14 engine)
M
Shift lever Suitable position

If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.

7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-306, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .

SEC769C

EC-305
 DTC P1143 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Overall Function Check EBS00OA7

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
constant under no load.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
● The minimum voltage is over 0.1V at least one time.
4. If NG, go to EC-306, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

MBIB0018E

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OA8

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.2 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)

>> GO TO 3.

MBIB1077E

EC-306
 DTC P1143 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?

SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II F
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
G
3. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor harness connec-
tor, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle
speed.
H
4. Stop engine and reconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor
harness connector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0107 is displayed.
I
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-66, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
J
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. MBIB0276E
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
K
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-217 .
No >> GO TO 4.
L
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-144, "Component Inspection" . M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EC-308, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For circuit, refer to EC-177, "Wiring Diagram" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-307
 DTC P1143 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00OA9

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-
II.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow-
ing steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.

MBIB0301E

6. Check the following.

● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec-
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

SEF217YA

SEF648Y

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

EC-308
 DTC P1143 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. A
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load. EC
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time. C
● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.

● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

D
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V MBIB0018E
E
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread F
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS00OAA
G
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
H

EC-309
 DTC P1144 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1144 HO2S1 PFP:22690

Component Description EBS00OAB

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

SEF463R

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OAC

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
LEAN ←→ RICH
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times dur-
rpm
ing 10 seconds.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OAD

To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and whether the “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.

SEF299U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
P1144 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The maximum and minimum voltages from the ● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
1144 rich shift monitoring sensor are beyond the specified voltages. ● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector

EC-310
 DTC P1144 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OAE

A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at EC
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
C
● Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II D
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1144” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode E
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes. F
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5. G

PBIB0548E

I
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis-
played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con-
tinuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will J
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED 1,500 - 3,350 rpm (M/T models with CR12 engine)
1,600 - 3,450 rpm (M/T models with CR14 engine) K
1,300 - 2,850 rpm (A/T models)
VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 100 km/h (31 - 62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.7 - 5.1 msec (M/T models with CR12 engine) L
1.8 - 5.5 msec (M/T models with CR14 engine) PBIB0549E
2.3 - 6.1 msec (A/T models with CR12 engine)
2.4 - 6.2 msec (A/T models with CR14 engine)
M
Shift lever Suitable position

If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.

7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-312, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .

SEC772C

EC-311
 DTC P1144 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Overall Function Check EBS00OAF

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
constant under no load.
● The maximum voltage is below 0.8V at least one time.
● The minimum voltage is below 0.35V at least one time.
4. If NG, go to EC-312, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

MBIB0018E

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OAG

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.2 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)

>> GO TO 3.

MBIB1077E

EC-312
 DTC P1144 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?

SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II F
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
G
3. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor harness connec-
tor, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle
speed.
H
4. Stop engine and reconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor
harness connector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0107 is displayed.
I
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-66, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
J
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. MBIB0276E
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
K
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-225 .
No >> GO TO 4.
L
4. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

MBIB0280E

EC-313
 DTC P1144 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-144, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EC-314, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For circuit, refer to EC-177, "Wiring Diagram" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00OAH

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-
II.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow-
ing steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.

MBIB0301E

6. Check the following.

● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec-
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

SEF217YA

EC-314
 DTC P1144 HO2S1
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

EC

SEF648Y

CAUTION: D
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread E
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
F
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con- G
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
H
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.

● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.

● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V. I

1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V MBIB0018E
J
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
K
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS00OAI L
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
M

EC-315
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1146 HO2S2 PFP:226A0

Component Description EBS00OAJ

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OAK

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
HO2S2 (B1) ● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi- 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
tions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) LEAN ←→ RICH
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OAL

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen
sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time.
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor
is sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
A/T models with CR14 engine

PBIB0554E

Except above models

PBIB1201E

EC-316
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause A
● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P1146 Heated oxygen sensor 2 The minimum voltage from the sensor is not ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
1146 minimum voltage monitoring reached to the specified voltage. EC
● Fuel pressure
● Fuel Injector
C
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OAM

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. D
NOTE:
● “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and
“COND3” are completed.
E
● If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from step 2 in Pro- F
cedure for COND1.
WITH CONSULT-II G
Procedure for COND1
For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C(32 to 86°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. H
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle 1 minute. I
5. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Touch “START”.
J
7. Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
8. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm 2 or 3 times quickly under no load.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 2 in Procedure for COND3”.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step. K
9. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-II
screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 60 seconds.) L

ENG SPEED More than 1,500 rpm (M/T models with CR12 engine)
More than 1,600 rpm (M/T models with CR14 engine)
More than 1,300 rpm (A/T models) M
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLANT TEMP/S 70 - 105°C
Shift lever Suitable position

PBIB0555E

EC-317
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
NOTE:
● If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.

● If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND2” on CONSULT-II screen before Procedure for

COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2.
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completed from the
above condition [step 9] until “INCOMPLETE” at “COND2” on
CONSULT-II screen has turned to “COMPLETED” (It will take
approximately 4 seconds.)
NOTE:
If “COMPLETE” already appears at “COND3” on CONSULT-
II screen before Procedure for COND3 is conducted, it is
unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND3.

PBIB0556E

Procedure for COND3

1. Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on
CONSULT-II screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take a
maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)
2. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-320, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, performed the fol-
lowing.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place
(soak the vehicle).
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLANTEMP/S” in “DATA SEC775C

MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLANTEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-II.
d. When “COOLANTEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C(158°F), go to procedure for COND1 step 3.
Overall Function Check EBS00OAN

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 0.50V (A/T models with CR14
engine), 0.52V (Other models) at least once during this pro-
cedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T). MBIB0020E
The voltage should be below 0.50V (A/T models with CR14
engine), 0.52V (Other models) at least once during this procedure.
8. If NG, go to EC-320, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-318
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00OAO

EC

MBWA1236E

EC-319
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm (A/T models),
3,800 rpm (M/T models) after the following con-
ditions are met.
0 - 1.0V
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
2 GY
heater under no load.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm (A/T mod-
els), 3,800 rpm (M/T models)
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met.
16 LG Heated oxygen sensor 2 – Engine: After warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OAP

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-320
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
C
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
D

E
SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. F
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor harness connec-
G
tor, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle
speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor
harness connector. H
5. Make sure that DTC P0107 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-66, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" . I
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. MBIB0276E
J
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
K
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-225 .
No >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. M
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S2
terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. MBIB0282E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

EC-321
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 and HO2S2 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EC-322, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00OAQ

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.

SEF174Y

6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select

“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.

SEF662Y

7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

EC-322
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
[A/T models with CR14 engine]
A

EC

MBIB1401E D
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.61V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
E
[Except above models]

MBIB1402E

“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.61V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. I
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.52V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 J
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant. K
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
L
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. M
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.61V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.61V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V (A/T models with CR14 MBIB0020E
engine), 0.52V (Other models) at least once during this pro-
cedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

EC-323
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS00OAR

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-4, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

EC-324
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1147 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description EBS00OAS

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. EC
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt- C
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for D
engine control operation.
SEF327R

E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OAT

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
HO2S2 (B1) ● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi- 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
tions are met.
– Engine: After warming up G
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) LEAN ←→ RICH
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load.
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OAU

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen I
storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel- J
cut.

PBIB0820E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors M
(The sensor circuit open or shorted.)

P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2 The maximum voltage from the sensor is ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
1147 maximum voltage monitoring not reached to the specified voltage. ● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector
● Intake air leak

EC-325
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OAV

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
● “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and
“COND3” are completed.
● If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from step 2 in Pro-
cedure for COND1.
WITH CONSULT-II
Procedure for COND1
For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C(32 to 86°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle 1 minute.
5. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Touch “START”.
7. Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
8. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm 2 or 3 times quickly under no load.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 2 in Procedure for COND3.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step.
9. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-II
screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED More than 1,500 rpm (M/T models with CR12 engine)
More than 1,600 rpm (M/T models with CR14 engine)
More than 1,300 rpm (A/T models)
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLANT TEMP/S 70 - 105°C
Shift lever Suitable position

PBIB0557E

NOTE:
● If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.
● If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND2” on CONSULT-II screen before Procedure for
COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2.

EC-326
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completed from the A
above condition [step 9] until “INCOMPLETE” at “COND2” on
CONSULT-II screen has turned to “COMPLETED” (It will take
approximately 4 seconds.) EC
NOTE:
If “COMPLETE” already appears at “COND3” on CONSULT-
II screen before Procedure for COND3 is conducted, it is
C
unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND3.

PBIB0558E
D

Procedure for COND3

1. Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on
E
CONSULT-II screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take a
maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)
2. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. F
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-329, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the follow-
ing. G
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place
(soak the vehicle).
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA SEC778C
H
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-II.
d. When “COOLANTEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C(158°F), go to procedure for COND1 step 3. I
Overall Function Check EBS00OAW

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st J
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. K
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. L
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times. M
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.61V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.61V at least once during this MBIB0020E
procedure.
8. If NG, go to EC-329, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-327
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00OAX

MBWA1236E

EC-328
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm (A/T models),
3,800 rpm (M/T models) after the following con-
ditions are met.
0 - 1.0V D
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
2 GY
heater under no load.
E

[Ignition switch ON]

● Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE F
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm (A/T mod-
els), 3,800 rpm (M/T models)
G
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met.
H
16 LG Heated oxygen sensor 2 – Engine: After warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load. I
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor) J
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OAY

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. L

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-329
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?

SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor harness connec-
tor, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle
speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor
harness connector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0107 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-66, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. MBIB0276E
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-217 .
No >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S2
terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. MBIB0282E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

EC-330
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 and HO2S2 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-331, "Component Inspection" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. G

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . H

>> INSPECTION END

I
Component Inspection EBS00OAZ

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-II J
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera- K
ture.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and L
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
M
SEF174Y

6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select

“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.

SEF662Y

7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

EC-331
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
[A/T models with CR14 engine]

MBIB1401E

“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.61V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.

[Except above models]

MBIB1402E

“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.61V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.52V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.61V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.61V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
(A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V (A/T models with CR14 MBIB0020E
engine), 0.52V (Other models) at least once during this pro-
cedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

EC-332
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 A
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant. EC
Removal and Installation EBS00OB0

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-4, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" . C

EC-333
 DTC P1171 INTAKE ERROR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1171 INTAKE ERROR PFP:22365

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OSO

NOTE:
● If DTC 1171 is displayed with DTC P0108, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0108.
Refer to EC-151, "DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR"
● If DTC P1171 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-360, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
ECM computes two intake air volume values.
1: Computed from manifold absolute pressure signal and intake air temperature signal.
2: Computed from engine revolution signal and throttle position signal.

In normal condition, value 1 is used for engine control.

If intake air leak occurred between throttle valve and intake air port, manifold absolute pressure sensor signal
might increase, and then ECM increases amount of fuel injected. In this case, ECM uses value 2 for engine
control instead of value1.
ECM monitors the difference between value 1 and value 2. If the difference is extremely large, ECM judges
intake air leak occurs and light up the MI

This diagnosis has one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The manifold absolute pressure sensor
circuit is open or shorted.)
P1171 A high voltage from the sensor is sent to
Intake error ● Manifold absolute pressure
1171 ECM under light load driving condition.
● Intake air leaks
● Vacuum hoses

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
When accelerator pedal is depressed, engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm
Intake air system problem
due to fuel cut.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OSP

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-336, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-334
 DTC P1171 INTAKE ERROR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00OSQ

EC

MBWA1233E

EC-335
 DTC P1171 INTAKE ERROR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
45 L Sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition Approximately 1.5V
Manifold absolute pres- ● Idle speed
51 W
sure sensor [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition Approximately 1.2V
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

56 B (Manifold absolute ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
pressure sensor) ● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OSR

1. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK

Listen for an intake air leak after the air cleaner element.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK VACUUM HOSE

1. Check intake manifold vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-32, "Vacuum Hose Draw-
ing" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.

3. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-336
 DTC P1171 INTAKE ERROR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK MAP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor harness connec-
tor.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC

D
MBIB0276E

3. Check voltage between manifold absolute pressure sensor ter- E

minal 2 and ground.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors. G

MBIB0602E
H

5. CHECK MAP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between manifold absolute pressure sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 56. J
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
K
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. L
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK MAP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check harness continuity between manifold absolute pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 51.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK MAP SENSOR

Refer to EC-155, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace manifold absolute pressure sensor.

EC-337
 DTC P1171 INTAKE ERROR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-338
 DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT PFP:47850
A
Description EBS010C1

The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred through the CAN communication line from “ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit)” to ECM. EC
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010C2 C
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
D
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● ABS actuator and electric unit (control
P1211 ECM receives a malfunction information from unit)
TCS control unit E
1211 “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
● TCS related parts

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010C3

F
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. H
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-339, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
I

SEF058Y
K

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. L
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010C4

Go to BRC-61, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .

M

EC-339
 DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:47850

Description EBS010C5

NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-132, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010C6

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
ECM can not receive the information from (The CAN communication line is open or
P1212 TCS communication shorted.)
“ABS actuator and electric unit (control
1212 line
unit)” continuously. ● ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
● Dead (Weak) battery

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010C7

TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-340, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010C8

Refer to BRC-61, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .

EC-340
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE PFP:00000
A
System Description EBS00OB1

NOTE:
If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, EC
U1001. Refer to EC-132, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
COOLING FAN CONTROL
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator C
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1
D
Battery Battery voltage*1
Vehicle speed signal Vehicle speed*2 Cooling fan IPDM E/R
control (Cooling fan relay)
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature E
Air conditioner switch*3 Air conditioner ON signal*2

Refrigerant pressure sensor*3 Refrigerant pressure F

*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: Models with air conditioner.
G
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF] (models with
A/C) or 2 step control [ON/OFF] (models without A/C). H
The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line.
OPERATION
(Models with A/C) I

MBIB0650E

EC-341
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
(Models without A/C)

MBIB0656E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OB2

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Engine coolant temperature is 94°C
OFF
(201°F) or less
(Models with A/C)
Engine coolant temperature is
● Engine: After warming up, idle
COOLING FAN between 95°C (203°F) and 104°C LOW*
the engine
(210°F)
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
Engine coolant temperature is 105°C
HI*
(212°F) or more
*:Models without air conditioner, cooling fan operates only ON and OFF operation, but CONSULT-II display will change OFF, LOW and
HI depends on engine coolant temperature.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OB3

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)
● Cooling fan
● Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- ● IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay)
heat).
● Radiator hose
● Cooling fan system does not operate prop-
● Radiator
P1217 Engine over tempera- erly (Overheat).
1217 ture (Overheat) ● Reservoir tank cap
● Engine coolant was not added to the system
(M/T models with A/C and A/T models)
using the proper filling method.
● Radiator cap
● Engine coolant is not within the specified
(M/T models with A/C)
range.
● Water pump
● Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-354,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-10, "Changing Engine
coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-7, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-37, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
EC-342
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
A
Overall Function Check EBS00OB4

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed. EC
WARNING:
Never remove the reservoir tank cap (M/T models with A/C) or radiator cap (M/T models without A/C
and A/T models) when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escap-
C
ing from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
D
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below E
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-347,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer F
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-347,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON. G

SEF621W

H
4. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
5. If the results are NG, go to EC-347, "Diagnostic Procedure" . I

K
SEF784Z

WITH GST
(Models with air conditioner) L
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below M
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-347,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-347,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Start engine.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine. SEF621W

4. Set temperature control lever to full cold position.

5. Turn air conditioner switch ON.
6. Turn blower fan switch ON.
7. Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner operating.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.

EC-343
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. Make sure that cooling fans operates at low speed.
If NG, go to EC-347, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to the following step.
9. Turn ignition switch OFF.
10. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
11. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-
tor.
12. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector.
MBIB0651E

13. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at
higher speed than low speed.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
14. If NG, go to EC-347, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF023R

(Models without air conditioner)

1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-347,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-347,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-
tor.
4. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor SEF621W

harness connector.
5. Start engine and make that cooling fan operates. Be careful not
to overheat engine.
6. If NG, go to EC-347, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF023R

EC-344
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00OB5

WITH AIR CONDITIONER A

EC

MBWA0573E

EC-345
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITHOUT AIR CONDITIONER

MBWA1414E

EC-346
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OB6

PROCEDURE FOR MODELS WITH AIR CONDITIONER A

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II? EC
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3. C

2. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION

D
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON- E
SULT-II and touch “LOW” on the CONSULT-II screen.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
F

SEF784Z
H

4. Touch “HIGH” on the CONSULT-II screen.

5. Make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low I
speed.
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to EC-349, "PRO-
CEDURE A" .)
K

SEF785Z
L

EC-347
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Turn air conditioner switch ON.
3. Turn blower fan switch ON.
4. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
7. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-
tor.
8. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector.

MBIB0651E

9. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at

higher speed than low speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to EC-349, "PRO-
CEDURE A" .)

SEF023R

4. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK

Refer to CO-9, "ENGINE COOLANT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following for leak.
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump (Refer to CO-23, "WATER PUMP" .)

>> Repair or replace.

6. CHECK RESERVOIR TANK CAP (M/T) OR RADIATOR CAP (A/T)

Refer to CO-18, "Checking Reservoir Tank Cap (M/T Models with A/C)" or CO-17, "Checking Radiator Cap
(M/T Models without A/C and A/T Models)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace reservoir tank cap.

EC-348
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK THERMOSTAT A
Refer to CO-25, "THERMOSTAT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. EC
NG >> Replace thermostat.

8. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR C

Refer to EC-166, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

9. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES E

If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-354, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

F
>> INSPECTION END
PROCEDURE A
G
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
H
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 14 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
I
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

MBIB1307E

L
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● 40A fusible link M
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-349
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan motor terminal 1
and IPDM E/R terminal 10, cooling fan motor terminal 2 and
ground.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 12 and
cooling fan motor terminal 1.
Refer to wiring diagram. MBIB1074E

Continuity should exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and IPDM E/R
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ground
● Harness for open or short between resistor and IPDM E/R
● Harness for open or short between resistor and cooling fan motor
● Resistor E5

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS

Refer to EC-355, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motors.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-19, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD-
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
PROCEDURE FOR MODELS WITHOUT AIR CONDITIONER
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

EC-350
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION A
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II and touch “LOW” on the CONSULT-II screen.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO4.
NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC- D
352, "PROCEDURE B" .)

E
SEF784Z

3. CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

F
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
G
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit-1. (Go to I
EC-352, "PROCEDURE B" .)

SEF023R
K
4. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK
Refer to CO-9, "ENGINE COOLANT" . L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. M

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following for leak.
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump (Refer to CO-23, "WATER PUMP" .)

>> Repair or replace.

6. CHECK RADIATOR CAP

Refer to CO-17, "Checking Radiator Cap (M/T Models without A/C and A/T Models)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace radiator cap.

EC-351
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1. Remove thermostat.
2. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly.
3. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
Valve opening temperature:
80.5 - 83.5 °C (177 - 182 °F)
Valve lift:
More than 8 mm/95 °C (0.31 in/203 °F)
4. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening tem-
perature. For details, refer to CO-25, "THERMOSTAT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. SLC343

NG >> Replace thermostat.

8. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-166, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

9. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES

If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-354, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

>> INSPECTION END

PROCEDURE B
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 14 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

MBIB1307E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● 40A fusible link
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-352
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan motor terminal 1
and IPDM E/R terminal 10, cooling fan motor terminal 2 and EC
ground.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist. C

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 5.
MBIB1074E
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E

Check the following.

● Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and IPDM E/R F
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G

5. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS

H
Refer to EC-355, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. I
NG >> Replace cooling fan motors.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J

Perform EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-19, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD- K
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
L

EC-353
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Main 12 Causes of Overheating EBS00OB7

Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page

OFF 1 ● Blocked radiator ● Visual No blocking —
● Blocked condenser
● Blocked radiator grille
● Blocked bumper
2 ● Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-37, "Engine
Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
3 ● Coolant level ● Visual Coolant up to MAX level See CO-9, "LEVEL
in reservoir tank and radi- CHECK" .
ator filler neck

4*5 ● Radiator cap ● Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa See CO-17, "Checking

(0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 Radiator Cap (M/T Mod-
kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi) (Limit) els without A/C and A/T
Models)" .
See CO-18, "Checking
88 kPa (0.88 bar, 0.90 kg/
4*6 ● Reservoir tank cap ● Pressure tester 2 Reservoir Tank Cap (M/T
cm , 12.8psi) Models with A/C)" .

ON*2 5 ● Coolant leaks ● Visual No leaks See CO-9, "LEAK

CHECK" .

ON*2 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-25, "THERMO-
lower radiator hoses STAT" , and CO-13,
"RADIATOR" .

ON*1 7 ● Cooling fan ● CONSULT-II Operating See trouble diagnosis for

DTC P1217 (EC-347 ).
OFF 8 ● Combustion gas leak ● Color checker chemical Negative —
tester 4 Gas analyzer

ON*3 9 ● Coolant temperature ● Visual Gauge less than 3/4 —

gauge when driving
● Coolant overflow to ● Visual No overflow during driving See CO-10, "Changing
reservoir tank and idling Engine coolant" .

OFF*4 10 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See CO-9, "LEVEL
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank CHECK" .
tor
OFF 11 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-60, "CYLINDER
gauge mum distortion (warping) HEAD" .
12 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-74, "CYLINDER
tons walls or piston BLOCK" .
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
*5: M/T models without A/C and A/T models.
*6: M/T models with A/C.
For more information, refer to CO-6, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .

EC-354
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00OB8

COOLING FAN MOTOR (MODELS WITH A/C) A

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation. EC

Terminals
(+) (-) C
Cooling fan motor 1 2

D
MBIB0607E

COOLING FAN MOTOR (MODELS WITHOUT A/C)

E
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.
F
Terminals
(+) (-)
G
Cooling fan motor 1 2

H
MBIB1308E

EC-355
 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR PFP:16119

Component Description EBS00OBH

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OBI

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1225 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning value is excessively ● Electric throttle control actuator
1225 learning performance low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OBJ

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-357, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.

EC-356
 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OBK

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Remove the intake air duct. EC
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside. D

E
MBIB0307E

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR F

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.

2. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . G
3. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END H

Removal and Installation EBS00OBL

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

I
Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-357
 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR PFP:16119

Component Description EBS00OBM

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OBN

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1226 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not performed ● Electric throttle control actuator
1226 learning performance successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OBO

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for 32 times.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-359, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.

EC-358
 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OBP

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Remove the intake air duct. EC
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside. D

E
MBIB0307E

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR F

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.

2. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . G
3. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END H

Removal and Installation EBS00OBQ

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

I
Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-359
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY PFP:16119

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OBZ

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(Manifold absolute pressure sensor is
shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P1229 Sensor power supply circuit ECM detects a voltage of power source
shorted.)
1229 short for sensor is excessively low or high.
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1)
● Manifold absolute pressure sensor
● Refrigerant pressure sensor

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OC0

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-365, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-360
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00OC1

A
LHD MODELS

EC

MBWA1377E

EC-361
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
45 L Sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
Sensor power supply
46 W (Refrigerant pressure [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
82 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
83 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
90 OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GY
position sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal posi- ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 W
tion sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

EC-362
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A

EC

MBWA1378E

EC-363
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
45 L Sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
Sensor power supply
46 W (Refrigerant pressure [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
82 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
83 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
90 OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GY
position sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal posi- ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 W
tion sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

EC-364
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OC2

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. EC

E
MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
G
2. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor (APP) sensor har- H
ness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
I

MBIB0285E K

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester. L
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.

MBIB0304E

EC-365
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
90 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-361
Manifold absolute pressure sensor termi-
45 EC-152
nal 2
46 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-437

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
● Manifold absolute pressure sensor (Refer to EC-155, "Component Inspection" .)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ATC-65, "Component Inspection" or MTC-40, "Component Inspec-
tion" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.

5. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-397, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-49, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-366
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH PFP:32006
A
Component Description EBS00OC3

When the shift lever position is P or N (A/T models), Neutral (M/T models), park/neutral position (PNP) switch
is ON. EC
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OC4

C
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Shift lever: D
ON
P/N POSI SW ● Ignition switch: ON P or N (A/T models), Neutral (M/T models)
Shift lever: Except above OFF
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OC5

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
F
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
P1706
Park/neutral position switch switch is not changed in the process of circuit is open or shorted.]
1706
engine starting and driving.
● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch G

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OC6

CAUTION: H
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the follow-
ing conditions. K
Position (Shift lever) Known-good signal
N and P position (A/T)
ON L
Neutral position (M/T)
Except the above position OFF

If NG, go to EC-370, "Diagnostic Procedure" . M

If OK, go to following step. SEF212Y
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive sec-
onds.
ENG SPEED 1,500 - 4,200 rpm (M/T models with CR12 engine)
1,600 - 4,400 rpm (M/T models with CR14 engine)
1,250 - 3,600 rpm (A/T models)
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.7 - 6.2 msec (M/T models with CR12 engine)
1.8 - 6.7 msec (M/T models with CR14 engine)
2.0 - 7.5 msec (A/T models with CR12 engine)
2.3 - 7.6 msec (A/T models with CR14 engine)
SEF213Y

VHCL SPEED SE More than 46 km/h (29 MPH)

Shift lever Suitable position

EC-367
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-370, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Overall Function Check EBS00OC7

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 (PNP switch signal)
and ground under the following conditions.
Condition (Gear position) Voltage V (Known-good data)
N and P position (A/T)
Approx. 0
Neutral position (M/T)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Except the above position
(11 - 14V)
3. If NG, go to EC-370, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MBIB0029E

EC-368
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00OC8

EC

MBWA1254E

EC-369
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Shift lever position: P or N (A/T models), Neutral Approximately 0V
102 GY PNP switch (M/T models).
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Except the above gear position (11 - 14V)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OC9

1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 31 and ground under
following condition.
Shift lever position Voltage
P or N (A/T models)
Battery voltage (11- 14V)
Neutral (M/T models)
Except above position Approximately 0V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 2. MBIB0652E

EC-370
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
4. Check voltage between PNP switch terminal 1 (A/T models), 2
(M/T models) and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
C

E
MBIB0653E

I
MBIB0654E

Voltage: Battery voltage

J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. K
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PARTS
Check the following. L
● 10A fuse
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models) M
● IPDM E/R connector E14
● Harness for short or open between PNP switch and fuse

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-371
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUTY BETWEEN PNP SWITCH AND IPDM E/R
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
3. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 31 and PNP switch terminal 2 (A/T models), 3 (M/T
models).
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PARTS

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models)
● Harness for short or open between PNP switch and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK PNP SWITCH

Refer to AT-114, "Component Inspection" (A/T models) or MT-16, "Park/Neutral Position Switch" (M/T mod-
els).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace PNP switch.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

8. CHECK PNP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E11 and E16.
3. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 3, 54 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-372
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E17
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 102 and IPDM E/R terminal 64. EC

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D

10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

E
Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R F
NG >> Repair or replace

EC-373
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320

Description EBS00OCA

Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp
switch when the brake pedal is depressed. This signal is used
mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.

MBIB0286E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OCB

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OCC

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause

A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for ● Harness or connectors

P1805 (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
Brake switch extremely long time while the vehicle is driv-
1805
ing. ● Stop lamp switch

FAIL-SAFE MODE EBS00OCD

When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.

Engine operation condition in fail-fail safe mode
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.Therefore,acceleration will be
poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OCE

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-377, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

EC-374
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. A

EC

EC-375
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00OCF

MBWA1255E

EC-376
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
Approximately 0V
● Brake pedal: Fully released
101 W Stop lamp switch
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V) D

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OCG

1. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
F
Brake pedal Stop lamp
Fully released Not illuminated
G
Slightly depressed Illuminated
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. H
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT I

1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

L
MBIB0286E

2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. M

PBIB2284E

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

EC-377
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● 10A fuse
● Fuse block (J/B) connector M16
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (LHD models)
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
● Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH

Refer to EC-379, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.

5. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Joint connector-3 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-378
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00OCH

STOP LAMP SWITCH A

1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

EC

D
MBIB0286E

2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. E

H
PBIB2285E

Conditions Continuity I
Brake pedal fully released Should not exist.
Brake pedal slightly depressed Should exist.
J
If NG, adjust brake pedal installation, refer to BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 2 again.

EC-379
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR PFP:18002

Component Description EBS010C9

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS010CA

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010CB

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-EC-360, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P2122 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 ● Harness or connectors
2122 sensor 1 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
P2123 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
2123 sensor 1 circuit high input is sent to ECM.
(APP sensor 1)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

EC-380
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010CC

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. C
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
D
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-385, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST G
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-381
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010CD

LHD MODELS

MBWA1242E

EC-382
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
Sensor ground
82 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON] D
Sensor ground
83 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
E
Sensor power supply
90 OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2) F
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
G
Accelerator pedal position
98 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
H
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V I
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V J
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

EC-383
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS

MBWA1243E

EC-384
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
Sensor ground
82 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON] D
Sensor ground
83 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
E
Sensor power supply
90 OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2) F
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
G
Accelerator pedal position
98 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
H
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V I
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V J
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS010CE

K
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
L
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-385
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0285E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

MBIB0304E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 82 and APP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-386
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and APP sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
D
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models) E
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
F

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK APP SENSOR G

Refer to EC-387, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
I
9. REPLACE APP SENSOR
1. Replace the accelerator pedal position sensor.
J
2. Perform EC-49, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . K

>> INSPECTION END

L
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS010CF

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-387
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
106 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7V

98 Fully released 0.3 - 0.6V

(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4V
MBIB0023E

4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to the next

step.
5. Perform EC-49, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS010CG

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-388
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Component Description EBS010CH

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera- EC
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. C
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from D
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS010CI
F
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
G
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V
ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V H

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF I
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differ from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010CJ J

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause K
P2127 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 ● Harness or connectors
2127 sensor 2 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.) L
(TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
P2128 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 ● Accelerator pedal position sensor
2128 sensor 2 circuit high input is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2)
M
● Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

EC-389
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010CK

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-394, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-390
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010CL

LHD MODELS A

EC

MBWA1251E

EC-391
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
47 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
82 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON]
Sensor ground
83 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
90 OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

EC-392
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A

EC

MBWA1252E

EC-393
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
47 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
82 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON]
Sensor ground
83 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
90 OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS010CM

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-394
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC

D
MBIB0285E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 5 and ground with E

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G

MBIB0309E H

3. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 91.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J

Continuity should exist.

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
L
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
M
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
91 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-391
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-400
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-404, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-395
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

7. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and APP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 98 and APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-396
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
11. CHECK APP SENSOR A
Refer to EC-397, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. EC
NG >> GO TO 12.

12. REPLACE APP SENSOR C

1. Replace the accelerator pedal position sensor.
2. Perform EC-49, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
D
3. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
E
>> INSPECTION END

13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

G
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS010CN

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR H

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 sig- I
nal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
J

106 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V

(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7V K
98 Fully released 0.3 - 0.6V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4V L
MBIB0023E

4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to the next

step.
5. Perform EC-49, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . M
6. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS010CO

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-397
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR PFP:16119

Component Description EBS010CP

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS010CQ

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 1
THRTL SEN 2* ● Shift lever:
D (A/T model) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
1st (M/T model)
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010CR

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connector
(TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
P2135 Throttle position sensor
compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
2135 circuit range/performance ● Electric throttle control actuator
and TP sensor 2.
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

EC-398
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010CS

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. C
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
D
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-402, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST G
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-399
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010CT

MBWA1238E

EC-400
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- WIRE EC
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL NO. COLOR
Sensor power supply
47 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor) C
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) More than 0.36V D
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
49 Y Throttle position sensor 1 E
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) Less than 4.75V
F
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running] G
Sensor ground
66 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON] H
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models) I
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
68 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch ON]
J
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) More than 0.36V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
K
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
L

EC-401
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010CU

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0308E

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal

1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0082E

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
EC-402
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III A
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
EC
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-400
91 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-391
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-397, "Component Inspection" .
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11
NG >> GO TO 6.
F
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. G
2. Perform EC-49, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . H

>> INSPECTION END

I
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. K
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 49 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4, ECM
terminal 68 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-403
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-404, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS010CV

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set shift lever to D position (A/T models) or 1st position (M/T models).
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 49 (TP sensor 1 signal),
68 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

49 Fully released More than 0.36V

(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

68 Fully released Less than 4.75V

(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next MBIB0022E

step.
7. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
8. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS010CW

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-404
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Component Description EBS010CX

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera- EC
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. C
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from D
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS010CY
F
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
G
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V
ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V H

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF I
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010CZ J

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. K
Refer to EC-EC-360, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause L
● Harness or connector
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open
or shorted.)
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
M
P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
compared with the signals from APP sensor
2138 circuit range/performance ● Accelerator pedal position sensor
1 and APP sensor 2.
(APP sensor 1 and 2)
● Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

EC-405
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010D0

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-410, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-406
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010D1

LHD MODELS A

EC

MBWA1240E

EC-407
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
47 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
82 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON]
Sensor ground
83 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
90 OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

EC-408
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A

EC

MBWA1241E

EC-409
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
47 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
82 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON]
Sensor ground
83 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
90 OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS010D2

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1403E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-410
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC

D
MBIB0285E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with E

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G

MBIB0304E H

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. I
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
J
● Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 5 and ground with L
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 5.

MBIB0309E

EC-411
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 91.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit.

6. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
91 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-407
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-400
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-404, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

9. CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 82 and APP sensor terminal 2, ECM terminal 83 and
APP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

EC-412
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models) EC
● Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and APP sensor terminal 3, ECM terminal 98 and
APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. E
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.
G
12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. H
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor I

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
13. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-414, "Component Inspection" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14. L
14. REPLACE APP SENSOR
1. Replace the accelerator pedal position sensor. M
2. Perform EC-49, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-413
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS010D3

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
106 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7V

98 Fully released 0.3 - 0.6V

(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4V
MBIB0023E

4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to the next

step.
5. Perform EC-49, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-49, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-49, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS010D4

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-414
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
IGNITION SIGNAL PFP:22448
A
Component Description EBS00OCI

IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the EC
power transistor. The power transistor turns on and off the ignition
coil primary circuit. This on-off operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
C

MBIB0272E
E

EC-415
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00OCJ

MBWA1256E

EC-416
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
[Ignition switch OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 P D
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds passed after turn- (11 - 14V)
ing ignition switch OFF
E
119 BATTERY VOLTAGE
G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 (11 - 14V)

EC-417
IGNITION SIGNAL
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

MBWA0297E

EC-418
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
D
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
60 Y Ignition signal No. 3 at idle. E
PBIB0521E
61 PU Ignition signal No. 1
79 G Ignition signal No. 4
0 - 0.2V
80 BR Ignition signal No. 2
F
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm. G

PBIB0522E
H
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OCK

I
1. CHECK ENGINE START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Is engine running? J
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3. K
No >> GO TO 4.

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION L

With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
M
2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.

MBIB0302E

EC-419
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 60, 61, 79, 80
and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown in the figure.
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.

MBIB0033E

PBIB0521E

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.

4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Go to EC-126, "POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .

MBIB0034E

5. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between condenser terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 6.

PBIB0624E

EC-420
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between condenser terminal 1 and IPDM terminal 33. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to power and short to ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. D
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTION PART E

Check the following.
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14
F
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models)
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser G

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
8. CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between condenser terminal 2 and ground. I
Refer to Wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist. J
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. K
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connector.

9. CHECK CONDENSER L
Refer to EC-423, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace condenser.

EC-421
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0272E

5. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.

SEF107S

11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

● Check harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F1 (A/T models).
● Check harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F40 (M/T models).

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

12. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-422
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
13. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 60, 61, 79, 80 and ignition coil terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D

14. CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

Refer to EC-423, "Component Inspection" . E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. F

15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

G
Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R H
NG >> Repair or replace
Component Inspection EBS00OCL

CONDENSER I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals 1 and 2. J

Resistance: Above 1 MΩ at 25°C (77°F)

K

M
MBIB0031E

IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 and 3 Except 0 or ∞
1 and 2
Except 0
1 and 3

MBIB0032E

EC-423
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS00OCM

IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

Refer to EM-29, "IGNITION COIL" .

EC-424
 FUEL INJECTOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
FUEL INJECTOR PFP:16600
A
Component Description EBS00OCN

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec- EC
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains C
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
D

SEF375Z

E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OCO

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
B/FUEL SCHDL ● See EC-120, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
● Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
G
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
INJ PULSE-B1 (M/T)
2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
H
● No load

EC-425
 FUEL INJECTOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00OCP

MBWA1257E

EC-426
 FUEL INJECTOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition D
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on E
rpm at idle.
22 OR Fuel injector No. 3
PBIB0529E
23 L Fuel injector No. 1
41 R Fuel injector No. 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE F
42 GY Fuel injector No. 2
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
G
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

H
PBIB0530E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
I
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OCQ

1. INSPECTION START
J
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No K
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
L

EC-427
 FUEL INJECTOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.

MBIB0302E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.

PBIB1986E

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.

EC-428
 FUEL INJECTOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. EC

MBIB0271E
E
4. Check voltage between fuel injector terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage F

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 4.

H
PBIB0582E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I

Check the following.
● Harness connectors F1, E50 (A/T models)
J
● Harness connectors F40, E65 (M/T models)
● IPDM E/R connector E13
● 10A fuse K
● Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse

>> Repair harness or connectors. L

5. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 22, 23, 41, 42.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

Refer to EC-430, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace fuel injector.
EC-429
 FUEL INJECTOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00OCR

FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
Resistance: 10.4 - 15.3Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]

PBIB1727E

Removal and Installation EBS00OCS

FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-32, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .

EC-430
 FUEL PUMP
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
FUEL PUMP PFP:17042
A
Description EBS00OCT

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator EC
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
Battery Battery voltage* C
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine
D
startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and cam-
shaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the
engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump
operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel E
pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Condition Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second. F
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
G
Except as shown above Stops.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
H
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.

K
MBIB0291E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OCU

Specification data are reference values. L

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
ON M
FUEL PUMP RLY ● Engine running or cranking
● Except above conditions OFF

EC-431
 FUEL PUMP
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IMJ

MBWA1415E

EC-432
 FUEL PUMP
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch ON] C
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
113 R Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch ON] D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 1 second after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
ON
E
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IMK

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch ON. F
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel hose for 1
second after ignition switch is turned ON. G
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2. H

MBIB0310E

2. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between ECM terminals 113 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester. L

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB1187E

EC-433
 FUEL PUMP
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E17.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 113 and IPDM E/R terminal 69.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● IPDM E/R connector E17
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM

>> Repair harness or connectors.

5. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness con-
nector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E13.
4. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R connector E13 ter-
minal 20 and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 1,
“fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 3 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
MBIB0288E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors B59, E112
● Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and IPDM E/R
● Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK FUEL PUMP

Refer to EC-435, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.

EC-434
 FUEL PUMP
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R EC
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector
>> INSPECTION END
C
Component Inspection EBS00OCX

FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
D
2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals 1 and 3.
Resistance: Approximately 0.2 - 5.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] E

G
MBIB0311E

Removal and Installation EBS00OCY

FUEL PUMP H
Refer to FL-4, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .

EC-435
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:92136

Component Description EBS00OCZ

The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the

air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.

MBIB1075E

PBIB2657E

EC-436
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00OD0

EC

MBWA1258E

EC-437
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
46 W [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
57 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
69 BR Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0V
● Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON.
(Compressor operates.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OD1

1. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 69 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

MBIB0035E

2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn A/C switch and blower switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1403E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-438
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC

D
MBIB1075E

3. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 E

and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. G

SEF479Y
H

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

I
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models) J
● Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair harness or connectors. K

5. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 57 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1. M
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-439
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 69 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-125, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NG >> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation EBS00OD2

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to ATC-92, "REFRIGERANT LINES" (With air conditioner) or MTC-64, "REFRIGERANT LINES" (With-
out air conditioner).

EC-440
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL PFP:25350
A
Description EBS00OD3

The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred
through the CAN communication line from IPDM E/R to ECM. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OD4

Specification data are reference values.

C
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or
ON
lighting switch is 2nd. D
LOAD SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF and light-
OFF
ing switch is OFF.

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OD5

E

1. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I

1. Turn ignition switch ON. F
2. Connect CONSULT-II and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following
conditions. G

Condition Indication
Rear window defogger switch ON ON H
Rear window defogger switch OFF OFF

OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0103E
J
2. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions. K
Condition Indication
Lighting switch ON at 2nd position ON
L
Lighting switch OFF OFF
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END M
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0103E

3. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM

Refer to GW-16, "REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER" .

>> INSPECTION END

4. CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM

Refer to LT-7, "HEADLAMP -CONVENTIONAL TYPE-" or LT-42, "HEADLAMP - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM -
".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-441
 MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS PFP:24814

Wiring Diagram (LHD Models) EBS00OD6

MBWA1259E

EC-442
 MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram (RHD Models) EBS00OD7

EC

MBWA1260E

EC-443
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PFP:14950

Description EBS00OD8

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

PBIB0491E

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.

EC-444
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
A

EC

MBIB0544E

EC-445
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

MBIB0541E

EC-446
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00OD9

EVAP CANISTER A
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B . Orally blow air through port A .
Check that air flows freely through port C . EC
2. Block port A . Orally blow air through port B .
Check that air flows freely through port C .
C

D
PBIB0663E

FUEL CHECK VALVE E

1. Blow air through connector on fuel tank side.
A considerable resistance should be felt and a portion of air flow
should be directed toward the EVAP canister side.
F
2. Blow air through connector on EVAP canister side.
Air flow should be smoothly directed toward fuel tank side.
3. If fuel check valve is suspected of not properly functioning in
steps 1 and 2 above, replace it. G

H
SEF552Y

FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing. I

SEF989X
L

2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

Pres- 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, M
sure: 0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.4 kPa (−0.060 to −0.034 bar,
−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.49 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.

SEF943S

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-269, "Component Inspection" .

EC-447
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION PFP:11810

Description EBS00ODA

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

PBIB0492E

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the
PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of venti-
lating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air
passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold
vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection
in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.

PBIB1588E

Component Inspection EBS00ODB

PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.

PBIB1589E

EC-448
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks. A
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
EC

S-ET277
D

EC-449
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030

Fuel Pressure EBS00ODC

Fuel pressure at idle Approximately 350 kPa (3.5bar, 3.57kg/cm2 , 51psi)

Idle Speed EBS00ODD

M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm

Target idle speed No load*1 (in P or N position)
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
*1: Under the following conditions:
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
● Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Calculated Load Value EBS00ODE

Condition Calculated load value% (Using CONSULT-II or GST)

At idle 10 - 35
At 2,500 rpm 10 - 35

Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor EBS00ODF

Supply voltage Approximately 5.0V

Output voltage at idle 1.4 - 1.5 *V
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.

Intake Air Temperature Sensor EBS00ODG

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

25 (77) 1.9 - 2.1
80 (176) 0.31 - 0.37

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor EBS00ODH

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260

Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater EBS00ODI

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 3.4 - 4.4Ω

Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater EBS00ODJ

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 8.0 - 10.0Ω

Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) EBS00ODK

Refer to EC-253, "Component Inspection" .

Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) EBS00ODL

Refer to EC-258, "Component Inspection" .

Throttle Control Motor EBS00ODM

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 1 - 15Ω

Fuel Injector EBS00ODN

Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 10.4 - 15.3Ω

EC-450
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[CR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Fuel Pump EBS00ODO

A
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 0.2 - 5.0Ω

EC

EC-451
 INDEX FOR DTC
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
INDEX FOR DTC
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)] PFP:00024

Alphabetical Index EBS00OJR

NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-545, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .

Items DTC*1 MI lighting

Trip Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) up
CONSULT-II ECM*2
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC P0107 0107 2 × EC-553
ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC P0108 0108 2 × EC-553
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 1 × EC-696
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 1 × EC-696
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 1 × EC-705
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 1 × EC-705
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 1 × EC-721
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 1 × EC-690
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*4 2 — EC-545

CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*4 2 — EC-545

CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 2 × EC-604
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 2 × EC-611
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 2 — EC-673
CTP LEARNING P1226 1226 2 — EC-675
ECM P0605 0605 1 or 2 × or — EC-618
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P1065 1065 2 × EC-621
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 2 × EC-559
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 2 × EC-559
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 1 × EC-658
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 1 × EC-631
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 1 × EC-634
ETC MOT P1128 1128 1 × EC-646
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 1 × EC-640
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 1 × EC-640
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 2 × EC-572
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 2 × EC-579
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 2 × EC-586
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 2 — EC-548
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 2 × EC-625
INTAKE ERROR P1171 1171 1 × EC-651
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 2 — EC-600
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 2 — EC-600
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 2 — EC-487
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING No DTC Flashing*3 — Flashing*3 EC-488
MAY BE REQUIRED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.

EC-452
 INDEX FOR DTC
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

Items DTC*1 MI lighting

Trip Reference page A
(CONSULT-II screen terms) up
CONSULT-II ECM*2
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 2 × EC-684
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 1 × EC-677 EC
TCS/CIRC P1212 1212 2 — EC-657
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 1 × EC-593
C
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 1 × EC-593
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 1 × EC-565
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 1 × EC-565 D
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 1 × EC-714
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. E
*3: When engine is running.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
F

EC-453
 INDEX FOR DTC
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC No. Index EBS00OJS

NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-545, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
DTC*1 Items MI lighting
Trip Reference page
CONSULT-II 2 (CONSULT-II screen terms) up
ECM*
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
No DTC Flashing*3 FURTHER TESTING — Flashing*3 EC-488
MAY BE REQUIRED.
U1000 1000*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 2 — EC-545

U1001 4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 2 — EC-545

1001*
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 2 — EC-548
P0107 0107 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-553
P0108 0108 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-553
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-559
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-559
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-565
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-565
P0132 0132 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-572
P0134 0134 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-579
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-586
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-593
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-593
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 2 — EC-600
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 2 — EC-600
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-604
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 2 × EC-611
P0605 0605 ECM 1 or 2 × or — EC-618
P1065 1065 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-621
P1111 1111 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 2 × EC-625
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR 1 × EC-631
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC 1 × EC-634
P1124 1124 ETC MOT PWR 1 × EC-640
P1126 1126 ETC MOT PWR 1 × EC-640
P1128 1128 ETC MOT 1 × EC-646
P1171 1171 INTAKE ERROR 1 × EC-651
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC 2 — EC-657
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 × EC-658
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING 2 — EC-673
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING 2 — EC-675
P1229 1229 SENSOR POWER/CIRC 1 × EC-677
P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 NATS MALFUNCTION 2 — EC-487
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-684

EC-454
 INDEX FOR DTC
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1 Items MI lighting
Trip Reference page A
(CONSULT-II screen terms) up
CONSULT-II ECM*2
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-690
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-696 EC
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-696
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-705
C
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-705
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR 1 × EC-714
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR 1 × EC-721 D
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*3: When engine is running. E
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.

EC-455
 PRECAUTIONS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001

Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER” EBS00OS4

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
● Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
● Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
Maintenance Information EBS011UT

If any of following part is replaced, always replace with new* one.

If it's not (or fail to do so), the electrical system may not be operated properly.
*: New one means a virgin control unit that has never been energized on-board.
RHD MODELS
● BCM (Models without Intelligent Key system)
● Intelligent Key unit (Models with Intelligent Key system)
● ECM
● IPDM E/R
● Combination meter
● EPS control unit
LHD MODELS
● BCM (Models without Intelligent Key system)
● Intelligent Key unit (Models with Intelligent Key system)
● ECM
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine EBS00OJU

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery ground cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MI to light up.
● Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
● Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-119, "HAR-
NESS CONNECTOR" .
● Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
● Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM.

EC-456
 PRECAUTIONS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Precaution EBS00OJV

A
● Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
● Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
EC
● Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery
ground cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition C
switch is turned off.
● Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then
disconnect battery ground cable. D
SEF289H

● Do not disassemble ECM. E

● If battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the initial ECM values.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial values.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the cable is dis- F
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
G

PBIB1164E
H

● When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it

securely with levers as far as they will go as shown in the I
figure.

MBIB0145E

L
● When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break). M
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
● Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to ICs.
● Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control sys- PBIB0090E

tem malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded

operation of ICs, etc.
● Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.

EC-457
 PRECAUTIONS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value inspection and make sure ECM functions prop-
erly. Refer to EC-511, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value"
.
● Handle manifold absolute pressure sensor carefully to
avoid damage.
● Do not clean air clear element with any type of detergent.
● Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
● Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause seri-
ous incidents. MEF040D
● Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.

SAT652J

● When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, connect

a break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST) between
the ECM and ECM harness connector.
● When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never
allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
● Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as
the ground.

SEF348N

EC-458
 PRECAUTIONS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
● Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque. A

EC

MBIB0291E

D
● Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
● Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unneces-
sarily. E
● Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.

G
SEF709Y

● When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure H

to observe the following as it may adversely affect elec-
tronic control systems depending on installation location.
– Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic I
control units.
– Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls. J
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
– Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-
wave radio can be kept smaller. K
SEF708Y
– Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis EBS00OJW
L
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
● GI-15, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams"
● PG-5, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" for power distribution circuit M
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
● GI-11, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES"
● GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"

EC-459
 PREPARATION
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PREPARATION PFP:00002

Special Service Tools EBS00OJX

Tool number
Description
Tool name

KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors

Heated oxygen with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
sensor wrench

S-NT379

KV10114400 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors

Heated oxygen a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
sensor wrench

S-NT636

KV109E0010 Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester

Break-out box

NT825

KV109E0080 Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester

Y-cable adapter

NT826

Commercial Service Tools EBS00OJY

Tool name Description

Quick connector Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine

release room
(Available in SEC. 164 of PARTS CATALOG:
Part No. 16441 6N210)

PBIC0198E

Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
pressure

S-NT653

EC-460
 PREPARATION
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Tool name Description
A
Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant
temperature sensor

EC

S-NT705
C
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads
cleaner before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with
anti-seize lubricant shown below. D
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for
Zirconia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for
Titania Oxygen Sensor E
AEM488

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads. F
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL
specification MIL-A-
907) G

S-NT779

EC-461
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:23710

System Diagram EBS00OJZ

MBIB1301E

EC-462
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Vacuum Hose Drawing EBS00OK0

EC

MBIB0265E

Refer to EC-462, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.

EC-463
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
System Chart EBS00OK1

Input (Sensor) ECM Function Output (Actuator)

● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel injection & mixture ratio control Fuel injector
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Electronic ignition system Power transistor
● Manifold absolute pressure sensor Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
● Engine coolant temperature sensor
Idle speed control Electric throttle control actuator
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
On board diagnostic system MI (On the instrument panel)
● Throttle position sensor
Intake valve timing control solenoid
● Accelerator pedal position sensor Intake valve timing control
valve
● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
● Intake air temperature sensor
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
● Ignition switch
EVAP canister purge volume control
● Battery voltage EVAP canister purge flow control
solenoid valve
● Knock sensor
Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay*3
● Refrigerant pressure sensor
● Stop lamp switch
● Heated oxygen sensor 2*1
● TCM (Transmission control module)
● ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)*2 Cooling fan control Cooling fan relays*3
● Air conditioner switch*2
● Vehicle speed signal*2
● Electrical load signal*2
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: This input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: This output signal is sent from the ECM through CAN communication line.

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System EBS00OK2

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*3 and piston position

Manifold absolute pressure sensor Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel injection
& mixture ratio Fuel injector
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position control
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
Battery Battery voltage*3

Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

Vehicle speed signal*2 Vehicle speed

Air conditioner switch*2 Air conditioner operation

*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined

EC-464
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air volume) from the crankshaft position sensor, the manifold
absolute pressure sensor and intake air temperature sensor. A
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below. EC
<Fuel increase>
● During warm-up
C
● When starting the engine
● During acceleration
● Hot-engine operation D
● When shift lever is changed from N to D (A/T models)
● High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease> E
● During deceleration
● During high engine speed operation
F
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)

I
PBIB2938E

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses J
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about
heated oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-572 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric K
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal L
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
M
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
● Deceleration and acceleration
● High-load, high-speed operation
● Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
● Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
● High engine coolant temperature
● During warm-up
● After shifting from N to D (A/T models)
● When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig-

EC-465
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., manifold absolute pressure sensor silicon diaphragm)
and characteristic changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared
to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an
increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
FUEL INJECTION TIMING

SEF337W

Two types of systems are used.

Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.
Electronic Ignition (EI) System EBS00OK3

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2 and piston position

manifold absolute pressure sensor Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Ignition timing
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Power transistor
control
Knock sensor Engine knocking
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position
Battery Battery voltage*2

Vehicle speed signal*1 Vehicle speed

*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

EC-466
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air- A
fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition tim-
ing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and EC
camshaft position sensor signal. Computing this information, ignition
signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A °BTDC C
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the
ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM.
● At starting SEF742M
D
● During warm-up
● At idle
E
● At low battery voltage
● During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
F
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
G
Air Conditioning Cut Control EBS00OK4

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator H
1 Air conditioner ON signal
Air conditioner switch*
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
I
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2
Air conditioner
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner relay
cut control
J
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure

Vehicle speed signal*1 Vehicle speed

Battery Battery voltage*2 K

*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
L
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off. M
● When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
● When cranking the engine.
● At high engine speeds.
● When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
● When engine speed is excessively low.
● When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.

EC-467
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) EBS00OK5

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Neutral position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Fuel cut con-
Fuel injector
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) trol
Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)

Vehicle speed signal*1 Vehicle speed

*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 2,500 rpm with no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine
speed is over 2,500 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies
based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 2,000 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-464, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System"
.

EC-468
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
CAN Communication EBS01LRD

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other EC
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
C
CAN COMMUNICATION UNIT
Body type 3door/5door 3door/5door/C+C 3door/5door 3door/5door/C+C
Axle 2WD
D

Engine CR12DE/CR14DE
Handle LHD/RHD E
Brake control ABS ESP
Transmission A/T M/T A/T M/T
Intelligent Key system × × × × F
CAN communication unit
ECM × × × × × × × ×
G
Data link connector × × × × × × × ×
Combination meter × × × × × × × ×
Intelligent Key unit × × × × H
EPS control unit × × × × × × × ×
BCM × × × × × × × ×
I
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) × × × × × × × ×
TCM × × × ×
IPDM E/R × × × × × × × × J
EC-472, "TYPE 3/ EC-476, "TYPE 9/
EC-469, "TYPE 1/ EC-474, "TYPE 7/
CAN communication type TYPE 4/TYPE 5/ TYPE 10/TYPE 11/
TYPE 2" TYPE 8"
TYPE 6" TYPE 12"
K
×: Applicable

TYPE 1/TYPE 2
L
System diagram
● Type 1
M

MKIB1735E

EC-469
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● Type 2

MKIB1736E

Input/output signal chart

T: Transmit R: Receive
ABS
actua-
Combi- Intelli- EPS tor and
IPDM
Signals ECM nation gent control BCM electric TCM
E/R
meter. Key unit unit unit
(control
unit)
Engine speed signal T R
Engine coolant temperature signal T R
A/T self-diagnosis signal R T
Output shaft revolution signal R T
Accelerator pedal position signal T R
Closed throttle position signal T R
Wide open throttle position signal T R
Overdrive control switch signal T R
A/T position indicator signal R T
Stop lamp switch signal T R
O/D OFF indicator signal R T
T R
Engine and A/T integrated control signal
R T
Fuel consumption monitor signal T R
Oil pressure switch signal R T
A/C compressor request signal T R
Heater fan switch signal R T
Cooling fan speed request signal T R
Position lights request signal R T R
Low beam request signal T R
Low beam status signal R T
High beam request signal R T R
High beam status signal R T
Day time light request signal T R

EC-470
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ABS
actua- A
Combi- Intelli- EPS tor and
IPDM
Signals ECM nation gent control BCM electric TCM
E/R
meter. Key unit unit unit
(control EC
unit)
R R R T
Vehicle speed signal C
R T R R R
Sleep/wake up signal R R T R
Door switch signal R R T R
D
Turn indicator signal R T
R T
Buzzer output signal
R T E
MI signal T R
Front wiper request signal T R
F
Front wiper stop position signal R T
Rear window defogger switch signal T R
Rear window defogger control signal R T G
EPS warning lamp signal R T
ABS warning lamp signal R T
H
Brake warning lamp signal R T
Back-up lamp signal R T
Front fog lamp request signal R T R I
Rear fog lamp status signal R T
Headlamp washer request signal T R
J
Door lock/unlock request signal T R
Door lock/unlock status signal R T
KEY indicator signal R T K
LOCK indicator signal R T
Engine status signal T R
A/C switch signal R T L
Brake system malfunction signal T R
Parking brake switch signal T R
M
R range signal R T

EC-471
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TYPE 3/TYPE 4/TYPE 5/TYPE 6
System diagram
● Type 3/Type 5

MKIB1737E

● Type 4/Type 6

MKIB1738E

Input/output signal chart

T: Transmit R: Receive
ABS actu-
ator and
Combina- Intelligent EPS con-
Signals ECM BCM electric IPDM E/R
tion meter. Key unit trol unit
unit (con-
trol unit)
Engine speed signal T R
Engine coolant temperature signal T R
Fuel consumption monitor signal T R
Oil pressure switch signal R T
A/C compressor request signal T R
Heater fan switch signal R T
Cooling fan speed request signal T R
Position lights request signal R T R
Low beam request signal T R

EC-472
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ABS actu-
ator and A
Combina- Intelligent EPS con-
Signals ECM BCM electric IPDM E/R
tion meter. Key unit trol unit
unit (con-
trol unit)
EC
Low beam status signal R T
High beam request signal R T R
High beam status signal R T C
Day time light request signal T R
R R R T
Vehicle speed signal D
R T R R R
Sleep/wake up signal R R T R
Door switch signal R R T R E
Turn indicator signal R T
R T
Buzzer output signal
R T F
MI signal T R
Front wiper request signal T R
G
Front wiper stop position signal R T
Rear window defogger switch signal T R
Rear window defogger control signal R T H
EPS warning indicator signal R T
ABS warning lamp signal R T
I
Brake warning lamp signal R T
Back-up lamp signal R T
Front fog lamp request signal R T R J
Rear fog lamp status signal R T
Headlamp washer request signal T R
K
Door lock/unlock request signal T R
Door lock/unlock status signal R T
KEY indicator signal R T L
LOCK indicator signal R T
Engine status signal T R
A/C switch signal R T
M

Brake system malfunction signal T R

Parking brake switch signal T R
R range signal R T
Retractable hard top
R T
warning lamp signal*
*: C+C only

EC-473
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TYPE 7/TYPE 8
System diagram
● Type 7

MKIB1735E

● Type 8

MKIB1736E

Input/output signal chart

T: Transmit R: Receive
ABS
actuator
Combina- Intelli-
EPS con- and elec- IPDM E/
Signals ECM tion gent Key BCM TCM
trol unit tric unit R
meter. unit
(control
unit)
Engine speed signal T R R
Engine coolant temperature signal T R
A/T self-diagnosis signal R T
Output shaft revolution signal R T
Accelerator pedal position signal T R R
Closed throttle position signal T R
Wide open throttle position signal T R
Overdrive control switch signal T R
A/T position indicator signal R T

EC-474
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ABS
actuator A
Combina- Intelli-
EPS con- and elec- IPDM E/
Signals ECM tion gent Key BCM TCM
trol unit tric unit R
meter. unit
(control
unit) EC
A/T shift schedule change demand
T R
signal
Stop lamp switch signal T R
C
O/D OFF indicator lamp signal R T

Engine and A/T integrated control T R D

signal R T
Fuel consumption monitor signal T R
Oil pressure switch signal R T E
A/C compressor request signal T R
Heater fan switch signal R T
F
Cooling fan speed request signal T R
Position lights request signal R T R
Low beam request signal T R G
Low beam status signal R T
High beam request signal R T R
H
High beam status signal R T
Day time light request signal T R
R R R T I
Vehicle speed signal
R T R R R
Sleep/wake up signal R R T R
J
Door switch signal R R T R
Turn indicator signal R T
R T K
Buzzer output signal
R T
MI signal T R
Front wiper request signal T R L
Front wiper stop position signal R T
Rear window defogger switch signal T R
M
Rear window defogger control sig-
R T
nal
EPS warning lamp signal R T
ABS warning lamp signal R T
ESP warning lamp signal R T
ESP OFF indicator signal R T
SLIP indicator lamp signal R T
Steering angle signal T R
Brake warning lamp signal R T
Back-up lamp signal R T
Front fog lamp request signal R T R
Rear fog lamp status signal R T
Headlamp washer request signal T R
Door lock/unlock request signal T R

EC-475
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ABS
actuator
Combina- Intelli-
EPS con- and elec- IPDM E/
Signals ECM tion gent Key BCM TCM
trol unit tric unit R
meter. unit
(control
unit)
Door lock/unlock status signal R T
KEY indicator signal R T
LOCK indicator signal R T
Engine status signal T R
A/C switch signal R T
A/T torque signal R T
Brake system malfunction signal T R
Parking brake switch signal T R
R range signal R T

TYPE 9/TYPE 10/TYPE 11/TYPE 12

System diagram
● Type 9/Type 11

MKIB1737E

● Type 10/Type 12

MKIB1738E

EC-476
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Input/output signal chart
T: Transmit R: Receive A
ABS actu-
ator and
Combina- Intelligent EPS con-
Signals ECM BCM electric IPDM E/R EC
tion meter. Key unit trol unit
unit (con-
trol unit)
Engine speed signal T R R
C
Engine coolant temperature signal T R
Fuel consumption monitor signal T R
Accelerator pedal position signal T R D
Oil pressure switch signal R T
A/C compressor request signal T R
E
Heater fan switch signal R T
Cooling fan speed request signal T R
Position lights request signal R T R F
Low beam request signal T R
Low beam status signal R T
High beam request signal R T R G
High beam status signal R T
Day time light request signal T R H
R R R T
Vehicle speed signal
R T R R R
Sleep/wake up signal R R T R I
Door switch signal R R T R
Turn indicator signal R T
J
R T
Buzzer output signal
R T
MI signal T R K
Front wiper request signal T R
Front wiper stop position signal R T
L
Rear window defogger switch signal T R
Rear window defogger control signal R T
EPS warning indicator signal R T M
ABS warning lamp signal R T
ESP warning lamp signal R T
ESP OFF indicator signal R T
SLIP indicator lamp signal R T
Steering angle signal T R
Brake warning lamp signal R T
Back-up lamp signal R T
Front fog lamp request signal R T R
Rear fog lamp status signal R T
Headlamp washer request signal T R
Door lock/unlock request signal T R
Door lock/unlock status signal R T
KEY indicator signal R T

EC-477
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ABS actu-
ator and
Combina- Intelligent EPS con-
Signals ECM BCM electric IPDM E/R
tion meter. Key unit trol unit
unit (con-
trol unit)
LOCK indicator signal R T
Engine status signal T R
A/C switch signal R T
Brake system malfunction signal T R
Parking brake switch signal T R
R range signal R T
Retractable hard top
R T
warning lamp signal*
*: C+C only

EC-478
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE PFP:00018
A
Idle Speed Check EBS00OK7

IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II EC
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

E
SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
Check idle speed by installing the pulse type tachometer clamp on the loop wire or on suitable high-tension F
wire which installed between No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug.
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning EBS00OK8
G
DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accel-
erator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
H
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released. I
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. J
5. Turn ignition switch OFF wait at least 10 seconds.
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning EBS00OK9
K
DESCRIPTION
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by
monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
L
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released. M
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Idle Air Volume Learning EBS00OKA

DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific
range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
● Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
● Idle speed is out of specification.
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
● Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
● Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 95°C (158 - 203°F)

EC-479
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● PNP switch: ON
● Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light
only small lamps.
● Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
● Vehicle speed: Stopped
● Transmission: Warmed-up
– A/T models
• With CONSULT-II: Drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indi-
cates less than 0.9V.
• Without CONSULT-II: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
– M/T models
• Without CONSULT-II: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.

SEF217Z

6. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.

SEF454Y

7. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen. If

“CMPLT” is not displayed, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be
carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the inci-
dent by referring to the Diagnostic Procedure below.
8. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle
speed is within the specifications.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
MBIB0238E

EC-480
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE: A
● It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
● It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction. EC
1. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. C
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
D
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. E
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MI stops
blinking and turned ON. F
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MI turned ON.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
11. Wait 20 seconds. G

J
PBIB0665E

12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed is within the specifications.
K
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) L
13. If idle speed is not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In
this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the Diagnostic Procedure below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE M
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-
tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
It is useful to perform EC-533, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
incident and perform Idle air volume learning all over again:
● Engine stalls.

● Erroneous idle.

EC-481
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Fuel Pressure Check EBS00OKB

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT”
mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.

SEF214Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R.
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.

MBIB0277E

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

CAUTION:
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because CR engine models do not have fuel return system.
CAUTION:
● The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for
other purposes.
● Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains sealability with O-rings inside.
● When installing fuel hose quick connector, refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-482, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Prepare fuel hose and fuel hose clamp for fuel pressure check, and connect fuel pressure gauge.
● Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector).

● To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.

● Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it.

● Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.

3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .
● Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.

● Do not remove fuel hose from quick connector.

● Keep the original fuel hose to be free from intrusion of dust or foreign substances with a suitable cover.

EC-482
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. Install the fuel pressure gauge as shown in the figure.
● Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moist- A
ened with gasoline.
● Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube
and No.1 spool. EC
● Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the
No.1 spool on fuel tube.
● Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439 C
N4710 or 16439 40U00).
● When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps. PBIB0669E

● When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose for D
damage and abnormality.
● Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.

● Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 E

in).
Tightening torque:
F
1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb)
● Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
5. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose G
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off.
6. Turn ignition switch ON, and check for fuel leakage. MBIB0315E
H
7. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
8. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
● Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false I
readings.
● During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
J
2
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm , 51 psi)
9. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
K
10. Check the following.
● Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging

● Fuel filter for clogging

L
● Fuel pump

● Fuel pressure regulator for clogging

If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator. M

If NG, repair or replace.

EC-483
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028

Introduction EBS00OKC

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Freeze Frame data
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC)
1st Trip Freeze Frame data

The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC 1st trip DTC Freeze Frame data 1st trip Freeze Frame data
CONSULT-II × × × ×
ECM × ×* — —
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.

The malfunction indicator (MI) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two
consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-496 .)
Two Trip Detection Logic EBS00OKD

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MI will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MI lights up. The MI lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd trip>
The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during
vehicle operation.
When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting MI up when there is a
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has malfunction and MI circuit is open by
means of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operate when above diagnoses except MI circuit are detected, and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

Emission-related Diagnostic Information EBS00OKE

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MI will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MI lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MI lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored.
For fail-safe items, DTC is stored in the ECM memory even in the 1st trip.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-486, "HOW
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION"
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step II, refer to EC-492, "WORK FLOW" . Then perform DTC Con-
firmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair.

EC-484
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods. A
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II displays the DTC in “SEFL-DIAG RESULTS” mode. Examples: P0117, P0340, P1065, etc.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) EC
Without CONSULT-II
The number of blinks of the MI in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0107, 0340 etc. C
● 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
● Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate
whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. D
CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if avail-
able) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
E
tion is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t]. F

I
PBIB0911E

FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA

J
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, base fuel schedule and intake
air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data. K
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II. For
details, see EC-521, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data" .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the L
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MI on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. Both 1st trip freeze M
frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Proce-
dures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-486, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAG-
NOSTIC INFORMATION" .

EC-485
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC
With CONSULT-II
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Touch “ENGINE”.
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)

MBIB1303E

Without CONSULT-II
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-488, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
● If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
● The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
– Diagnostic trouble codes
– 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
– Freeze frame data
– 1st trip freeze frame data
– Others
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.

EC-486
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) EBS00OKF

A
● If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in
the ON position or “NATS MALFUNCTION” is displayed on
“SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform self-diagnostic
results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card. EC
Refer to BL-283, "NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)" .
● Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed
before touching “ERASE” in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode C
with CONSULT-II.
● When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system and reg-
istration of all NATS ignition key IDs must be carried out D
with CONSULT-II using NATS program card. SEF515Y

Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner.

Regarding the procedures of NATS initialization and NATS ignition key ID registration, refer to
CONSULT-II operation manual, NATS. E

Malfunction Indicator (MI) EBS00OKG

DESCRIPTION F
The MI is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check. G
● If the MI does not light up, refer to DI-62, "WARNING LAMPS"
or see EC-794 .
2. When the engine is started, the MI should go off. H
If the MI remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
I
SAT652J

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION

The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions. J
Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function
Mode Status
K
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MI bulb for damage (blown, open
ON position circuit, etc.).
If the MI does not come on, check MI circuit.
L

Engine stopped

Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is

WARNING detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip
detection logic), the MI will light up to inform the driver that
a malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MI in
the 1st trip.
● One trip detection diagnoses

EC-487
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function
Mode Status
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
ON position RESULTS

Engine stopped

Engine running HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or
MONITOR rich), monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1, to be read.

When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting MI up when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has a malfunction and MI circuit is open by
means of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operate when above diagnoses except MI circuit are detected, and demands the
driver to repair the a malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

MI Flashing without DTC

If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MI may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM diag-
nostic test mode. EC-488, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are described later, EC-
488, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
● Diagnostic trouble codes
● 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
● Freeze frame data
● 1st trip freeze frame data
● Others
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
● It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
● It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
● Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MI starts
blinking.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.

EC-488
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
A

EC

PBIB0092E D
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor)
1. Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-488, "How to Set Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" . E
2. Start Engine.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
F
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-488, "How to Set Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
G
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed. H
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MI on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI-62,
"WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-794 . I
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING
MI Condition
J
ON When the malfunction is detected.
OFF No malfunction.

● These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS) K

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MI as shown below. L
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MI does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode
I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MI illumi-
nates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are dis-
played, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified M
codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-II. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.

EC-489
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

SEF952W

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. (See EC-452, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC-
488, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
● If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
● Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR
In this mode, the MI displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
MI Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air-fuel ratio feedback control condition
ON Lean
Closed loop system
OFF Rich
*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.

To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load conditions. Then make sure that the MI
comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no load.

EC-490
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction EBS00OKI

INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con- EC
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen-
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac- C
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.

MEF036D
E

It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermit-

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are F
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
G

SEF233G

I
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be per-
formed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-492 . J
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under K
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on EC-494 should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first. L
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle.
M

EC-491
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart

MBIB0178E

*1 If time data of “SELF-DIAG *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system
RESULTS” is other than [0] or [1t], form EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNO- cannot be performed, check main
perform EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAG- SIS FOR INTERMITTENT power supply and ground circuit.
NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- INCIDENT" . Refer to EC-539, "POWER SUPPLY
DENT" . AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be *5 EC-533, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS -
detected, perform EC-538, "TROU- SPECIFICATION VALUE"
BLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-
TENT INCIDENT" .

EC-492
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Description for Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
A

Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
STEP I
DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET, EC-494 .
EC
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II) the (1st trip) DTC and the (1st
trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-486 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip)
freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
STEP II If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . C
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-500 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
D
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
STEP III to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . E
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the (1st
trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO F
TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st trip)
G
DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX. H
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-497 .) If COSULT-II is available,
STEP V
perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the TOROUBLE DIAGNOSIS – SPECIFI-
CATION VALUE. (Refer to EC-533 .) (If malfunction is detected, proceed to PERAIR/REPLACE.) Then perform
I
inspections according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-500 .)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR J
(AUTO TRIG)” mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-511 , EC-527 .
STEP VI
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
K
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in
GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Repair or replace the malfunction parts. L
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
DENT" .
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint. M
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident is
STEP VII still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM
and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer to EC-486, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" )

EC-493
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.

SEF907L

Worksheet Sample

MTBL0017

EC-494
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart EBS00OKJ

A
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 and/or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC EC
U1000 and U1001. Refer to EC-545, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
Priority Detected items (DTC)
C
1 ● U1000 U1001 CAN communication line
● P0107 P0108 Manifold absolute pressure sensor
● P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor D
● P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
● P0327 P0328 Knock sensor
● P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) E
● P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
● P0605 ECM
● P1171 Intake error F
● P1229 Sensor power supply
● P1610-P1615 NATS
● P1706 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch G
● P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
2 ● P0132 P0134 Heated oxygen sensor 1
H
● P0138 Heated oxygen sensor 2
● P1065 ECM power supply
● P1111 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
I
● P1122 Electric throttle control function
● P1124 P1126 Throttle control motor relay
● P1128 Throttle control mother J
● P1805 Brake switch
3 ● P0011 Intake valve timing control
● P1121 Electric throttle control actuator K
● P1212 ESP communication line
● P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
L

EC-495
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Fail-safe Chart EBS00OKK

● When the DTC listed bellow is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0107 Manifold absolute pressure Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0108 sensor circuit
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
P0123 in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the nor-
P0223 mal condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P1121 Electric throttle control (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return
actuator spring malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening
around the idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to
20 degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops,
the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P (A/T models), Neutral (M/T models) position, and
engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
P1122 Electric throttle control func- ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
tion fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1124 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1126 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1171 When accelerator pedal is depressed, engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm
Intake air
due to fuel cut.
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
P2123 sensor in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the nor-
P2128 mal condition.
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor.
● When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting MI up when there
is a malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses is continuously detected
as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has a malfunction and MI circuit is
open by means of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operate when above diagnoses except MI circuit are detected, and demands
the driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

EC-496
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Basic Inspection EBS00OKL

1. INSPECTION START A

1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance. EC
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
– Harness connectors for improper connections
– Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut C
– Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
– Hoses and ducts for leaks
D
– Air cleaner clogging
– Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
– Headlamp switch is OFF. SEF983U

– Air conditioner switch is OFF.

– Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
– Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge. G
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.

SEF976U
J
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. L

M
SEF977U

2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.

>> GO TO 3

EC-497
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.

PBIA8513J

3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 5.

5. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 6.

EC-498
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING A
Refer to EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4. C

7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN

D
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. E
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
F
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed. G
M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
H
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 8.
I
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. J
● Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-611 .
● Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-604 .
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4. L

9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION

M
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-487, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" .

>> GO TO 4.

EC-499
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Symptom Matrix Chart EBS00OKM

SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-783
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-482
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-777
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-796
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-800
tem
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 EC-497
EC-631,
EC-634 ,
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-640 ,
EC-646
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-497
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-759
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-539
Manifold absolute pressure sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-553
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 1 2 EC-559
EC-565,
EC-593 ,
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-673 ,
EC-675 ,
EC-714
EC-677,
EC-696 ,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 2 2
EC-705 ,
EC-721
EC-572,
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-579 ,
EC-746
Knock sensor circuit 2 2 3 EC-600
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-604
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 2 2 EC-611
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-776
EC-618,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-621

EC-500
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir- F
3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-548
cuit
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-684
G
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 3 4 EC-788
Electrical load signal circuit 3 3 3 3 EC-793
ATC-18 or H
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
MTC-17
BRC-8 or
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4
BRC-61
I
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)

SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER J

SYMPTOM
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

K
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

L
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

M
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel Fuel tank FL-8
5 FL-3, EM-
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5
32
Vapor lock 5 —
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gaso- 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
—
line, Low octane)

EC-501
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Air Air duct
Air cleaner
Air leakage from air duct EM-18
(Manifold absolute pressure sen-
sor —electric throttle control 5 5 5 5 5 5
actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator
Air leakage from intake manifold/
EM-22
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery SC-6
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Alternator circuit SC-16
Starter circuit 3 SC-46
Signal plate/Flywheel/Drive plate 6 EM-74
AT-298,
PNP switch 4
MT-16
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-60
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-74
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain EM-50
mecha-
Camshaft EM-38
nism
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-50
Intake valve
3 EM-60
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket EM-24, EX-
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
4
Three way catalyst

EC-502
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Lubrica- EM-26, LU- F
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
tion 9 , LU-10 ,
filter/Oil gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 LU-5
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-6 G
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap CO-13
Thermostat 5 CO-25
H
Water pump CO-23
Water gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 5 CO-8
Cooling fan 5 CO-13 I
Coolant level (low)/Contaminated
CO-9
coolant
EC-487 or J
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) 1 1
BL-283
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
K

EC-503
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Engine Control Component Parts Location EBS00OKN

MBIB1304E

EC-504
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

EC

MBIB1305E

EC-505
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

MBIB1071E

EC-506
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

EC

MBIB0318E

EC-507
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

MBIB0320E

MBIB1072E

MBIB0282E

EC-508
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Circuit Diagram EBS00OKO

EC

MBWA1386E

EC-509
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

MBWA1406E

EC-510
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout EBS00OKP

EC

MBIB0045E D

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00OKQ

PREPARATION E
1. ECM is located left hand side of the engine room.
2. Remove ECM harness protector.
F

H
MBIB0274E

3. When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with

levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure. I
4. Connect a break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST)
between the ECM and ECM harness connector.
● Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
J
● Data is for comparison and may not be exact.

MBIB0145E
L
ECM INSPECTION TABLE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. M
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
1 B ECM ground Body ground
● Idle speed

EC-511
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm (A/T mod-
els), 3,800 rpm (M/T models) after the fol-
lowing conditions are met.
0 - 1.0V
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
2 GY
heater minute under no load.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm (A/T mod-
els), 3,800 rpm (M/T models)
Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 LG [Ignition switch ON]
relay power supply (11 - 14V)

0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
4 L ● Shift lever position: D (A/T models)
(Close)
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
PBIB0534E

0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
5 P ● Shift lever position: D (A/T models)
(Open)
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
PBIB0533E

Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle.
Crankshaft position PBIB0527E
13 Y
sensor (POS)
Approximately 3.0V

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0528E

EC-512
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.

1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running] EC
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE: C
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle.
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position sen-
14 R D
sor (PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running] E
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

F
PBIB0526E

[Engine is running]
15 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
● Idle speed G
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000rpm
quickly after the following conditions are H
met.
16 LG Heated oxygen sensor 2 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 I
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
J
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
K
● Idle speed

EVAP canister purge L

PBIB0050E
19 LG volume control solenoid
valve
Approximately 10V
M
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)

PBIB0520E

EC-513
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle.
22 OR Fuel injector No. 3
PBIB0529E
23 L Fuel injector No. 1
41 R Fuel injector No. 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE
42 GY Fuel injector No. 2
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0530E

Approximately 7.0V

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
Heated oxygen sensor 1
24 Y ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
heater

PBIB0519E

[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

29 B (Camshaft position sen- ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sor) ● Idle speed

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

30 B (Crankshaft position ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sensor) ● Idle speed
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Intake air temperature
34 OR [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with
sensor
intake air temperature.
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 BR Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
45 L Sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
Sensor power supply
46 W (Refrigerant pressure [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
Sensor power supply
47 L (Throttle position sen- [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
sor)

EC-514
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped EC
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) More than 0.36V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
Throttle position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released C
49 Y
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
D
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
E
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition Approximately 1.5V
Manifold absolute pres- ● Idle speed F
51 W
sure sensor [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition Approximately 1.2V
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm. G
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
54 — ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Knock sensor) H
● Idle speed

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

56 B (Manifold absolute pres- ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sure sensor) I
● Idle speed

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

57 Y (Refrigerant pressure ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V J
sensor) ● Idle speed

0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
K
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE: L
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
60 Y Ignition signal No. 3 at idle.
61 PU Ignition signal No. 1 PBIB0521E

79 G Ignition signal No. 4 M

0 - 0.2V
80 BR Ignition signal No. 2

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

PBIB0522E

EC-515
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
Intake valve timing
62 LG [Engine is running]
control solenoid valve
● Warm-up condition
● When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
quickly

PBIB1790E

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

66 B (Throttle position sen- ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sor) ● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
Throttle position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
68 R
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) More than 0.36V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Refrigerant pressure ● Warm-up condition
69 BR 1.0 - 4.0V
sensor ● Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON
(Compressor operates.)
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Engine coolant tempera-
72 P [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with
ture sensor
engine coolant temperature.

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

73 B (Engine coolant temper- ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
ature sensor) ● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
82 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
83 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
85 LG DATA link connector
● CONSULT-II is disconnected. (11 - 14V)

86 W CAN communication line [Ignition switch ON] 1.0 - 2.5V

Sensor power supply
90 OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)

EC-516
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2) EC
94 R CAN communication line [Ignition switch ON] 2.5 - 4.0V
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V C
Accelerator pedal ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GY
position sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
D
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V E
● Brake pedal: Fully released
101 W Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V) F
[Ignition switch ON]
● Gear position:
Approximately 0V
P or N (A/T models) G
102 GY PNP switch Neutral (M/T models)
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Except the above gear position (11 - 14V) H
10 - 11V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition I
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm J
at idle.
Tachometer signal MBIB0053E
103 L/OR output
(A/T models) 10 - 11V K

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm L

MBIB0054E
M
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor [Ignition switch OFF]
104 G (11 - 14V)
relay
[Ignition switch ON] 0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal posi- ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 W
tion sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch OFF] 0V
109 PU Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch ON]
(11 - 14V)

EC-517
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds passed after turn- (11 - 14V)
ing ignition switch OFF
[Ignition switch ON]
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
113 R Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 1 second after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch ON

115 B [Engine is running]

ECM ground Body ground
116 B ● Idle speed
119 G BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 G (11 - 14V)
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 BR [Ignition switch OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE) EBS00OKR

FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work support
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self-diagnostic results
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, A/F feedback control value and the other data
Data monitor (SPEC)
monitor items can be read.
CAN diagnostic support
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
monitor
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
● Diagnostic trouble codes
● 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
● Freeze frame data
● 1st trip freeze frame data
● Others

EC-518
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
A

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS DATA
Item WORK SUP- DATA ACTIVE EC
FREEZE MONITOR
PORT MONITOR TEST
DTC*1 FRAME (SPEC)
DATA*2
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) × × × × C
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) × × ×
Manifold absolute pressure sensor × × ×
D
Engine coolant temperature sensor × × × × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 1 × × ×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Heated oxygen sensor 2 × × × E

Vehicle speed signal × × ×
Accelerator pedal position sensor × × ×
F
Throttle position sensor × × ×
INPUT

Intake air temperature sensor × ×

Knock sensor × G
Refrigerant pressure sensor × ×
Closed throttle position switch
(accelerator pedal position sensor × × H
signal)
Air conditioner switch × ×
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × × × I
Stop lamp switch × × ×
Battery voltage × ×
J
Electrical load signal × ×
Fuel injector × × ×
Power transistor (Ignition timing) × × × K
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Throttle control motor relay × × ×

Throttle control motor ×
L
EVAP canister purge volume con-
× × ×
trol solenoid valve
OUTPUT

Air conditioner relay × ×

M
Fuel pump relay × × × ×
Cooling fan relay × × × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater × ×
Intake valve timing control solenoid
× × ×
valve
Calculated load value × × ×
X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-485 .

EC-519
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
If CONSULT-II is used with no connection to CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be
detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect “CONSULT-II” and “CONSULT-II CONVERTER” to
data link connector, which is located under drivers side dash
panel.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0275E

4. Touch “START(NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.

BCIA0029E

5. Touch “ENGINE”.
If “ENGINE” is not indicated, go to GI-36, "CONSULT-II Data
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

BCIA0030E

6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service

procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.

BCIA0031E

EC-520
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item A
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE ● FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING START DUR- When releasing fuel pressure
EC
ING IDLING. from fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN ● THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE When learning the idle air volume
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN C
ECM.
SELF-LEARNING CONT ● THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When clearing the coefficient of
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- self-learning control value D
FICIENT.
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing E
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
F
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-452, "INDEX FOR DTC" . G
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data
item*
Description H

DIAG TROUBLE
● The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Refer
CODE
to EC-452, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
[PXXXX] I
● Fuel injection system status at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
● One mode in the following is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction J
FUEL SYS-B1
Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
K
CAL/LD VALUE [%] ● The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP
● The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F] L
● “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim. M
● “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
ENGINE SPEED
● The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[rpm]
VEHICL SPEED
● The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
B/FUEL SCHDL
● The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE
● The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.

EC-521
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item
×: Applicable
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
Monitored item [Unit] SIG- Description Remarks
SIG-
NALS
NALS
● Accuracy becomes poor if engine
● Indicates the engine speed computed from speed drops below the idle rpm.
the signals of the crankshaft position sen-
ENG SPEED [rpm] × × ● If the signal is interrupted while the
sor (POS) and camshaft position sensor
(PHASE). engine is running, an abnormal value
may be indicated.
● When the engine coolant tempera-
● The engine coolant temperature (deter- ture sensor is open or short-circuited,
COOLAN TEMP/S
× × mined by the signal voltage of the engine ECM enters fail-safe mode. The
[°C] or [°F]
coolant temperature sensor) is displayed. engine coolant temperature deter-
mined by the ECM is displayed.
● The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
HO2S1 (B1) [V] × ×
sensor 1 is displayed.
● The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
HO2S2 (B1) [V] ×
sensor 2 is displayed.
● Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal
during air-fuel ratio feedback control: ● After turning ON the ignition switch,
RICH: means the mixture became “rich”, “RICH” is displayed until air-fuel mix-
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) and control is being affected toward a ture ratio feedback control begins.
× ×
[RICH/LEAN] leaner mixture. ● When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
LEAN: means the mixture became “lean”, clamped, the value just before the
and control is being affected toward a rich clamping is displayed continuously.
mixture.
● Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:
RICH: means the amount of oxygen after
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) ● When the engine is stopped, a cer-
× three way catalyst is relatively small.
[RICH/LEAN] tain value is indicated.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after
three way catalyst is relatively large.
● When the engine is stopped, a cer-
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- tain value is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] ×
back correction factor per cycle is indicated. ● This data also includes the data for
the air-fuel ratio learning control.
VHCL SPEED SE ● The vehicle speed computed from the vehi-
× ×
[km/h] or [mph] cle speed signal is displayed.
● The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
BATTERY VOLT [V] × ×
played.
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into
×
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board correc-
tion.
ACCEL SEN 1 [V] × × ● ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by
● The accelerator pedal position sensor sig-
ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] × nal voltage is displayed.
ECM terminal voltage signal.
THRTL SEN 1 [V] × × ● THRTL SEN 2 signal is converted by
● The throttle position sensor signal voltage
ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
THRTL SEN 2 [V] × is displayed.
ECM terminal voltage signal.
● The intake air temperature (determined by
INT/A TEMP SE [°C]
× × the signal voltage of the intake air tempera-
or [°F]
ture sensor) is indicated.
TURBO BST SEN ● The signal voltage of the manifold absolute
×
[V] pressure sensor is displayed.

EC-522
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ECM
MAIN
INPUT A
Monitored item [Unit] SIG- Description Remarks
SIG-
NALS
NALS
● Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] com- ● After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis- EC
START SIGNAL
× × puted by the ECM according to the signals played regardless of the starter sig-
[ON/OFF]
of engine speed and battery voltage. nal.
● Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed
CLSD THL POS C
× × by the ECM according to the accelerator
[ON/OFF]
pedal position sensor signal.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air con-
AIR COND SIG [ON/ D
× × ditioner switch as determined by the air
OFF]
conditioner signal.
P/N POSI SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/
× × E
[ON/OFF] neutral position (PNP) switch signal.
● [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering
PW/ST SIGNAL oil pressure switch as determined by the
× ×
[ON/OFF] power steering oil pressure signal is indi- F
cated.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the elec-
trical load signal. G
LOAD SIGNAL [ON/ ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON
× ×
OFF] and/or lighting switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch
and lighting switch are OFF. H
IGNITION SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition
×
[ON/OFF] switch.
HEATER FAN SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the I
×
[ON/OFF] heater fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop
× J
[ON/OFF] lamp switch signal.
● Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse
INJ PULSE-B1 ● When the engine is stopped, a cer-
× width compensated by ECM according to
[msec] tain computed value is indicated.
the input signals. K
● Indicates the ignition timing computed by ● When the engine is stopped, a cer-
IGN TIMING [BTDC] ×
ECM according to the input signals. tain value is indicated.
● “Calculated load value” indicates the value L
CAL/LD VALUE [%] of the current airflow divided by peak air-
flow.
● Indicates the mass air flow computed by M
MASS AIRFLOW
ECM according to the signal voltage of
[g·m/s]
manifold absolute pressure sensor.
● Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve control value com-
puted by the ECM according to the input
PURG VOL C/V [%] signals.
● The opening becomes larger as the value
increases.
● Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft
INT/V TIM (B1) [°CA]
advanced angle.
● The control value of the intake valve timing
control solenoid valve (determined by ECM
INT/V SOL (B1) [%] according to the input signals) is indicated.
● The advance angle becomes larger as the
value increases.

EC-523
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
Monitored item [Unit] SIG- Description Remarks
SIG-
NALS
NALS
● The air conditioner relay control condition
AIR COND RLY [ON/
× (determined by ECM according to the input
OFF]
signals) is indicated.
● Indicates the fuel pump relay control condi-
FUEL PUMP RLY
× tion determined by ECM according to the
[ON/OFF]
input signals.
● Indicates the throttle control motor relay
THRTL RELAY [ON/
× control condition determined by the ECM
OFF]
according to the input signals.
● Indicates the condition of the cooling fan
(determined by ECM according to the input
COOLING FAN signals).
×
[HI/LOW/OFF] HI: High speed operation
LOW: Low speed operation
OFF: Stop
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
oxygen sensor 1 heater determined by
[ON/OFF]
ECM according to the input signals.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
oxygen sensor 2 heater determined by
[ON/OFF]
ECM according to the input signals.
● Display the condition of idle air volume
learning
IDL A/V LEARN YET: Idle air volume learning has not been
[YET/CMPLT] performed yet.
CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has
already been performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL
● Distance traveled while MI is activated.
[km] or [mile]
● Indicates the heated oxygen sensor 1
O2 SEN HTR DTY
heater control valve computed by the ECM
[%]
according to the input signals.
● The signal voltage from the refrigerant
AC PRESS SEN [V] ×
pressure sensor is displayed.
Voltage [V]
Frequency ● Only “#” is displayed if item is unable
[msec], [Hz] or [%] to be measured.
DUTY-HI ● Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse ● Figures with “#”s are temporary
width measured by the probe. ones. They are the same figures as
DUTY-LOW
an actual piece of data which was
PLS WIDTH-HI just previously measured.
PLS WIDTH-LOW
NOTE:
● Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

EC-524
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Item A
ECM
Main
Monitored item [Unit] input Description Remarks
signals
signals EC
● Indicates the engine speed computed
from the signal of the crankshaft position
ENG SPEED [rpm] ×
sensor (POS) and camshaft position C
sensor (PHASE).
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into ● When engine is running specification D
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor- range is indicated.
rection.
● When engine is running specification
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- E
range is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × back correction factor per cycle is indi-
cated. ● This data also includes the data for the
air-fuel ratio learning control.
F
NOTE:
● Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

ACTIVE TEST MODE G

Test Item
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
● Engine: Return to the original H
● Harness and connectors
FUEL INJEC- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
● Fuel injector
TION ● Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
tion using CONSULT-II. I
● Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
IGNITION TIM- If trouble symptom disappears, see
● Timing light: Set ● Perform Idle Air Volume Learning. J
ING CHECK ITEM.
● Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-II.
● Engine: After warming up, idle K
the engine. ● Harness and connectors

● A/C switch: OFF ● Compression

POWER BAL- ● Shift lever: ● Fuel injector L
Engine runs rough or dies.
ANCE P or N (A/T models) ● Power transistor
Neutral (M/T models) ● Spark plug
● Cut off each fuel injector signal ● Ignition coil M
one at a time using CONSULT-II.

● Ignition switch: ON ● Harness and connectors

COOLING FAN*1 ● Turn the cooling fan “HI”, “LOW” Cooling fan moves and stops. ● Cooling fan relay
and “OFF” with CONSULT-II. ● Cooling fan motor

● Engine: Return to the original ● Harness and connectors

ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see ● Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP ● Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT-II. ● Fuel injector
● Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump relay makes the operat- ● Harness and connectors
RELAY ● Turn the fuel pump relay ON and ing sound. ● Fuel pump relay
OFF using CONSULT-II and lis-
ten to operating sound.

EC-525
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
● Engine: After warming up, run
engine at 1,500 rpm.
PURG VOL ● Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to ● Harness and connectors
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. ● Solenoid valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT-II.
● Engine: Return to the original
● Harness and connectors
V/T ASSIGN trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
ANGLE CHECK ITEM. ● Intake valve timing control sole-
● Change intake valve timing using
noid valve
CONSULT-II.
*1:Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-II while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.

REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)

Description
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR”
mode.
1. “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):
● The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen
in real time.
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be
displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONI-
TOR” in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording
Data ... xx%” as shown in the figure, and the data after the
malfunction detection is recorded. Then when the percentage
reached 100%, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If
“STOP” is touched on the screen during “Recording Data ...
xx%”, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed.
MBIB0295E
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the
recording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and
“Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MAN-
UAL.
2. “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger):
● DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed
automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunc-
tion is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though
a malfunction is detected.

SEF707X

Operation
1. “AUTO TRIG”
● While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
select to “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
● While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, compo-
nents and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st
trip DTC will be displayed. (Refer to Incident Simulation Tests in GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diag-
nosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
2. “MANU TRIG”
● If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for fur-
ther diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.

EC-526
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

EC

PBIB0197E
I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OKT

Remarks:
● Specification data are reference values.
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector. J
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Tachometer: Connect
Almost the same speed as the K
ENG SPEED ● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indica- tachometer indication.
tion.
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-EC-533, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" . L
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-EC-533, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
COOLAN TEMP/S ● Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 M
HO2S1 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met.
HO2S2 (B1) – Engine: After warning up 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load.
LEAN ←→ RICH
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times dur-
rpm
ing 10 seconds.
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) – Engine: After warning up LEAN ←→ RICH
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load.

EC-527
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
indication. speedometer indication.
BATTERY VOLT ● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V

ACCEL SEN 2*2
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V
● Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 1
THRTL SEN 2*1 ● Shift lever:
D (A/T models) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
1st (M/T models)
● Engine: After warming up At idle Approximately 1.5V
● Air conditioner switch: OFF

TURBO BST SEN ● Shift lever:

P or N (A/T models) At 2,500 rpm Approximately 1.2V
Neutral (M/T models)
● No load
START SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Shift lever:
P or N (A/T models) ON
P/N POSI SW ● Ignition switch: ON Neutral (M/T models)
Shift lever: Except above OFF
Steering wheel is not being turned.
● Engine: After warming up, idle OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL (Forward direction)
the engine
Steering wheel is being turned. ON
Rear window defogger switch is ON
ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd.
LOAD SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
OFF
and lighting switch is OFF.
IGNITION SW ● Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON

● Engine: After warming up, idle Heater fan is operating. ON

HEATER FAN SW
the engine Heater fan is not operating OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
● Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
● Air conditioner switch: OFF

INJ PULSE-B1 ● Shift lever:

P or N (A/T models) 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
Neutral (M/T models)
● No load

EC-528
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0° - 10° BTDC
● Air conditioner switch: OFF

IGN TIMING ● Shift lever:

EC
P or N (A/T models) 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
Neutral (M/T models)
● No load
C
● Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF

CAL/LD VALUE ● Shift lever:

D
P or N (A/T models) 2,500 rpm 10% - 35%
Neutral (M/T models)
● No load
E
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
● Air conditioner switch: OFF

MASS AIRFLOW ● Shift lever:

P or N (A/T models)
F
2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
Neutral (M/T models)
● No load
G
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
● Shift lever:
P or N (A/T models)
PURG VOL C/V Neutral (M/T models) H
2,000 rpm 20 - 30%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load
I
● Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
● Air conditioner switch: OFF

INT/V TIM (B1) ● Shift lever:

J
P or N (A/T models) When revving up to 2,000 rpm quickly Approx. 0° - 20°CA
Neutral (M/T models)
● No load
K
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● Shift lever:
INT/V SOL (B1) L
P or N (A/T models) When revving up to 2,000 rpm quickly Approx. 0% - 50%
Neutral (M/T models)
● No load
M
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates)
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY ● Engine running or cranking
● Except above conditions OFF
THRTL RELAY ● Ignition switch: ON ON
Engine coolant temperature is 94°C
OFF
(201°F) or less
● Engine: After warming up, idle Engine coolant temperature is
COOLING FAN the engine between 95°C (203°F) and 104°C LOW*2
● Air conditioner switch: OFF (210°F)
Engine coolant temperature is 105°C
(212°F) or more HIGH*2

EC-529
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm (A/T models) 3,800 rpm (M/T models)
after the following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
– Keeping the engine speed at between 3,500 to 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm (A/T models), 3,800 rpm (M/T models) OFF
Vehicle has traveled after MI has 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL ● Ignition switch: ON
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile)
● Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C
O2SEN HTR DTY (176°F) Approx. 50%
● Engine speed: below 3,600 rpm
● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Approx. 0V
AC PRESS SEN ● Engine: Idle
1.0 - 4.0V
● Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)

*1 : Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ
from ECM terminals voltage signal.
*2 : Models without air conditioner, cooling fan operates only ON and OFF operation, but CONSULT-II display will change OFF, LOW and
HI depends on engine coolant temperature.

Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OKU

The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1
Below is the data for “CLSD THL POS”, “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” when depressing the accelera-
tor pedal with the ignition switch ON and with shift lever in D position (A/T models) or with shift lever in 1st
position (M/T models).
The signal of “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.

PBIB0198E

ENG SPEED, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “THRTL SEN 1”, “HO2S2 (B1)”, “HO2S1 (B1)” and “INJ PULSE-B1”
when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently.

EC-530
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
A

EC

MBIB0545E D

EC-531
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

PBIB0668E

EC-532
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE PFP:00031
A
Description EBS00OKV

The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)”
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI- EC
TOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the C
MI.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
● B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D
rection)
● A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
E
Testing Condition EBS00OKW

● Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,017 miles)

● Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2 , 14.25 - 15.12 psi) F
● Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
● Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
G
● Transmission: Warmed-up*1
● Electrical load: Not applied*2
● Engine speed: Idle H
*1: For A/T models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID
TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
For M/T models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes. I
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are “OFF”. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
Inspection Procedure EBS00OKX J
NOTE:
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display.
K
1. Perform EC-497, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” and “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “DATA MONI- L
TOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-534, "Diagnostic Procedure" . M

SEF601Z

EC-533
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OKY

CHECK A/F ALPHA–B1

SEF613ZD

EC-534
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

EC

SEF768Z

EC-535
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
CHECK B/FUEL SCHDL

PBIA1516E

EC-536
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

EC

MBIB0658E

EC-537
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT PFP:00006

Description EBS00OKZ

Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
incident occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
Common Intermittent Incident Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow Situation
II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0 or [1t].
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OL0

1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-486, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION" .

>> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS

Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to EC-EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.

3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT

Perform GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “Incident Simulation Tests”.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-538
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT PFP:24110
A
Wiring Diagram EBS01IS3

EC

MBWA1407E

EC-539
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
1 B [Engine is running]
115 B ECM ground Body ground
116 B ● Idle speed

[Ignition switch OFF] 0V

109 PU Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch ON]
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay OFF
111 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds passed after turning (11 - 14V)
ignition switch OFF
119 G Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch ON]
120 G ECM (11 - 14V)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IS4

1. INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 8.
No >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 109 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

MBIB0015E

EC-540
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M1, E101
● Fuse block (J/B) connector M16 EC
● Joint connector-4
● 10A fuse
C
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

>> Repair harness or connectors. D

4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1403E

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
J
5. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. L
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors F1, E50 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors F40, E65 (M/T models)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-541
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector E14 termi-
nal 33 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> Go to EC-759, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG >> GO TO 8.

MBIB0601E

8. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop approximately 0V.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
11. PBIB1630E

9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 111 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 11.

PBIB1191E

10. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 119, 120 and IPDM E/R terminal 32.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-542
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
11. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VII A
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and IPDM E/R terminal 29. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. D
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

12. CHECK 20A FUSE E

1. Disconnect 20A fuse from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20A fuse.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.
G
13. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS-II
Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" . H

K
MBIB1403E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. L
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

14. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II M

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-543
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. PG-19, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE
ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Ground Inspection EBS01IOF

Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
● Remove the ground bolt or screw.
● Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
● Clean as required to assure good contact.
● Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
● Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
● If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one
eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-55, "Ground Distribution" .

PBIB1870E

EC-544
 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
A
Description EBS00OL3

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec- EC
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. C

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OL4

The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses. D

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
U1000 ● ECM cannot communicate to other control
1000 units. ● Harness or connectors E
CAN communication line (CAN communication line is open or
U1001 ● ECM cannot communicate for more than the shorted.)
1001 specified time.
F
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OL5

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.

2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. G
3. If 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected, go to EC-547, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-545
 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IS5

MBWA0268E

EC-546
 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OL7

A
Go to LAN-5, "Precautions When Using CONSULT-II" .

EC

EC-547
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL PFP:23796

Description EBS01KA9

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed and piston position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve

Vehicle speed signal* Vehicle speed

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

PBIB0540E

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KAA

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
INT/V TIM (B1) (M/T)
When revving up to 2,000 rpm quickly Approx. 0° - 20°CA
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
INT/V SOL (B1) (M/T)
When revving up to 2,000 rpm quickly Approx. 0% - 50%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load

EC-548
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KAB

A
The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
NOTE:
If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1111. See EC-625 .
EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Detecting condition Possible cause
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) C
● Intake valve control solenoid valve
P0011 Intake valve timing control There is a gap between angle of target and ● Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-
0011 performance phase-control angle degree. up portion of the camshaft D
● Timing chain installation
● Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for
intake valve timing control E

FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected. F
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KAC

CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed. H
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle. J
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II. K
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Maintain the following conditions from at least 6 consecutive L
seconds
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) M
COOLAN TEMPS 60 - 120°C (140 - 248°F)
PBIB0164E
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 2.5 msec
P or N position (A/T)
Shift lever
Neutral position (M/T)
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-550, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
6. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED 1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLANT TEMPS 70 - 105°C (176 - 194°F)
Shift lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)

EC-549
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-550, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Overall Function Check EBS01KAO

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the intake valve timing control system. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set the tester probe between ECM terminal 62 [IVT control solenoid valve (bank 1) signal] and ground.
5. Start engine and let it idle.
6. Check the voltage under the following conditions.
Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.
Conditions Voltage
BATTERY VOLTAGE
At idle
(11 - 14V)

Approximately 4V - BATTERY VOLTAGE(11 - 14V)

2,000 rpm
SEF955V

PBIB1790E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
7. If NG, go to EC-550, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KAD

1. CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP

1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
KG >> Go to LU-6, "OIL PRESSURE CHECK" .

PBIA8559J

2. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-551, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

EC-550
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) A
Refer to EC-610, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. EC
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

4. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) C

Refer to EC-616, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).

5. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE) E

Check the following.

● Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end F
● Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. G
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
H

PBIB0565E I

6. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

J
Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
Yes or No
K
Yes >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-50, "TIMING CHAIN" .
No >> GO TO 7.

7. CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT L

Refer to EM-47, "Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove" .

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Clean lubrication line.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For wiring diagram, refer to EC-606 for CKP sensor (POS), EC-613 for CMP sensor (PHASE).

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01KAE

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.

EC-551
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows.
Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 7.2Ω at 20°C (68°F)
1 or 2 and ground ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist.)

If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
MBIB0027E

4. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid

valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed. PBIB2388E

Removal and Installation EBS01KAF

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EM-35, "ROCKER COVER" .

EC-552
 DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:22365
A
Component Description EBS00OL8

The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor is placed intake man-

ifold corrector. It detects intake manifold pressure and sends the EC
voltage signal to the ECM, ECM uses the signal to compute intake
air volume value.
The sensor uses a silicon diaphragm which is sensitive to the
change in pressure. As the pressure increase, the voltage rises. C

MBIB0278E

E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OL9

If DTC P0107 or P0108 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-EC-677, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" . F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P0107 Manifold absolute pressure An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0107 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM.
G
● Manifold absolute pressure sensor
● Harness or connectors
P0108 Manifold absolute pressure An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) H
0108 sensor circuit high input sent to ECM. ● Manifold absolute pressure sensor
● Intake air leaks
I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
J

Manifold absolute pressure sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OLA K

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
M
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-555, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-555, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-553
 DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IS6

MBWA1233E

EC-554
 DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
45 L Sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V C
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition Approximately 1.5V
Manifold absolute pres- ● Idle speed D
51 W
sure sensor [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition Approximately 1.2V
E
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

56 B (Manifold absolute ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
pressure sensor) F
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IS7

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. H

K
MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .

L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
M

EC-555
 DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK MAP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor harness connec-
tor.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0276E

3. Check voltage between MAP sensor terminal 2 and ground.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

MBIB0602E

3. CHECK MAP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between MAP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 56
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK MAP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between MAP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 51.
Refer to Wiring Diagram
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK MAP SENSOR

Refer to EC-557, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace manifold absolute pressure sensor.

EC-556
 DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END EC

Component Inspection EBS00OLD

MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR C

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn ON. D
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 51 (manifold absolute
pressure sensor signal) and ground.
NOTE: E
● To avoid the affection of intake manifold vacuum, check the
voltage 1 or more minutes past after engine is stopped.
● Because the sensor is absolute pressure sensor, output value
F
may differ depends on atmospheric pressure and altitude.
5. Measure the atmospheric pressure.
NOTE: G
As atmospheric pressure describe on synoptic chart is value at SEF006P
sea level, please compensate the actual pressure with the fol-
lowing chart.
H
Altitude Compensated pressure
0m 0hPa
200m -24hPa I
400m -47hPa
600m -70hPa
J
800m -92hPa
1,000m -114hPa
1,500m -168hPa K
2,000m -218hPa
6. Check the manifold absolute pressure sensor value corresponds to the atmospheric pressure.
L
Atmospheric pressure Voltage
800hPa 3.2 - 3.6v
M
850hPa 3.4 - 3.8v
900hPa 3.7 - 4.1v
960hPa 3.9 - 4.3v
1,000hPa 4.1 - 4.5v
1,050hPa 4.3 - 4.7v
7. Start engine and let it idle. MBIB0655E

EC-557
 DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
8. Check the voltage between ECM terminal 51 and ground at
idling and confirm the voltage difference between engine is
stopped and at idling is within following chart.
Intake manifold vacuum Voltage difference
-40kPa (-300mmHg) 1.6 - 2.0v
-53.3kPa (-400mmHg) 2.2 - 2.6v
-66.7kPa (-500mm) 2.8 - 3.2v
-80kPa (-600mmHg) 3.4 - 3.8v
SEF487R

Removal and Installation EBS00OLE

MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-558
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description EBS00OLF

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the EC
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases. C

SEF594K

E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ F
temperature °C (°F)
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9 G
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 72 (Engine H
coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P

CAUTION:
I
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OLG
J
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
P0117 Engine coolant temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor
● Harness or connectors K
0117 sensor circuit low input is sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0118 Engine coolant temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor
● Engine coolant temperature sensor
0118 sensor circuit high input is sent to ECM.
L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected.
M
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON
or START. CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-II display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or Start 40°C (104°F)
Engine coolant temper-
ature sensor circuit More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80°C (176°F)
Start
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.

EC-559
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OLH

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-562, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-562, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-560
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IS8

EC

MBWA0271E

EC-561
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IS9

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0279E

3. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIB0080E

EC-562
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect TCM harness connector. EC
4. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 73, TCM terminal 42 (A/T
models).
Refer to Wiring Diagram. C

Continuity should exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. F
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness for open or short between engine coolant temperature sensor and ECM
G
● Harness for open or short between engine coolant temperature sensor and TCM (A/T models)

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H

5. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-563, "Component Inspection" . I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. J

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

K
Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END L

Component Inspection EBS00OLK

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor M
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

PBIB2005E

EC-563
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value is are measured between ECM terminal 72
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
SEF012P

Removal and Installation EBS00OLL

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to CO-25, "THERMOSTAT" .

EC-564
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS010D5

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to EC
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi- C
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig- D
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS010D6

Specification data are reference values.

F
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 1 G
THRTL SEN 2* ● Shift lever:
D (A/T models) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
1st (M/T models)
H
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010D7

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. I

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0122 Throttle position sensor 2 An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 ● Harness or connectors J
0122 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
K
P0123 Throttle position sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 ● Electric throttle control actuator
0123 circuit high input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2)
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
L
(APP sensor 2)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up. M

Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010D8

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

EC-565
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-569, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-569, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-566
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01ISA

EC

MBWA1234E

EC-567
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL NO. COLOR
Sensor power supply
47 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) More than 0.36V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
49 Y Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
68 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) More than 0.36V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)

EC-568
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01ISB

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. EC

E
MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
G
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0308E K

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal

1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
L
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. M
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0082E

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
EC-569
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-567
91 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-707
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-713, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 68 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-570
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR A
Refer to EC-571, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. EC
NG >> GO TO 10.

10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR C

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
D
3. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END E

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . F

>> INSPECTION END

G
Component Inspection EBS010DB

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. H
2. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set shift lever to D position (A/T models) or 1st position (M/T models). I
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 49 (TP sensor 1 signal),
68 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions. J
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

49 Fully released More than 0.36V

K
(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

68 Fully released Less than 4.75V

(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V L
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next MBIB0022E

step.
7. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . M
8. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS010DC

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-571
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0132 HO2S1 PFP:22690

Component Description EBS00OLM

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

SEF463R

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OLN

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OLO

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.

SEF301UA

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P0132 Heated oxygen sensor 1 An excessively high voltage from the sensor (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0132 circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1

EC-572
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OLP

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. C
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. D
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-575, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
E

SEF174Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II G
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
H
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. I
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-575, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-573
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01ISC

MBWA1409E

EC-574
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 7.0V C

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition D
Heated oxygen sensor 1
24 Y ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
heater

PBIB0519E E
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)
F
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 BR Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
G
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed H
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01ISD

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
J

M
MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-575
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.2 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)

>> GO TO 3.

MBIB1077E

3. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S1
terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. MBIB1073E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S1 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER

Check connectors for water
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-576
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A
Refer to EC-577, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. EC
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS00OLS

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 E

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT- F
II.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow- G
ing steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
H

MBIB0301E
J
6. Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec- K
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. L
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

M
SEF217YA

SEF648Y

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

EC-577
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.

● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.

● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V MBIB0018E

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS00OLT

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EC-578
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0134 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description EBS00OLU

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the EC
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts C
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
D

SEF463R

H
SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OLV I

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION J
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
LEAN ←→ RICH K
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times dur-
rpm
ing 10 seconds.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OLW L

Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is
not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately
0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is M
within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks
that this time is not inordinately long.

SEF237U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P0134 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The voltage from the sensor is constantly (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0134 circuit no activity detected approx. 0.3V.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1

EC-579
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Overall Function Check EBS00OLY

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II, and select “H02S1 (B1)”.
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load.
4. Make sure that the indications do not remain in the range
between 0.2V to 0.4V.
5. If NG, go to EC-582, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF646Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4V.
4. If NG, go to EC-582, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

MBIB0018E

EC-580
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01ISE

EC

MBWA1409E

EC-581
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 7.0V

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
Heated oxygen sensor 1
24 Y ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
heater

PBIB0519E

[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 BR Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01ISF

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-582
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S1 EC
terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. D
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power MBIB1073E
in harness or connectors.
E
3. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S1 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. F
Continuity should exist.

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 4 and ground. G
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
H
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. I
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 J

Refer to EC-583, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. K
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS00OM1

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-
II.

EC-583
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow-
ing steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.

MBIB0301E

6. Check the following.

● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec-
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

SEF217YA

SEF648Y

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.

● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.

● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V MBIB0018E

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

EC-584
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant. A
Removal and Installation EBS00OM2

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

EC
Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EC-585
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0138 HO2S2 PFP:226A0

Component Description EBS00OM3

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OM4

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
HO2S2 (B1) ● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi- 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
tions are met.
– Engine: After warning up
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) LEAN ←→ RICH
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OM5

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during
the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.

SEF305UA

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P0138 Heated oxygen sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the sensor (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0138 circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.
● Heated oxygen sensor 2

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OM6

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

EC-586
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with A
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture. EC
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. C
5. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-589, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. SEF189Y
D

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
E
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 2 minutes. F
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
6. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-589, "Diagnostic Procedure" . G

EC-587
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01ISG

MBWA1236E

EC-588
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm (A/T models),
3,800 rpm (M/T models) after the following con-
ditions are met.
0 - 1.0V D
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
2 GY
heater under no load.
E

[Ignition switch ON]

● Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE F
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm (A/T mod-
els), 3,800 rpm (M/T models)
G
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met.
H
16 LG Heated oxygen sensor 2 – Engine: After warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load. I
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor) J
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01ISH

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. L

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-589
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S2
terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. MBIB0282E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 and HO2S2 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EC-590, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00OM9

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.

SEF174Y

EC-590
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2(B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II. A

EC

SEF662Y
D
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

MBIB1402E

“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.61V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. H
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.52V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 I
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant. J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
L
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times. M
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.61V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.61V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
(A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.52V at least once during this MBIB0020E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

EC-591
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS00OMA

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-4, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

EC-592
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS00OMJ

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. the throttle position sensor responds to EC
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi- C
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig- D
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OMK

Specification data are reference values.

F
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 1 G
THRTL SEN 2* ● Shift lever:
D (A/T models) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
1st (M/T models)
H
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OML

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. I

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0222 Throttle position sensor 1 An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 ● Harness or connectors J
0222 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
● Electric throttle control actuator K
P0223 Throttle position sensor 1 An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor (TP sensor 1)
0223 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM.
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
M
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OMM

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

EC-593
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-597, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-597, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-594
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01ISI

EC

MBWA1239E

EC-595
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
47 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) More than 0.36V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
49 Y Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
68 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) More than 0.36V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)

EC-596
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01ISJ

1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. EC

E
MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
G
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0308E K

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal

1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
L
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. M
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0082E

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
EC-597
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-595
91 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-707
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-713, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 49 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-598
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR A
Refer to EC-599, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. EC
NG >> GO TO 10.

10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR C

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
D
3. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END E

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . F

>> INSPECTION END

G
Component Inspection EBS00OMP

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. H
2. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set shift lever to D position (A/T models) or 1st position (M/T models). I
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 49 (TP sensor 1 signal),
68 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions. J
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

49 Fully released More than 0.36V

K
(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

68 Fully released Less than 4.75V

(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V L
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next MBIB0022E

step.
7. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . M
8. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS00OMQ

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-599
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060

Component Description EBS00OS6

The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.

MBIB0306E

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OS7

The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detected Condition Possible Cause
P0327 Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
● Harness or connectors
0327 input sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328 Knock sensor circuit high An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
● Knock sensor
0328 input sent to ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OS8

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-602, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-602, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-600
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01ISK

EC

MBWA0571E

EC-601
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
15 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
54 — ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Knock sensor)
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01ISL

1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ECM terminal 15 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II

1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 15 and knock
sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
MBIB0306E
in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

Refer to EC-603, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace knock sensor.

EC-602
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A
Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .
EC

MBIB1403E E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. F

5. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

G
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 54 and ground.
Continuity should exist
2. Also check harness for short to power. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. I

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

J
Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END K

Component Inspection EBS00OSB

KNOCK SENSOR
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground. L
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more
than 10 MΩ. M
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or phys-
ically damaged. Use only new ones.

PBIB0253E

Removal and Installation EBS00OSC

KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-74, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .

EC-603
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) PFP:23731

Component Description EBS00ONA

The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine rev-
olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
PBIB0562E
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00ONB

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Tachometer: Connect
Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED ● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indica- tachometer indication.
tion.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00ONC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not
detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of
● Harness or connectors
engine cranking.
(The sensor circuit is open or
P0335 Crankshaft position ● The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position shorted.)
0335 sensor (POS) circuit sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
running.
● Signal plate
● The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in
the normal pattern during engine running.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OND

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-608, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

EC-604
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. A
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
EC
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-608, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-605
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01ISM

MBWA1244E

EC-606
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
D
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle. E
PBIB0527E
Crankshaft position
13 Y
sensor (POS)
Approximately 3.0V
F

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm G

PBIB0528E
H
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
30 B (Crankshaft position ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sensor) ● Idle speed
I
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay J
111 P OFF
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds passed after turning (11 - 14V) K
ignition switch OFF
119 G Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch ON]
120 G ECM (11 - 14V)
L
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-607
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01ISN

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1078E

3. Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

SEF479Y

EC-608
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connectors F1, E50 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors F40, E65 (M/T models) EC
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14
● Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM
C
● Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
4. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 30 and CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. F

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H

5. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2. I
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. J
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. K
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) L

Refer to EC-610, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

7. CHECK GEAR TOOTH

Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace the signal plate.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-609
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00ONG

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

PBIB0563E

5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.

Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 (+) - 1 (-)
3 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 1 (-)
6. If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

MBIB0024E

Removal and Installation EBS00ONH

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

Refer to EM-74, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .

EC-610
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) PFP:23731
A
Component Description EBS00ONI

The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction with

camshaft (intake) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft posi- EC
tion sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification C
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause D
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
PBIB0562E
change.
E
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00ONJ

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
● The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
for the first few seconds during engine G
cranking. ● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor ● Camshaft (Intake)
● The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM
0340 (PHASE) circuit
during engine running. ● Starter motor (Refer to SC-46 .) H
● The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal ● Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-46 .)
pattern during engine running.
● Dead (Weak) battery
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00ONK

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at J
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON. K
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
L
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.
M
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-614, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 sec-
onds.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-614, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-614, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.

EC-611
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
8. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
9. If DTC is detected, go to EC-614, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-612
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01ISO

EC

MBWA1245E

EC-613
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position
14 R
sensor (PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

PBIB0526E

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

29 B (Camshaft position ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sensor) ● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay OFF
111 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds passed after turning (11 - 14V)
ignition switch OFF
119 G Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch ON]
120 G ECM (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01ISP

1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over?
Does the starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-46, "STARTING SYSTEM" .)

EC-614
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
EC

MBIB1403E
E
Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

3. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G

1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness

connector. H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0279E

K
3. Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage L

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. M
NG >> GO TO 4.

SEF479Y

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors F1, E50 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors F40, E65 (M/T models)
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14
● Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM
● Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-615
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 14 and CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

Refer to EC-616, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).

8. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)

Check the following.
● Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
● Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.

PBIB0565E

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00ONN

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
3. Remove the sensor.

EC-616
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
A

EC

PBIB0563E

D
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] E
3 (+) - 1 (-)
3 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 1 (-) F

G
MBIB0024E

Removal and Installation EBS00ONO

H
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EM-38, "CAMSHAFT" .
I

EC-617
 DTC P0605 ECM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0605 ECM PFP:23710

Component Description EBS00ONP

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

PBIB1164E

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00ONQ

This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. ● ECM
0605
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A
degrees) by the return spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00ONR

Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCE-
DURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B, per-
form PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If 1st DTC is detected, go to EC-620, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.

EC-618
 DTC P0605 ECM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-620, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
EC
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn
ON.
C
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-620, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
D

E
SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. F
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-620, "Diagnostic Procedure" . G

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C

With CONSULT-II H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn I
ON.
4. Repeat step 3 for 32 times.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-620, "Diagnostic Procedure" J
.

SEF058Y

L
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
M
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-620, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-619
 DTC P0605 ECM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00ONS

1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-618 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-486, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-618 .
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END

2. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-487,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
3. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-620
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY PFP:23710
A
Component Description EBS00ONT

Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the EC
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air vol-
ume learning value memory, etc.
C

PBIB1164E

E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00ONU

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
F
● Harness or connectors
P1065 ECM back-up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
ECM power supply circuit open or shorted.]
1065 properly.
● ECM G

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00ONV

NOTE: H
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. J
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn
ON.
K
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for 4 times.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-623, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
L

SEF058Y
M
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 4 times.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
6. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-623, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-621
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00ONW

MBWA0285E

EC-622
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE C
121 BR [Ignition switch OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00ONX

D
1. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 121 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
F
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. G
NG >> GO TO 2.

H
MBIB0026E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I

Check the following.

● 20A fuse J
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
K
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-623
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-621 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-486, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-621 .
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> INSPECTION END

5. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-487,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
3. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-624
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:23796
A
Component Description EBS01KAG

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM. EC
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle. C
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control D
position.
PBIB1842E

E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KAH

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/
INT/V SOL (B1) T) When revving engine up to 2,000
G
Approx. 0% - 50%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF rpm quickly
● No load
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KAI

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
I
● Harness or connectors
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P1111 Intake valve timing control
through intake valve timing control solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
1111 solenoid valve circuit
valve. J
● Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KAJ

NOTE: K
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
L
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
M
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-629, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

EC-625
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-629, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-626
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01KAK

EC

MBWA1247E

EC-627
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
Intake valve timing
62 LG
control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly

PBIB1790E

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay OFF
111 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds passed after turning (11 - 14V)
ignition switch OFF
119 G BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 G (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-628
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KAL

1. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness EC
connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
C

MBIB0284E
E

4. Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid

valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. F

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
H

PBIB0285E
I
2. DETECT MALFUNCTION PART
Check the following. J
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models)
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14 K
● Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors. L

3. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 62 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve termi-
nal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-629
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-630, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01KAM

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows.
Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 7.2Ω at 20°C (68°F)
1 or 2 and ground ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist.)

If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
MBIB0027E

4. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid

valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed. PBIB2388E

Removal and Installation EBS01KAN

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EM-35, "ROCKER COVER" .

EC-630
 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS00ONY

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. EC
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition. C

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00ONZ

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. D

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Electric throttle control actuator does not function E
A)
properly due to the return spring malfunction.
P1121 Electric throttle control
Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is ● Electric throttle control actuator
1121 actuator B)
not in specified range.
F
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.

FAIL-SAFE MODE G
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
H
The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
Malfunction A
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
I
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
Malfunction C The engine can restart in N or P position (A/T models), Neutral position (M/T models) and engine speed
will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OO0

NOTE:
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform K
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second. M
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Set shift lever to D position (A/T models), 1st position (M/T mod-
els) and wait at least 2 seconds.
4. Set shift lever to P position (A/T models), Neutral position (M/T
models).
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second.
7. Set shift lever to D position (A/T models), 1st position (M/T mod-
els) and wait at least 2 seconds.
8. Set shift lever to P position (A/T models), Neutral position (M/T SEF058Y

models).
9. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
10. If DTC is detected, go to EC-632, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-631
 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Set shift lever to D position (A/T models), 1st position (M/T models) and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Set shift lever to P position (A/T models), Neutral position (M/T models).
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second.
6. Set shift lever to D position (A/T models), 1st position (M/T models) and wait at least 2 seconds.
7. Set shift lever to P position (A/T models), Neutral position (M/T models).
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
9. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
10. If DTC is detected, go to EC-632, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Set shift lever to D position (A/T models), 1st position (M/T mod-
els) and wait at least 2 seconds.
4. Set shift lever to N or P position (A/T models), Neutral position
(M/T models).
5. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-632, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Set shift lever to D position (A/T models), 1st position (M/T models) and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Set shift lever to N or P position (A/T models), Neutral position (M/T models).
4. Start engine and let it idle for the 3 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
6. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
7. If DTC is detected, go to EC-632, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OO1

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve
and the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.

MBIB0307E

EC-632
 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR A
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . EC

>> INSPECTION END

C

EC-633
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION PFP:16119

Description EBS00OO2

NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or 1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121 or
P1126. Refer to EC-631 or EC-640 .
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OO3

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P1122 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not (Throttle control motor circuit is open or
1122 performance operate properly. shorted.)
● Electric throttle control actuator

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OO4

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine
is running.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-636, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-636, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-634
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01ISQ

EC

MBWA1411E

EC-635
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 LG [Ignition switch ON]
power supply (11 - 14V)

0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
4 L ● Shift lever position: D (A/T models)
(Close)
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
PBIB0534E

0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
5 P ● Shift lever position: D (A/T models)
(Open)
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
PBIB0533E

BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch OFF]
104 G Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch ON] 0 - 1.0V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01ISR

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-636
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I A
Check voltage between ECM terminal 3 and ground under the fol-
lowing conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.
EC
Ignition switch Voltage
OFF Approximately 0V
Battery voltage C
ON
(11 - 14V)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. D
NG >> GO TO 3. MBIB0028E

3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
F
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 3 and IPDM E/R terminal 28.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. G
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
I
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. J
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models)
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14 K
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

L
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

M
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 104 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 6.

PBIB1171E

EC-637
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E17.
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 104 and IPDM E/R terminal 70.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● IPDM E/R harness connector E17
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 20A fuse.
2. Check 20A fuse for blown.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-19, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD-
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

10. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control
ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
5 Should not exist
3
4 Should exist
5 Should exist MBIB0308E
6
4 Should not exist

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-638
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
11. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY A
1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle C
control actuator inside.

MBIB0307E
E
12. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to EC-639, "Component Inspection" .
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 14. G
13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. I

14. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

J
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . K

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00OO7
L
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6. M

Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]

3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
4. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

PBIB0095E

Removal and Installation EBS00OO8

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-639
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY PFP:16119

Component Description EBS00OO9

Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OOA

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
THRTL RELAY ● Ignition switch: ON ON

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OOB

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P1124 Throttle control motor ECM detects the throttle control motor relay (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted.)
1124 relay circuit short is stuck ON.
● Throttle control motor relay
● Harness or connectors
P1126 Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open.)
1126 relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low.
● Throttle control motor relay

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OOC

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1124
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-643, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

EC-640
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. A
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-643, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1126
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. C
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-643, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D

F
SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 second. G
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
H
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-643, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
I

EC-641
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01ISS

MBWA1412E

EC-642
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE C
3 LG [Ignition switch ON]
power supply (11 - 14V)

0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON] D
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
4 L ● Shift lever position: D (A/T models)
(Close)
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models) E
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
PBIB0534E

F
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor G
5 P ● Shift lever position: D (A/T models)
(Open)
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
H
PBIB0533E

BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch OFF]
104 G Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
I
[Ignition switch ON] 0 - 1.0V

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IST

1. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 104 and ground with K
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage.
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 2. M

PBIB1171E

2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E17.
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 104 and IPDM E/R terminal 70.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

EC-643
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● IPDM E/R harness connector E17
● Harness for open or shot between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit of short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 20A fuse.
2. Check 20A fuse for blown.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.

5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I

1. Reconnect all disconnected connectors.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 3 and ground under the
following conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.
Ignition switch Voltage
OFF Approximately 0V
Battery voltage
ON
(11 - 14V)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 6. MBIB0028E

6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
4. Check continuity between ECM terminal 3 and IPDM E/R terminal 28.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models)
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-644
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-19, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD- EC
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
C

EC-645
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR PFP:16119

Component Description EBS00OOF

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OOG

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
1128 circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. ● Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OOH

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-648, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 second.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-648, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-646
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01ISU

EC

MBWA1413E

EC-647
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 LG [Ignition switch ON]
relay power supply (11 - 14V)

0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
4 L ● Shift lever position: D (A/T models)
(Close)
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
PBIB0534E

0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
Throttle control motor
5 P ● Shift lever position: D (A/T models)
(Open)
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
PBIB0533E

BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor [Ignition switch OFF]
104 G (11 - 14V)
relay
[Ignition switch ON] 0 - 1.0V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01ISV

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-648
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT A
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control
ECM terminal Continuity C
actuator terminal
4 Should exist
3
5 Should not exist D
4 Should not exist MBIB0308E
6
5 Should exist
E
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
F
NG >> Repair or replace.

3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

G
Refer to EC-649, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. H
NG >> GO TO 5.

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

5. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR K

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.

2. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . L
3. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END M

Component Inspection EBS00OOK

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6.
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
4. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

PBIB0095E

EC-649
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS00OOL

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-650
 DTC P1171 INTAKE ERROR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1171 INTAKE ERROR PFP:22365
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OSS

NOTE:
● If DTC 1171 is displayed with DTC P0108, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0108. EC
Refer to EC-553, "DTC P0107, P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR" .
● If DTC P1171 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-677, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" . C
ECM computes two intake air volume values.
1: Computed from manifold absolute pressure signal and intake air temperature signal.
2: Computed from engine revolution signal and throttle position signal.
D

In normal condition, value 1 is used for engine control.

If intake air leak occurred between throttle valve and intake air port, manifold absolute pressure sensor signal
might increase, and then ECM increases amount of fuel injected. In this case, ECM uses value 2 for engine E
control instead of value1.
ECM monitors the difference between value 1 and value 2. If the difference is extremely large, ECM judges
intake air leak occurs and light up the MI F

This diagnosis has one trip detection logic.

G
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The manifold absolute pressure sensor
H
circuit is open or shorted.)
P1171 A high voltage from the sensor is sent to
Intake error ● Manifold absolute pressure
1171 ECM under light load driving condition.
● Intake air leaks
I
● Vacuum hoses

FAIL-SAFE MODE
J
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
When accelerator pedal is depressed, engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm K
Intake air system problem
due to fuel cut.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OST

L
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
M
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-654, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.

EC-651
 DTC P1171 INTAKE ERROR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-654, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-652
 DTC P1171 INTAKE ERROR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01ISW

EC

MBWA1233E

EC-653
 DTC P1171 INTAKE ERROR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
45 L Sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition Approximately 1.5V
Manifold absolute pres- ● Idle speed
51 W
sure sensor [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition Approximately 1.2V
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

56 B (Manifold absolute ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
pressure sensor) ● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01ISX

1. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK

Listen for an intake air leak after the air cleaner element.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK VACUUM HOSE

1. Check intake manifold vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-463, "Vacuum Hose
Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.

3. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-654
 DTC P1171 INTAKE ERROR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK MAP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor harness connec-
tor.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC

D
MBIB0276E

3. Check voltage between manifold absolute pressure sensor ter- E

minal 2 and ground.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors. G

MBIB0602E
H

5. CHECK MAP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between manifold absolute pressure sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 56. J
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
K
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. L
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK MAP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check harness continuity between manifold absolute pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 51.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK MAP SENSOR

Refer to EC-557, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace manifold absolute pressure sensor.

EC-655
 DTC P1171 INTAKE ERROR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-656
 DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:47850
A
Description EBS010DH

NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, EC
U1001. Refer to EC-545, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit C
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010DI
D
The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E

● Harness or connectors
ECM can not receive the information from (The CAN communication line is open or
P1212 TCS communication
“ABS actuator and electric unit (control shorted.) F
1212 line
unit)” continuously. ● ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
● Dead (Weak) battery
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010DJ

TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle. H
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
I
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-657, "Diagnostic Procedure" J
.

L
SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. M
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-657, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010DK

Refer to BRC-61, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .

EC-657
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE PFP:00000

System Description EBS00OOM

NOTE:
If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-545, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
COOLING FAN CONTROL
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1

Battery Battery voltage*1

Vehicle speed signal Vehicle speed*2 Cooling fan IPDM E/R
control (Cooling fan relay)
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature

Air conditioner switch*3 Air conditioner ON signal*2

Refrigerant pressure sensor*3 Refrigerant pressure

*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: Models with air conditioner.

The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF] (models with
A/C) or 2 step control [ON/OFF] (models without A/C).
The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line.
OPERATION
(Models with A/C)

MBIB0650E

EC-658
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
(Models without A/C)
A

EC

MBIB0656E D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OON

Specification data are reference values. E

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON F
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Engine coolant temperature is 94°C
OFF
(201°F) or less G
(Models with A/C)
Engine coolant temperature is
● Engine: After warming up, idle
COOLING FAN between 95°C (203°F) and 104°C LOW*
the engine
(210°F) H
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
Engine coolant temperature is 105°C
HI*
(212°F) or more
*:Models without air conditioner, cooling fan operates only ON and OFF operation, but CONSULT-II display will change OFF, LOW and I
HI depends on engine coolant temperature.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OOO

J
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. K

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
L
● Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)
M
● Cooling fan
● Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- ● IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay)
heat).
● Radiator hose
● Cooling fan system does not operate prop-
● Radiator
P1217 Engine over tempera- erly (Overheat).
1217 ture (Overheat) ● Reservoir tank cap
● Engine coolant was not added to the system
(M/T models with A/C)
using the proper filling method.
● Radiator cap
● Engine coolant is not within the specified
(M/T models without A/C and A/T models)
range.
● Water pump
● Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-671,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-10, "Changing Engine
coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-7, "Changing Engine Oil" .

EC-659
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-37, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check EBS00OOP

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the reservoir tank cap (M/T models with A/C) or radiator cap (M/T models without A/C
and A/T models) when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escap-
ing from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-664,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-664,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

SEF621W

4. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-

SULT-II.
5. If the results are NG, go to EC-664, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF784Z

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
(Models with air conditioner)
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-664,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-664,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Start engine.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine. SEF621W

4. Set temperature control lever to full cold position.

5. Turn air conditioner switch ON.
6. Turn blower fan switch ON.
7. Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner operating.

EC-660
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine. A
8. Make sure that cooling fans operates at low speed.
If NG, go to EC-664, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to the following step. EC
9. Turn ignition switch OFF.
10. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
11. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec- C
tor.
12. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector. D
MBIB0651E

13. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at E
higher speed than low speed.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
14. If NG, go to EC-664, "Diagnostic Procedure" . F

SEF023R
H

(Models without air conditioner)

1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
I
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-664,
"Diagnostic Procedure" . J
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-664,
"Diagnostic Procedure" . K
3. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-
tor.
4. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor SEF621W
L
harness connector.
5. Start engine and make that cooling fan operates. Be careful not
to overheat engine. M
6. If NG, go to EC-664, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF023R

EC-661
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01ISY

WITH AIR CONDITIONER

MBWA0573E

EC-662
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WITHOUT AIR CONDITIONER
A

EC

MBWA1414E

EC-663
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01ISZ

PROCEDURE FOR MODELS WITH AIR CONDITIONER

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II and touch “LOW” on the CONSULT-II screen.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.

SEF784Z

4. Touch “HIGH” on the CONSULT-II screen.

5. Make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low
speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to EC-666, "PRO-
CEDURE A" .)

SEF785Z

EC-664
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle.
EC
2. Turn air conditioner switch ON.
3. Turn blower fan switch ON.
4. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
C
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
7. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec- D
tor.
8. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector. E

MBIB0651E
F

9. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at

higher speed than low speed.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to EC-666, "PRO- H
CEDURE A" .)

SEF023R

J
4. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK
Refer to CO-9, "ENGINE COOLANT" .
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
L
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following for leak.
M
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump (Refer to CO-23, "WATER PUMP" .)

>> Repair or replace.

6. CHECK RESERVOIR TANK CAP (M/T) OR RADIATOR CAP (A/T)

Refer to CO-18, "Checking Reservoir Tank Cap (M/T Models with A/C)" or CO-17, "Checking Radiator Cap
(M/T Models without A/C and A/T Models)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace reservoir tank cap (M/T) or radiator cap (A/T).

EC-665
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK THERMOSTAT
Refer to CO-25, "THERMOSTAT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace thermostat.

8. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-563, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

9. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES

If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-671, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

>> INSPECTION END

PROCEDURE A
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 14 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

MBIB1307E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● 40A fusible link
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-666
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan motor terminal 1
and IPDM E/R terminal 10, cooling fan motor terminal 2 and EC
ground.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist. C

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

4. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 12 and D
cooling fan motor terminal 1.
Refer to wiring diagram. MBIB1074E

Continuity should exist. E

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. F
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G

Check the following.

● Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and IPDM E/R H
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ground
● Harness for open or short between resistor and IPDM E/R
● Harness for open or short between resistor and cooling fan motor I
● Resistor E5

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J

5. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS

K
Refer to EC-672, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. L
NG >> Replace cooling fan motors.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M

Perform EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-19, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD-
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
PROCEDURE FOR MODELS WITHOUT AIR CONDITIONER
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

EC-667
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II and touch “LOW” on the CONSULT-II screen.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO4.
NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC-
669, "PROCEDURE B" .)

SEF784Z

3. CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit-1. (Go to
EC-669, "PROCEDURE B" .)

SEF023R

4. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK

Refer to CO-9, "ENGINE COOLANT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following for leak.
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump (Refer to CO-23, "WATER PUMP" .)

>> Repair or replace.

6. CHECK RADIATOR CAP

Refer to CO-17, "Checking Radiator Cap (M/T Models without A/C and A/T Models)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace radiator cap.

EC-668
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK THERMOSTAT A
1. Remove thermostat.
2. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly. EC
3. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
Valve opening temperature:
C
80.5 - 83.5 °C (177 - 182 °F)
Valve lift:
More than 8 mm/95 °C (0.31 in/203 °F) D
4. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening tem-
perature. For details, refer to CO-25, "THERMOSTAT" .
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. SLC343

NG >> Replace thermostat.

F
8. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-563, "Component Inspection" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. H

9. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES

If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-671, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" . I

>> INSPECTION END

J
PROCEDURE B
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 14 and ground with L
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

MBIB1307E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● 40A fusible link
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-669
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan motor terminal 1
and IPDM E/R terminal 10, cooling fan motor terminal 2 and
ground.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
MBIB1074E
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and IPDM E/R
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS

Refer to EC-672, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motors.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-19, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD-
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector.

EC-670
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Main 12 Causes of Overheating EBS00OOS

A
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page
OFF 1 ● Blocked radiator ● Visual No blocking —
● Blocked condenser EC
● Blocked radiator grille
● Blocked bumper
2 ● Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-37, "Engine C
Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
3 ● Coolant level ● Visual Coolant up to MAX level See CO-9, "LEVEL
in reservoir tank and radi- CHECK" . D
ator filler neck

4*5 ● Radiator cap ● Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa See CO-17, "Checking

(0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 Radiator Cap (M/T Mod- E
kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi) (Limit) els without A/C and A/T
Models)"
See CO-18, "Checking
88 kPa (0.88 bar, 0.90 kg/ F
4*6 ● Reservoir tank cap ● Pressure tester 2 Reservoir Tank Cap (M/T
cm , 12.8 psi) Models with A/C)" .

ON*2 5 ● Coolant leaks ● Visual No leaks See CO-9, "LEAK

CHECK" . G
ON*2 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-25, "THERMO-
lower radiator hoses STAT" , and CO-13,
"RADIATOR" . H
ON* 1 7 ● Cooling fan ● CONSULT-II Operating See trouble diagnosis for
DTC P1217 (EC-658 ).
OFF 8 ● Combustion gas leak ● Color checker chemical Negative — I
tester 4 Gas analyzer

ON*3 9 ● Coolant temperature ● Visual Gauge less than 3/4 —

gauge when driving
J
● Coolant overflow to ● Visual No overflow during driving See CO-10, "Changing
reservoir tank and idling Engine coolant" .

OFF*4 10 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See CO-9, "LEVEL K
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank CHECK" .
tor
OFF 11 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-60, "CYLINDER L
gauge mum distortion (warping) HEAD" .
12 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-74, "CYLINDER
tons walls or piston BLOCK" .
M
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
*5: M/T models without A/C and A/T models.
*6: M/T models with A/C.
For more information, refer to CO-6, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .

EC-671
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00OOT

COOLING FAN MOTOR (MODELS WITH A/C)

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.

Terminals
(+) (-)
Cooling fan motor 1 2

MBIB0607E

COOLING FAN MOTOR (MODELS WITHOUT A/C)

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.

Terminals
(+) (-)
Cooling fan motor 1 2

MBIB1308E

EC-672
 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS00OOU

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to EC
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi- C
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig- D
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OOV

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1225 Closed throttle position learning Closed throttle position learning value is ● Electric throttle control actuator
1225 performance excessively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2) G
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OOW

NOTE: H
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. I

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
J
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. K
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-674, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
L

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-674, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-673
 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OOX

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.

MBIB0307E

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation EBS00OOY

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-674
 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS00OOZ

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to EC
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi- C
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig- D
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OP0

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1226 Closed throttle position learning Closed throttle position learning is not ● Electric throttle control actuator
1226 performance performed successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2) G
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OP1

NOTE: H
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. I

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
J
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. K
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for 32 times.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-676, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. L

M
SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-676, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-675
 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OP2

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.

MBIB0307E

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation EBS00OP3

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-676
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY PFP:16119
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OPC

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(Manifold absolute pressure sensor is C
shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P1229 Sensor power supply circuit ECM detects a voltage of power source
shorted.) D
1229 short for sensor is excessively low or high.
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1)
● Manifold absolute pressure sensor E
● Refrigerant pressure sensor

FAIL-SAFE MODE F
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
G
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OPD H

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II J
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. K
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-682, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-682, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-677
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IT0

LHD MODELS

MBWA1377E

EC-678
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
45 L Sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
Sensor power supply
46 W (Refrigerant pressure [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
sensor) D
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
82 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1) E
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
83 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2) F
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
90 OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
G
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch ON] H
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GY
position sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON] I
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch ON]
J
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal posi- ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 W
tion sensor 1
K
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
L

EC-679
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS

MBWA1378E

EC-680
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
45 L Sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V C
Sensor power supply
46 W (Refrigerant pressure [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
D
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
82 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed E
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
83 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed F
Sensor power supply
90 OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply G
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V H
Accelerator pedal ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GY
position sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
I
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch ON] J
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal posi- ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 W
tion sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON] K
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
L

EC-681
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IT1

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor (APP) sensor har-
ness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0285E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.

MBIB0304E

EC-682
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
EC
90 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-678
Manifold absolute pressure sensor termi-
45 EC-554
nal 2 C
46 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-789

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. D
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK COMPONENTS E

Check the following.

● Manifold absolute pressure sensor (Refer to EC-557, "Component Inspection" .)
F
● Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ATC-65, "Component Inspection" or MTC-40, "Component Inspec-
tion" .)
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.

5. CHECK APP SENSOR H

Refer to EC-713, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
J
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
K
2. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . L

>> INSPECTION END

M
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-683
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH PFP:32006

Component Description EBS01IM1

When the shift lever position is P or N (A/T models), Neutral (M/T models), park/neutral position (PNP) switch
is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01IM2

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Shift lever:
ON
P/N POSI SW ● Ignition switch: ON P or N (A/T models), Neutral (M/T models)
Shift lever: Except above OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01IM3

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
P1706
Park/neutral position switch switch is not changed in the process of circuit is open or shorted.]
1706
engine starting and driving.
● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

Overall Function Check EBS01IM5

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the follow-
ing conditions.
Position (Shift lever) Known-good signal
N and P position (A/T)
ON
Neutral position (M/T)
Except the above position OFF

If NG, go to EC-686, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF212Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 (PNP switch signal)
and ground under the following conditions.
Condition (Gear position) Voltage V (Known-good data)
P or N position (A/T)
Approx. 0
Neutral position (M/T)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Except the above position
(11 - 14V)
3. If NG, go to EC-686, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MBIB0043E

EC-684
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IT2

EC

MBWA1254E

EC-685
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Shift lever position: P or N (A/T models), Neutral Approximately 0V
102 GY PNP switch (M/T models).
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Except the above gear position (11 - 14V)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IT3

1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 31 and ground under
following condition.
Shift lever position Voltage
P or N (A/T models)
Battery voltage (11- 14V)
Neutral (M/T models)
Except above position Approximately 0V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 2. MBIB0652E

EC-686
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
4. Check voltage between PNP switch terminal 1 (A/T models), 2
(M/T models) and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
C

E
MBIB0653E

I
MBIB0654E

Voltage: Battery voltage

J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. K
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PARTS
Check the following. L
● 10A fuse
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models) M
● IPDM E/R connector E14
● Harness for short or open between PNP switch and fuse

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-687
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUTY BETWEEN PNP SWITCH AND IPDM E/R
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
3. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 31 and PNP switch terminal 2 (A/T models), 3 (M/T
models).
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PARTS

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models)
● Harness for short or open between PNP switch and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK PNP SWITCH

Refer to AT-298, "Component Inspection" (A/T models) or MT-16, "Park/Neutral Position Switch" (M/T mod-
els).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace PNP switch.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

8. CHECK PNP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E11 and E16.
3. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 3, 54 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-688
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E17
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 102 and IPDM E/R terminal 64. EC

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D

10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

E
Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R F
NG >> Repair or replace

EC-689
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320

Description EBS00OPG

Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp
switch when the brake pedal is depressed. This signal is used
mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.

MBIB0286E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OPH

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00OPI

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause

A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for ● Harness or connectors

P1805 (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
Brake switch extremely long time while the vehicle is driv-
1805
ing. ● Stop lamp switch

FAIL-SAFE MODE EBS00OPJ

When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL light up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00OPK

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-693, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

EC-690
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. A
2. Fully depress the brake pedal at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-486 .
EC
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
5. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-693, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
C

EC-691
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IT4

MBWA1255E

EC-692
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
Approximately 0V
● Brake pedal: Fully released
101 W Stop lamp switch
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V) D

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IT5

1. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
F
Brake pedal Stop lamp
Fully released Not illuminated
G
Slightly depressed Illuminated
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. H
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT I

1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

L
MBIB0286E

2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. M

PBIB2284E

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

EC-693
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● 10A fuse
● Fuse block (J/B) connector M16
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (LHD models)
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
● Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH

Refer to EC-695, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.

5. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Joint connector-3 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-694
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00OPN

STOP LAMP SWITCH A

1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

EC

D
MBIB0286E

2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. E

H
PBIB2285E

Conditions Continuity I
Brake pedal fully released Should not exist.
Brake pedal slightly depressed Should exist.
J
If NG, adjust brake pedal installation, refer to BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 2 again.

EC-695
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR PFP:18002

Component Description EBS010DL

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS010DM

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010DN

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-677, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P2122 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 ● Harness or connectors
2122 sensor 1 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
P2123 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
2123 sensor 1 circuit high input is sent to ECM.
(APP sensor 1)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010DO

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:

EC-696
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
A
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
EC
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-701, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
C

SEF058Y
E
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. F
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-701, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
G

EC-697
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IT6

LHD MODELS

MBWA1242E

EC-698
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
Sensor ground
82 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON] D
Sensor ground
83 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
E
Sensor power supply
90 OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2) F
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
G
Accelerator pedal position
98 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
H
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V I
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V J
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

EC-699
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS

MBWA1243E

EC-700
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
Sensor ground
82 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON] D
Sensor ground
83 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
E
Sensor power supply
90 OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2) F
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
G
Accelerator pedal position
98 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
H
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V I
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V J
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IT7

K
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
L
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-701
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0285E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

MBIB0304E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 82 and APP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-702
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and APP sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
D
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models) E
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
F

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK APP SENSOR G

Refer to EC-703, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
I
9. REPLACE APP SENSOR
1. Replace the accelerator pedal position sensor.
J
2. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . K

>> INSPECTION END

L
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS010DR

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-703
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
106 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7V

98 Fully released 0.3 - 0.6V

(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4V
MBIB0023E

4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to the next

step.
5. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS010DS

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-704
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Component Description EBS010DT

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera- EC
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. C
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from D
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS010DU
F
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
G
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V
ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V H

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF I
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differ from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010DV J

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause K
P2127 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 ● Harness or connectors
2127 sensor 2 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.) L
(TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
P2128 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 ● Accelerator pedal position sensor
2128 sensor 2 circuit high input is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2)
M
● Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010DW

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
EC-705
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-710, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-710, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-706
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IT8

LHD MODELS A

EC

MBWA1251E

EC-707
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
47 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
82 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON]
Sensor ground
83 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
90 OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

EC-708
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A

EC

MBWA1252E

EC-709
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
47 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
82 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON]
Sensor ground
83 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
90 OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IT9

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-710
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC

D
MBIB0285E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 5 and ground with E

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G

MBIB0309E H

3. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 91.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J

Continuity should exist.

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
L
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
M
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
91 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-707
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-716
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-720, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-711
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

7. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and APP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 98 and APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-712
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
11. CHECK APP SENSOR A
Refer to EC-713, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. EC
NG >> GO TO 12.

12. REPLACE APP SENSOR C

1. Replace the accelerator pedal position sensor.
2. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
D
3. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
E
>> INSPECTION END

13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

G
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS010DZ

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR H

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 sig- I
nal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
J

106 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V

(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7V K
98 Fully released 0.3 - 0.6V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4V L
MBIB0023E

4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to the next

step.
5. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . M
6. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS010E0

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-713
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR PFP:16119

Component Description EBS010E1

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS010E2

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 1
THRTL SEN 2* ● Shift lever:
D (A/T model) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
1st (M/T model)
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010E3

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connector
(TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
P2135 Throttle position sensor
compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
2135 circuit range/performance ● Electric throttle control actuator
and TP sensor 2.
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010E4

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.

EC-714
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. A
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
EC
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-718, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

D
SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II E
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. F
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-718, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-715
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01ITA

MBWA1238E

EC-716
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- WIRE EC
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL NO. COLOR
Sensor power supply
47 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor) C
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) More than 0.36V D
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
49 Y Throttle position sensor 1 E
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) Less than 4.75V
F
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running] G
Sensor ground
66 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON] H
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models) I
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
68 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch ON]
J
● Engine stopped
● Shift lever position: D (A/T models) More than 0.36V
● Shift lever position: 1st (M/T models)
K
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
L

EC-717
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01ITB

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.

MBIB1403E

Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0308E

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal

1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0082E

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
EC-718
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III A
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
EC
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-716
91 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-707
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-713, "Component Inspection" .
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11
NG >> GO TO 6.
F
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. G
2. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . H

>> INSPECTION END

I
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. K
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 49 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4, ECM
terminal 68 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-719
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-720, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

10. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS010E7

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set shift lever to D position (A/T models) or 1st position (M/T models).
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 49 (TP sensor 1 signal),
68 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

49 Fully released More than 0.36V

(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

68 Fully released Less than 4.75V

(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next MBIB0022E

step.
7. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
8. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS010E8

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-720
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Component Description EBS010E9

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera- EC
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. C
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from D
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS010EA
F
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
G
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V
ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V H

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF I
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010EB J

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to EC- K
677, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause L
● Harness or connector
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open
or shorted.)
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
M
P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
compared with the signals from APP sensor
2138 circuit range/performance ● Accelerator pedal position sensor
1 and APP sensor 2.
(APP sensor 1 and 2)
● Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

EC-721
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010EC

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-726, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-726, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-722
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01ITC

LHD MODELS A

EC

MBWA1240E

EC-723
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
47 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
82 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON]
Sensor ground
83 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
90 OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

EC-724
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A

EC

MBWA1241E

EC-725
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
47 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
82 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch ON]
Sensor ground
83 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
90 OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 BR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01ITD

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1403E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-726
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC

D
MBIB0285E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with E

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G

MBIB0304E H

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. I
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
J
● Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 5 and ground with L
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 5.

MBIB0309E

EC-727
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 91.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit.

6. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
91 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-723
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-716
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-720, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

9. CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 82 and APP sensor terminal 2, ECM terminal 83 and
APP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

EC-728
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models) EC
● Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and APP sensor terminal 3, ECM terminal 98 and
APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. E
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.
G
12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. H
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor I

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
13. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-730, "Component Inspection" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14. L
14. REPLACE APP SENSOR
1. Replace the accelerator pedal position sensor. M
2. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-729
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS010EF

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
106 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7V

98 Fully released 0.3 - 0.6V

(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4V
MBIB0023E

4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to the next

step.
5. Perform EC-479, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-479, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-479, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS010EG

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-730
 HO2S1 HEATER
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S1 HEATER PFP:22690
A
Description EBS00OPO

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator EC
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
heater control heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature C
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started. D

OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater E
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 after warming up ON
F
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OPP

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION G
● Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
H
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF

EC-731
 HO2S1 HEATER
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00OPQ

MBWA1416E

EC-732
 HO2S1 HEATER
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Approximately 7.0V

[Engine is running] D
● Warm-up condition.
Heated oxygen sen-
24 Y ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
sor 1 heater
E
PBIB0519E

[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V) F
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen- 0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 BR ● Warm-up condition
sor 1 (Periodically change) G
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

74 B (Heated oxygen sen- ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
H
sor) ● Idle speed

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
I
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OPR

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

J
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. K
4. Set tester prove between ECM terminal 24 (HO2S1 heater signal) and ground.
5. Start engine and let it idle.
6. Check the voltage under the following conditions. L
Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal waves as
shown below.
Conditions Voltage M

Approximately 7.0V

At idle

MBIB0038E
PBIB0519E

BATTERY VOLTAGE
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
(11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

EC-733
 HO2S1 HEATER
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1403E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

3. CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1073E

3. Check voltage between HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIA9576J

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models)
● IPDM E/R connector E13
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse

>> Repair harness or connectors.

EC-734
 HO2S1 HEATER
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK HO2S1 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 24 and HO2S1 terminal 3. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. D
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER E

Refer to EC-735, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

H
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS00OPS

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER I

1. Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance J
2 and 3 3.3 - 4.4 Ω at 25°C (77°F)
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist) K

2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

CAUTION: L
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur-
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
M
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner and
approved anti-seize lubricant.

MBIB1306E

Removal and Installation EBS00OPT

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EC-735
 HO2S2 HEATER
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S2 HEATER PFP:226A0

Description EBS00OPU

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Heated oxygen sensor 2 Heated oxygen sensor 2
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature heater control heater

Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor Amount of intake air

The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Above 3,600 (A/T models)
OFF
Above 3,800 (M/T models)
● Below 3,600 rpm (A/T models), 3,800 rpm (M/T models) after
the following conditions are met.
● Engine: After warming up ON
● Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OPV

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm (A/T models) 3,800 rpm (M/T models)
after the following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
– Keeping the engine speed at between 3,500 to 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm (A/T models), 3,800 rpm (M/T models) OFF

EC-736
 HO2S2 HEATER
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00OPW

EC

MBWA1262E

EC-737
 HO2S2 HEATER
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm (A/T models),
3,800 rpm (M/T models) after the following condi-
tions are met.
0 - 1.0V
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
2 GY
heater under no load.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm (A/T models),
3,800 rpm (M/T models)
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met.
16 LG Heated oxygen sensor 2 – Engine: After warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OPX

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter proves between ECM terminal 2 (HO2S2 heater signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage under the following conditions.
Conditions Voltage
At idle 0 - 1V
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm (A/T models),
Battery voltage
3,800 rpm (M/T models).
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0673E

EC-738
 HO2S2 HEATER
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" . EC

E
MBIB1403E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. F
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

3. CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H

MBIB0282E

K
3. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. M

MBIB1165E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models)
● IPDM E/R connector E13
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse

>> Repair harness or connectors.

EC-739
 HO2S2 HEATER
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 2 and HO2S2 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

Refer to EC-740, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00OPY

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

1. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance
1 and 4 8.0 - 10.0 Ω at 25°C (77°F)
2 and 1, 3, 4 ∞Ω
3 and 1, 2, 4 (Continuity should not exist)

2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur-
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner and
approved anti-seize lubricant.

PBIB0542E

Removal and Installation EBS00OPZ

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-4, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

EC-740
 IAT SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description EBS00OQ0

The intake air temperature sensor is built into manifold absolute

pressure sensor. The sensor detects intake air temperature and EC
transmits a signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise. C

MBIB0276E

E
<Reference data>
Intake air
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ F
temperature °C (°F)
−10 (14) 4.43 7.9 - 9.3
25 (77) 3.32 1.9 - 2.1 G
80 (176) 1.23 0.31 - 0.37
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 34 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground. H
CAUTION: SEF012P

Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output

voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM termi- I
nals, such as the ground.

EC-741
 IAT SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00OQ1

MBWA0466E

EC-742
 IAT SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OQ2

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION A

1. Turn ignition switch ON.

2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 34 and ground with CON- EC
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: 0.04 - 4.84V
C
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2. D

MBIB0041E
E

2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .
G

J
MBIB1403E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. K
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-743
 IAT SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor (intake air tem-
perature sensor is built-into) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0276E

3. Check voltage between MAP sensor terminal 3 and ground.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

MBIB0300E

4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between MAP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 56.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-745, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace manifold absolute pressure sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-744
 IAT SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00OQ3

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

1. Check resistance between manifold absolute pressure sensor
terminals 3 and 4 under the following conditions.
EC
Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
25 (77) 1.9 - 2.1
2. If NG, replace manifold absolute pressure sensor (with intake air C
temperature sensor).

D
MBIB0276E

SEF012P
H

Removal and Installation EBS00OQ4

MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR I

Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-745
 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S1 PFP:22690

Component Description EBS00OQ5

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

SEF463R

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OQ6

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.

EC-746
 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00OQ7

EC

MBWA1416E

EC-747
 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 7.0V

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
Heated oxygen sensor 1
24 Y ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
heater

PBIB0519E

[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 BR Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed

EC-748
 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OQ8

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. EC
2. Select “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make
sure that the monitors fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more C
than 5 times in 10 seconds.
1 time: RICH → LEAN → RICH D
2 times: RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN →RICH

SEF820Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
G
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Set ECM in Diagnostic test mode - II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
Refer to EC-488, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" . H
4. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make
sure that the MI comes ON more than 5 times in 10 seconds.
OK or NG I
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.
J

K
SAT652J

2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" . M

MBIB1403E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-749
 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S1
terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. MBIB1073E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S1 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EC-750, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00OQ9

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-
II.

EC-750
 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow- A
ing steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
EC

MBIB0301E

D
6. Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec- E
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. F
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

G
SEF217YA

SEF648Y K
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. L
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II M
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.

● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.

● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V MBIB0018E

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

EC-751
 HO2S1
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS00OQA

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-24, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EC-752
 HO2S2
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description EBS00OQB

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. EC
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt- C
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for D
engine control operation.
SEF327R

E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OQC

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
HO2S2 (B1) ● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi- 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
tions are met.
– Engine: After warning up G
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) LEAN ←→ RICH
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load.
H

EC-753
 HO2S2
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00OQD

MBWA1262E

EC-754
 HO2S2
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm (A/T models),
3,800 rpm (M/T models) after the following con-
ditions are met.
0 - 1.0V D
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
2 GY
heater under no load.
E

[Ignition switch ON]

● Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE F
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm (A/T mod-
els), 3,800 rpm (M/T models)
G
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met.
H
16 LG Heated oxygen sensor 2 – Engine: After warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load. I
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor) J
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OQE

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I K

1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.

2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. M
6. Check the voltage while revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times. (Depress and release the accelerator pedal as
quickly as possible.)
The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

MBIB0020E

EC-755
 HO2S2
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
Keep engine at idle for 10 minutes, then check the voltage between ECM terminal 16 and ground, or check
voltage when coasting 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd gear (M/T) or D position (A/T).
The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1403E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

4. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S2
terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. MBIB0282E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

EC-756
 HO2S2
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 and HO2S2 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E
6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-757, "Component Inspection" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. G

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . H

>> INSPECTION END

I
Component Inspection EBS00OQF

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-II J
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera- K
ture.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and L
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
M
SEF174Y

6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select

“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.

SEF662Y

EC-757
 HO2S2
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

MBIB1402E

“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.61V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.52V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.61V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.61V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
(A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.52V at least once during this MBIB0020E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS00OQG

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-4, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

EC-758
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
IGNITION SIGNAL PFP:22448
A
Component Description EBS00OQH

IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the EC
power transistor. The power transistor turns on and off the ignition
coil primary circuit. This on-off operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
C

MBIB0272E
E

EC-759
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01ITE

MBWA1256E

EC-760
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
[Ignition switch OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 P D
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds passed after turn- (11 - 14V)
ing ignition switch OFF
E
119 BATTERY VOLTAGE
G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 (11 - 14V)

EC-761
IGNITION SIGNAL
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

MBWA0297E

EC-762
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
D
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
60 Y Ignition signal No. 3 at idle. E
PBIB0521E
61 PU Ignition signal No. 1
79 G Ignition signal No. 4
0 - 0.2V
80 BR Ignition signal No. 2
F
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm. G

PBIB0522E
H
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01ITF

I
1. CHECK ENGINE START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Is engine running? J
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3. K
No >> GO TO 4.

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION L

With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
M
2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.

MBIB0302E

EC-763
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 60, 61, 79, 80
and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown in the figure.
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.

MBIB0033E

PBIB0521E

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.

4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Go to EC-539, "POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .

MBIB0034E

5. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between condenser terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 6.

PBIB0624E

EC-764
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between condenser terminal 1 and IPDM terminal 33. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to power and short to ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. D
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTION PART E

Check the following.
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14
F
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models)
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser G

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
8. CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between condenser terminal 2 and ground. I
Refer to Wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist. J
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. K
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connector.

9. CHECK CONDENSER L
Refer to EC-767, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace condenser.

EC-765
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0272E

5. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.

SEF107S

11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

● Check harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F1 (A/T models).
● Check harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F40 (M/T models).

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

12. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-766
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
13. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 60, 61, 79, 80 and ignition coil terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D

14. CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

Refer to EC-767, "Component Inspection" . E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. F

15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

G
Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R H
NG >> Repair or replace
Component Inspection EBS00OQK

CONDENSER I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals 1 and 2. J

Resistance: Above 1 MΩ at 25°C (77°F)

K

M
MBIB0031E

IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 and 3 Except 0 or ∞
1 and 2
Except 0
1 and 3

MBIB0032E

EC-767
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS00OQL

IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

Refer to EM-29, "IGNITION COIL" .

EC-768
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:14920
A
Description EBS00OQM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator EC
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1

Manifold absolute pressure sensor Amount of intake air C

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Battery Battery voltage*1 EVAP canister EVAP canister purge volume
D
Throttle position sensor Throttle position purge flow control control solenoid valve

Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position

Heated oxygen sensors 1

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas E
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

Vehicle speed signal*2 Vehicle speed

*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. F
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas-
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP G
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor H
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/ I
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, J
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.

L
SEF337U

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OQN

Specification data are reference values. M

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
● Shift lever:
P or N (A/T models)
PURG VOL C/V Neutral (M/T models) 2,000 rpm 20 - 30%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load

EC-769
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00OQO

MBWA1263E

EC-770
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
D
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
E
EVAP canister purge
PBIB0050E
19 LG volume control solenoid
valve
Approximately 10V F

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm G
(More than 100 seconds after starting engine)

PBIB0520E H
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch I
ECM relay OFF
111 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds passed after turning J
(11 - 14V)
ignition switch OFF
119 G BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 G (11 - 14V) K
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-771
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OQP

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the EVAP purge hose connected to the EVAP canister.
3. Turn ignition switch ON, and select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Start engine and let it idle.

PBIB0569E

5. Change the valve opening percentage with touching “Qu” or “Qd” on CONSULT-II screen, and check for
vacuum existence at the EVAP purge hose under the following conditions.
Conditions
Vacuum
(PURG VOL CONT/V value)
0% Should not exist.
100% Should exist.

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the EVAP purge hose connected to the EVAP canister.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
4. Check for vacuum existence at the EVAP purge hose under the following conditions.
Conditions Vacuum
At idle Should not exist.
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm. Should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER

Refer to EC-799, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace EVAP canister.

3. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE

Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-796, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.

EC-772
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR- A
CUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC
harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
C

MBIB1076E E

4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control

solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. F
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
H

PBIB0148E
I
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. J
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models)
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14 K
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
L
>> Repair harness or connectors.

6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR- M
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 19 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-773
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

PBIB0569E

8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-774, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00OQQ

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition Air passage continuity
(PURG VOL CONT/V value) between A and B
100% Yes
0% No

PBIB0149E

Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Air passage continuity
Condition
between A and B
12V direct current supply between termi-
Yes
nals 1 and 2
No supply No

PBIB0150E

EC-774
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS00OQR

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A

Refer to EM-18, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC

EC-775
 VSS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
VSS PFP:32702

Description EBS00OSW

The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” through CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM through CAN
communication line.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00OSX

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK OVERRALL FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Lift up the vehicle.
3. Start engine and let it idle
4. Select “VHCL SPEED SE” in“DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
5. Select “VHCL SPEED SE” indication when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
“VHCL SPEED SE” indication should
exceed 10km/h (6MPH).
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0164E

3. CHECK DTC
Refer to BRC-8, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (models without ESP) or BRC-61, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS"
(models with ESP).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.

4. CHECK COMBINATION METER

Check combination meter function.
Refer to DI-6, "COMBINATION METERS" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-776
 FUEL INJECTOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
FUEL INJECTOR PFP:16600
A
Component Description EBS00OR2

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec- EC
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the fuel injection pulse
duration. Pulse duration is the length of time the injector remains C
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
D

SEF375Z

E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OR3

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-EC-533, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
● Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
G
● Shift lever:
P or N (A/T models)
INJ PULSE-B1 Neutral (M/T models) 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
● Air conditioner switch: OFF H
● No load

EC-777
 FUEL INJECTOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01ITG

MBWA1257E

EC-778
 FUEL INJECTOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition D
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on E
rpm at idle.
22 OR Fuel injector No. 3
PBIB0529E
23 L Fuel injector No. 1
41 R Fuel injector No. 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE F
42 GY Fuel injector No. 2
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
G
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

H
PBIB0530E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
I
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01ITH

1. INSPECTION START
J
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No K
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
L

EC-779
 FUEL INJECTOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.

MBIB0302E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.

PBIB1986E

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.

EC-780
 FUEL INJECTOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. EC

MBIB0271E
E
4. Check voltage between fuel injector terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage F

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 4.

H
PBIB0582E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I

Check the following.
● Harness connectors F1, E50 (A/T models)
J
● Harness connectors F40, E65 (M/T models)
● IPDM E/R connector E13
● 10A fuse K
● Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse

>> Repair harness or connectors. L

5. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 22, 23, 41, 42.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

Refer to EC-782, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace fuel injector.
EC-781
 FUEL INJECTOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00OR6

FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
Resistance: 10.4 - 15.3Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]

PBIB1727E

Removal and Installation EBS00OR7

FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-32, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .

EC-782
 FUEL PUMP
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
FUEL PUMP PFP:17042
A
Description EBS00OR8

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator EC
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
Battery Battery voltage* C
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine
D
startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and cam-
shaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the
engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump
operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel E
pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Condition Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second. F
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
G
Except as shown above Stops.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
H
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.

K
MBIB0291E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00OR9

Specification data are reference values. L

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
ON M
FUEL PUMP RLY ● Engine running or cranking
● Except above conditions OFF

EC-783
 FUEL PUMP
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IML

MBWA1415E

EC-784
 FUEL PUMP
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch ON] C
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
113 R Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch ON] D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 1 second after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
ON
E
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IMM

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch ON. F
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel hose for 1
second after ignition switch is turned ON. G
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2. H

MBIB0310E

2. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between ECM terminals 113 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester. L

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB1187E

EC-785
 FUEL PUMP
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E17.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 113 and IPDM E/R terminal 69.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● IPDM E/R connector E17
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM

>> Repair harness or connectors.

5. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness con-
nector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E13.
4. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R connector E13 ter-
minal 20 and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 1,
“fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 3 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
MBIB0288E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors B59, E112
● Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and IPDM E/R
● Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK FUEL PUMP

Refer to EC-787, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”.

EC-786
 FUEL PUMP
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R EC
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector
>> INSPECTION END
C
Component Inspection EBS00ORC

FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
D
2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals 1 and 3.
Resistance: Approximately 0.2 - 5.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] E

G
MBIB0311E

Removal and Installation EBS00ORD

FUEL PUMP H
Refer to FL-4, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .

EC-787
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:92136

Component Description EBS00ORE

The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the

air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.

MBIB1075E

PBIB2657E

EC-788
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01ITI

EC

MBWA1258E

EC-789
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
46 W [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
57 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
69 BR Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0V
● Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON.
(Compressor operates.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01ITJ

1. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 69 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

MBIB0035E

2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn A/C switch and blower switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-544, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1403E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-790
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC

D
MBIB1075E

3. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 E

and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. G

SEF479Y
H

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

I
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models) J
● Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair harness or connectors. K

5. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 57 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1. M
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-791
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 69 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1 (A/T models)
● Harness connectors E65, F40 (M/T models)
● Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-538, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NG >> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation EBS00ORH

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to ATC-92, "REFRIGERANT LINES" (Models with A/C) or MTC-64, "REFRIGERANT LINES" (Models
without A/C).

EC-792
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL PFP:25350
A
Description EBS00ORI

The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred
through the CAN communication line from IPDM E/R to ECM. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00ORJ

Specification data are reference values.

C
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or
ON
lighting switch is 2nd. D
LOAD SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF and light-
OFF
ing switch is OFF.

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00ORK

E

1. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I

1. Turn ignition switch ON. F
2. Connect CONSULT-II and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following
conditions. G

Condition Indication
Rear window defogger switch ON ON H
Rear window defogger switch OFF OFF

OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0103E
J
2. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions. K
Condition Indication
Lighting switch ON at 2nd position ON
L
Lighting switch OFF OFF
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END M
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0103E

3. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM

Refer to GW-16, "REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER" .

>> INSPECTION END

4. CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM

Refer to LT-7, "HEADLAMP -CONVENTIONAL TYPE-" or LT-42, "HEADLAMP - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM -
".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-793
 MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS PFP:24814

Wiring Diagram (LHD Models) EBS01ITK

MBWA1259E

EC-794
 MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram (RHD Models) EBS01ITL

EC

MBWA1260E

EC-795
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PFP:14950

Description EBS00ORN

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

PBIB0491E

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.

EC-796
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
A

EC

MBIB0544E

EC-797
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

MBIB0541E

EC-798
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00ORO

EVAP CANISTER A
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B . Orally blow air through port A .
Check that air flows freely through port C . EC
2. Block port A . Orally blow air through port B .
Check that air flows freely through port C .
C

D
PBIB0663E

FUEL CHECK VALVE E

1. Blow air through connector on fuel tank side.
A considerable resistance should be felt and a portion of air flow
should be directed toward the EVAP canister side.
F
2. Blow air through connector on EVAP canister side.
Air flow should be smoothly directed toward fuel tank side.
3. If fuel check valve is suspected of not properly functioning in
steps 1 and 2 above, replace it. G

H
SEF552Y

FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing. I

SEF989X
L

2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

Pres- 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, M
sure: 0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.4 kPa (−0.060 to −0.034 bar,
−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.49 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.

SEF943S

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-774, "Component Inspection" .

EC-799
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION PFP:11810

Description EBS00ORP

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

PBIB0492E

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the
PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of venti-
lating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air
passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold
vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection
in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.

PBIB1588E

Component Inspection EBS00ORQ

PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.

PBIB1589E

EC-800
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks. A
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
EC

S-ET277
D

EC-801
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030

Fuel Pressure EBS00ORR

Fuel pressure at idle Approximately 350 kPa (3.5bar, 3.57kg/cm2 , 51psi)

Idle Speed EBS00ORS

M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm

Target idle speed No load*1 (in P or N position)
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm
*1: Under the following conditions:
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
● Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Calculated Load Value EBS00ORT

Condition Calculated load value% (Using CONSULT-II)

At idle 10 - 35
At 2,500 rpm 10 - 35

Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor EBS00ORU

Supply voltage Approximately 5.0V

Output voltage at idle 1.4 - 1.5*V
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.

Intake Air Temperature Sensor EBS00ORV

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

25 (77) 1.9 - 2.1
80 (176) 0.31 - 0.37

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor EBS00ORW

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260

Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater EBS00ORX

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 3.4 - 4.4Ω

Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater EBS00ORY

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 8.0 - 10.0Ω

Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) EBS00ORZ

Refer to EC-610, "Component Inspection" .

Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) EBS00OS0

Refer to EC-616, "Component Inspection" .

Throttle Control Motor EBS00OS1

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 1 - 15Ω

Fuel Injector EBS00OS2

Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 10.4 - 15.3Ω

EC-802
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[CR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Fuel Pump EBS00OS3

A
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 0.2 - 5.0Ω

EC

EC-803
 INDEX FOR DTC
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
INDEX FOR DTC
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)] PFP:00024

DTC No. Index EBS01ITS

NOTE:
● If DTC U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer
to EC-926, "DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
● If DTC U1010 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-929, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-II Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
U1001 1001*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-926
U1010 1010 CONTROL UNIT(CAN) EC-929
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
No DTC Flashing*5 FURTHER TESTING EC-844
MAY BE REQUIRED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 EC-931
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-935
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-935
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-942
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-942
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-947
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-947
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC EC-952
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC EC-952
P0132 0132 HO2S1 (B1) EC-958
P0133 0133 HO2S1 (B1) EC-965
P0134 0134 HO2S1 (B1) EC-975
P0135 0135 HO2S1 HTR (B1) EC-983
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) EC-989
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) EC-996
P0141 0141 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-1005
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 EC-1012
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 EC-1019
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC EC-1026
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC EC-1026
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE EC-1032
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE EC-1032
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE EC-1032
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE EC-1032
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE EC-1032
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-1038
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-1038
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-1042
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-1050

EC-804
 INDEX FOR DTC
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1
Items A
CONSULT-II Reference page
3 (CONSULT-II screen terms)
ECM*
GST*2
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 EC-1057 EC
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-1063
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC EC-1070
P0605 0605 ECM EC-1072 C
P1065 1065 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT EC-1075
P1111 1111 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 EC-1077
D
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR EC-1082
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC EC-1084
P1124 1124 ETC MOT PWR EC-1091 E
P1126 1126 ETC MOT PWR EC-1091
P1128 1128 ETC MOT EC-1097
F
P1143 1143 HO2S1 (B1) EC-1102
P1144 1144 HO2S1 (B1) EC-1108
P1146 1146 HO2S2 (B1) EC-1114 G
P1147 1147 HO2S2 (B1) EC-1123
P1211 1211 TCS C/U FUNCTN*6 EC-1132
H
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC*6 EC-1133
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-1134
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING EC-1150 I
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING EC-1152
P1229 1229 SENSOR POWER/CIRC EC-1154
J
P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 NATS MALFUNCTION BL-283
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT EC-1161
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-1167 K
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-1172
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-1172
L
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-1181
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-1181
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR EC-1191 M
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR EC-1197
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*5: When engine is running, MI may flash. For details, refer to EC-844, "MI Flashing Without DTC" .
*6: For models with ESP

EC-805
 INDEX FOR DTC
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Alphabetical Index EBS01ITT

NOTE:
● If DTC U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer
to EC-926, "DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
● If DTC U1010 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-929, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-II Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 EC-1172
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 EC-1172
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 EC-1181
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 EC-1181
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 EC-1197
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 EC-1167
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*4 EC-926
CONTROL UNIT(CAN) U1010 1010 EC-929
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 EC-1042
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 EC-1050
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 EC-1150
CTP LEARNING P1226 1226 EC-1152
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 EC-1032
CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 EC-1032
CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 EC-1032
CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 EC-1032
ECM P0605 0605 EC-1072
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P1065 1065 EC-1075
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 EC-947
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 EC-947
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 EC-1134
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 EC-1082
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 EC-1084
ETC MOT P1128 1128 EC-1097
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 EC-1091
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 EC-1091
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 EC-1012
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 EC-1019
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 EC-958
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 0133 EC-965
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 EC-975
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 1143 EC-1102
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 1144 EC-1108
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0135 0135 EC-983
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 EC-989
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 EC-996
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 EC-1114

EC-806
 INDEX FOR DTC
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1
Items A
CONSULT-II Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) 3
ECM*
GST*2
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 EC-1123 EC
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0141 0141 EC-1005
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 0112 EC-942
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 0113 EC-942 C
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 EC-931
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 EC-1077
D
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 EC-1038
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 EC-1038
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 0102 EC-935 E
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0103 0103 EC-935
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 EC-1032
F
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 BL-283
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING No DTC Flashing*5 EC-844
MAY BE REQUIRED. G
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 —
MAY BE REQUIRED. H
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 EC-1161
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 EC-1063
I
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 EC-1154

TCS C/U FUNCTN*6 P1211 1211 EC-1132

TCS/CIRC*6 P1212 1212 EC-1133 J

TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 EC-1026
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 EC-1026
K
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 EC-952
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 EC-952
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 EC-1191 L
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 EC-1057
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 0500 EC-1070
M
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*5: When engine is running, MI may flash. For details, refer to EC-844, "MI Flashing Without DTC" .
*6: For models with ESP

EC-807
 PRECAUTIONS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001

Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER” EBS01ITU

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
● Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
● Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
Precautions for Procedures without Cowl Top Cover EBS01ITV

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.

PIIB3706J

On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine EBS01ITW

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MI to light up.
● Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
● Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-119, "HAR-
NESS CONNECTOR" .
● Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
● Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM
before returning the vehicle to the customer.

EC-808
 PRECAUTIONS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Precaution EBS01ITX

A
● Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
● Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
EC
● Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative
battery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition C
switch is turned OFF.
● Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then
disconnect battery ground cable. D
SEF289H

● Do not disassemble ECM. E

● If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis- F
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
● If the battery is disconnected, the following emission- G
related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
– Diagnostic trouble codes
– 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
PBIA9222J
H
– Freeze frame data
– 1st trip freeze frame data
I
– System readiness test (SRT) codes
– Test values
● When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten (B) it J
securely with a lever (1) as far as it will go as shown in the
figure.
– ECM (2)
K
– Loosen (A)

PBIB2947E M

● When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
● Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to ICs.
● Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control sys- PBIB0090E

tem malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded

operation of ICs, etc.
● Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.

EC-809
 PRECAUTIONS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value inspection and make sure ECM functions prop-
erly. Refer to EC-884, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value"
.
● Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
● Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of deter-
gent.
● Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
● Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause seri-
ous incidents. MEF040D
● Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.

SAT652J

● When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never

allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
● Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as
the ground.

SEF348N

EC-810
 PRECAUTIONS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
– Fuel level sensor unit (1) A
– Fuel pump and fuel filter (2)
– Fuel pressure regulator (3)
EC
● Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.

MBIB1329E

D
● Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
● Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unneces-
sarily. E
● Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.

G
SEF709Y

● When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure H

to observe the following as it may adversely affect elec-
tronic control systems depending on installation location.
– Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic I
control units.
– Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls. J
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
– Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-
wave radio can be kept smaller. K
SEF708Y
– Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.

EC-811
 PREPARATION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PREPARATION PFP:00002

Special Service Tools EBS01K4Y

Tool number
Description
Tool name

KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor

Heated oxygen with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
sensor wrench

S-NT379

KV10114400 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor

Heated oxygen a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
sensor wrench

S-NT636

EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and

Radiator cap tester radiator filler neck
adapter a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)

S-NT564

EG17550000 Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester

Break-out box

ZZA1194D

EG17680000 Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester

Y-cable adapter

PBIA9379J

KV10118400 Measuring fuel pressure

Fuel tube adapter

PBIB3043E

EC-812
 PREPARATION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Commercial Service Tools EBS01K4Z

A
Tool name Description

Quick connector Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine

release room EC
(Available in SEC. 164 of PARTS CATALOG: Part
No. 16441 6N210)

PBIC0198E

Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening D
pressure

S-NT653
F
Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant
temperature sensor

S-NT705 H
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads
cleaner before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with
anti-seize lubricant shown below. I
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for
Zirconia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for
Titania Oxygen Sensor J
AEM488

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads. K
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL
specification MIL-A-
907) L
S-NT779

EC-813
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:23710

System Diagram EBS01K50

MBIB1352E

EC-814
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System EBS01K51

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART A

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*3 EC
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position

Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature C
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
D
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel injection
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position & mixture ratio Fuel injector
control
Battery Battery voltage*3 E
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
EPS control unit Power steering operation*2
F
Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation*2

G
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
H
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of I
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
J
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat- K
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
● During warm-up L
● When starting the engine
● During acceleration
● Hot-engine operation M
● High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
● During deceleration
● During high engine speed operation

EC-815
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)

PBIB2953E

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about
heated oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-965, "DTC P0133 HO2S1" . This maintains the mixture ratio within the
range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
● Deceleration and acceleration
● High-load, high-speed operation
● Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
● Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
● High engine coolant temperature
● During warm-up
● When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig-
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared
to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an
increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.

EC-816
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
A

EC

SEF337W D
Two types of systems are used.
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used E
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
F
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating. G

FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper- H
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
Electronic Ignition (EI) System EBS01K52

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART I

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*2 J
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position

Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature K
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Ignition timing
Power transistor
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position control
L
Battery Battery voltage*2
Knock sensor Engine knocking
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position M
Wheel sensor 1
Vehicle speed*
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
● At starting
● During warm-up
● At idle
● At low battery voltage

EC-817
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) EBS01K53

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Neutral position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Fuel cut con-
Fuel injector
trol
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 2,500 rpm under no load (for example, the selector lever position is neutral and
engine speed is over 2,500 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off var-
ies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 2,000 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-815, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System"
.

EC-818
 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL PFP:23710
A
Input/Output Signal Chart EBS01K54

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Air conditioner switch 1 EC
Air conditioner ON signal*
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) C
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner

Air conditioner relay
cut control
Battery Battery voltage*2 D
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure
EPS control unit Power steering operation*1
E
Wheel sensor 1
Vehicle speed*
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. F
System Description EBS01K55

This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used. G
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned OFF.
● When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
● When cranking the engine. H
● At high engine speeds.
● When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
● When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed. I
● When engine speed is excessively low.
● When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
J

EC-819
 CAN COMMUNICATION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CAN COMMUNICATION PFP:23710

System Description EBS01K6B

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
CAN Communication Unit EBS01LRC

Body type 3door/5door/C+C

Axle 2WD
Engine HR16DE
Handle LHD/RHD
Brake control ABS ESP
Transmission M/T
Intelligent Key system × ×
CAN communication unit
ECM × × × ×
Data link connector × × × ×
Combination meter × × × ×
Intelligent Key unit × ×
EPS control unit × × × ×
BCM × × × ×
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) × × × ×
IPDM E/R × × × ×
LAN-11, "TYPE 3/TYPE 4/TYPE 5/ LAN-16, "TYPE 9/TYPE 10/TYPE
CAN communication type
TYPE 6" 11/TYPE 12"
×: Applicable

EC-820
 CAN COMMUNICATION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TYPE 3/TYPE 4/TYPE 5/TYPE 6
System diagram A
● Type 3/Type 5

EC

MKIB1737E

● Type 4/Type 6 G

L
MKIB1738E

Input/output signal chart

T: Transmit R: Receive M
ABS actu-
ator and
Combina- Intelligent EPS con-
Signals ECM BCM electric IPDM E/R
tion meter. Key unit trol unit
unit (con-
trol unit)
Engine speed signal T R
Engine coolant temperature signal T R
Fuel consumption monitor signal T R
Oil pressure switch signal R T
A/C compressor request signal T R
Heater fan switch signal R T
Cooling fan speed request signal T R
Position lights request signal R T R
Low beam request signal T R

EC-821
 CAN COMMUNICATION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ABS actu-
ator and
Combina- Intelligent EPS con-
Signals ECM BCM electric IPDM E/R
tion meter. Key unit trol unit
unit (con-
trol unit)
Low beam status signal R T
High beam request signal R T R
High beam status signal R T
Day time light request signal T R
R R R T
Vehicle speed signal
R T R R R
Sleep/wake up signal R R T R
Door switch signal R R T R
Turn indicator signal R T
R T
Buzzer output signal
R T
MI signal T R
Front wiper request signal T R
Front wiper stop position signal R T
Rear window defogger switch signal T R
Rear window defogger control signal R T
EPS warning indicator signal R T
ABS warning lamp signal R T
Brake warning lamp signal R T
Back-up lamp signal R T
Front fog lamp request signal R T R
Rear fog lamp status signal R T
Headlamp washer request signal T R
Door lock/unlock request signal T R
Door lock/unlock status signal R T
KEY indicator signal R T
LOCK indicator signal R T
Engine status signal T R
A/C switch signal R T
Brake system malfunction signal T R
Parking brake switch signal T R
R range signal R T
Retractable hard top
R T
warning lamp signal*
*: C+C only

EC-822
 CAN COMMUNICATION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TYPE 9/TYPE 10/TYPE 11/TYPE 12
System diagram A
● Type 9/Type 11

EC

MKIB1737E

● Type 10/Type 12 G

L
MKIB1738E

Input/output signal chart

T: Transmit R: Receive M
ABS actu-
ator and
Combina- Intelligent EPS con-
Signals ECM BCM electric IPDM E/R
tion meter. Key unit trol unit
unit (con-
trol unit)
Engine speed signal T R R
Engine coolant temperature signal T R
Fuel consumption monitor signal T R
Accelerator pedal position signal T R
Oil pressure switch signal R T
A/C compressor request signal T R
Heater fan switch signal R T
Cooling fan speed request signal T R
Position lights request signal R T R

EC-823
 CAN COMMUNICATION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ABS actu-
ator and
Combina- Intelligent EPS con-
Signals ECM BCM electric IPDM E/R
tion meter. Key unit trol unit
unit (con-
trol unit)
Low beam request signal T R
Low beam status signal R T
High beam request signal R T R
High beam status signal R T
Day time light request signal T R
R R R T
Vehicle speed signal
R T R R R
Sleep/wake up signal R R T R
Door switch signal R R T R
Turn indicator signal R T
R T
Buzzer output signal
R T
MI signal T R
Front wiper request signal T R
Front wiper stop position signal R T
Rear window defogger switch signal T R
Rear window defogger control signal R T
EPS warning indicator signal R T
ABS warning lamp signal R T
ESP warning lamp signal R T
ESP OFF indicator signal R T
SLIP indicator lamp signal R T
Steering angle signal T R
Brake warning lamp signal R T
Back-up lamp signal R T
Front fog lamp request signal R T R
Rear fog lamp status signal R T
Headlamp washer request signal T R
Door lock/unlock request signal T R
Door lock/unlock status signal R T
KEY indicator signal R T
LOCK indicator signal R T
Engine status signal T R
A/C switch signal R T
Brake system malfunction signal T R
Parking brake switch signal T R
R range signal R T
Retractable hard top
R T
warning lamp signal*
*: C+C only

EC-824
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PFP:14950
A
Description EBS01K6C

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC

G
PBIB3039E

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel H
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank. I
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases. J
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating.

EC-825
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING

PBIB2946E

: Vehicle front : From next page

1. Intake manifold 2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP purge resonator
solenoid valve
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.

EC-826
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

EC

MBIB1330E

: Vehicle front : To previous page

1. EVAP canister
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.

EC-827
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01K6D

EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port (B).
2. Blow air into port (A) and check that it flows freely out of port (C).
3. Release blocked port (B).
4. Apply vacuum pressure to port (B) and check that vacuum pres-
sure exists at the ports (A) and (C).
5. Block port (A) and (B).
6. Apply pressure to port (C) and check that there is no leakage.

PBIB2961E

FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing.

SEF989X

2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar,
0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.060 to −0.034 bar,
−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.49 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.

SEF943S

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-1063, "DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE" .

EC-828
 NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) PFP:25386
A
Description EBS01K6E

● If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in

the ON position or “NATS MALFUNCTION” is displayed on EC
“SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform self-diagnostic
results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Refer to BL-283, "NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)" .
C
● Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed
before touching “ERASE” in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode
with CONSULT-II.
● When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system and reg- D
istration of all NATS ignition key IDs must be carried out
with CONSULT-II using NATS program card. SEF515Y

Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner. E

Regarding the procedures of NATS initialization and all NATS ignition key ID registration, refer to
CONSULT-II operation manual, NATS.
F

EC-829
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION PFP:11810

Description EBS01K6F

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

PBIB2962E

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes
through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.

PBIB1588E

Component Inspection EBS01K6G

PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.

PBIB1589E

EC-830
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks. A
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
EC

S-ET277
D

EC-831
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028

Introduction EBS01K4M

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information Diagnostic service
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of ISO 15031-5
Freeze Frame data Service $02 of ISO 15031-5
System Readiness Test (SRT) code Service $01 of ISO 15031-5
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Service $07 of ISO 15031-5
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
Test values and Test limits Service $06 of ISO 15031-5

The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
Freeze Frame 1st trip Freeze
DTC 1st trip DTC SRT code Test value
data Frame data
CONSULT-II × × × × × —
GST × × × — × ×
ECM × ×* — — — —
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.

The malfunction indicator (MI) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two
consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-871, "Fail-
Safe Chart" .)
Two Trip Detection Logic EBS01K4N

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MI will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MI lights up. The MI lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd trip>
The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during
vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MI, and store
DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
MI DTC 1st trip DTC
1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip
Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip
Lighting Lighting display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
up up ing

Misfire (Possible three way cata-

lyst damage) — DTC: P0300 - × — — — — — × —
P0304 is being detected
Misfire (Possible three way cata-
lyst damage) — DTC: P0300 - — — × — — × — —
P0304 is being detected
One trip detection diagnoses
(Refer to EC-833, "EMISSION-
— × — — × — — —
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-
MATION ITEMS" .)
Except above — — — × — × × —

When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MI when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MI circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.

EC-832
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction. A
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

Emission-related Diagnostic Information EBS01K4O

EC
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS
×:Applicable —: Not applicable
1
DTC* Test value/
Items Reference C
CONSULT-II SRT code Test limit Trip MI
(CONSULT-II screen terms) page
ECM*3 (GST only)
GST*2
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*4 — — 2 — EC-926 D
CONTROL UNIT(CAN) U1010 1010 — — 2 — EC-929
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — — — Flashing*5 EC-844 E
MAY BE REQUIRED.
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 — — 2 — EC-931
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 0102 — — 1 × EC-935 F
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0103 0103 — — 1 × EC-935
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 0112 — — 2 × EC-942
G
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 0113 — — 2 × EC-942
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 — — 1 × EC-947
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 — — 1 × EC-947 H
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 — — 1 × EC-952
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 — — 1 × EC-952
I
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 — × 2 × EC-958
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 0133 × × 2 × EC-965
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 — × 2 × EC-975 J
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0135 0135 × × 2 × EC-983
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 — × 2 × EC-989
K
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 × × 2 × EC-996
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0141 0141 × × 2 × EC-1005
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 — — 2 × EC-1012 L
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 — — 2 × EC-1019
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 — — 1 × EC-1026
M
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 — — 1 × EC-1026
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 — — 2 × EC-1032
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 — — 2 × EC-1032
CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 — — 2 × EC-1032
CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 — — 2 × EC-1032
CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 — — 2 × EC-1032
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 — — 2 — EC-1038
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 — — 2 — EC-1038
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 — — 2 × EC-1042
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 — — 2 × EC-1050
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 × × 2 × EC-1057
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 — — 2 × EC-1063
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 0500 — — 2 × EC-1070
ECM P0605 0605 — — 1 or 2 × or — EC-1072

EC-833
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1 Test value/
Items Reference
CONSULT-II SRT code Test limit Trip MI
(CONSULT-II screen terms) 3 page
ECM* (GST only)
GST*2
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P1065 1065 — — 2 × EC-1075
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 — — 2 × EC-1077
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 — — 1 × EC-1082
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 — — 1 × EC-1084
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 — — 1 × EC-1091
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 — — 1 × EC-1091
ETC MOT P1128 1128 — — 1 × EC-1097
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 1143 × × 2 × EC-1102
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 1144 × × 2 × EC-1108
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 × × 2 × EC-1114
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 × × 2 × EC-1123

TCS C/U FUNCTN*6 P1211 1211 — — 2 — EC-1132

TCS/CIRC*6 P1212 1212 — — 2 — EC-1133

ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 — — 1 × EC-1134
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 — — 2 — EC-1150
CTP LEARNING P1226 1226 — — 2 — EC-1152
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 — — 1 × EC-1154
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 — — 2 — BL-283
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 — — 2 × EC-1161
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 — — 2 — EC-1167
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 — — 1 × EC-1172
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 — — 1 × EC-1172
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 — — 1 × EC-1181
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 — — 1 × EC-1181
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 — — 1 × EC-1191
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 — — 1 × EC-1197
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*5: When engine is running, MI may flash. For details, refer to EC-844, "MI Flashing Without DTC" .
*6: For models with ESP

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MI will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MI lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MI lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MI during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-842, "HOW
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .

EC-834
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-833, "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION ITEMS" . These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/ A
component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-II.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the
MI and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent
EC
the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-865, "WORK FLOW" . Then perform DTC Con-
firmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli- C
cated, the item requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods. D
With CONSULT-II
With GST
CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0740, P1217, etc. E
These DTCs are prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
No Tools F
The number of blinks of the MI in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0340, 0740, 1217, etc.
These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN.
G
● 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
● Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indi-
cate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to nor- H
mal. CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if
available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
tion is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times I
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t]. J

M
PBIB0911E

FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA

The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, base fuel schedule and intake
air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-894, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data" .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MI on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.

EC-835
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
2 Except the above items
3 1st trip freeze frame data

For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-842, "HOW TO ERASE EMIS-
SION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MI is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item Performance Corresponding
Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
(CONSULT-II indication) Priority* DTC No.
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420
HO2S 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0133
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1143
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1144
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P1146
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P1147
HO2S HTR 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0135
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0141
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-II.

EC-836
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SRT Set Timing
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is A
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
Example EC
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2) C
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
D
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1) E
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
F
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG G
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC H
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MI ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK. I
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.

When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will J
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
K
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
cate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state L
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
● The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result. M
● The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
● When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagno-
sis memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
● If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.

EC-837
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

SEF573XB

*1 EC-835, "How to Read DTC and 1st *2 EC-838, "How to Display SRT Code" *3 EC-839, "How to Set SRT Code"
Trip DTC"

How to Display SRT Code

WITH CONSULT-II
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with
CONSULT-II.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the
CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set,
“INCMP” is displayed.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown in the fig-
ure.
“INCMP” means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set.
“CMPLT” means the self-diagnosis is complete and SRT is set.
PBIB0666E

EC-838
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

WITH GST A
Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each EC
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
WITH CONSULT-II
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table C
on EC-836, "SRT Item" .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The
D
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.

EC-839
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Driving Pattern

MBIB0241E

EC-840
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driv-
ing habits, etc. A
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the
shortest.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed
EC
within zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
● Sea level
C
● Flat road
● Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
● Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. D
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diag-
nosis may also be performed.
Pattern 1: E
● The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 38 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
● The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than F
70°C (158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 38 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
Pattern 2:
● When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be con- G
ducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h H
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.

EC-841
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II)
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be dis-
played on the GST screen.
Test value
SRT item Self-diagnostic test item DTC (GST display) Test limit
TID CID
P0420 01H 01H Max.
CATALYST Three way catalyst function
P0420 02H 81H Min.
P0133 09H 04H Max.
P1143 0AH 84H Min.
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1144 0BH 04H Max.
P0132 0CH 04H Max.
HO2S P0134 0DH 04H Max.
P0139 19H 86H Min.
P1147 1AH 86H Min.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1146 1BH 06H Max.
P0138 1CH 06H Max.
29H 08H Max.
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0135
2AH 88H Min.
HO2S HTR
2DH 0AH Max.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0141
2EH 8AH Min.

HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION

How to Erase DTC
WITH CONSULT-II
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Touch “ENGINE”.
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)

EC-842
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

EC

F
PBIB2496E

WITH GST
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting Service $04 with GST. G
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool). H
No Tools
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. I
2. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-845, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
● If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 J
hours.
● The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
– Diagnostic trouble codes K
– 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
– Freeze frame data
L
– 1st trip freeze frame data
– System readiness test (SRT) codes
– Test values M
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
Malfunction Indicator (MI) EBS01K4P

DESCRIPTION
The MI is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MI does not light up, check MI circuit. Refer to DI-62,
"WARNING LAMPS" , or see EC-1237, "MI & DATA LINK CON-
NECTORS" .
2. When the engine is started, the MI should go off.
If the MI remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.

SAT652J

EC-843
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION
The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions.
Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function
Mode Status
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MI bulb for damage (blown, open
ON position circuit, etc.).
If the MI does not come on, check MI circuit.

Engine stopped

Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is

WARNING detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip
detection logic), the MI will light up to inform the driver that
a malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MI in
the 1st trip.
● Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
● One trip detection diagnoses
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
ON position RESULTS

Engine stopped

Engine running HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or
MONITOR rich), monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1, to be read.

When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MI when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MI circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

MI Flashing Without DTC

If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MI may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM diag-
nostic test mode. How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are
described later. Refer to EC-845, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
● Diagnostic trouble codes
● 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
● Freeze frame data
● 1st trip freeze frame data
● System readiness test (SRT) codes
● Test values

EC-844
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE: A
● It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
● It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction. EC
● Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
C
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. D
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MI starts
blinking. E
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
NOTE: F
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to confirm all DTCs certainly.

PBIB0092E

How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor) J

1. Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
Refer to EC-845, "How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
2. Start Engine. K
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
ECM will start heated oxygen sensor 1 monitoring from the bank 1 sensor.
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) L
1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-845, "How to Set Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds. M
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MI on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check MI circuit. Refer to DI-
62, "WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-1237, "MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS" .
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING
MI Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected.
OFF No malfunction.
This DTC number is clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MI as shown below.

EC-845
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MI does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode
I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MI illumi-
nates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are dis-
played, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified
codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-II or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a
code.

PBIA3905E

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. (See EC-804, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC-
845, "How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
● If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
● Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR
In this mode, the MI displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
MI Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air fuel ratio feedback control condition
ON Lean
Closed loop system
OFF Rich
*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.

To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load conditions. Then make sure that the MI
comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no load.

EC-846
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
OBD System Operation Chart EBS01K4Q

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS A
● When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
● When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are EC
stored in the ECM memory, and the MI will come on. For details, refer to EC-832, "Two Trip Detection
Logic" .
● The MI will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is C
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction
occurs while counting, the counter will reset.
● The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) D
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and
Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times
(driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. E
● The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART F
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
MI (goes off) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
G
80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
display)
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
H
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
*1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
(clear)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see EC-848, "RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, DTC, 1ST
I
TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ” <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”" .
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see EC-850, "RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING
PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”" .
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected. J
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.

EC-847
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”
<EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”

SEF392SA

*1: When the same malfunction is *2: MI will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, MI times (pattern B) without any mal- detected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) the 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip vehicle is driven once (pattern C)
freeze frame data will be cleared. without the same malfunction after
DTC is stored in ECM.

EC-848
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORA-
TION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. EC
● The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
● The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
● The MI will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”) C

<Driving Pattern C>

Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows: D
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition: E
● When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
● When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal
to 70°C (158°F). F
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F) G
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F) H
● The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above.
● The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction.
● The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80. I
● The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
J

EC-849
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”

PBIB2551E

*1: When the same malfunction is *2: MI will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, MI times (pattern B) without any mal- detected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and vehicle is driven once (pattern B)
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) the 1st trip freeze frame data will be without the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.

EC-850
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY
DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
<Driving Pattern A>

EC

G
AEC574

● The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
● The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction. H
● The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
<Driving Pattern B>
I
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
● The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
J
● The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
● The MI will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
K

EC-851
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE PFP:00018

Basic Inspection EBS01K6H

1. INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
– Harness connectors for improper connections
– Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
– Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
– Hoses and ducts for leaks
– Air cleaner clogging
– Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
– Headlamp switch is OFF. SEF983U

– Air conditioner switch is OFF.

– Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
– Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.

SEF976U

5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no

load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

SEF977U

2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.

>> GO TO 3

EC-852
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED A
With CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
EC
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.

E
PBIA8513J

3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

Refer to EC-857, "IDLE SPEED" . F
Hatchback: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
C+C: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
G

SEF058Y

I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about J
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
Refer to EC-857, "IDLE SPEED" . K
Hatchback: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
C+C: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4. M
4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-858, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 5.

5. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 6.

EC-853
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.

7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-857, "IDLE SPEED" .
Hatchback: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
C+C: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
Refer to EC-857, "IDLE SPEED" .
Hatchback: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) SEF174Y

C+C: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the Following.
● Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-1050, "DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
(PHASE)" .
● Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-1042, "DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
(POS)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.

9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION

1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-286, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" .

>> GO TO 4.

EC-854
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING A
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
Refer to EC-857, "IGNITION TIMING" . EC
– Timing indicator (1)
6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
C
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11. D

MBIB1331E
E
11. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine.
F
2. Perform EC-858, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 12. G

12. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . H

>> GO TO 13.
I
13. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . J
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14. K
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.
L
14. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. M
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-857, "IDLE SPEED" .
Hatchback: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
C+C: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
Refer to EC-857, "IDLE SPEED" .
Hatchback: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) SEF174Y

C+C: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17.

EC-855
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
15. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
Refer to EC-857, "IGNITION TIMING" .
– Timing indicator (1)
6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 16.

MBIB1331E

16. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-143, "TIMING CHAIN" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.

17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-1050, "DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
(PHASE)" .
● Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-1042, "DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
(POS)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.

18. CHECK ECM FUNCTION

1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-286, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" .

>> GO TO 4.

EC-856
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check EBS01K6I

IDLE SPEED A
With CONSULT-II
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
EC

SEF058Y
E
With GST
Check idle speed in Service $01 with GST.
IGNITION TIMING F
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A G
1. Attach timing light A to loop wire (1) as shown.
● : Vehicle front
H

J
PBIB2955E

2. Check ignition timing.

K
● Timing indicator (1)

MBIB1331E

Method B
1. Remove ignition coil No. 4 (1).
● : Vehicle front
● Ignition coil (2)

PBIB2956E

EC-857
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Connect ignition coil No. 4 (1) and spark plug No. 4 with suitable
high-tension wire A as shown, and attach timing light clamp B to
this wire.

PBIB2957E

SEF166Y

3. Check ignition timing.

● Timing indicator (1)

MBIB1331E

Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning EBS01K6J

DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accel-
erator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning EBS01K6K

DESCRIPTION
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by
monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-858
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
A
Idle Air Volume Learning EBS01K6L

DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific
EC
range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
● Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
● Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
C
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment. D
● Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
● Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)
● PNP switch: ON E
● Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
● Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) F
● Vehicle speed: Stopped
● Transmission: Warmed-up
G
– Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II H
1. Perform EC-858, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. I
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
J

SEF217Z
M

6. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.

SEF454Y

EC-859
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen. If
“CMPLT” is not displayed, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be
carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the inci-
dent by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below.
8. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle
speed and ignition timing are within the specifications.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed Hatchback: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
C+C: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Ignition timing 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) MBIB0238E

Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
● It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
● It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-858, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MI stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MI turned ON.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
11. Wait 20 seconds.

PBIB0665E

12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed Hatchback: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
C+C: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Ignition timing 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried
out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the Diagnostic Procedure below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.

EC-860
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage. A
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-
tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
It is useful to perform EC-1239, "SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)" . EC
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
incident and perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again:
● Engine stalls. C
● Erroneous idle.
Fuel Pressure Check EBS01K6M
D
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. E
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT”
mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine. F
4. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pres-
sure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF. G

H
SEF214Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel pump fuse (2) located in IPDM E/R (1). I
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pres-
sure. J
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
K

MBIB1332E
L

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

CAUTION: M
● Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
● The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for
other purposes.
● Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains sealability with O-rings inside.
● Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/
C, etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes
in manifold vacuum.
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because K12 models do not have fuel return system.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-861, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .

EC-861
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check B and fuel tube
adapter (KV10118400) D, then connect fuel pressure gauge A.
● : To quick connector
● : To fuel tube (engine side)
● C: Clamp
● Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NIS-
SAN fuel hose without quick connector).
● To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moder-
ately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
PBIB2982E
● Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with dam-
age or cracks on it.
● Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.

3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-121, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

● Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.

4. Connect fuel hose for fuel pressure check (1) to fuel tube
(engine side) with clamp (2) as shown in the figure.
● No.2 spool (5)

● Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moist-
ened with gasoline.
● Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube
(3) and No.1 spool (4).
● Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the
No.1 spool on fuel tube.
● Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439 PBIB2983E
N4710 or 16439 40U00).
● When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.

● Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.

● Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in).

Tightening torque: 1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb)

● Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.

5. Connect fuel tube adapter to quick connector.

● A: Fuel pressure gauge

● B: Fuel hose for fuel pressure check

6. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off.
7. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
8. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
9. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
● Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating.
MBIB1333E

Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings.

● During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

10. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
11. Check the following.
● Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging

● Fuel filter for clogging

● Fuel pump

● Fuel pressure regulator for clogging

EC-862
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
If NG, repair or replace. A

EC

EC-863
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004

Trouble Diagnosis Introduction EBS01K6N

INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen-
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac-
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.

MEF036D

It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermit-

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.

SEF233G

A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-865, "WORK FLOW" .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on EC-869, "Worksheet Sample" should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle.

EC-864
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WORK FLOW
Overall Sequence A

EC

PBIB2267E

EC-865
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Detailed Flow
1. GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the EC-868, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" .

>> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK DTC*1
1. Check DTC*1 .
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC*1 is displayed.
– Record DTC*1 and freeze frame data*2 . (Print them out with CONSULT-II or GST.)
– Erase DTC*1 . (Refer to EC-842, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION" .)
– Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC*1 and the symptom described by the cus-
tomer. (Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-872, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is not displayed>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 5.

3. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM

Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MI ON).
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident.
Connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis
results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 5.

4. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM

Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident.
Connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis
results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 6.

EC-866
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A
1 1
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the displayed DTC* , and then make sure that DTC* is detected
again.
At this time, always connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle, and check diagnostic results in real time on “DATA EC
MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)”.
If two or more DTCs*1 are detected, refer to EC-870, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order. C
NOTE:
● Freeze frame data*2 is useful if the DTC*1 is not detected.
● Perform Overall Function Check if DTC Confirmation Procedure is not included on Service Manual. This D
simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC*1 cannot be detected during this check.
If the result of Overall Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC*1 by DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure. E
Is DTC*1 detected?
Yes >> GO TO 10.
F
No >> Check according to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

6. PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION

G
Perform EC-852, "Basic Inspection" .

With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7. H
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 9.

7. PERFORM DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE I

With CONSULT-II
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, and “A/F
ALPHA-B1” are within the SP value using CONSULT-II “DATA MON- J
ITOR (SPEC)” mode. Refer to EC-908, "Inspection Procedure" .
Are they within the SP value?
Yes >> GO TO 9. K
No >> GO TO 8.

SEF601Z
M
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-909, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> GO TO 9.

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART

Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-872, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symp-
tom in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.

>> GO TO 10.

EC-867
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnostic Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in GI-
24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT-II. Refer to EC-884, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value" , EC-903, "CONSULT-II Refer-
ence Value in Data Monitor" .

11. REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART

1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnostic Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it, refer to EC-842, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .

>> GO TO 12.

12. FINAL CHECK

When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check again,
and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
OK or NG
NG (DTC*1 is detected)>>GO TO 10.
NG (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6.
OK >> 1. Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC*1 in ECM.
(Refer to EC-842, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .)
2. If the completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific driving pattern. Refer to EC-
840, "Driving Pattern" .
3. INSPECTION END
*1: Include 1st trip DTC.
*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MI to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
● Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. SEF907L

EC-868
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Worksheet Sample
A

EC

MTBL0017

EC-869
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart EBS01K6O

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
● If DTC U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer
to EC-926, "DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
● If DTC U1010 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-929, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
Priority Detected items (DTC)
1 ● U1001 CAN communication line
● U1010 CAN communication
● P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
● P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
● P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
● P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
● P0327 P0328 Knock sensor
● P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
● P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
● P0605 ECM
● P1229 Sensor power supply
● P1610 - P1615 NATS
● P1706 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
● P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
2 ● P0132 P0133 P0134 P1143 P1144 Heated oxygen sensor 1
● P0135 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
● P0138 P0139 P1146 P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2
● P0141 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
● P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
● P1065 ECM
● P1111 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
● P1122 Electric throttle control function
● P1124 P1126 Throttle control motor relay
● P1128 Throttle control motor
● P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
● P1805 Brake switch
3 ● P0011 Intake valve timing control
● P0171 P0172 Fuel injection system function
● P0300 - P0304 Misfire
● P0420 Three way catalyst function
● P1121 Electric throttle control actuator

EC-870
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Fail-Safe Chart EBS01K6P

A
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut. EC
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
P0118 ture sensor circuit ignition switch ON or START.
C
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-
Condition
II display)
D
Just as ignition switch is turned
40°C (104°F)
ON or START
More than approx. 4 minutes after
ignition ON or START
80°C (176°F) E

40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)

Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
F
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cool-
ing fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
P0123 in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. G
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the nor-
P0223 mal condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
H
P1121 Electric throttle control actu- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return
ator spring malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. I
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to
20 degrees or less. J
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops,
the engine stalls.
K
The engine can restart in Neutral position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm
or more.
P1122 Electric throttle control func- ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
tion fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. L
P1124 Throttle control relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1126 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
M
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
P2123 sensor in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the nor-
P2128 mal condition.
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor.

● When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MI when there
is malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected
as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MI circuit is open by
means of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI circuit are detected and demands
the driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

EC-871
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Symptom Matrix Chart EBS01K6Q

SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-1215
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-1231
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-1209
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-825
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-830
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-852
EC-1082,
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-1084
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-852
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-1221
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-919
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2 EC-935
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3 EC-947
EC-958,
3 EC-965 ,
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit EC-975 ,
1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-1102 ,
EC-1108
EC-952,
EC-1026 ,
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-1150 ,
EC-1152 ,
2 2 EC-1191
EC-1154,
EC-1172 ,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1
EC-1181 ,
EC-1197
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-1038
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-1042
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-1050
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-1070
EC-1072,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-1075

EC-872
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir- EC-931, F
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
cuit EC-1077
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-1161
G
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-1231
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-1207
ATC-18, H
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
MTC-17
BRC-8,
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4
BRC-61
I
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)

SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER J

SYMPTOM
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

K
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

L
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

M
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel Fuel tank FL-18
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 FL-13
Vapor lock —
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gaso- 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
—
line, Low octane)

EC-873
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Air Air duct EM-119
Air cleaner EM-119
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric EM-119
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator EM-121
Air leakage from intake manifold/
EM-121
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery SC-6
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit SC-16
Starter circuit 3 SC-46
1
Signal plate 6 EM-143
MT-16, MT-
PNP switch 4
46
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-174
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-190
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain EM-143
mecha-
Camshaft EM-152
nism
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-143
Intake valve
3 EM-174
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket EM-125,
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
EX-4
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- EM-128,
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
tion EM-171 ,
filter/Oil gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 LU-19
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-16

EC-874
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Cooling CO-38, F
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
CO-44
Thermostat 5 CO-50
G
Water pump CO-48
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery CO-33
Cooling fan CO-41 H
Coolant level (Low)/Contami- 5
CO-34
nated coolant
NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) 1 1 BL-283 I
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

EC-875
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Engine Control Component Parts Location EBS01K6R

MBIB1324E

1. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
and spark plug valve
4. Knock sensor 5. Fuel injector 6. Cooling fan motor
7. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 8. IPDM E/R 9. ECM
10. Mass air flow sensor 11. Engine coolant temperature sensor 12. Electric throttle control actuator
(with intake air temperature sensor) (with built-in throttle position sensor,
throttle control motor)
13. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve

EC-876
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

EC

MBIB1325E

: Vehicle front
1. Mass air flow sensor 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor 3. Electric throttle control actuator
(with intake air temperature sensor)
4. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 5. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 6. Fuel injector
7. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve

EC-877
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

MBIB1326E

: Vehicle front
1. ECM harness connectors 2. ECM 3. IPDM E/R
4. Fuel pump fuse (15A) 5. Intake valve timing control solenoid 6. Knock sensor
valve
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor 8. PCV valve
(View with front bumper removed)

EC-878
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

EC

PBIB2942E

I
MBIB1327E

: Vehicle front
1. Heated oxygen sensor 1 harness 2. Heated oxygen sensor 1 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 J
connector (View with intake air duct removed) (View from under the vehicle)
(View with intake air duct removed)

EC-879
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

MBIB1328E

1. Cooling fan motor 2. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Stop lamp switch
4. Brake pedal 5. Accelerator pedal position sensor 6. Accelerator pedal position sensor
harness connector
7. Accelerator pedal 8. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 9. Fuel pump and fuel filter
harness connector
10. Fuel level sensor unit 11. Fuel pressure regulator

EC-880
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Vacuum Hose Drawing EBS01K6S

EC

PBIB2946E

: Vehicle front : From EVAP canister

1. Intake manifold 2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP purge resonator
solenoid valve
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses.

Refer to EC-814, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.

EC-881
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Circuit Diagram EBS01K6T

MBWA1186E

EC-882
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

EC

MBWA1187E

EC-883
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout EBS01K6U

PBIA9221J

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01K6V

PREPARATION
1. ECM (1) is located in the engine room left side near battery.
● : Vehicle front

MBIB1334E

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

● When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen (A) it
with levers (1) as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
– ECM (2)

– Fasten (B)

3. Connect a break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST)

between the ECM and ECM harness connector.
● Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.

● Data is for comparison and may not be exact.

PBIB2947E

ECM INSPECTION TABLE

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 2.3V

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor ● Engine stopped
1 L
(Open) ● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

PBIA8150J

Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE

2 SB [Ignition switch: ON]
supply (11 - 14V)

EC-884
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 10V
EC
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm C
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3 G
heater
PBIA8148J

D
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
E
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm

Approximately 2.3V

[Ignition switch: ON] F

Throttle control motor ● Engine stopped
4 P
(Close) ● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released G

PBIA8149J

[Engine is running] Approximately 10V H

● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up I
– Keeping the engine speed between
Heated oxygen sensor 2 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
5 G
heater idle for 1 minute under no load. J
PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
K
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
BATTERY VOLTAGE L
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
M
● Idle speed

EVAP canister purge vol-

9 P PBIB0050E
ume control solenoid valve
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine)
NOTE:
Voltage and Duty percent may vary.

PBIB0520E

10 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Body ground
11 B ● Idle speed

EC-885
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
15 Y Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V

0 - 0.3V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
17 R Ignition signal No. 1 rpm at idle.
PBIA9265J
18 LG Ignition signal No. 2
21 G Ignition signal No. 4
0.2 - 0.5V
22 SB Ignition signal No. 3

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,500 rpm.

PBIA9266J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● For 1 second after turning ignition switch
0 - 1.0V
ON
23 GY Fuel pump relay [Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 1 second after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle.
25 PU Fuel injector No. 4
PBIB0529E
29 Y Fuel injector No. 3
30 OR Fuel injector No. 2 BATTERY VOLTAGE
31 L Fuel injector No. 1
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIA4943J

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
32 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning (11 - 14V)
ignition switch OFF

EC-886
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped EC
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
33 LG Throttle position sensor 1 C
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: 1st
D
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V E
● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
34 OR Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON] F
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed G
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
36 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor) H
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
37 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
● Idle speed
I
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Engine coolant temperature
38 P [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
sensor
coolant temperature.
J
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
40 — ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Knock sensor)
● Idle speed
K
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
41 BR Refrigerant pressure sensor ● Both A/C switch and blower switch are 1.0 - 4.0V
L
ON
(Compressor operates.)

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

M
44 B (Engine coolant temperature ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sensor) ● Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0.4V
● Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 1.0 - 1.2V
45 G Mass air flow sensor ● Idle speed
[Engine is running] 1.0 - 1.2 to Approximately 2.4V
● Warm-up condition (Check for linear voltage rise in
● Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000 response to engine being
rpm increased to about 4,000 rpm.)

Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Intake air temperature
46 PU [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
sensor
air temperature.

EC-887
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

48 Y (Refrigerant pressure sen- ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sor) ● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
49 SB Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
met.
50 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
52 LG ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Mass air flow sensor)
● Idle speed

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

55 OR (Intake air temperature sen- ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sor) ● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
56 P ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 1)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
59 OR ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
● Idle speed

Approximately 4.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle.
PBIB2998E
Crankshaft position sensor
61 W
(POS)
Approximately 4.0V

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB2999E

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

62 R [Crankshaft position sensor ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(POS)] ● Idle speed

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

63 BR [Camshaft position sensor ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(PHASE)] ● Idle speed

EC-888
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 3.8V
[Engine is running] EC
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE: C
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle.
PBIB2986E
Camshaft position sensor
65 G D
(PHASE)
Approximately 3.8V

[Engine is running] E
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm.

F
PBIB2987E

[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE

● Shift lever: Neutral (11 - 14V)
70 LG
Park/Neutral position (PNP) G
switch [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
● Except above position
Sensor power supply H
72 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE I
● Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed

7 - 10V
J
Intake valve timing control
73 P
solenoid valve [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
K
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIA4937J
L
Sensor power supply
74 W (Refrigerant pressure [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
M
Sensor power supply
75 BR [Crankshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(POS)]
Sensor power supply
78 OR [Camshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(PHASE)]
83 W CAN communication line [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.7 - 2.3V
84 R CAN communication line [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 2.6 - 3.2V
[Ignition switch: ON]
88 LG DATA link connector Approximately 10.5V
● CONSULT-II or GST: Disconnected.
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
93 OR Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)

EC-889
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF]
Approximately 0V
● Brake pedal: Fully released
99 Y Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)

Sensor power supply

102 BR (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

104 Y (Accelerator pedal position ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sensor 2) ● Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
Sensor power supply
106 PU (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor 1)
[Engine is running]
108 B ECM ground Body ground
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
110 G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

111 R (Accelerator pedal position ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sensor 1) ● Idle speed

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-890
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE) EBS01K6W

FUNCTION A
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work support
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
EC
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self-diagnostic results
can be read and erased quickly.*
C
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the
Data monitor (SPEC)
other data monitor items can be read.
D
CAN diagnostic support
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
monitor
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
E

Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
DTC & SRT confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
F
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
● Diagnostic trouble codes G
● 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
● Freeze frame data
● 1st trip freeze frame data H
● System readiness test (SRT) codes
● Test values
I

EC-891
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAGNOS- DTC & SRT
TIC RESULTS DATA CONFIRMATION
Item WORK DATA
MONI- ACTIVE DTC
SUP- FREEZE MONI-
TOR TEST SRT WORK
PORT DTC*1 FRAME TOR
(SPEC) STATUS SUP-
DATA*2
PORT
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) × × × ×
Camshaft position sensor
× × × ×
(PHASE)
Mass air flow sensor × × ×
Engine coolant temperature sen-
× × × × ×
sor
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Heated oxygen sensor 1 × × × × ×

Heated oxygen sensor 2 × × × × ×
Wheel sensor × × × ×
Accelerator pedal position sensor × × ×
× × ×
INPUT

Throttle position sensor

Intake air temperature sensor × × × ×
Knock sensor ×
Refrigerant pressure sensor × ×
Closed throttle position switch
(accelerator pedal position sensor × ×
signal)
Air conditioner switch × ×
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × × ×
Stop lamp switch × × ×
Battery voltage × ×
Load signal × ×
Fuel injector × × ×
Power transistor (Ignition timing) × × ×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Throttle control motor relay × × ×

Throttle control motor ×
EVAP canister purge volume con-
× × × × ×
trol solenoid valve
OUTPUT

Air conditioner relay × ×

Fuel pump relay × × × ×
Cooling fan relay × × × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater × × × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater × × × ×
Intake valve timing control solenoid
× × × ×
valve
Calculated load value × × ×
X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-835, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME
DATA" .

EC-892
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
CAUTION: A
If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be
detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data
link connector (1), which is located under LH dash panel.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. C

E
MBIB1335E

4. Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”. F

BCIA0029E I

5. Touch “ENGINE”.
If “ENGINE” is not indicated, go to GI-36, "CONSULT-II Data
J
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

BCIA0030E

M
6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service
procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.

BCIA0031E

EC-893
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE ● FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DUR- When releasing fuel pressure
ING IDLING. from fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN ● THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE When learning the idle air volume
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.
SELF-LEARNING CONT ● THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When clearing the coefficient of
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- self-learning control value
FICIENT.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.

SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE

Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-833, "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION ITEMS" .
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data
Description
item*
DIAG TROUBLE
● The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to
CODE
EC-804, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
[PXXXX]
● “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
● One mode in the following is displayed.
FUEL SYS-B1 Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%] ● The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP
● The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
● “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
● “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
ENGINE SPEED
● The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[rpm]
VEHICL SPEED
● The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
B/FUEL SCHDL
● The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE
● The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.

EC-894
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item A
×: Applicable
ECM MAIN
Monitored item
INPUT SIG- Description Remarks EC
[Unit]
SIGNALS NALS
● Accuracy becomes poor if engine
● Indicates the engine speed computed from the speed drops below the idle rpm. C
ENG SPEED [rpm] × × signals of the crankshaft position sensor ● If the signal is interrupted while
(POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). the engine is running, an abnor-
mal value may be indicated.
D
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor ● When the engine is stopped, a
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] × ×
is displayed. certain value is indicated.
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injec- E
B/FUEL SCHDL
× tion pulse width programmed into ECM, prior
[msec]
to any learned on board correction.
● When the engine is stopped, a
certain value is indicated. F
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × ● This data also includes the data
correction factor per cycle is indicated.
for the air-fuel ratio learning con-
trol. G
● When the engine coolant temper-
ature sensor is open or short-
● The engine coolant temperature (determined
COOLAN TEMP/S
× × by the signal voltage of the engine coolant
circuited, ECM enters fail-safe H
[°C] or [°F] mode. The engine coolant tem-
temperature sensor) is displayed.
perature determined by the ECM
is displayed.
I
● The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sen-
HO2S1 (B1) [V] × ×
sor 1 is displayed.
● The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sen-
HO2S2 (B1) [V] × J
sor 2 is displayed.
● After turning ON the ignition
● Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal dur- switch, “RICH” is displayed until
ing air-fuel ratio feedback control: air-fuel mixture ratio feedback K
RICH: means the mixture became “rich”, and control begins.
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
× × control is being affected toward a leaner mix-
[RICH/LEAN] ● When the air-fuel ratio feedback
ture.
LEAN: means the mixture became “lean”, and is clamped, the value just before L
control is being affected toward a rich mixture. the clamping is displayed contin-
uously.
● Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal: M
RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) ● When the engine is stopped, a
× way catalyst is relatively small.
[RICH/LEAN] certain value is indicated.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after
three way catalyst is relatively large.
VHCL SPEED SE ● The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
× ×
[km/h] or [mph] speed signal is displayed.
● The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
BATTERY VOLT [V] × ×
played.
ACCEL SEN 1 [V] × × ● ACCEL SEN 2 signal is con-
● The accelerator pedal position sensor signal verted by ECM internally. Thus, it
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] × voltage is displayed. differs from ECM terminal voltage
signal.
THRTL SEN 1 [V] × × ● THRTL SEN 2 signal is con-
● The throttle position sensor signal voltage is verted by ECM internally. Thus, it
THRTL SEN 2 [V] × displayed. differs from ECM terminal voltage
signal.

EC-895
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ECM MAIN
Monitored item
INPUT SIG- Description Remarks
[Unit]
SIGNALS NALS
● The intake air temperature (determined by the
INT/A TEMP SE
× × signal voltage of the intake air temperature
[°C] or [°F]
sensor) is indicated.
● Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] com- ● After starting the engine, [OFF] is
START SIGNAL
× × puted by the ECM according to the signals of displayed regardless of the
[ON/OFF]
engine speed and battery voltage. starter signal.
● Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by
CLSD THL POS
× × the ECM according to the accelerator pedal
[ON/OFF]
position sensor signal.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air condi-
AIR COND SIG
× × tioner switch as determined by the air condi-
[ON/OFF]
tioner signal.
P/N POSI SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/
× ×
[ON/OFF] neutral position (PNP) switch signal.
● [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering sys-
PW/ST SIGNAL
× × tem (determined by the signal sent from EPS
[ON/OFF]
control unit) is indicated.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electri-
cal load signal.
LOAD SIGNAL ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/
× ×
[ON/OFF] or lighting switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and
lighting switch are OFF.
IGNITION SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition
×
[ON/OFF] switch.
HEATER FAN SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater
×
[ON/OFF] fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop
×
[ON/OFF] lamp switch signal.
● Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width ● When the engine is stopped, a
INJ PULSE-B1
× compensated by ECM according to the input certain computed value is indi-
[msec]
signals. cated.
● Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM ● When the engine is stopped, a
IGN TIMING [BTDC] ×
according to the input signals. certain value is indicated.
● “Calculated load value” indicates the value of
CAL/LD VALUE [%]
the current airflow divided by peak airflow.
● Indicates the mass airflow computed by ECM
MASS AIRFLOW
according to the signal voltage of the mass air
[g·m/s]
flow sensor.
● Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve control value computed
PURG VOL C/V [%] by the ECM according to the input signals.
● The opening becomes larger as the value
increases.
INT/V TIM (B1) ● Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advanced
[°CA] angle.
● The control value of the intake valve timing
control solenoid valve (determined by ECM
INT/V SOL (B1) [%] according to the input signal) is indicated.
● The advance angle becomes larger as the
value increases

EC-896
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ECM MAIN
Monitored item
INPUT SIG- Description Remarks A
[Unit]
SIGNALS NALS
● The air conditioner relay control condition
AIR COND RLY
× (determined by ECM according to the input EC
[ON/OFF]
signals) is indicated.
● Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition
FUEL PUMP RLY
× determined by ECM according to the input sig-
[ON/OFF] C
nals.
● Indicates the throttle control motor relay con-
THRTL RELAY
× trol condition determined by the ECM accord-
[ON/OFF] D
ing to the input signals.
● Indicates the condition of the cooling fan
(determined by ECM according to the input
COOLING FAN signals). E
×
[HI/LOW/OFF] HI: High speed operation
LOW: Low speed operation
OFF: Stop
F
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxy-
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
gen sensor 1 heater determined by ECM
[ON/OFF]
according to the input signals.
G
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxy-
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
gen sensor 2 heater determined by ECM
[ON/OFF]
according to the input signals.
H
● Display the condition of idle air volume learn-
ing
IDL A/V LEARN YET: Idle Air Volume Learning has not been
[YET/CMPLT] performed yet. I
CMPLT: Idle Air Volume Learning has already
been performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL J
● Distance traveled while MI is activated.
[km] or [mile]
● Indicates the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
O2SEN HTR DTY
control value computed by the ECM according
[%] K
to the input signals.
● The signal voltage from the refrigerant pres-
AC PRESS SEN [V] ×
sure sensor is displayed.
L
Voltage [V]
Frequency ● Only “#” is displayed if item is
[msec], [Hz] or [%] unable to be measured.
M
DUTY-HI ● Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse width ● Figures with “#”s are temporary
measured by the probe. ones. They are the same figures
DUTY-LOW
as an actual piece of data which
PLS WIDTH-HI was just previously measured.
PLS WIDTH-LOW
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

EC-897
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Item
ECM
Main
Monitored item [Unit] input Description Remarks
signals
signals
● Indicates the engine speed computed
from the signal of the crankshaft position
ENG SPEED [rpm] × ×
sensor (POS) and camshaft position
sensor (PHASE).
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow ● When engine is running specification
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] × ×
sensor specification is displayed. range is indicated.
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into ● When engine is running specification
×
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor- range is indicated.
rection.
● When engine is running specification
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- range is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × back correction factor per cycle is indi-
cated. ● This data also includes the data for the
air-fuel ratio learning control.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

ACTIVE TEST MODE

Test Item
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
● Engine: Return to the original ● Harness and connectors
FUEL INJEC- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
● Fuel injector
TION ● Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
tion using CONSULT-II. ● Heated oxygen sensor 1

● Engine: Return to the original

trouble condition
IGNITION TIM- If trouble symptom disappears, see
● Timing light: Set ● Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
ING CHECK ITEM.
● Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-II.

● Engine: After warming up, idle ● Harness and connectors

the engine. ● Compression
POWER BAL- ● A/C switch OFF ● Fuel injector
Engine runs rough or dies.
ANCE ● Selector lever: Neutral ● Power transistor
● Cut off each fuel injector signal ● Spark plug
one at a time using CONSULT-II. ● Ignition coil

● Ignition switch: ON ● Harness and connectors

COOLING FAN* ● Turn the cooling fan “LOW”, “HI” Cooling fan moves and stops. ● IPDM E/R
and “OFF” with CONSULT-II. ● Cooling fan motor

● Engine: Return to the original ● Harness and connectors

ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see ● Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP ● Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT-II. ● Fuel injector
● Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump relay makes the operat- ● Harness and connectors
RELAY ● Turn the fuel pump relay ON and ing sound. ● Fuel pump relay
OFF using CONSULT-II and lis-
ten to operating sound.

EC-898
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
A
● Engine: After warming up, run
engine at 1,500 rpm.
PURG VOL ● Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to ● Harness and connectors
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. ● Solenoid valve EC
opening percent using CON-
SULT-II.
● Engine: Return to the original
● Harness and connectors
C
V/T ASSIGN trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
ANGLE CHECK ITEM. ● Intake valve timing control sole-
● Change intake valve timing using
noid valve
CONSULT-II. D
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-II while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.

DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE

E
SRT STATUS Mode
For details, refer to EC-836, "SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE" .
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode F
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
G
Test mode Test item Condition Reference page
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 EC-965, "DTC P0133 HO2S1"
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 EC-975, "DTC P0134 HO2S1" H
HO2S1
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 EC-1102, "DTC P1143 HO2S1"
Refer to corresponding
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 trouble diagnosis for EC-1108, "DTC P1144 HO2S1"
DTC. I
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 EC-996, "DTC P0139 HO2S2"
HO2S2 HO2S2 (B1) P1146 EC-1114, "DTC P1146 HO2S2"
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 EC-1123, "DTC P1147 HO2S2" J
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)
Description
K
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR”
mode.
1. “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):
L
● The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen
in real time.
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be
displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM. M
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONI-
TOR” in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording
Data ... xx%” as shown at right, and the data after the mal-
function detection is recorded. Then when the percentage
reached 100%, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If
“STOP” is touched on the screen during “Recording Data ... SEF705Y
xx%”, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed.

EC-899
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the
recording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and
“Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II Operation Manual.
2. “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger):
● DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed
automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunc-
tion is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though
a malfunction is detected.

SEF707X

Operation
1. “AUTO TRIG”
● While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, be sure
to select to “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
● While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, compo-
nents and harness in the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/
1st trip DTC will be displayed. (Refer to “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” in GI-24, "How to Perform
Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
2. “MANU TRIG”
● If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for fur-
ther diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.

PBIB0197E

EC-900
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function EBS01K6X

DESCRIPTION A
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with ISO 15031-4
has 8 different functions explained below.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol. EC
The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service man-
ual.
C

D
SEF139P

FUNCTION E
Diagnostic service Function
This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including
Service $01 READINESS TESTS
analog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information. F
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by
Service $02 (FREEZE DATA) ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-835, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND
1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
G
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which
Service $03 DTCs
were stored by ECM.
This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This H
includes:
● Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01)
● Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03)
Service $04 CLEAR DIAG INFO I
● Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01)
● Clear freeze frame data (Service $02)
● Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01) J
● Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $06 and $07)
This diagnostic service accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of
Service $06 (ON BOARD TESTS)
specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored. K
This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-
Service $07 (ON BOARD TESTS) related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal
driving conditions.
L
Service $08 — This diagnostic service is not applicable on this vehicle.
This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle infor-
Service $09 (CALIBRATION ID)
mation such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
M
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect GST to data link connector (1), which is located under
LH dash panel.

MBIB1335E

EC-901
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)

SEF398S

5. Perform each diagnostic service according to each service pro-

cedure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of
the tool maker.

SEF416S

EC-902
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor EBS01K6Y

Remarks: A
● Specification data are reference values.
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in EC
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as C
ENG SPEED
tion. the tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-908, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-908, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
D
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-908, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
COOLAN TEMP/S ● Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F) E
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S1 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm
1.0V
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions F
are met.
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1) – Engine: After warming up
1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and G
at idle for 1 minute under no load
LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Changes more than 5 times
during 10 seconds.
H

● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) – Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
I
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
J
● Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE
indication. the speedometer indication.
BATTERY VOLT ● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
K
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V
ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V L

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V
● Ignition switch: ON
THRTL SEN 1 Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V M
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2*
● Shift lever: 1st Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
START SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON
CLSD THL POS ● Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Shift lever: Neutral ON
P/N POSI SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Shift lever: Except above OFF

● Engine: After warming up, idle Steering wheel: Not turned. OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
the engine Steering wheel: Turned. ON

EC-903
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Rear window defogger switch: ON
and/or ON
LOAD SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON Lighting switch: 2nd
Rear window defogger switch and
OFF
lighting switch: OFF
IGNITION SW ● Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
Heater fan: Operating. ON
HEATER FAN SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Heater fan: Not operating OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
● Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INJ PULSE-B1
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1° - 11° BTDC
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
IGN TIMING
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
CAL/LD VALUE
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm 10% - 35%
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
MASS AIRFLOW
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
PURG VOL C/V
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm 0 - 50%
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INT/V TIM (B1)
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm Approx. 0° - 40°CA
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INT/V SOL (B1)
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm Approx. 0% - 90%
● No load
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates)
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY ● Engine running or cranking
● Except above conditions OFF
THRTL RELAY ● Ignition switch: ON ON

EC-904
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A
Engine coolant temperature is 97°C
OFF
(207°F) or less
● Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine Engine coolant temperature is between
COOLING FAN LOW EC
98°C (208°F) and 99°C (210°F)
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
Engine coolant temperature is 100°C
HIGH
(212°F) or more
● Engine: After warming up C
ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
D
● Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) – Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and E
at idle for 1 minute under no load
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF

VEHICLE SPEED
● Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as F
indication. the speedometer indication
Vehicle has traveled after MI has 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL ● Ignition switch: ON
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile) G
● Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C (176°F)
O2SEN HTR DTY Approx. 30%
● Engine speed: below 3,600 rpm
● Engine: Idle H
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0V
● Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates)
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from
ECM terminals voltage signal. I

EC-905
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode EBS01K6Z

The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1
Below is the data for “CLSD THL POS”, “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” when depressing the accelera-
tor pedal with the ignition switch ON and with selector lever in 1st position.
The signal of “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.

PBIB0198E

ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL SEN 1”, “HO2S2 (B1)” and “INJ PULSE-B1”
when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.

PBIB2445E

EC-906
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

EC

PBIB0668E

EC-907
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE PFP:00031

Description EBS01K70

The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)”
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI-
TOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MI.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
● B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor-
rection)
● A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
● MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition EBS01K71

● Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)

● Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2 , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
● Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
● Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
● Engine speed: Idle
● Transmission: Warmed-up
– After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
● Electrical load: Not applied
– Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
Inspection Procedure EBS01K72

NOTE:
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-852, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-
B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-909, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF601Z

EC-908
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K73

OVERALL SEQUENCE A

EC

PBIB2384E

EC-909
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

PBIB2509E

EC-910
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DETAILED PROCEDURE
A
1. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-908, "Testing Condition" . EC
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode,
and make sure that the each indication is within the SP value.
NOTE: C
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because
they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is out of the SP value
even a little. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 2. E
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 3.
PBIB2369E

2. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” F

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and

make sure that the indication is within the SP value. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 19. H

PBIB2332E

J
3. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the indication is within the SP value. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 6. L
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.

PBIB2332E

4. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”

1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-911
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.

>> INSPECTION END

6. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE

Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-861, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG (Fuel pressure is too high)>>Replace fuel pressure regulator, refer to EC-861, "FUEL PRESSURE
CHECK" . GO TO 8.
NG (Fuel pressure is too low)>>GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

1. Check the following.
– Clogged and bent fuel hose and fuel tube
– Clogged fuel filter
– Fuel pump and its circuit (Refer to EC-1215, "FUEL PUMP" .)
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part. (Refer to EC-861, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .)
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.

>> GO TO 8.

8. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”

1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 9.

9. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST

1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 10.

PBIB0133E

EC-912
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
1. Check the following.
– Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-1221, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .)
– Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-1209, "FUEL INJECTOR" .) EC
– Intake air leakage
– Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-174, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" .)
C
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
If OK, replace fuel injector. (It may be caused by leakage from fuel injector or clogging.)
D
>> GO TO 11.

11. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” E

1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value. F
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 12. G

12. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 FUNCTION

H
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Select “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”, in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no load (The engine is
I
warmed up to normal operating temperature.), check that the
monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times
during 10 seconds.
J
1 time : RICH → LEAN → RICH
2 times : RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN → RICH
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.
SEF820Y
L
13. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Check heated oxygen sensor 1 and its circuit. Refer to EC-975, "DTC P0134 HO2S1" . M

>> GO TO 14.

14. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”

1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 15.

EC-913
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
15. DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.

>> GO TO 16.

16. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”

1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-872, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .

17. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 18.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.

PBIB2332E

18. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
– Engine oil level is too high
– Engine oil viscosity
– Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
– Noise from engine
– Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
– Valve clearance malfunction
– Intake valve timing control function malfunction
– Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.

19. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
● Crushed air ducts
● Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
● Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
● Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.

EC-914
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
20. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” A
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG EC
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (“B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value)>>GO TO 21.
C
21. DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR

1. Stop the engine.

D
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.

E
>> GO TO 22.

22. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”

F
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value. G
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-935, "DTC
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" . H
2. GO TO 29.
NG >> GO TO 23.
I
23. CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the indication is within the SP value. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and K
then GO TO 29.

PBIB2370E
M
24. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-286, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" .
3. Perform EC-858, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> GO TO 29.

EC-915
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
25. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
● Crushed air ducts
● Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
● Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
● Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 27.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.

26. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 27.

27. CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”

Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and
then GO TO 30.

PBIB2370E

28. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
● Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
● Looseness of oil filler cap
● Disconnection of oil level gauge
● Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
● Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
● Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
● Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system
parts
● Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.

>> GO TO 30.

29. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”

Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-872, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .

EC-916
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
30. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” A
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and then make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG EC
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-872, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
C

EC-917
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT PFP:00006

Description EBS01K74

Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow Situation
2 The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
3 or 4 The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
5 (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
10 The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K75

1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-842, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION" .

>> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS

Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.

3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT

Perform GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “INCIDENT SIMULATION
TESTS”.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-918
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT PFP:24110
A
Wiring Diagram EBS01KAP

EC

MBWA1394E

EC-919
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

10 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Body ground
11 B ● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay OFF
32 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch OFF
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
93 OR Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
105 G [Ignition switch: ON]
ECM (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
108 B ECM ground Body ground
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KAQ

1. INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 8.
No >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 93 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIA9561J

EC-920
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M1, E101
● Joint connector-4 EC
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
C

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body. E
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
I

1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40

(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. K
5. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. L
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 10, 11, 108 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors F1, E50
● Harness for open or short between ECM and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-921
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 33 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> Go to EC-1221, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG >> GO TO 8.

MBIB1353E

8. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 105 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop approximately 0V.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
11. PBIB3037E

9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 32 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 11.

PBIA9562J

EC-922
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V A
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 105 and IPDM E/R terminal 32. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. D
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI E

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
F
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 32 and IPDM E/R terminal 29.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. G
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.

12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I

Check the following.

● Harness or connectors E50, F1 J
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K

13. CHECK 20A FUSE

L
1. Disconnect 20A fuse from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20A fuse.
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.

EC-923
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
14. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

15. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 10, 11, 108 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.

16. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness or connectors F1, E50
● Harness for open or short between ECM and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

17. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Ground Inspection EBS01KAR

Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.

EC-924
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
● Remove the ground bolt or screw. A
● Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
● Clean as required to assure good contact.
EC
● Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
● Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
● If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the C
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one
eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-55, "Ground Distribution" .
D

PBIB1870E J

EC-925
 DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710

Description EBS01JB3

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01JB4

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
● ECM cannot communicate to other control
units. ● Harness or connectors
U1001 CAN communication
(CAN communication line is open or
1001 line ● ECM cannot communicate for more than the shorted.)
specified time.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01JB5

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.

2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-928, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-926
 DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01JB6

EC

MBWA1189E

EC-927
 DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01JB7

Go to LAN-5, "Precautions When Using CONSULT-II" .

EC-928
 DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION PFP:23710
A
Description EBS01KAS

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec- EC
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. C

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KAT

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis. D

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
U1010 Initializing CAN communication bus is mal- E
CAN communication bus ● ECM
1010 functioning.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KAU

WITH CONSULT-II F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-930, "Diagnostic Procedure" G
.

SEF058Y
J
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
K

EC-929
 DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KAV

1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-929, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC U1010 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select Service $04 with GST.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-929, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
4. Is the 1st trip DTC U1010 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END

2. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-286, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" .
3. Perform EC-858, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-930
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL PFP:23796
A
Description EBS01K4R

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed and piston position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve C
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
D

PBIB2988E

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake J
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid K
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01K4S L
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
M
● Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INT/V TIM (B1)
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm Approx. 0° - 40°CA
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INT/V SOL (B1)
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm Approx. 0% - 90%
● No load

EC-931
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K4T

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Detecting condition Possible cause
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
● Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P0011 Intake valve timing control There is a gap between angle of target and ● Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
0011 performance phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
● Timing chain installation
● Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for
intake valve timing control

FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K4U

CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
● If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1111. See EC-
1077, "DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE" .
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive sec-
onds.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMP/S 60 - 120°C (140 - 248°F)
SEF174Y
Shift lever Neutral position
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-933, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
6. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED 1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)
Shift lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-933, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-932
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. A

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K4V

1. CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP EC

1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi- C
nated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. D
KG >> Go to LU-16, "OIL PRESSURE CHECK" .

PBIA8559J
F
2. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. H

3. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

I
Refer to EC-1049, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. J
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

4. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

K
Refer to EC-1056, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. L
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).

5. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE) M

Check the following.
● Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear
end
● Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.

PBIA9557J

EC-933
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
Yes or No
Yes >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-143, "TIMING CHAIN" .
No >> GO TO 7.

7. CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT

Refer to EM-167, "Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Clean lubrication line.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For wiring diagram, refer to EC-1044, "Wiring Diagram" for CKP sensor (POS) and EC-1052, "Wiring Dia-
gram" for CMP sensor (PHASE).

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01K4W

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows.
Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 6.7 - 7.7Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist.)

If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. PBIA9591J

4. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid

valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed. PBIA9558J

Removal and Installation EBS01K4X

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EM-143, "TIMING CHAIN" .

EC-934
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
A
Component Description EBS01K76

The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire EC
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss. C
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. D

PBIA9559J

E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01K77

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-908, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
● Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35%
G
● Selector lever: Neutral
CAL/LD VALUE
● Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 10% - 35%
● No load
H
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
● Selector lever: Neutral
MASS AIRFLOW
● Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/s I
● No load

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K78

J
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name K
● Harness or connectors
P0102 Mass air flow sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0102 circuit low input sent to ECM. ● Intake air leaks L
● Mass air flow sensor
● Harness or connectors
P0103 Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) M
0103 circuit high input sent to ECM.
● Mass air flow sensor

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

EC-935
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K79

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-938, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-938, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-938, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.

EC-936
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01K7A

EC

MBWA1192E

EC-937
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
32 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0.4V
● Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 1.0 - 1.2V
45 G Mass air flow sensor ● Idle speed
[Engine is running] 1.0 - 1.2 to Approximately 2.4V
● Warm-up condition (Check for linear voltage rise in
● Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000 response to engine being
rpm increased to about 4,000 rpm.)

[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
52 LG ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Mass air flow sensor)
● Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K7B

1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

Check the following for connection.
● Air duct
● Vacuum hoses
● Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts.

EC-938
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" . EC

E
MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
F
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
H
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) harness connector.
I
– : Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
J

MBIB1337E
L
3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

PBIB1168E

EC-939
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
● Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 52.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 45.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EC-940, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01K7C

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-II and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.

EC-940
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the follow-
ing conditions. A
Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 (V)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
EC
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.0 - 1.2
operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 1.0 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4* C
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
PBIB2371E

5. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. D

a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
● Crushed air ducts

● Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element E

● Uneven dirt of air cleaner element

● Improper specification of intake air system parts

F
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again.
If OK, go to next step.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
G
7. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
8. Perform step 2 to 4 again.
9. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor. H
Without CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. I
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 45 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
J
Condition Voltage V
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal K
1.0 - 1.2
operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 1.0 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about L
4,000 rpm.
PBIA9564J

4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.

a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following. M
● Crushed air ducts

● Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element

● Uneven dirt of air cleaner element

● Improper specification of intake air system parts

b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 3 again.

If OK, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
7. Perform step 2 and 3 again.
8. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Removal and Installation EBS01K7D

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EM-119, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-941
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630

Component Description EBS01K7E

The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.

PBIA9559J

<Reference data>
Intake air temperature
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
°C (°F)
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 46 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground.

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K7F

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
Intake air tempera-
P0112 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
ture sensor circuit
0112 sent to ECM. ● Harness or connectors
low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Intake air tempera-
P0113 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ● Intake air temperature sensor
ture sensor circuit
0113 sent to ECM.
high input

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K7G

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-945, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

EC-942
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. A

EC

EC-943
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01K7H

MBWA1193E

EC-944
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K7I

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body. EC
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

F
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. H

2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor I
is built-into) (1) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
J

MBIB1337E
L

3. Check voltage between mass air flow sensor terminal 5 and

ground. M
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIB1169E

EC-945
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 6 and ECM terminal 55.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-946, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01K7J

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (1) terminals 5
and 6 under the following conditions.
Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200

2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).

PBIA9559J

SEF012P

Removal and Installation EBS01K7K

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EM-119, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-946
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description EBS01KAW

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the EC
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases. C

SEF594K

E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ F
°C (°F)
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9 G
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 38 (Engine H
coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P

CAUTION:
I
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KAX
J
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name K
Engine coolant tem-
P0117 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
perature sensor cir-
0117 sent to ECM. ● Harness or connectors
cuit low input L
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Engine coolant tem-
P0118 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ● Engine coolant temperature sensor
perature sensor cir-
0118 sent to ECM.
cuit high input
M

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON
or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-II display)
Engine coolant temper- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
ature sensor circuit
More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or START 80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.

EC-947
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KAY

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-950, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-948
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01KAZ

EC

MBWA1194E

EC-949
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KB0

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor (1) har-
ness connector.
– : Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB2964E

3. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIB0080E

EC-950
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 44. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. D
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR E

Refer to EC-951, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

H
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS01KB1

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR I

1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
J

L
PBIB2005E

M
<Reference data>
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

SEF012P

Removal and Installation EBS01KB2

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EM-174, "CYLINDER HEAD" .

EC-951
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR PFP:16119

Component Description EBS01KB3

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KB4

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
THRTL SEN 1 (Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2* Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
● Selector lever: 1st
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KB5

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-1154, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0122 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor ● Harness or connectors
0122 2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P0123 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sen- ● Electric throttle control actuator
0123 2 circuit high input sor 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

EC-952
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KB6

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. C
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
D
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-955, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST G
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-953
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01KB7

MBWA1195E

EC-954
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] C
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released D
33 LG Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V E
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
F
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
34 OR Throttle position sensor 2 G
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Selector lever: 1st H
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground I
36 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
72 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V J
(Throttle position sensor)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KB8

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body. L
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-955
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connec-
tor.
– : Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1338E

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal

1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIA9580J

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 34 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-957, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-956
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR A
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . EC

>> INSPECTION END

C
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . D

>> INSPECTION END

E
Component Inspection EBS01KB9

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
F
2. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set selector lever to 1st position. G
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 33 (TP sensor 1 signal),
34 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.
H
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

33 Fully released More than 0.36V

(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
I

34 Fully released Less than 4.75V

(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V J
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next MBIB1391E

step.
7. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . K
8. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS01KBA
L
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-121, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
M

EC-957
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0132 HO2S1 PFP:22690

Component Description EBS01KBB

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

SEF463R

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KBC

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm. LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KBD

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.

PBIB1848E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P0132 Heated oxygen sensor 1 An excessively high voltage from the sensor (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0132 circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1

EC-958
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KBE

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. C
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. D
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-961, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
E

SEF174Y

WITH GST G
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
H

EC-959
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01KBF

MBWA1395E

EC-960
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Approximately 10V

[Engine is running] D
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm.
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3 G E
heater
PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE F
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
[Engine is running]
G
0 - Approximately 1.0V
49 SB Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
H
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
56 P Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 1) ● Idle speed

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) I

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KBG

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
K
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-961
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1 (2).
● : Vehicle front
● Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector (1)
Tightening torque: 50 N·m (5.1 kg-m, 37 ft-lb)

>> GO TO 3.

MBIB1339E

3. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector (1).
– : Vehicle front
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 1 and ECM
terminal 56.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG MBIB1340E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 4 and ECM terminal 49.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 49 or HO2S1 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER

Check heated oxygen sensor 1 connector for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-962
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A
Refer to EC-963, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. EC
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS01KBH

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 E

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT- F
II.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow- G
ing steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
H

SEF646Y
J
6. Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec- K
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. L
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

M
SEF217YA

SEF648Y

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

EC-963
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.

● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time.

● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V PBIA9566J

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS01KBI

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-125, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD" .

EC-964
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0133 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description EBS01K7L

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the EC
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts C
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
D

SEF463R

H
SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01K7M I

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION J
HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 LEAN ←→ RICH
● Engine: After warming up
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rpm. Changes more than 5 times dur- K
ing 10 seconds.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K7N

L
To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1, this diagnosis
measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time
is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback
control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index. M
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.

PBIB2991E

EC-965
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
● Fuel pressure
P0133 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The response of the voltage signal from the ● Fuel injector
0133 circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time.
● Intake air leaks
● Exhaust gas leaks
● PCV valve
● Mass air flow sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K7O

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
● Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P0133” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.

SEF338Z

6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis-

played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con-
tinuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will
take approximately 40 to 50 seconds.)
ENG SPEED 2,400 - 3,600 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE More than 80 km/h (50 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.8 - 10.2 msec
Shift lever Suitable position

If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from SEF339Z

step 2.

EC-966
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-969, "Diagnostic A
Procedure" .

EC

SEF658Y

D
Overall Function Check EBS01K7P

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed. E
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground. F
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more G
than 5 times within 10 seconds.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V H
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V
4. If NG, go to EC-969, "Diagnostic Procedure" . I
PBIA9566J

EC-967
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01K7Q

MBWA1395E

EC-968
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Approximately 10V

[Engine is running] D
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm.
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3 G E
heater
PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE F
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
[Engine is running]
G
0 - Approximately 1.0V
49 SB Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
H
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
56 P ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 1)
● Idle speed
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K7R

J
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
K
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .
L

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-969
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1 (2).
● : Vehicle front
● Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector (1)
Tightening torque: 50 N·m (5.1 kg-m, 37 ft-lb)

>> GO TO 3.

MBIB1339E

3. CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).

SEC502D

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.

4. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK

Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-970
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?

SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II F
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
G
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
– : Vehicle front H
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed. I
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-842, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed. J
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. MBIB1337E

Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?

Is it difficult to start engine? K
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or DTC P0172 (Refer to EC-1012, "DTC P0171 FUEL
INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION" or EC-1019, "DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM L
FUNCTION" ).
No >> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector (1).
– : Vehicle front
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 1 and ECM
terminal 56. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. MBIB1340E

NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power

in harness or connectors.

EC-971
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 4 and ECM terminal 49.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 49 or HO2S1 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EC-940, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.

9. CHECK PCV VALVE

Refer to EC-830, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace PCV valve.

10. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EC-973, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-972
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01K7S

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT- EC
II.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow- C
ing steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
D

SEF646Y
F
6. Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec- G
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. H
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

I

SEF217YA

SEF648Y
M
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.

EC-973
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.

● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time.

● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V PBIA9566J

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS01K7T

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-125, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD" .

EC-974
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0134 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description EBS01K7U

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the EC
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts C
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
D

SEF463R

H
SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01K7V I

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION J
HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 LEAN ←→ RICH
● Engine: After warming up
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rpm. Changes more than 5 times dur- K
ing 10 seconds.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K7W

L
Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is
not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately
0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is
within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks M
that this time is not inordinately long.

SEF237U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P0134 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The voltage from the sensor is constantly (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0134 circuit no activity detected approx. 0.3V.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1

EC-975
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K7X

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “HO2S1 (B1) P0134” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 4.

PBIB0544E

5. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis-

played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con-
tinuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will
take approximately 10 to 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED 1,800 - 4,250 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.0 - 10.2 msec
Shift lever Suitable position

If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from PBIB0545E

step 2.
6. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-979, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .

SEC750C

EC-976
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Overall Function Check EBS01K7Y

A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST EC
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con- C
stant under no load.
● The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4V.
4. If NG, go to EC-979, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D

PBIA9566J F

EC-977
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01K7Z

MBWA1395E

EC-978
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Approximately 10V

[Engine is running] D
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm.
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3 G E
heater
PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE F
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
[Engine is running]
G
0 - Approximately 1.0V
49 SB Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
H
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
56 P ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 1)
● Idle speed
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K80

J
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
K
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .
L

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-979
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector (1).
– : Vehicle front
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 1 and ECM
terminal 56.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG MBIB1340E

OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 4 and ECM terminal 49.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 49 or HO2S1 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EC-981, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-980
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01K81

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT- EC
II.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow- C
ing steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
D

SEF646Y
F
6. Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec- G
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. H
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

I

SEF217YA

SEF648Y
M
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.

EC-981
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.

● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time.

● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V PBIA9566J

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS01K82

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-125, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD" .

EC-982
 DTC P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0135 HO2S1 HEATER PFP:23710
A
Description EBS01K83

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Heated oxygen sensor 1
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Engine coolant tempera- heater control C
Engine coolant temperature sensor
ture

The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine D
is started.
OPERATION
E
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after warming up ON F

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01K84

Specification data are reference values. G

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine: After warming up
ON H
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
● Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C (176°F)
O2SEN HTR DTY Approx. 30% I
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K85

J
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name

The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor ● Harness or connectors K

Heated oxygen (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit
P0135 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
sensor 1 heater is open or shorted.)
0135 (An excessively high or low voltage signal is sent to
control circuit
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater.) ● Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
L

EC-983
 DTC P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K86

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
4. Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-986, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF174Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-984
 DTC P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01K87

EC

MBWA1396E

EC-985
 DTC P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 10V

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm.
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3 G
heater
PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
49 SB Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

56 P Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 1) ● Idle speed

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K88

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-986
 DTC P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector (1).
– : Vehicle front
EC
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

D
MBIB1340E

3. Check voltage between HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground with E

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. G

PBIA9576J
H

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

I
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● IPDM E/R connector E13 J
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK HO2S1 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 3 and HO2S1 terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER

Refer to EC-988, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

EC-987
 DTC P0135 HO2S1 HEATER
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01K89

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER

1. Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance
2 and 3 3.4 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)

2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur-
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool and
approved anti-seize lubricant.

PBIA9577J

Removal and Installation EBS01K8A

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-125, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD" .

EC-988
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0138 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description EBS01K8B

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. EC
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt- C
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for D
engine control operation.
SEF327R

E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01K8C

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
HO2S2 (B1) ● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi- 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
tions are met.
– Engine: After warming up G
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) LEAN ←→ RICH
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K8D

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen I
storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during
the various driving condition such as fuel-cut. J

PBIB1848E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors M
P0138 Heated oxygen sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the sensor (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0138 circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.
● Heated oxygen sensor 2

EC-989
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K8E

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-993, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF174Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-990
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01K8F

EC

MBWA1397E

EC-991
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

[Engine is running] Approximately 10V

● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the fol-
lowing conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
5 G
heater minute under no load PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met.
50 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 – Engine: After warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
59 OR ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
● Idle speed

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-992
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K8G

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body. EC
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

F
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. H

2. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (1). I
– Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
J
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 1 and ECM
terminal 59.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
K
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG MBIB1341E
L
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
3. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 ECM terminal 50.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-993
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check heated oxygen sensor 2 connector for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EC-994, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01K8H

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2(B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.

SEF662Y

6. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

PBIB0551E

“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.

EC-994
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 A
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant. EC
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. C
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
D
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
E
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces- F
sary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd gear G
position.
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this PBIB2996E
procedure.
H
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. I
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
J
Removal and Installation EBS01K8I

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-4, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" . K

EC-995
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0139 HO2S2 PFP:226A0

Component Description EBS01K8J

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01K8K

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
HO2S2 (B1) ● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi- 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
tions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) LEAN ←→ RICH
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K8L

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sen-
sor's voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi-
tion such as fuel-cut.

SEF302U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2 It takes more time for the sensor to respond ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
0139 circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. ● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector
● Intake air leaks

EC-996
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K8M

A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
● “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and EC
“COND3” are completed.
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. C
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from step 2 in
Procedure for COND1. D
WITH CONSULT-II
Procedure for COND1
E
For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°(32 to 86°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle 1 minute.
5. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. G
6. Touch “START”.
7. Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
H
8. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm two or three times quickly under no load.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 2 in Procedure for COND3.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step.
9. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-II I
screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 60 seconds.)
J
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,600 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 119 °C (158 - 246°F) K
Shift level Suitable position

PBIB0552E

NOTE:
● If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.
● If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND2” on CONSULT-II screen before Procedure for
COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2.

EC-997
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completely from the
above condition [step 9] until “INCOMPLETE” at “COND2” on
CONSULT-II screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 4 seconds.)
NOTE:
If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND3” on CONSULT-II
screen before Procedure for COND3 is conducted, it is unnec-
essary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND3.

PBIB0553E

Procedure for COND3

1. Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on
CONSULT-II screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take a
maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)
2. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1001, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the follow-
ing.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place
(soak the vehicle).
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA SEF668Y

MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-II.
d. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°(158°F), go to Procedure for COND1 step 3.
Overall Function Check EBS01K8N

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec-
ond during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd
gear position.
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec- PBIB2996E
ond during this procedure.
8. If NG, go to EC-1001, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-998
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01K8O

EC

MBWA1397E

EC-999
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

[Engine is running] Approximately 10V

● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the fol-
lowing conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
5 G
heater minute under no load PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met.
50 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 – Engine: After warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
59 OR ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
● Idle speed

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-1000
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K8P

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body. EC
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

F
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. H

EC-1001
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?

SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
– : Vehicle front
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-842, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. MBIB1337E

Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?

Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-1012, "DTC P0171 FUEL
INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION" or EC-1019, "DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
FUNCTION" .
No >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (1).
– Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between and HO2S2 terminal 1 and
ECM terminal 59.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG MBIB1341E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1002
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ECM terminal 50.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-1003, "Component Inspection" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. G

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . H

>> INSPECTION END

I
Component Inspection EBS01K8Q

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-II J
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. K
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II. L

SEF662Y

EC-1003
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

PBIB0551E

“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd gear
position.
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this PBIB2996E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS01K8R

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-4, "EXHAUST SYSTEM"

EC-1004
 DTC P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0141 HO2S2 HEATER PFP:23710
A
Description EBS01K8S

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator EC
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 C
Engine coolant tempera- Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor heater control
ture
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
D
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION E
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Above 3,600 rpm OFF
F
● Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
ON
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
G
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01K8T

H
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF I
● Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
HO2S2 HTR (B1) – Engine: After warming up
ON
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute J
and at idle for 1 minute under no load

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K8U

K
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name

The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor ● Harness or connectors L

Heated oxygen (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit
P0141 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
sensor 2 heater is open or shorted.)
0141 (An excessively high or low voltage signal is sent to
control circuit
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) ● Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
M

EC-1005
 DTC P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K8V

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1009, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .

SEF174Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-1006
 DTC P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01K8W

EC

MBWA1398E

EC-1007
 DTC P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

[Engine is running] Approximately 10V

● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the fol-
lowing conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
5 G
heater minute under no load PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met.
50 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 – Engine: After warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
59 OR ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
● Idle speed

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-1008
 DTC P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K8X

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body. EC
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

F
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. H

2. CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (1). I
– Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
J

MBIB1341E
L

3. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester. M

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIA9576J

EC-1009
 DTC P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● IPDM E/R connector E13
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 5 and HO2S2 terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

Refer to EC-1011, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1010
 DTC P0141 HO2S2 HEATER
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01K8Y

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER A

1. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance
EC
2 and 3 3.4 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist) C
2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped D
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur-
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system E
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool and
approved anti-seize lubricant.
F

PBIA9577J
H
Removal and Installation EBS01K8Z

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-4, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" . I

EC-1011
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K90

With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MI (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
● Intake air leaks
● Heated oxygen sensor 1

● Fuel injection system does not operate properly. ● Fuel injector

P0171 Fuel injection system ● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too ● Exhaust gas leaks
0171 too lean large. ● Incorrect fuel pressure
(The mixture ratio is too lean.) ● Lack of fuel
● Mass air flow sensor
● Incorrect PCV hose connection

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K91

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-1016, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, perform-
ing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. SEF215Z
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to
(1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 minutes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)

EC-1012
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F). A
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).

7. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too. EC
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-1016, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
C
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. D
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
● : Vehicle front
4. Restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds. E
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is F
detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes. G
MBIB1337E
9. Select Service $07 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-1016, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE: H
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min- I
utes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
J
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
K
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F), L
Engine coolant temperature T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F). M
10. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
11. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-1016, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.

EC-1013
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01K92

MBWA1399E

EC-1014
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Approximately 10V

[Engine is running] D
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm.
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3 G E
heater
PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE F
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
G
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition
H
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle I
25 PU Fuel injector No. 4
PBIB0529E
29 Y Fuel injector No. 3
30 OR Fuel injector No. 2 BATTERY VOLTAGE
31 L Fuel injector No. 1 J
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition K
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

L
PBIA4943J

[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
49 SB Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition M
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

56 P Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 1) ● Idle speed

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-1015
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K93

1. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).

SEC502D

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE

1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.

3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector (1).
– : Vehicle front
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 4 and ECM
terminal 49.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 49 or HO2S1
terminal 4 and ground. MBIB1340E
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1016
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE A
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-861, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-861, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .
EC
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. C
NG >> Follow the construction of EC-861, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .

5. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR D

With CONSULT-II
1. Install all removed parts. E
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec: at idling
F
2.0 - 10 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
1. Install all removed parts. G
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec: at idling
H
2.0 - 10 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. I
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-935, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .
J

EC-1017
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTORS
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.

PBIB0133E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1209, "FUEL INJEC-
TOR" .

PBIB1986E

7. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Remove fuel injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-136, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel injector gallery.
The fuel injector harness connectors should remain connected.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays
out from fuel injectors.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray
out. Always replace O-ring with new ones.

PBIB1726E

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1018
 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K94

With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensors 1. The EC
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MI (2 trip detection logic). C

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas D
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
name
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
● Fuel injection system does not operate properly. ● Fuel injector
P0172 Fuel injection system ● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too F
● Exhaust gas leaks
0172 too rich large.
(The mixture ratio is too rich.) ● Incorrect fuel pressure
● Mass air flow sensor G
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K95

NOTE: H
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON- J
SULT-II.
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. K
6. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-1023, "Diagnostic Procedure" L
.
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, perform- M
ing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. SEF215Z
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to
(1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 minutes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
7. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.

EC-1019
 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-1023, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs
and check for fouling, etc.

WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector.
● : Vehicle front
4. Restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is
detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
MBIB1337E
9. Select Service $07 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-1023, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).

10. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
11. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-1023, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs
and check for fouling, etc.

EC-1020
 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01K96

EC

MBWA1399E

EC-1021
 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 10V

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm.
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3 G
heater
PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
25 PU Fuel injector No. 4
PBIB0529E
29 Y Fuel injector No. 3
30 OR Fuel injector No. 2 BATTERY VOLTAGE
31 L Fuel injector No. 1
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIA4943J

[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
49 SB Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

56 P Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 1) ● Idle speed

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-1022
 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K97

1. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK A

1. Start engine and run it at idle.

2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). EC

E
SEC502D

OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK G

Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.

3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector (1). J
– : Vehicle front
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
K
4. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 4 and ECM
terminal 49.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
Continuity should exist.
5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 49 or HO2S1
terminal 4 and ground. MBIB1340E
M
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1023
 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-861, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-861, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .
At idling: 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Follow the construction of EC-861, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .

5. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

With CONSULT-II
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec: at idling
2.0 - 10 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec: at idling
2.0 - 10 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-935, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .

EC-1024
 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTORS A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop. C

E
PBIB0133E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. F
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1209, "FUEL INJEC- H
TOR" .

PBIB1986E

7. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR J

1. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-136, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel injector gallery. K
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. L
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injectors.
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector. M
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 8.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1025
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR PFP:16119

Component Description EBS01K98

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01K99

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
THRTL SEN 1 (Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2* Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
● Selector lever: 1st
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K9A

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

NOTE:
If DTC P0222 or P0223 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-1154, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0222 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 ● Harness or connectors
0222 1 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
P0223 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor ● Electric throttle control actuator
0223 1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

EC-1026
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K9B

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. C
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
D
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1029, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST G
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-1027
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01K9C

MBWA1200E

EC-1028
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] C
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released D
33 LG Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V E
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
F
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
34 OR Throttle position sensor 2 G
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Selector lever: 1st H
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground I
36 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
72 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V J
(Throttle position sensor)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K9D

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body. L
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1029
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connec-
tor.
– : Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1338E

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal

1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIA9580J

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 33 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-1031, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-1030
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR A
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . EC

>> INSPECTION END

C
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . D

>> INSPECTION END

E
Component Inspection EBS01K9E

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
F
2. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set selector lever to 1st position. G
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 33 (TP sensor 1 signal),
34 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.
H
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

33 Fully released More than 0.36V

(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
I

34 Fully released Less than 4.75V

(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V J
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next MBIB1391E

step.
7. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . K
8. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS01K9F
L
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-121, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
M

EC-1031
 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE PFP:00000

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K9G

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire

The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.

1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to over-
heating, the MI will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor (POS) signal every 200 engine revo-
lutions for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MI will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MI will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MI will only light
when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor
signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire ● Improper spark plug
Multiple cylinder misfire.
0300 detected ● Insufficient compression
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire ● Incorrect fuel pressure
No. 1 cylinder misfires.
0301 detected
● Fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire Fuel injector
No. 2 cylinder misfires. ●
0302 detected
● Intake air leak
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire
No. 3 cylinder misfires. ● The ignition signal circuit is open or
0303 detected
shorted
● Lack of fuel
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire ● Drive plate or flywheel
No. 4 cylinder misfires.
0304 detected
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
● Incorrect PCV hose connection

EC-1032
 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K9H

A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing.
NOTE: EC
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
C
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
D
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes. E
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1033, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
NOTE: F
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing
the following procedure is advised. PBIB0164E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

G
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
H
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
dition should be satisfied at the same time:
I
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F) J
Engine coolant temperature
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or
equal to 70°C (158°F)
K
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Refer to the following table.
Engine speed Time L
Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes M

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K9I

1. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-1033
 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.

3. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST

With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?

PBIB0133E

Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each fuel injector (2) harness connector one at
a time, is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?
● Ignition coil (1)

PBIB2968E

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> GO TO 7.

4. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

Does each fuel injector make an operating sound at idle?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Check fuel injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-1209,
"FUEL INJECTOR" .

PBIB1986E

EC-1034
 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I A
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Remove fuel pump fuse (2) in IPDM E/R (1) to release fuel pres-
sure.
NOTE: C
Do not use CONSULT-II to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres-
sure applies again during the following procedure.
– : Vehicle front D
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure. E
5. Turn ignition switch OFF. MBIB1332E

6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electri-

cal discharge from the ignition coils. F
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
G
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm
between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion
as shown in the figure. H
11. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal
portion. I
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION: J
● Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock PBIB2325E
while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage
becomes 20kV or more. K
● It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm is taken.

NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm, the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 6. M

6. CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug
and the grounded metal portion.
Spark should be generated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-1221, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .

EC-1035
 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-134, "SPARK PLUG (PLAT-
INUM-TIPPED TYPE)" .
NG >> 1. Repair or clean spark plug.
2. GO TO 8.

SEF156I

8. CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug
and the grounded portion.
Spark should be generated.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-134, "SPARK
PLUG (PLATINUM-TIPPED TYPE)" .

9. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE

Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-174, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.

10. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE

1. Install all removed parts.
2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-861, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-861, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .

At idle: Approx. 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.

11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-1215, "FUEL PUMP" .)
● Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-861, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" )
● Fuel lines
● Fuel filter for clogging

>> Repair or replace.

EC-1036
 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
12. CHECK IGNITION TIMING A
Check the following items. Refer to EC-852, "Basic Inspection" .
ITEM SPECIFICATION
EC
Idle speed Hatchback: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
C+C: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Ignition timing 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Follow the EC-852, "Basic Inspection" . D

13. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EC-963, "Component Inspection" . E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. F

14. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

G
With CONSULT-II
Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec: at idling H
2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
I
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec: at idling
2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or K
grounds. Refer to EC-935, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .

15. CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART L

Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-872, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair or replace.

16. ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC

Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-842, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .

>> GO TO 17.

17. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1037
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060

Component Description EBS01K9J

The knock sensor (1) is attached to the cylinder block. It senses

engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration
from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pres-
sure is converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
● : Vehicle front

PBIB2969E

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K9K

The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detected Condition Possible Cause
P0327 Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
● Harness or connectors
0327 input sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328 Knock sensor circuit high An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
● Knock sensor
0328 input sent to ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K9L

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1040, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-1038
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01K9M

EC

MBWA1205E

EC-1039
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
37 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
40 — ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Knock sensor)
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K9N

1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ECM terminal 37 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II

1. Disconnect knock sensor (1) harness connector.
– : Vehicle front
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and knock
sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. PBIB2969E

NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power

in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

Refer to EC-1041, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace knock sensor.

EC-1040
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" . EC

E
MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
F
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
H
5. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Reconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 40 and ground. I

Continuity should exist

3. Also check harness for short to power. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. K

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

L
Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END M

Component Inspection EBS01K9O

KNOCK SENSOR
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more
than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or phys-
ically damaged. Use only new ones.

SEF227W

Removal and Installation EBS01K9P

KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-190, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .
EC-1041
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) PFP:23731

Component Description EBS01K9Q

The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine rev-
olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
PBIA9209J
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

PBIB2997E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01K9R

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED
tion. tachometer indication.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K9S

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not circuit is open or shorted.]
detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of (Accelerator pedal position sensor
engine cranking. circuit is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit
P0335 Crankshaft position ● The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position
is shorted.]
0335 sensor (POS) circuit sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is
running. ● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

● The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in ● Accelerator pedal position sensor
the normal pattern during engine running. (APP sensor 2)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor
● Signal plate

EC-1042
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K9T

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec- D
onds at idle speed.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1046, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . E

F
SEF058Y

WITH GST G
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-1043
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01K9U

MBWA1400E

EC-1044
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Approximately 4.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
D
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle E
PBIB2998E
Crankshaft position
61 W
sensor (POS)
Approximately 4.0V
F

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm G

PBIB2999E
H
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
62 R [Crankshaft position sensor ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(POS)] ● Idle speed
I
Sensor power supply
74 W (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sor)
J
Sensor power supply
75 BR [Crankshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(POS)]
Sensor power supply K
102 BR [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
L

EC-1045
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K9V

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) (1) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB2970E

3. Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIA9583J

EC-1046
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 75. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit. D

4. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. E

ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram

74 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1232, "Wiring Diagram" F
75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-1044, "Wiring Diagram"
102 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-1183, "Wiring Diagram"
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
5. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. I
● Accelerator pedal position sensor (Refer to EC-1190, "Component Inspection" .)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-1233, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.
K
6. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
L
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 62.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 61.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1047
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-1049, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

9. CHECK GEAR TOOTH

Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace the signal plate.

10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1048
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01K9W

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) A

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
3. Remove the sensor. EC
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

PBIA9210J

5. Check resistance as shown in the figure. F

Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

1 (+) - 2 (-) G
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 3 (-)
H
6. If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

PBIA9584J
I

Removal and Installation EBS01K9X

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) J

Refer to EM-190, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .

EC-1049
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) PFP:23731

Component Description EBS01K9Y

The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the protrusion of

camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
PBIA9209J
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

PBIB2997E

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K9Z

NOTE:
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-1154, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
for the first few seconds during engine ● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
cranking. ● Camshaft (Intake)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor
● The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM ● Starter motor (Refer to SC-46, "START-
0340 (PHASE) circuit
during engine running. ING SYSTEM" .)
● The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal ● Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-46,
pattern during engine running. "STARTING SYSTEM" .)
● Dead (Weak) battery

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KA0

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-1050
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec- A
onds at idle speed.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1053, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . EC
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 sec-
onds. C
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1053, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . SEF058Y

D
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
E

EC-1051
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01KA1

MBWA1401E

EC-1052
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
63 BR [Camshaft position sensor ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(PHASE)] ● Idle speed D
Approximately 3.8V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition E
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
F
at idle
PBIB2986E
Camshaft position sensor
65 G
(PHASE)
Approximately 3.8V
G

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm H

PBIB2987E
I
Sensor power supply
78 OR [Camshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(PHASE)]
J
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KA2

K
1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch to START position.
L
Does the engine turn over?
Does the starter motor operate?
Yes or No M
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-46, "STARTING SYSTEM" .)

EC-1053
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

3. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) (1) har-
ness connector.
– : Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB2971E

3. Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIA9583J

EC-1054
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 63. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. D
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E
1. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 65.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
6. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-1056, "Component Inspection" .
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
J
7. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following. K
● Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear
end
● Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft M
rear end or replace camshaft.

PBIA9557J

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1055
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01KA3

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

PBIA9210J

5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.

Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 3 (-)

PBIA9584J

Removal and Installation EBS01KA4

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

Refer to EM-152, "CAMSHAFT" .

EC-1056
 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION PFP:20905
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KA5

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of heated oxygen

sensors 1 and 2. EC
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase. C
When the frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensors 1 and 2
approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (manifold)
malfunction is diagnosed. D

SEF484YF

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Three way catalyst (manifold) F
● Exhaust tube
● Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate ● Intake air leaks
P0420 Catalyst system efficiency properly.
● Fuel injector G
0420 below threshold ● Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
enough oxygen storage capacity. ● Fuel injector leaks
● Spark plug
● Improper ignition timing H

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KA6

NOTE: I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II J
TESTING CONDITION:
● Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure.
K
● Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,00 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUP- M
PORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Start engine.
7. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecu-
tive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “COMPLT”, go to step 10
8. Wait 5 seconds at idle.

PBIB0566E

EC-1057
 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until
“INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It will take
approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C
(158°F) and then retest from step 1.

PBIB0567E

a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place
(soak the vehicle)
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/
S” indication on CONSULT-II.
d. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°(158°F), go
to step 3.

SEF013Y

10. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.

11. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1059, "Diagnostic Pro-
cedure" .

SEF535Z

Overall Function Check EBS01KA7

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,00 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 sig-
nal) and ground, and ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and
ground.
6. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.

PBIA9566J

EC-1058
 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminal 50 and ground is very less than that of A
ECM terminal 49 and ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
EC
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst
does not operate properly. Go to EC-1059, "Diagnostic Proce- C
dure" .
NOTE: PBIB3000E
If the voltage at terminal 35 does not switch periodically more than 5 D
times within 10 seconds at step 7, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133 first. (See EC-965, "DTC P0133
HO2S1" .)
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KA8 E
1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM
Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace. G

2. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle. H
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).

SEC502D
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
M
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-1059
 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
Check the following items. Refer to EC-852, "Basic Inspection" .
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed Hatchback: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
C+C: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Ignition timing 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Follow the EC-852, "Basic Inspection" .

5. CHECK FUEL INJECTORS

1. Refer to Wiring Diagram for fuel injectors, EC-1210, "Wiring Diagram" .
2. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 25, 29, 30, 31 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Perform EC-1211, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

PBIB3001E

EC-1060
 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I A
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Remove fuel pump fuse (2) in IPDM E/R (1) to release fuel pres-
sure.
NOTE: C
Do not use CONSULT-II to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres-
sure applies again during the following procedure.
– : Vehicle front D
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure. E
5. Turn ignition switch OFF. MBIB1332E

6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electri-

cal discharge from the ignition coils. F
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
G
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm
between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion
as shown in the figure. H
11. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal
portion. I
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION: J
● Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock PBIB2325E
while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage
becomes 20kV or more. K
● It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm is taken.

NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm, the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 7. M

7. CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug
and the grounded metal portion.
Spark should be generated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-1221, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .

EC-1061
 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-134, "SPARK PLUG (PLAT-
INUM-TIPPED TYPE)" .
NG >> 1. Repair or clean spark plug.
2. GO TO 9.

SEF156I

9. CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug
and the grounded portion.
Spark should be generated.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-134, "SPARK
PLUG (PLATINUM-TIPPED TYPE)" .

10. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel injector assembly.
Refer to EM-136, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel injector gallery.
3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 11.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END

Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace three way catalyst (manifold).

EC-1062
 DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
PFP:14920 A
Description EBS01KBJ

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1
C
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Battery Battery voltage*1 EVAP canister EVAP canister purge volume D
Throttle position sensor Throttle position purge flow control control solenoid valve

Accelerator pedal position sensor Closed throttle position

E
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Heated oxygen sensor 1
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2
F
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas- G
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is H
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION I
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is J
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
K

L
PBIA9215J

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KBK

M
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
● Shift lever: Neutral
PURG VOL C/V
● Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 0 - 50%
● No load

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KBL

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
P0444 An excessively low voltage signal is sent shorted.)
control solenoid valve circuit
0444 to ECM through the valve
open ● EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve

EC-1063
 DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KBM

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1067, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-1064
 DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01KBN

EC

MBWA1208E

EC-1065
 DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Idle speed

EVAP canister purge vol- PBIB0050E

9 P
ume control solenoid valve
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: aAout 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)
NOTE:
Voltage and Duty percent may vary.
PBIB0520E

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay OFF
32 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-1066
 DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KBO

1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR- A
CUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
(1) harness connector.
– : Vehicle front C
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

E
MBIB1342E

4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control F

solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. H

PBIB0148E
I

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

J
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14 K
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
L
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR- M
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 9 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 4.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1067
 DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

PBIB0569E

5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-1068, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01KBP

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition Air passage continuity
(PURG VOL CONT/V value) between A and B
100% Yes
0% No

PBIA9668J

Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Air passage continuity
Condition
between A and B
12V direct current supply between termi-
Yes
nals 1 and 2
No supply No

PBIA9560J

EC-1068
 DTC P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS01KBQ

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A

Refer to EM-121, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EC

EC-1069
 DTC P0500 VSS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0500 VSS PFP:32702

Description EBS01KBR

NOTE:
● If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001.
Refer to EC-926, "DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
● If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-929, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”
through CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM through CAN com-
munication line.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KBS

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from shorted.)
P0500
Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM ● ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
0500
even when vehicle is being driven.
● Wheel sensor
● Combination meter

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KBT

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-
II should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-1071, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive sec-
onds.
ENG SPEED More than 2,500 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 3.8 msec
Shift lever Suitable position
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1071, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . SEF196Y

EC-1070
 DTC P0500 VSS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Overall Function Check EBS01KBU

A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST EC
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST. C
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
4. If NG, go to EC-1071, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KBV

1. CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” E
Refer to BRC-8, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" or BRC-61, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. F
NG >> Repair or replace.

2. CHECK COMBINATION METER G

Check combination meter function.

Refer to DI-6, "COMBINATION METERS" .
H

>> INSPECTION END

I

EC-1071
 DTC P0605 ECM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0605 ECM PFP:23710

Component Description EBS01K56

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

PBIA9222J

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K57

This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. ● ECM
0605
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A
degrees) by the return spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K58

Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no problem on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B,
perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1073, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.

EC-1072
 DTC P0605 ECM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-II A
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
EC
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn
ON.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1073, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . C

SEF058Y
E
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C F
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
G
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn
ON.
H
4. Repeat step 3 for 32 times.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1073, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
I

J
SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above. K
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K59

1. INSPECTION START L

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
M
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1072, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select Service $04 with GST.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1072, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END

EC-1073
 DTC P0605 ECM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-286, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" .
3. Perform EC-858, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1074
 DTC P1065 ECM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1065 ECM PFP:23710
A
Component Description EBS01K5A

ECM has the memory function of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio
feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Volume Learning EC
value memory, etc. even when the ignition switch is turned OFF.

PBIA9222J

E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K5B

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
F
P1065* ECM back-up RAM system does not function
Engine control module ● ECM
1065 properly.
*: This self-diagnosis is not for ECM power supply circuit, even though “ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K5C

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. I
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
J
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn
ON.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for 4 times.
K
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1076, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
L

SEF058Y

WITH GST M
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-1075
 DTC P1065 ECM
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K5D

1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1075, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select Service $04 with GST.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1075, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END

2. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-286, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" .
3. Perform EC-858, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1076
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:23796
A
Component Description EBS01K5E

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM. EC
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle. C
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control D
position.
PBIB1842E

E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01K5F

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INT/V SOL (B1) G
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm Approx. 0% - 90%
● No load

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K5G H

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause

An improper voltage is sent to the ECM ● Harness or connectors I

P1111 Intake valve timing control (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
through intake valve timing control solenoid
1111 solenoid valve circuit
valve. ● Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K5H

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
K
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1080, "Diagnostic Proce- M
dure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Following the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-1077
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01K5I

MBWA1209E

EC-1078
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay OFF
D
32 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning ignition (11 - 14V) E
switch OFF
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V) F
● Idle speed

7 - 10V
Intake valve timing G
73 P
control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm H

PBIA4937J

BATTERY VOLTAGE I
105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
J

EC-1079
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K5J

1. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve (1) har-
ness connector.
– : Vehicle front
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1343E

4. Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid

valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIA9590J

2. DETECT MALFUNCTION PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

3. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 73 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve termi-
nal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-1081, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

EC-1080
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END EC

Component Inspection EBS01K5K

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows. D
Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 6.7 - 7.7Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
E
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist.)

If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. F

If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. PBIA9591J

G
4. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION: H
Do not apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve. I
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control J
solenoid valve is removed. PBIA9558J

Removal and Installation EBS01K5L

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE K

Refer to EM-143, "TIMING CHAIN" .

EC-1081
 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR PFP:16119

Component Description EBS01K5M

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K5N

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Electric throttle control actuator does not function
A)
properly due to the return spring malfunction.
P1121 Electric throttle control
Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is ● Electric throttle control actuator
1121 actuator B)
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
Malfunction A
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
Malfunction C
The engine can restart in Neutral position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K5O

NOTE:
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Shift selector lever to 1st position and wait at least 3 seconds.
4. Shift selector lever to Neutral position.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
7. Shift selector lever to 1st position and wait at least 3 seconds.
8. Shift selector lever to Neutral position.
9. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn
ON.
SEF058Y
10. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1083, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1082
 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above. A

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C

With CONSULT-II EC
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Shift selector lever to 1st position and wait at least 3 seconds. C
4. Shift selector lever to Neutral position.
5. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1083, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D

SEF058Y

With GST F
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K5P
G
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct. H
2. Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
– : Vehicle front I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle J
control actuator inside.

K
MBIB1344E

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR L

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
M
3. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation EBS01K5Q

Refer to EM-121, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EC-1083
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION PFP:16119

Description EBS01K5R

NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or P1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121
or P1126. Refer to EC-1082, "DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR" or EC-1091,
"DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY" .
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K5S

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P1122 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not oper- (Throttle control motor circuit is open or
1122 performance ate properly. shorted)
● Electric throttle control actuator

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K5T

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine
is running.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1083, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-1084
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01K5U

EC

MBWA1210E

EC-1085
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 2.3V

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor ● Engine stopped
1 L
(Open) ● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

PBIA8150J

Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE

2 SB [Ignition switch: ON]
supply (11 - 14V)

Approximately 2.3V

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor ● Engine stopped
4 P
(Close) ● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released

PBIA8149J

BATTERY VOLTAGE
15 Y Throttle control motor relay [Ignition switch: OFF]
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K5V

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1086
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I A
1. Check voltage between ECM terminal 2 and ground under the
following conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.
EC
Ignition switch Voltage
OFF Approximately 0V
Battery voltage C
ON
(11 - 14V)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. D
NG >> GO TO 3. PBIA9568J

3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
F
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 28.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. G
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
I
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. J
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I L

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.

2. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 15 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 6.

PBIA9569J

EC-1087
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E17.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 15 and IPDM E/R terminal 70.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 20A fuse.
2. Check 20A fuse for blown.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-19, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD-
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-1088
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connec-
tor. EC
– : Vehicle front
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
C
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control D
ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
1 Should not exist
5 MBIB1338E
4 Should exist E
1 Should exist
6
4 Should not exist
F
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. G
NG >> Repair or replace.

11. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY H

1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing. I
– : Vehicle front
– Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed.
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside. K

MBIB1344E

L
12. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to EC-1090, "Component Inspection" .
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 14.

13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-1089
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
14. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01K5W

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6.
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
4. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

PBIB2909E

Removal and Installation EBS01K5X

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-121, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EC-1090
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS01K5Y

Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends EC
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01K5Z

Specification data are reference values.

D
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
THRTL RELAY ● Ignition switch: ON ON

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K60

E

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
● Harness or connectors
P1124 Throttle control motor ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
1124 relay circuit short stuck ON. shorted) G
● Throttle control motor relay
● Harness or connectors
P1126 Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is H
1126 relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low. open)
● Throttle control motor relay
I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
J
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K61

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1124
M
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1094, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.

EC-1091
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1126
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1094, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.

EC-1092
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01K62

EC

MBWA1211E

EC-1093
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 2.3V

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor ● Engine stopped
1 L
(Open) ● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

PBIA8150J

Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE

2 SB [Ignition switch: ON]
supply (11 - 14V)

Approximately 2.3V

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor ● Engine stopped
4 P
(Close) ● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released

PBIA8149J

BATTERY VOLTAGE
15 Y Throttle control motor relay [Ignition switch: OFF]
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K63

1. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 15 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIA9569J

EC-1094
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E17.
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 15 and IPDM E/R terminal 70. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. D
NG >> GO TO 3.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
F
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
4. CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 20A fuse. H
2. Check 20A fuse for blown.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. I
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.

5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I J

1. Check voltage between ECM terminal 2 and ground under the

following conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.
K
Ignition switch Voltage
OFF Approximately 0V
Battery voltage
L
ON
(11 - 14V)
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 6. PBIA9568J

6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
4. Check continuity between ECM terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 28.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

EC-1095
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-19, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD-
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-1096
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS01K64

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed- EC
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01K65 C
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
● Harness or connectors
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
1128 circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. ● Electric throttle control actuator E
(Throttle control motor)

FAIL-SAFE MODE F
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return G
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01K66

H
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. J
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1099, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
K

SEF058Y
M

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-1097
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01K67

MBWA1212E

EC-1098
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Approximately 2.3V

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped D
Throttle control motor
1 L
(Open) ● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
E
PBIA8150J

Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE

2 SB [Ignition switch: ON]
supply (11 - 14V) F
Approximately 2.3V

[Ignition switch: ON]

G
Throttle control motor ● Engine stopped
4 P
(Close) ● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released H
PBIA8149J

BATTERY VOLTAGE
15 Y Throttle control motor relay [Ignition switch: OFF] I
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) J
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01K68

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" . L

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1099
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connec-
tor.
– : Vehicle front
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control
ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
1 Should not exist
5 MBIB1344E
4 Should exist
1 Should exist
6
4 Should not exist

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.

3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Refer to EC-1101, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

5. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1100
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01K69

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR A

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6.
EC
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step. C
4. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
D

PBIB2909E
E
Removal and Installation EBS01K6A

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-121, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" . F

EC-1101
 DTC P1143 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1143 HO2S1 PFP:22690

Component Description EBS01ITZ

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

SEF463R

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01IU0

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 LEAN ←→ RICH
● Engine: After warming up
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rpm Changes more than 5 times dur-
ing 10 seconds.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01IU1

To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and whether the “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.

SEF300U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P1143 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The maximum and minimum voltage from the
● Fuel pressure
1143 lean shift monitoring sensor are not reached to the specified voltages.
● Fuel injector
● Intake air leaks

EC-1102
 DTC P1143 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01IU2

A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at EC
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
C
● Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
● Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II D
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1143” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode E
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes. F
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5. G

PBIB0546E

I
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis-
played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con-
tinuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will J
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED 1,500 - 3,600 rpm
K
VHCL SPEED SE Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.0 - 10.2 msec
Shift lever Suitable position L
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from PBIB0547E

step 2.
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG M
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1104, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .

SEC769C

EC-1103
 DTC P1143 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Overall Function Check EBS01IU3

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
constant under no load.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.
● The minimum voltage is over 0.1V at least 1 time.
4. If NG, go to EC-1104, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

PBIA9566J

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IU4

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1 (2).
● : Vehicle front
● Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector (1)
Tightening torque: 50 N·m (5.1 kg-m, 37 ft-lb)

>> GO TO 3.

MBIB1339E

EC-1104
 DTC P1143 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?

SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II F
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
G
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
– : Vehicle front H
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed. I
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-842, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed. J
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. MBIB1337E

Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?

Is it difficult to start engine? K
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-1012, "DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION
SYSTEM FUNCTION" . L
No >> GO TO 4.

4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER M

Refer to EC-988, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EC-963, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

EC-1105
 DTC P1143 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For circuit, refer to EC-960, "Wiring Diagram" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01IU5

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-
II.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow-
ing steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.

SEF646Y

6. Check the following.

● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec-
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

SEF217YA

SEF648Y

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.

EC-1106
 DTC P1143 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. A
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load. EC
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time. C
● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time.

● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

D
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V PBIA9566J
E
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread F
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS01IU6
G
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-125, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD" .
H

EC-1107
 DTC P1144 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1144 HO2S1 PFP:22690

Component Description EBS01IU7

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

SEF463R

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01IU8

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 LEAN ←→ RICH
● Engine: After warming up
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rpm Changes more than 5 times dur-
ing 10 seconds.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01IU9

To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.

SEF299U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
P1144 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The maximum and minimum voltages from the ● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
1144 rich shift monitoring sensor are beyond the specified voltages. ● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector

EC-1108
 DTC P1144 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01IUA

A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at EC
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
C
● Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II D
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1144” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode E
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes. F
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5. G

PBIB0548E

I
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis-
played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con-
tinuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will J
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED 1,500 - 3,600 rpm
K
VHCL SPEED SE Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.0 - 10.2 msec
Shift lever Suitable position L
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from PBIB0549E

step 2.
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG M
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1110, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .

SEC772C

EC-1109
 DTC P1144 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Overall Function Check EBS01IUB

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
constant under no load.
● The maximum voltage is below 0.8V at least 1 time.
● The minimum voltage is below 0.35V at least 1 time.
4. If NG, go to EC-1110, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

PBIA9566J

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IUC

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1 (2).
● : Vehicle front
● Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector (1)
Tightening torque: 50 N·m (5.1 kg-m, 37 ft-lb)

>> GO TO 3.

MBIB1339E

EC-1110
 DTC P1144 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?

SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II F
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
G
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
– : Vehicle front H
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed. I
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-842, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed. J
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. MBIB1337E

Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?

Is it difficult to start engine? K
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-1019, "DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION
SYSTEM FUNCTION" . L
No >> GO TO 4.

4. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector (1).
– : Vehicle front
3. Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

MBIB1340E

EC-1111
 DTC P1144 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-988, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EC-963, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For circuit, refer to EC-960, "Wiring Diagram" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01IUD

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-
II.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow-
ing steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.

SEF646Y

6. Check the following.

● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec-
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

SEF217YA

EC-1112
 DTC P1144 HO2S1
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

EC

SEF648Y

CAUTION: D
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread E
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
F
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con- G
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
H
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.

● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time.

● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V. I

1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V PBIA9566J
J
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
K
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS01IUE L
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-125, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD" .
M

EC-1113
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1146 HO2S2 PFP:226A0

Component Description EBS01IUF

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01IUG

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
HO2S2 (B1) ● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi- 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
tions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) LEAN ←→ RICH
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01IUH

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is
sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.

PBIB0554E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P1146 Heated oxygen sensor 2 The minimum voltage from the sensor is not ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
1146 minimum voltage monitoring reached to the specified voltage.
● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector

EC-1114
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01IUI

A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
● “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and EC
“COND3” are completed.
● If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. C
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from step 2 in Pro-
cedure for COND1 D
WITH CONSULT-II
Procedure for COND1
E
For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle 1 minute.
5. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. G
6. Touch “START”.
7. Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
H
8. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm two or three times quickly under no load.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 2 in Procedure for COND3”.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step.
9. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-II I
screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 60 seconds.)
J
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,600 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 119°C (158 - 246°F) K
Shift lever Suitable position

PBIB0555E

NOTE:
● If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.

● If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND2” on CONSULT-II screen before Procedure for

COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2.

EC-1115
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completed from the
above condition [step 9] until “INCOMPLETE” at “COND2” on
CONSULT-II screen has turned to “COMPLETED” (It will take
approximately 4 seconds.)
NOTE:
If “COMPLETE” already appears at “COND3” on CONSULT-
II screen before Procedure for COND3 is conducted, it is
unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND3.

PBIB0556E

Procedure for COND3

1. Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on
CONSULT-II screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take a
maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)
2. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1119, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, performed the fol-
lowing.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place
(soak the vehicle).
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA SEC775C

MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-II.
d. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C(158°F), go to Procedure for COND1 step 3.
Overall Function Check EBS01IUJ

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd
gear position.
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this PBIB2996E
procedure.
8. If NG, go to EC-1119, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1116
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IUK

EC

MBWA1397E

EC-1117
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

[Engine is running] Approximately 10V

● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the fol-
lowing conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
5 G
heater minute under no load PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met.
50 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 – Engine: After warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
59 OR ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
● Idle speed

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-1118
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IUL

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body. EC
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

F
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. H

EC-1119
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?

SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
– : Vehicle front
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-842, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. MBIB1337E

Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?

Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-1019, "DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION
SYSTEM FUNCTION" .
No >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (1).
– Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 1 and ECM
terminal 59.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG MBIB1341E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1120
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ECM terminal 50.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-994, "Component Inspection" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. G

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . H

>> INSPECTION END

I
Component Inspection EBS01IUM

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-II J
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. K
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II. L

SEF662Y

EC-1121
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

PBIB0551E

“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd
gear position.
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this PBIB2996E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS01IUN

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-4, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

EC-1122
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1147 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description EBS01IUO

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. EC
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt- C
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for D
engine control operation.
SEF327R

E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01IUP

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
HO2S2 (B1) ● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi- 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
tions are met.
– Engine: After warming up G
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) LEAN ←→ RICH
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01IUQ

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen I
storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel- J
cut.

SEF259VA

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors M
(The sensor circuit open or shorted.)

P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2 The maximum voltage from the sensor is ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
1147 maximum voltage monitoring not reached to the specified voltage. ● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector
● Intake air leaks

EC-1123
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01IUR

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
● “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and
“COND3” are completed.
● If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from step 2 in “Pro-
cedure for COND1”
WITH CONSULT-II
Procedure for COND1
For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C(32 to 86°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle 1 minute.
5. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Touch “START”.
7. Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
8. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm two or three times quickly under no load.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 2 in “Procedure for COND3”.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step.
9. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at COND1” on the CONSULT-II
screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,600 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 119°C (158 - 246°F)
Shift lever Suitable position

PBIB0557E

NOTE:
● If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.
● If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND2” on CONSULT-II screen before Procedure for
COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2.

EC-1124
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completed from the A
above condition [step 9] until “INCOMPLETE” at “COND2” on
CONSULT-II screen has turned to “COMPLETED” (It will take
approximately 4 seconds.) EC
NOTE:
If “COMPLETE” already appears at “COND3” on CONSULT-
II screen before Procedure for COND3 is conducted, it is
C
unnecessary to conduct step 1 in “Procedure for COND3”.

PBIB0558E
D

Procedure for COND3

1. Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on
E
CONSULT-II screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take a
maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)
2. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. F
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1128, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the follow-
ing. G
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place
(soak the vehicle).
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA SEC778C
H
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-II.
d. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C(158°F), go to Procedure for COND1 step 3. I
Overall Function Check EBS01IUS

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st J
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. K
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. L
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times. M
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd
gear position.
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this PBIB2996E
procedure.
8. If NG, go to EC-1128, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1125
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IUT

MBWA1397E

EC-1126
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
[Engine is running] Approximately 10V
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the fol-
lowing conditions are met. D
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
5 G E
heater minute under no load PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE F
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
[Engine is running]
G
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met.
50 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 – Engine: After warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V H
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load I
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
59 OR ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
● Idle speed J

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-1127
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IUU

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1128
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
C
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
D

E
SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. F
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and
G
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
– : Vehicle front
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con- H
nector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-842, "HOW TO ERASE I
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. MBIB1337E
J
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No K
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-1012, "DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION
SYSTEM FUNCTION" .
No >> GO TO 3.
L
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (1).
– Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 1 and ECM
terminal 59.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG MBIB1341E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1129
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ECM terminal 50.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EC-994, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01IUV

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.

SEF662Y

EC-1130
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
A

EC

PBIB0551E D
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION: E
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread F
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. G
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
H
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load I
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure. J
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check K
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd gear
position.
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this PBIB2996E L
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION: M
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS01IUW

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-4, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

EC-1131
 DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT PFP:47850

Description EBS01IUX

The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred through the CAN communication line from “ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit)” to ECM.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01IUY

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● ABS actuator and electric unit (control
P1211 ECM receives a malfunction information from unit)
TCS control unit
1211 “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
● TCS related parts

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01IUZ

TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1132, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IV0

Go to BRC-61, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .

EC-1132
 DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:47850
A
Description EBS01IV1

NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to EC
EC-926, "DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit C
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01IV2
D
The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E

● Harness or connectors
ECM can not receive the information (The CAN communication line is open or
P1212 TCS communication
from “ABS actuator and electric unit (con- shorted.) F
1212 line
trol unit)” continuously. ● ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
● Dead (Weak) battery
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01IV3

TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle. H
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
I
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
4. If a 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1133, "Diagnostic Proce- J
dure" .

L
SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. M

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IV4

Go to BRC-61, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .

EC-1133
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE PFP:00000

System Description EBS01IV5

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
NOTE:
● If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001.
Refer to EC-926, "DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
● If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-929, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .
Cooling Fan Control
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1

Battery Battery voltage*1

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2 Cooling fan IPDM E/R
control (Cooling fan relays)
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
3
Air conditioner switch* Air conditioner ON signal*2

Refrigerant pressure sensor*3 Refrigerant pressure

*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: Models with air conditioner

The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF] (Models with
A/C) or 2-step control [ON/OFF] (Models without A/C).
Cooling Fan Operation
Models with A/C

MBIB1392E

EC-1134
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Models without A/C
A

EC

MBIB1393E D
Cooling Fan Relay Operation
The ECM controls cooling fan relays in the IPDM E/R through CAN communication line.
E
Cooling fan relay
Cooling fan speed
LO HI
F
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF
Low (LOW) ON OFF
High (HI) OFF ON G
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01IV6

Specification data are reference values. H

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON I
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Engine coolant temperature is 97°C
OFF
(207°F) or less J
● Engine: After warming up, idle Engine coolant temperature is
COOLING FAN the engine between 98°C (208°F) and 99°C LOW
● Air conditioner switch: OFF (210°F) or more K
Engine coolant temperature is 100°C
HIGH
(212°F) or more

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01IV7

L

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated. M
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

EC-1135
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)
● Cooling fan
● Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over-
heat). ● Cooling fan relays
● Radiator hose
● Cooling fan system does not operate properly
P1217 Engine over temperature (Overheat). ● Radiator
1217 (Overheat) ● Engine coolant was not added to the system ● Reservoir tank (Models with A/C)
using the proper filling method. ● Reservoir tank cap (Models with A/C)
● Engine coolant is not within the specified ● Radiator cap (Models without A/C)
range.
● Water pump
● Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-1148,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-50, "Changing Engine
coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-56, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-37, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check EBS01IV8

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the reservoir tank cap (models with A/C) or the radiator cap (models without A/C) when
the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the reservoir
tank or the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1141,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-1141,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

SEF621W

EC-1136
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II. A
5. If the results are NG, go to EC-1141, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC

SEF646X

D
WITH GST
(Models with air conditioner)
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. E
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1141,
"Diagnostic Procedure" . F
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-1141,
"Diagnostic Procedure" . G
3. Start engine.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine. SEF621W
H
4. Set temperature control switch to full cold position.
5. Turn air conditioner switch ON.
6. Turn blower fan switch ON. I
7. Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner operating.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine. J
8. Make sure that cooling fans operates at low speed.
If NG, go to EC-1141, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to the following step. K
9. Turn ignition switch OFF.
10. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
L
11. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-
tor.
12. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector. M

MBIB0651E

13. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at
higher speed than low speed.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
14. If NG, go to EC-1141, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF023R

EC-1137
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
(Models without air conditioner)
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1141,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-1141,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-
tor.
4. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor SEF621W

harness connector.
5. Start engine and make that cooling fan operates. Be careful not
to overheat engine.
6. If NG, go to EC-1141, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF023R

EC-1138
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IV9

MODELS WITH AIR CONDITIONER A

EC

MBWA1213E

EC-1139
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
MODELS WITHOUT AIR CONDITIONER

MBWA1214E

EC-1140
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IVA

PROCEDURE FOR MODELS WITH AIR CONDITIONER A

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II? EC
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 4. C

2. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION

D
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON- E
SULT-II and touch “LOW” on the CONSULT-II screen.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to EC-1143,
"PROCEDURE A" .) G

SEF784Z
H

3. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION

I
With CONSULT-II
1. Touch “HIGH” on the CONSULT-II screen.
2. Make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low J
speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. K
NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to EC-1143,
"PROCEDURE A" .)
L

SEF785Z

EC-1141
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Turn air conditioner switch ON.
3. Turn blower fan switch ON.
4. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC-
1143, "PROCEDURE A" .)

MBIB0651E

5. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
3. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
4. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
5. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at
higher speed than low speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC-
1143, "PROCEDURE A" .)

SEF023R

6. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK

Refer to CO-34, "ENGINE COOLANT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following for leak.
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump (Refer to CO-48, "WATER PUMP" .)
● Reservoir tank

>> Repair or replace.

EC-1142
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK RESERVOIR TANK CAP A
Refer to CO-43, "Checking Reservoir Tank Cap (With A/C Models)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. EC
NG >> Replace reservoir tank cap.

9. CHECK THERMOSTAT C
1. Remove thermostat.
2. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
D
It should seat tightly.
3. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
Valve opening temperature: 82°C (180°F) [standard] E
Valve lift: More than 8 mm/95°C
(0.31 in/203°F)
F
4. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening tem-
perature. For details, refer to CO-50, "THERMOSTAT" .
OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace thermostat. SLC343

10. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR H

Refer to EC-951, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
J
11. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-1148, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
K

>> INSPECTION END

PROCEDURE A L
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 14 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

MBIB1307E

EC-1143
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● 40A fusible link
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector (1).
– : Vehicle front
2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan motor terminal 1
and IPDM E/R terminal 10, cooling fan motor terminal 2 and
ground.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 12 and MBIB1351E
cooling fan motor terminal 1.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and IPDM E/R
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ground
● Harness for open or short between resistor and IPDM E/R
● Harness for open or short between resistor and cooling fan motor
● Resistor E5

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR

Refer to EC-1149, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motor.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-19, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD-
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector.

EC-1144
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PROCEDURE FOR MODELS WITHOUT AIR CONDITIONER
A
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
C
2. CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
With CONSULT-II D
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II and touch “LOW” on the CONSULT-II screen. E
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO4. F
NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to EC-1147,
"PROCEDURE B" .)
G

SEF784Z

H
3. CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. J
4. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. K
NG >> Check cooling fan speed control circuit. (Go to EC-1147,
"PROCEDURE B" .)
L

M
SEF023R

4. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK

Refer to CO-34, "ENGINE COOLANT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

EC-1145
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following for leak.
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump (Refer to CO-48, "WATER PUMP" .)

>> Repair or replace.

6. CHECK RADIATOR CAP

Refer to CO-42, "Checking Radiator Cap (Without A/C Models)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace radiator cap.

7. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1. Remove thermostat.
2. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly.
3. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
Valve opening temperature: 82°C (180°F) [standard]
Valve lift: More than 8 mm/95°C
(0.31 in/203°F)
4. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening tem-
perature. For details, refer to CO-50, "THERMOSTAT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace thermostat. SLC343

8. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-951, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

9. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES

If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-1148, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1146
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PROCEDURE B
A
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12. EC
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 14 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
C
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. D
NG >> GO TO 2.

MBIB1307E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART F

Check the following.

● 40A fusible link G
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H

3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT

I
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector (1).
– : Vehicle front
2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan motor terminal 1 J
and IPDM E/R terminal 10, cooling fan motor terminal 2 and
ground.
Refer to wiring diagram.
K
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
L
OK or NG MBIB1351E

OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
M
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and IPDM E/R
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR

Refer to EC-1149, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motor.

EC-1147
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-19, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD-
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
Main 12 Causes of Overheating EBS01IVB

Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page

OFF 1 ● Blocked radiator ● Visual No blocking —
● Blocked condenser
● Blocked radiator grille
● Blocked bumper
2 ● Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-37, "Engine
Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
3 ● Coolant level ● Visual Coolant up to MAX level See CO-34, "LEVEL
in reservoir tank and radi- CHECK" .
ator filler neck

4*5 ● Radiator cap ● Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa See CO-42, "Checking

(0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 Radiator Cap (Without A/
kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi) (Limit) C Models)" .

88 kPa (0.88 bar, 0.90 kg/ See CO-43, "Checking

4*6 ● Reservoir tank cap ● Pressure tester 2 Reservoir Tank Cap (With
cm , 12.8psi) A/C Models)" .

ON*2 5 ● Coolant leaks ● Visual No leaks See CO-34, "LEAK

CHECK" .

ON*2 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-50, "THERMO-
lower radiator hoses STAT" , and CO-38,
"RADIATOR" .

ON*1 7 ● Cooling fan ● CONSULT-II Operating See trouble diagnosis for

DTC P1217 (EC-1141,
"Diagnostic Procedure" ).
OFF 8 ● Combustion gas leak ● Color checker chemical Negative —
tester 4 Gas analyzer

ON*3 9 ● Coolant temperature ● Visual Gauge less than 3/4 —

gauge when driving
● Coolant overflow to ● Visual No overflow during driving See MA-50, "Changing
reservoir tank and idling Engine coolant" .

OFF*4 10 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See CO-34, "LEVEL
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank CHECK" .
tor
OFF 11 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-174, "CYLIN-
gauge mum distortion (warping) DER HEAD" .
12 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-190, "CYLIN-
tons walls or piston DER BLOCK" .
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
*5: Models without A/C
*6: Models with A/C
For more information, refer to CO-31, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .

EC-1148
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01IVC

COOLING FAN MOTOR (MODELS WITH A/C) A

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation. EC

Terminals
(+) (-) C
Cooling fan motor 1 2

D
MBIB0607E

COOLING FAN MOTOR (MODELS WITHOUT A/C)

E
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.
F
Terminals
(+) (-)
G
Cooling fan motor 1 2

H
MBIB1308E

EC-1149
 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR PFP:16119

Component Description EBS01IVD

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01IVE

The MI will not light up for this diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1225 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning value is exces- ● Electric throttle control actuator
1225 learning performance sively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01IVF

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1151, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-1150
 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IVG

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Remove the intake air duct. EC
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
– : Vehicle front C
– Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed.
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
E
MBIB1344E

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR F

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.

2. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . G
3. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END H

Removal and Installation EBS01IVH

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

I
Refer to EM-121, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EC-1151
 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR PFP:16119

Component Description EBS01IVI

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01IVJ

The MI will not light up for this diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1226 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not per- ● Electric throttle control actuator
1226 learning performance formed successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01IVK

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for 32 times.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1153, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-1152
 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IVL

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Remove the intake air duct. EC
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
– : Vehicle front C
– Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed.
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
E
MBIB1344E

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR F

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.

2. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" G
3. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END H

Removal and Installation EBS01IVM

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

I
Refer to EM-121, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EC-1153
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY PFP:16119

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01IVN

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
● Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(Throttle position sensor circuit is shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for
1229 circuit short sensor is excessively low or high. shorted.]
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
● Throttle position sensor
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01IVO

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1159, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-1154
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IVP

LHD MODELS A

EC

MBWA1379E

EC-1155
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
72 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
Sensor power supply
78 OR [Camshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(PHASE)]
Sensor power supply
102 BR [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
104 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
106 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
110 G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
111 R ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed

EC-1156
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A

EC

MBWA1380E

EC-1157
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
72 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
Sensor power supply
78 OR [Camshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(PHASE)]
Sensor power supply
102 BR [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
104 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
106 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
110 G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
111 R ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed

EC-1158
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IVQ

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body. EC
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

F
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. H

2. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness I
connector (1).
– Accelerator pedal position sensor (2)
– Accelerator pedal (3) J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1345E
L

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester. M

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIA9606J

EC-1159
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
72 Throttle position sensor terminal 1 EC-954, "Wiring Diagram"
78 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 EC-1052, "Wiring Diagram"
106 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-1174, "Wiring Diagram"

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
● Throttle position sensor (Refer to EC-957, "Component Inspection" .)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (Refer to EC-1056, "Component Inspection" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.

5. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-1179, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-858, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1160
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH PFP:32006
A
Component Description EBS01IVR

When the shift lever position is Neutral, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01IVS

Specification data are reference values.

C
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Shift lever: Neutral ON
P/N POSI SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Shift lever: Except above OFF D

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01IVT

E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause

The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) ● Harness or connectors

P1706 (PNP switch circuit is open or shorted.)
Park/neutral position switch switch is not changed in the process of
1706
engine starting and driving.
F
● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01IVU

G
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the follow-
J
ing conditions.
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal
Neutral position ON K
Except above position OFF

If NG, go to EC-1164, "Diagnostic Procedure" . L

If OK, go to following step.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. SEF212Y

4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. M

5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive sec-
onds.
ENG SPEED More than 1,925 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 2.5 msec
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64km/h (40 MPH)
Shift lever Suitable position
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1164, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . SEF213Y

EC-1161
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Overall Function Check EBS01IVV

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 70 (PNP switch signal)
and body ground under the following conditions.
Condition (Gear position) Voltage V (Known-good data)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Neutral position
(11 - 14V)
Except above position Approx. 0
3. If NG, go to EC-1164, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

MBIB1397E

EC-1162
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IVW

EC

MBWA1217E

EC-1163
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Park/Neutral position ● Shift lever: Neutral (11 - 14V)
70 LG
(PNP) switch [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
● Except above position

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IVX

1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 31 and ground under
following condition.
Shift lever position Voltage
Neutral Battery voltage (11- 14V)
Except above position Approximately 0V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 2.
MBIB0652E

2. CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between PNP switch terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB3003E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between PNP switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1164
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 3 and IPDM E/R terminal 31. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. D
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
F
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14
● Harness for open or short between PNP switch and IPDM E/R
G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK PNP SWITCH H

Refer to MT-16, "Park/Neutral Position Switch" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. I
NG >> Replace PNP switch.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

K
>> INSPECTION END

8. CHECK IPDM E/R GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E11 and E16.
3. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 3, 54 and ground. M

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1165
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E17
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 70 and IPDM E/R terminal 64.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-1166
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320
A
Description EBS01IVY

Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01IVZ

Specification data are reference values.

C
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON D

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01IW0

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis. E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause

A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for ● Harness or connectors F

P1805 (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
Brake switch extremely long time while the vehicle is driv-
1805
ing. ● Stop lamp switch

G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode.
Engine operation condition in fail-fail safe mode H
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
I

When engine is idling Normal

When accelerating Poor acceleration J
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01IW2

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. K
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II.
L
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1169, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
M

PBIB1952E

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-1167
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IW3

MBWA1402E

EC-1168
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF] C
Approximately 0V
● Brake pedal: Fully released
99 Y Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V) D

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IW4

1. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
F
Brake pedal Stop lamp
Fully released Not illuminated
G
Slightly depressed Illuminated
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. H
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT I

1. Disconnect stop lamp switch (1) harness connector.
– Brake pedal (2)
J

L
MBIB1346E

2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground M

with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0117E

EC-1169
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (LHD models)
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch (1) harness connector.
– Brake pedal (2)
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminal 2
and ECM terminal 99.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG MBIB1346E

OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
● Joint connector-3 (RHD models)
● Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH

Refer to EC-1171, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1170
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01IW5

STOP LAMP SWITCH A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch (1) harness connector.
● Brake pedal (2)
EC

MBIB1346E
E
3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
Condition Continuity F
Brake pedal: Fully released. Should not exist.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Should exist.
G
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-6,
"BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.
H
PBIB0118E

EC-1171
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR PFP:18002

Component Description EBS01IW6

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01IW7

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01IW8

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-1154, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P2122 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP ● Harness or connectors
2122 sensor 1 circuit low input sensor 1 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
P2123 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
2123 sensor 1 circuit high input sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
(APP sensor 1)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

EC-1172
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01IW9

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. C
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
D
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1177, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST G
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-1173
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IWA

LHD MODELS

MBWA1203E

EC-1174
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply C
102 BR [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V D
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V E
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
104 Y
Sensor ground
● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V F
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
106 PU
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V G
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
H
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
110 G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V I
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground J
111 R ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed

EC-1175
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS

MBWA1204E

EC-1176
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply C
102 BR [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V D
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V E
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
104 Y
Sensor ground
● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V F
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
106 PU
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V G
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
H
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
110 G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V I
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground J
111 R ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IWB

K
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .
M

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1177
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector (1).
– Accelerator pedal position sensor (2)
– Accelerator pedal (3)
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1345E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIA9606J

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M201, M71 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and APP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M201, M71 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1178
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and APP sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
D
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M201, M71 (RHD models) E
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM
F

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK APP SENSOR G

Refer to EC-1179, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
I
9. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
J
2. Perform EC-858, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . K

>> INSPECTION END

L
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS01IWC

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-1179
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 110 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 103 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
110 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7V

103 Fully released 0.3 - 0.6V

(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4V
PBIA9572J

4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.

5. Perform EC-858, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS01IWD

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-1180
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Component Description EBS01IWE

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera- EC
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. C
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from D
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01IWF
F
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
G
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V
ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V H

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF I
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01IWG J

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause K
P2127 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP ● Harness or connectors
2127 sensor 2 circuit low input sensor 2 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit L
is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
P2128 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP
● Accelerator pedal position sensor M
2128 sensor 2 circuit high input sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
(APP sensor 2)
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

EC-1181
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01IWH

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1186, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-1182
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IWI

LHD MODELS A

EC

MBWA1215E

EC-1183
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
102 BR [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
104 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
106 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
110 G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
111 R ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed

EC-1184
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A

EC

MBWA1216E

EC-1185
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
102 BR [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
104 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
106 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
110 G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
111 R ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IWJ

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1186
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector (1).
– Accelerator pedal position sensor (2) EC
– Accelerator pedal (3)
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
C

D
MBIB1345E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 5 and ground with E

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G

PBIA9607J H

3. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 102.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J

Continuity should exist.

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
L
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
M
● Harness connectors M201, M71 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit in harness or connectors.

EC-1187
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
74 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1232, "Wiring Diagram"
75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-1044, "Wiring Diagram"
102 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-1183, "Wiring Diagram"

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-1049, "Component Inspection" .)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-1233, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.

7. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 104 and APP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M201, M71 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 103 and APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

EC-1188
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M201, M71 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models) EC
● Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM

C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK APP SENSOR

D
Refer to EC-1190, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. E
NG >> GO TO 12.

12. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY F

1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-858, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
G
3. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
H
>> INSPECTION END

13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END J

EC-1189
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01IWK

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 110 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 103 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
110 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7V

103 Fully released 0.3 - 0.6V

(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4V
PBIA9572J

4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.

5. Perform EC-858, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS01IWL

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-1190
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS01IWM

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to EC
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi- C
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig- D
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01IWN

Specification data are reference values.

F
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Ignition switch: ON
THRTL SEN 1 Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2* G
● Shift lever: 1st Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01IWO

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

NOTE: I
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-1154, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
● Harness or connector
Throttle position sensor Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
P2135 shorted.)
circuit range/performance compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 K
2135
problem and TP sensor 2. ● Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
M

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

EC-1191
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01IWP

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1194, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-1192
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IWQ

EC

MBWA1199E

EC-1193
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
33 LG Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
34 OR Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
36 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
72 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IWR

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1194
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connec-
tor.
: Vehicle front EC
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

D
MBIB1338E

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal E

1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. G

PBIA9580J H

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L

4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 and ECM terminal 33, elec-
tric throttle control actuator terminal 3 and ECM terminal 34.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-1196, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-1195
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01IWS

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set selector lever to 1st position.
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 33 (TP sensor 1 signal),
34 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

33 Fully released More than 0.36V

(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

34 Fully released Less than 4.75V

(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next MBIB1391E

step.
7. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
8. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS01IWT

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-121, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EC-1196
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Component Description EBS01IWU

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera- EC
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. C
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from D
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01IWV
F
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
G
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V
ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V H

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF I
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01IWW J

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to K
EC-1154, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause L
● Harness or connector
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
M
is shorted.]
Accelerator pedal posi- Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
P2138 (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
tion sensor circuit compared with the signals from APP sensor 1
2138 shorted.)
range/performance and APP sensor 2.
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1 and 2)
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor

EC-1197
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01IWX

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1202, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.

EC-1198
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IWY

LHD MODELS A

EC

MBWA1201E

EC-1199
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
102 BR [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
104 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
106 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
110 G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
111 R ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed

EC-1200
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A

EC

MBWA1202E

EC-1201
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
102 BR [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
104 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
106 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
110 G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
111 R ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IWZ

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1202
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector (1).
– Accelerator pedal position sensor (2) EC
– Accelerator pedal (3)
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
C

D
MBIB1345E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with E

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G

PBIA9606J H

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. I
● Harness connectors M201, M71 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
J
● Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 5 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
M
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 5.

PBIA9607J

EC-1203
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 102.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M201, M71 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness for open between APP sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
74 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1232, "Wiring Diagram"
75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-1232, "Wiring Diagram"
102 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-1199, "Wiring Diagram"

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-1049, "Component Inspection" .)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-1233, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.

9. CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and APP sensor terminal 2, ECM terminal 104 and
APP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

EC-1204
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M201, M71 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models) EC
● Harness for open between APP sensor and ECM

C
>> Repair open circuit in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and APP sensor terminal 3, ECM terminal 103 and
APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. E
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.
G
12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. H
● Harness connectors M201, M71 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness for open between APP sensor and ECM I

>> Repair open circuit in harness or connectors.

J
13. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1205, "Component Inspection" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14. L
14. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. M
2. Perform EC-858, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01IX0

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-1205
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 110 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 103 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
110 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7V

103 Fully released 0.3 - 0.6V

(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4V
PBIA9572J

4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.

5. Perform EC-858, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-858, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-859, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS01IX1

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-1206
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL PFP:25350
A
Description EBS01KNF

The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, heater fan switch sig-
nal, etc.) is transferred through the CAN communication line from BCM to ECM via IPDM E/R. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01IX5

Specification data are reference values.

C
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Rear window defogger switch: ON
and/or ON D
LOAD SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON Lighting switch: 2nd position.
Rear window defogger switch and lighting switch: OFF OFF
Heater fan is operating. ON E
HEATER FAN SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Heater fan is not operating. OFF

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IX6

F
1. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCITION-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
G
2. Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition LOAD SIGNAL H
Lighting switch: ON at 2nd position ON
Lighting switch: OFF OFF
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 4. J
PBIB0103E

2. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II K

Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-
II under the following conditions.
L
Condition LOAD SIGNAL
Rear window defogger switch: ON ON
Rear window defogger switch: OFF OFF M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0103E

EC-1207
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION
Check “HEATER FAN SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition LOAD SIGNAL
Heater fan control switch: ON ON
Heater fan control switch: OFF OFF
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END.
NG >> GO TO 6.
PBIB1995E

4. CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM

Refer to LT-7, "HEADLAMP -CONVENTIONAL TYPE-" or LT-42, "HEADLAMP - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM -
".

>> INSPECTION END

5. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM

Refer to GW-16, "REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER" .

>> INSPECTION END

6. CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM

Refer to ATC-18, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" or MTC-17, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1208
 FUEL INJECTOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
FUEL INJECTOR PFP:16600
A
Component Description EBS01IX7

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec- EC
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains C
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
D

SEF375Z

E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01IX8

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-908, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
● Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
G
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INJ PULSE-B1
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
● No load
H

EC-1209
 FUEL INJECTOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IX9

MBWA1222E

EC-1210
 FUEL INJECTOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition D
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm E
at idle
25 PU Fuel injector No. 4
PBIB0529E
29 Y Fuel injector No. 3
30 OR Fuel injector No. 2 BATTERY VOLTAGE F
31 L Fuel injector No. 1
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
G
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

H
PBIA4943J

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
I
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IXA

1. INSPECTION START
J
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No K
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
L

EC-1211
 FUEL INJECTOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.

PBIB0133E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.

PBIB1986E

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.

EC-1212
 FUEL INJECTOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector (2) harness connector.
– Ignition coil (1) EC
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB2968E
E
4. Check voltage between fuel injector terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage F

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 4.

H
PBIB0582E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
J
● IPDM E/R harness connector E13
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse K

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
5. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
M
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 25, 29, 30, 31.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

Refer to EC-1214, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace fuel injector.

EC-1213
 FUEL INJECTOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01IXB

FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
Resistance: 10.4 - 15.3Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]

PBIB1727E

Removal and Installation EBS01IXC

FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-136, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .

EC-1214
 FUEL PUMP
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
FUEL PUMP PFP:17042
A
Description EBS01IXD

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator EC
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
Battery Battery voltage* C
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
D
startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and cam-
shaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the
engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump
operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel E
pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Condition Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON Operates for 1 second F
Engine running and cranking Operates
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds
G
Except as shown above Stops

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
H
A turbine type design fuel pump (2) is used in the fuel tank.
● Fuel pressure regulator (1)
I

K
PBIB2952E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01IXE

Specification data are reference values. L

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
ON M
FUEL PUMP RLY ● Engine running or cranking
● Except above conditions OFF

EC-1215
 FUEL PUMP
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IXF

MBWA1403E

EC-1216
 FUEL PUMP
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] C
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
23 GY Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch: ON] D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 1 second after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch ON
E
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IXG

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch ON. F
2. Pinch fuel feed hose (1) with two fingers.
– Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed.
G
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel
feed hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned
ON. H
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2. I

PBIB2978E

2. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 23 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester. L

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIA9573J

EC-1217
 FUEL PUMP
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E17.
3. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 69 and ECM terminal 23.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness or connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM

>> Repair harness or connectors.

5. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness con-
nector (1).
– Illustration shows the view with rear seat removed.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1347E

5. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage should exist for 1 second
after ignition switch is turned ON.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 6.

PBIB3004E

EC-1218
 FUEL PUMP
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK 15A FUSE A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 15A fuse.
3. Check 15A fuse. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace fuse. C

7. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

D
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E13.
2. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 20 and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” termi-
nal 1. E
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8. G

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

H
Check the following.
● Harness or connectors E112, B59
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” I

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
9. CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
K
2. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 3 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. L
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

10. CHECK FUEL PUMP

Refer to EC-1220, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace fuel pump.

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-1219
 FUEL PUMP
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01IXH

FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals 1 and 3.
Resistance: Approximately 0.2 - 5.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

PBIA9582J

Removal and Installation EBS01IXI

FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-14, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .

EC-1220
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
IGNITION SIGNAL PFP:22448
A
Component Description EBS01IXJ

IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the EC
power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition
coil (1) primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper
high voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
● Fuel injector (2) C

PBIB2968E
E

EC-1221
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IXK

MBWA1220E

EC-1222
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
32 P D
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)

EC-1223
IGNITION SIGNAL
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

MBWA1221E

EC-1224
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
0 - 0.3V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
D
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
17 R Ignition signal No. 1 at idle E
PBIA9265J
18 LG Ignition signal No. 2
21 G Ignition signal No. 4
0.2 - 0.5V
22 SB Ignition signal No. 3
F
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm G

PBIA9266J
H
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IXL

I
1. CHECK ENGINE START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Is engine running? J
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3. K
No >> GO TO 4.

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION L

With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. M
2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.

PBIB0133E

EC-1225
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 17, 18, 21, 22
and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.

PBIA9567J

PBIA9265J

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.

4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 105 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Go to EC-919, "POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .

PBIA9575J

EC-1226
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser (1) harness connector.
EC
– : Vehicle front
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
C

PBIB2977E
E
4. Check voltage between condenser terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage F

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. G
NG >> GO TO 6.

H
PBIB0624E

6. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
J
3. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 33 and condenser terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. K
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
L
OK >> Go to EC-919, "POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M

Check the following.

● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1227
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between condenser terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-1229, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace condenser.

10. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect ignition coil (1) harness connector.
– Fuel injector (2)
4. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB2968E

5. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.

SEF107S

11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connector F1
● Harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F1

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-1228
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
12. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. D

13. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 17, 18, 21, 22 and ignition coil terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
14. CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EC-1229, "Component Inspection" .
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Replace ignition coil with power transistor.
J
15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . K

>> INSPECTION END

L
Component Inspection EBS01IXM

IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible. M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 and 3 Except 0 or ∞
1 and 2
Except 0
1 and 3
4. If NG, replace ignition coil with power transistor.
If OK, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. MBIB0032E

EC-1229
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. Remove fuel pump fuse (2) in IPDM E/R (1) to release fuel pres-
sure.
– : Vehicle front
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-II to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres-
sure applies again during the following procedure.
8. Start engine.
9. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
10. Turn ignition switch OFF. MBIB1332E

11. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electri-
cal discharge from the ignition coils.
12. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
13. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
14. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
15. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm
between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion
as shown in the figure.
16. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal
portion.
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION:
●Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock PBIB2325E
while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage
becomes 20kV or more.
● It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm is taken.

NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm, the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
17. If NG, replace ignition coil with power transistor.
CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals 1 and 2.
Resistance: Above 1 MΩ at 25°C (77°F)

PBIB0794E

Removal and Installation EBS01IXN

IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

Refer to EM-133, "IGNITION COIL" .

EC-1230
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:92136
A
Component Description EBS01IXO

The refrigerant pressure sensor (1) is installed at the condenser of

the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume EC
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
● : Vehicle front C

MBIB1348E

H
PBIB2657E

EC-1231
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01IXP

MBWA1224E

EC-1232
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
● Warm-up condition
41 BR Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0V
● Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
(Compressor operates) D
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
48 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
● Idle speed E
Sensor power supply
74 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
F
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IXQ

1. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION

G
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 41 and ground with CON- H
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0V
I
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
J

PBIA9574J K

EC-1233
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn A/C switch and blower switch OFF.
2. Stop engine.
3. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-924, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

3. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor (1) harness connector.
– : Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1348E

3. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3

and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

SEF479Y

EC-1234
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM EC

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
5. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 48.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. E
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6. G
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. H
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM
I
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J

1. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 41.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. K
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
M
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-918, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-1235
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS01IXR

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to ATC-92, "REFRIGERANT LINES" or MTC-64, "REFRIGERANT LINES" .

EC-1236
 MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS PFP:24814
A
Wiring Diagram EBS01IXS

LHD MODELS
EC

MBWA1225E

EC-1237
 MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS

MBWA1226E

EC-1238
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030
A
Fuel Pressure EBS01IXT

Fuel pressure at idle Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)
EC
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing EBS01IXU

Hatchback: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)

Target idle speed No load* (in Neutral position)
C+C: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) C
Air conditioner: ON In Neutral position 850 rpm or more
Ignition timing In Neutral position 6 ± 5° BTDC
D
*: Under the following conditions:
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger) E
● Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Calculated Load Value EBS01IXV

F
Calculated load value% (Using CONSULT-II or GST)
At idle 10 - 35
At 2,500 rpm 10 - 35 G

Mass Air Flow Sensor EBS01IXW

Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14V) H

Output voltage at idle 1.0 - 1.2V*
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-II or GST) I
2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.

Intake Air Temperature Sensor EBS01IXX J

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
K
80 (176) 0.283 - 0.359

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor EBS01IXY

L
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 M
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260

Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater EBS01IXZ

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 3.4 - 4.4Ω

Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater EBS01IY0

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 3.4 - 4.4Ω

Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) EBS01IY1

Refer to EC-1049, "Component Inspection" .

Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) EBS01IY2

Refer to EC-1056, "Component Inspection" .

EC-1239
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[HR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Throttle Control Motor EBS01IY3

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 1 - 15Ω

Fuel Injector EBS01IY4

Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 10.4 - 15.3Ω

Fuel Pump EBS01IY5

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 0.2 - 5.0Ω

EC-1240
 INDEX FOR DTC
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
INDEX FOR DTC
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)] PFP:00024
A
DTC No. Index EBS01IY6

NOTE:
● If DTC U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer EC
to EC-1349, "DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
● If DTC U1010 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-1352, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" . C
DTC*1 Items
Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II ECM*2
D
U1001 1001*3 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-1349
U1010 1010 CONTROL UNIT(CAN) EC-1352
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
E
No DTC Flashing*4 FURTHER TESTING EC-1274
MAY BE REQUIRED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED. F
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 EC-1354 G
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-1359
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-1359
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-1366
H

P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-1366

P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC EC-1371
I
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC EC-1371
P0132 0132 HO2S1 (B1) EC-1377
P0134 0134 HO2S1 (B1) EC-1385 J
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) EC-1392
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC EC-1399
K
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC EC-1399
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-1405
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-1405 L
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-1409
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-1417
M
P0605 0605 ECM EC-1424
P1065 1065 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT EC-1427
P1111 1111 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 EC-1429
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR EC-1434
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC EC-1437
P1124 1124 ETC MOT PWR EC-1444
P1126 1126 ETC MOT PWR EC-1444
P1128 1128 ETC MOT EC-1450
P1211 1211 5 EC-1455
TCS C/U FUNCTN*
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC*5 EC-1456
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-1457
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING EC-1473
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING EC-1475

EC-1241
 INDEX FOR DTC
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1 Items
Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II ECM*2
P1229 1229 SENSOR POWER/CIRC EC-1477
P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 NATS MALFUNCTION BL-283
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT EC-1484
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-1490
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-1495
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-1495
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-1504
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-1504
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR EC-1513
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR EC-1519
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
*3: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*4: When engine is running, MI may flash. For details, refer to EC-1274, "MI Flashing Without DTC" .
*5: For models with ESP

EC-1242
 INDEX FOR DTC
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Alphabetical Index EBS01IY7

A
NOTE:
● If DTC U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer
to EC-1349, "DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
● If DTC U1010 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer EC
to EC-1352, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" .

Items DTC*1 C
Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II 2
ECM*
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 EC-1495
D
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 EC-1495
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 EC-1504
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 EC-1504 E
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 EC-1519
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 EC-1490
3 F
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001* EC-1349
CONTROL UNIT(CAN) U1010 1010 EC-1352
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 EC-1409 G
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 EC-1417
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 EC-1473
H
CTP LEARNING P1226 1226 EC-1475
ECM P0605 0605 EC-1424
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P1065 1065 EC-1427 I
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 EC-1366
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 EC-1366
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 EC-1457 J
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 EC-1434
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 EC-1437
K
ETC MOT P1128 1128 EC-1450
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 EC-1444
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 EC-1444 L
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 EC-1377
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 EC-1385
M
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 EC-1392
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 EC-1354
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 EC-1429
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 EC-1405
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 EC-1405
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 0102 EC-1359
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0103 0103 EC-1359
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 BL-283
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING No DTC Flashing*4 EC-1274
MAY BE REQUIRED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 EC-1484

EC-1243
 INDEX FOR DTC
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

Items DTC*1
Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II ECM*2
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 EC-1477

TCS C/U FUNCTN*5 P1211 1211 EC-1455

TCS/CIRC*5 P1212 1212 EC-1456

TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 EC-1399
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 EC-1399
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 EC-1371
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 EC-1371
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 EC-1513
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
*3: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*4: When engine is running, MI may flash. For details, refer to EC-1274, "MI Flashing Without DTC" .
*5: For models with ESP

EC-1244
 PRECAUTIONS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001
A
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER” EBS01IY8

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along EC
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual. C
WARNING:
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. D
● Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section. E
● Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors. F
Precautions for Procedures without Cowl Top Cover EBS01IY9

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover G
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.

PIIB3706J J
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine EBS01IYA

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of K
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, L
etc. will cause the MI to light up.
● Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, M
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
● Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-119, "HAR-
NESS CONNECTOR" .
● Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM
before returning the vehicle to the customer.

EC-1245
 PRECAUTIONS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Precaution EBS01IYB

● Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

● Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
● Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative
battery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned OFF.
● Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then
disconnect battery ground cable.
SEF289H

● Do not disassemble ECM.

● If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis-
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
● If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-
related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
– Diagnostic trouble codes
PBIA9222J
– 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
– Freeze frame data
– 1st trip freeze frame data
● When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten (B) it
securely with a lever (1) as far as it will go as shown in the
figure.
– ECM (2)
– Loosen (A)

PBIB2947E

● When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
● Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to ICs.
● Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control sys- PBIB0090E

tem malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded

operation of ICs, etc.
● Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.

EC-1246
 PRECAUTIONS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value inspection and make sure ECM functions prop- A
erly. Refer to EC-1309, "ECM Terminals and Reference
Value" .
● Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage. EC
● Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of deter-
gent.
● Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator. C
● Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause seri-
ous incidents. MEF040D
● Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), D
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check. E
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
F

SAT652J

H
● When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never
allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and I
damage the ECM power transistor.
● Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's
J
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as
the ground.

SEF348N

EC-1247
 PRECAUTIONS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
– Fuel pump and fuel filter (1)
– Fuel level senor unit (2)
– Fuel pressure regulator (3)
● Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.

MBIB1329E

● Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.

● Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unneces-
sarily.
● Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.

SEF709Y

● When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure

to observe the following as it may adversely affect elec-
tronic control systems depending on installation location.
– Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic
control units.
– Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
– Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-
wave radio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y
– Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.

EC-1248
 PREPARATION
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PREPARATION PFP:00002
A
Special Service Tools EBS01IYC

Tool number
Description
Tool name EC
KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor
Heated oxygen with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
sensor wrench C

D
S-NT379

KV10114400 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor

Heated oxygen a: 22 mm (0.87 in) E
sensor wrench

S-NT636

EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and G

Radiator cap tester radiator filler neck
adapter a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia. H
Unit: mm (in)

S-NT564
I
EG17550000 Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester
Break-out box

ZZA1194D K
EG17680000 Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester
Y-cable adapter
L

M
PBIA9379J

KV10118400 Measuring fuel pressure

Fuel tube adapter

PBIB3043E

EC-1249
 PREPARATION
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Commercial Service Tools EBS01IYD

Tool name Description

Quick connector Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine

release room
(Available in SEC. 164 of PARTS CATALOG: Part
No. 16441 6N210)

PBIC0198E

Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
pressure

S-NT653

Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant

temperature sensor

S-NT705

Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads

cleaner before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with
anti-seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for
Zirconia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for
Titania Oxygen Sensor
AEM488

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL
specification MIL-A-
907)

S-NT779

EC-1250
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:23710
A
System Diagram EBS01IYE

EC

MBIB1352E

EC-1251
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System EBS01IYF

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*3
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position

Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel injection
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position & mixture ratio Fuel injector
control
Battery Battery voltage*3
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
EPS control unit Power steering operation*2

Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation*2

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
● During warm-up
● When starting the engine
● During acceleration
● Hot-engine operation
● High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
● During deceleration
● During high engine speed operation

EC-1252
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
A

EC

PBIB2953E D
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The E
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about
heated oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-1377, "DTC P0132 HO2S1" . This maintains the mixture ratio within the
range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition. F
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2. G
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion. H
● Deceleration and acceleration
● High-load, high-speed operation
● Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit I
● Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
● High engine coolant temperature
J
● During warm-up
● When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL K
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig- L
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between M
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared
to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an
increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.

EC-1253
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
FUEL INJECTION TIMING

SEF337W

Two types of systems are used.

Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper-
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
Electronic Ignition (EI) System EBS01IYG

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*2
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position

Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Ignition timing
Power transistor
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position control

Battery Battery voltage*2

Knock sensor Engine knocking
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*1
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
● At starting
● During warm-up
● At idle
● At low battery voltage

EC-1254
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed A
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition. EC
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) EBS01IYH

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
C

Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Neutral position

Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position D
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Fuel cut con-
Fuel injector
trol
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) E
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
F
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 2,500 rpm under no load (for example, the selector lever position is neutral and
engine speed is over 2,500 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off var-
G
ies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 2,000 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-1252, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) Sys- H
tem" .

EC-1255
 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL PFP:23710

Input/Output Signal Chart EBS01IYI

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Air conditioner switch 1
Air conditioner ON signal*
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner

Air conditioner relay
cut control
Battery Battery voltage*2
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure
EPS control unit Power steering operation*1
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*1
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

System Description EBS01IYJ

This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned OFF.
● When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
● When cranking the engine.
● At high engine speeds.
● When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
● When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
● When engine speed is excessively low.
● When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.

EC-1256
 CAN COMMUNICATION
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
CAN COMMUNICATION PFP:23710
A
System Description EBS01IYK

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec- EC
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. C

CAN Communication Unit EBS01KO3

Body type 3door/5door/C+C D

Axle 2WD
Engine HR16DE
E
Handle LHD/RHD
Brake control ABS ESP
Transmission M/T F
Intelligent Key system × ×
CAN communication unit
G
ECM × × × ×
Data link connector × × × ×
Combination meter × × × × H
Intelligent Key unit × ×
EPS control unit × × × ×
I
BCM × × × ×
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) × × × ×
IPDM E/R × × × × J
LAN-11, "TYPE 3/TYPE 4/TYPE 5/ LAN-16, "TYPE 9/TYPE 10/TYPE
CAN communication type
TYPE 6" 11/TYPE 12"
×: Applicable K

EC-1257
 CAN COMMUNICATION
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TYPE 5/TYPE 6
System diagram
● Type 3/Type 5

MKIB1737E

● Type 4/Type 6

MKIB1738E

Input/output signal chart

T: Transmit R: Receive
ABS actu-
ator and
Combina- Intelligent EPS con-
Signals ECM BCM electric IPDM E/R
tion meter. Key unit trol unit
unit (con-
trol unit)
Engine speed signal T R
Engine coolant temperature signal T R
Fuel consumption monitor signal T R
Oil pressure switch signal R T
A/C compressor request signal T R
Heater fan switch signal R T
Cooling fan speed request signal T R
Position lights request signal R T R
Low beam request signal T R

EC-1258
 CAN COMMUNICATION
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ABS actu-
ator and A
Combina- Intelligent EPS con-
Signals ECM BCM electric IPDM E/R
tion meter. Key unit trol unit
unit (con-
trol unit)
EC
Low beam status signal R T
High beam request signal R T R
High beam status signal R T C
Day time light request signal T R
R R R T
Vehicle speed signal D
R T R R R
Sleep/wake up signal R R T R
Door switch signal R R T R E
Turn indicator signal R T
R T
Buzzer output signal
R T F
MI signal T R
Front wiper request signal T R
G
Front wiper stop position signal R T
Rear window defogger switch signal T R
Rear window defogger control signal R T H
EPS warning indicator signal R T
ABS warning lamp signal R T
I
Brake warning lamp signal R T
Back-up lamp signal R T
Front fog lamp request signal R T R J
Rear fog lamp status signal R T
Headlamp washer request signal T R
K
Door lock/unlock request signal T R
Door lock/unlock status signal R T
KEY indicator signal R T L
LOCK indicator signal R T
Engine status signal T R
A/C switch signal R T
M

Brake system malfunction signal T R

Parking brake switch signal T R
R range signal R T
Retractable hard top
R T
warning lamp signal*
*: C+C only

EC-1259
 CAN COMMUNICATION
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TYPE 11/TYPE 12
System diagram
● Type 9/Type 11

MKIB1737E

● Type 10/Type 12

MKIB1738E

Input/output signal chart

T: Transmit R: Receive
ABS actu-
ator and
Combina- Intelligent EPS con-
Signals ECM BCM electric IPDM E/R
tion meter. Key unit trol unit
unit (con-
trol unit)
Engine speed signal T R R
Engine coolant temperature signal T R
Fuel consumption monitor signal T R
Accelerator pedal position signal T R
Oil pressure switch signal R T
A/C compressor request signal T R
Heater fan switch signal R T
Cooling fan speed request signal T R
Position lights request signal R T R

EC-1260
 CAN COMMUNICATION
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ABS actu-
ator and A
Combina- Intelligent EPS con-
Signals ECM BCM electric IPDM E/R
tion meter. Key unit trol unit
unit (con-
trol unit)
EC
Low beam request signal T R
Low beam status signal R T
High beam request signal R T R C
High beam status signal R T
Day time light request signal T R
D
R R R T
Vehicle speed signal
R T R R R
Sleep/wake up signal R R T R E
Door switch signal R R T R
Turn indicator signal R T
R T F
Buzzer output signal
R T
MI signal T R
G
Front wiper request signal T R
Front wiper stop position signal R T
Rear window defogger switch signal T R H
Rear window defogger control signal R T
EPS warning indicator signal R T
I
ABS warning lamp signal R T
ESP warning lamp signal R T
ESP OFF indicator signal R T J
SLIP indicator lamp signal R T
Steering angle signal T R
K
Brake warning lamp signal R T
Back-up lamp signal R T
Front fog lamp request signal R T R L
Rear fog lamp status signal R T
Headlamp washer request signal T R
Door lock/unlock request signal T R
M

Door lock/unlock status signal R T

KEY indicator signal R T
LOCK indicator signal R T
Engine status signal T R
A/C switch signal R T
Brake system malfunction signal T R
Parking brake switch signal T R
R range signal R T
Retractable hard top
R T
warning lamp signal*
*: C+C only

EC-1261
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PFP:14950

Description EBS01IYL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

PBIB3039E

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.

EC-1262
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
A

EC

PBIB2946E

: Vehicle front : From next page

1. Intake manifold 2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP purge resonator
solenoid valve
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.

EC-1263
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

MBIB1330E

: Vehicle front : To previous page

1. EVAP canister
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.

EC-1264
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01IYM

EVAP CANISTER A
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port (B).
EC
2. Blow air into port (A) and check that it flows freely out of port (C).
3. Release blocked port (B).
4. Apply vacuum pressure to port (B) and check that vacuum pres-
C
sure exists at the ports (A) and (C).
5. Block port (A) and (B).
6. Apply pressure to port (C) and check that there is no leakage. D
PBIB2961E

FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP) E
1. Wipe clean valve housing.

H
SEF989X

2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

I
Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar,
0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.060 to −0.034 bar, J
−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.49 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly. K

SEF943S
L
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-1531, "EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE" .
M

EC-1265
 NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) PFP:25386

Description EBS01IYN

● If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in

the ON position or “NATS MALFUNCTION” is displayed on
“SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform self-diagnostic
results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Refer to BL-283, "NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)" .
● Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed
before touching “ERASE” in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode
with CONSULT-II.
● When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system and reg-
istration of all NATS ignition key IDs must be carried out
with CONSULT-II using NATS program card. SEF515Y

Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner.

Regarding the procedures of NATS initialization and all NATS ignition key ID registration, refer to
CONSULT-II operation manual, NATS.

EC-1266
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION PFP:11810
A
Description EBS01IYO

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC

G
PBIB2962E

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold. H

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV I
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes
through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. J
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not K
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.
L

PBIB1588E

Component Inspection EBS01IYP

PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.

PBIB1589E

EC-1267
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.

S-ET277

EC-1268
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028
A
Introduction EBS01IYQ

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including: EC
Emission-related diagnostic information
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Freeze Frame data
C

1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC)

1st Trip Freeze Frame data D
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
1st trip Freeze Frame E
DTC 1st trip DTC Freeze Frame data
data
CONSULT-II × × × ×
ECM × ×* — — F
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.

The malfunction indicator (MI) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two G
consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-1296, "Fail-
Safe Chart" .)
Two Trip Detection Logic EBS01IYR
H
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MI will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in I
the ECM memory, and the MI lights up. The MI lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd trip>
The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during
vehicle operation. J
When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MI when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MI circuit is open by means K
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction. L
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

Emission-related Diagnostic Information EBS01IYS

M
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS
×:Applicable —: Not applicable

Items DTC*1 Reference

Trip MI
(CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II 2 page
ECM*
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*3 2 — EC-1349
CONTROL UNIT(CAN) U1010 1010 2 — EC-1352
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — Flashing*4 EC-1274
MAY BE REQUIRED.
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 2 — EC-1354
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 0102 1 × EC-1359
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0103 0103 1 × EC-1359
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 2 × EC-1366
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 2 × EC-1366

EC-1269
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

Items DTC*1 Reference

Trip MI
(CONSULT-II screen terms) page
CONSULT-II ECM*2
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 1 × EC-1371
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 1 × EC-1371
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 2 × EC-1377
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 2 × EC-1385
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 2 × EC-1392
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 1 × EC-1399
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 1 × EC-1399
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 2 — EC-1405
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 2 — EC-1405
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 2 × EC-1409
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 2 × EC-1417
ECM P0605 0605 1 or 2 × or — EC-1424
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P1065 1065 2 × EC-1427
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 2 × EC-1429
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 1 × EC-1434
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 1 × EC-1437
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 1 × EC-1444
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 1 × EC-1444
ETC MOT P1128 1128 1 × EC-1450

TCS C/U FUNCTN*5 P1211 1211 2 — EC-1455

TCS/CIRC*5 P1212 1212 2 — EC-1456

ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 1 × EC-1457
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 2 — EC-1473
CTP LEARNING P1226 1226 2 — EC-1475
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 1 × EC-1477
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 2 — BL-283
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 2 × EC-1484
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 1 × EC-1490
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 1 × EC-1495
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 1 × EC-1495
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 1 × EC-1504
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 1 × EC-1504
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 1 × EC-1513
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 1 × EC-1519
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*3: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*4: When engine is running, MI may flash. For details, refer to EC-1274, "MI Flashing Without DTC" .
*5: For models with ESP

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MI will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required

EC-1270
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MI lights up. In other words, A
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MI lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MI during the
EC
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-1272, "HOW
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame C
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-1290, "WORK FLOW" . Then perform DTC Con-
firmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair. D
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-II E
CONSULT-II displays the DTC in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode. Examples: P0117, P0340, P1217, etc.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
Without CONSULT-II F
The number of blinks of the MI in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0117, 0340, 1217, etc.
● 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
G
● Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate
whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.
CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if avail-
able) is recommended. H
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
tion is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC. I
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
J

PBIB0911E M
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, base fuel schedule and intake
air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II. For
details, see EC-1319, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data" .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MI on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-1272, "HOW TO ERASE EMIS-
SION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .

EC-1271
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC
WITH CONSULT-II
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Touch “ENGINE”.
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)

PBIB2454E

Without CONSULT-II
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-1274, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
● If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
● The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
– Diagnostic trouble codes
– 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
– Freeze frame data
– 1st trip freeze frame data
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.

EC-1272
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Malfunction Indicator (MI) EBS01IYT

DESCRIPTION A
The MI is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check. EC
If the MI does not light up, refer to DI-62, "WARNING LAMPS" ,
or see EC-1599, "MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS" .
2. When the engine is started, the MI should go off. C
If the MI remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
D
SAT652J

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION E

The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions.
Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function
Mode Status F
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MI bulb for damage (blown, open
ON position circuit, etc.).
If the MI does not come on, check MI circuit.
G

Engine stopped
H

Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is I

WARNING detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip
detection logic), the MI will light up to inform the driver that
a malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MI in J
the 1st trip.
● One trip detection diagnoses
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read. K
ON position RESULTS

L
Engine stopped

Engine running HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or
MONITOR rich), monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1, to be read.

When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MI when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MI circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

EC-1273
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MI Flashing Without DTC
If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MI may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM diag-
nostic test mode. Refer to EC-1274, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are described later.
Refer to EC-1274, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
● Diagnostic trouble codes
● 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
● Freeze frame data
● 1st trip freeze frame data
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
● It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
● It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
● Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MI starts
blinking.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to confirm all DTCs certainly.

PBIB0092E

How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor)

1. Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
Refer to EC-1274, "How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
2. Start Engine.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
ECM will start heated oxygen sensor 1 monitoring from the bank 1 sensor.
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-1274, "How to Set Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MI on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI-62,
"WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-1599, "MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS" .
EC-1274
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING
MI Condition
A

ON When the malfunction is detected.

OFF No malfunction. EC
This DTC number is clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

C
In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MI as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MI does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode
I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MI illumi-
nates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are dis- D
played, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified
codes can be identified by using CONSULT-II. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.
E

PBIA3905E

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated K
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle. L
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal- M
function. (See EC-1241, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC-
1274, "How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
● If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
● Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR
In this mode, the MI displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
MI Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air fuel ratio feedback control condition
ON Lean
Closed loop system
OFF Rich
*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.

EC-1275
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load conditions. Then make sure that the MI
comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no load.

EC-1276
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE PFP:00018
A
Basic Inspection EBS01IYU

1. INSPECTION START
EC
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
C
– Harness connectors for improper connections
– Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
– Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections D
– Hoses and ducts for leaks
– Air cleaner clogging
– Gasket E
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
– Headlamp switch is OFF. SEF983U

– Air conditioner switch is OFF. F

– Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
– Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
G
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
H

J
SEF976U

5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no

load. K
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II.
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
M

SEF977U

2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.

>> GO TO 3

EC-1277
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.

PBIA8513J

3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

Refer to EC-1282, "IDLE SPEED" .
Hatchback: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
C+C: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
Refer to EC-1282, "IDLE SPEED" .
Hatchback: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
C+C: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-1283, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 5.

5. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 6.

EC-1278
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING A
Refer to EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4. C

7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN

D
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. E
Refer to EC-1282, "IDLE SPEED" .
Hatchback: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
C+C: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) F

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. G
2. Check idle speed.
Refer to EC-1282, "IDLE SPEED" .
Hatchback: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) SEF174Y H
C+C: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8.
J
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the Following.
● Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-1417, "DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR K
(PHASE)" .
● Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-1409, "DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
(POS)" . L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace. M
2. GO TO 4.

9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION

1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-286, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" .

>> GO TO 4.

EC-1279
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
Refer to EC-1282, "IGNITION TIMING" .
– Timing indicator (1)
6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.

PBIB2954E

11. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-1283, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 12.

12. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 13.

13. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING

Refer to EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.

14. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-1282, "IDLE SPEED" .
Hatchback: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
C+C: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
Refer to EC-1282, "IDLE SPEED" .
Hatchback: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) SEF174Y

C+C: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17.

EC-1280
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
15. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN A
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
Refer to EC-1282, "IGNITION TIMING" . EC
– Timing indicator (1)
6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
C
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 16. D

PBIB2954E
E
16. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-143, "TIMING CHAIN" .
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation. G
2. GO TO 4.

17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H

Check the following.
● Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-1417, "DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
(PHASE)" . I
● Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-1409, "DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
(POS)" .
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4. K

18. CHECK ECM FUNCTION

L
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-286, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" . M

>> GO TO 4.

EC-1281
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check EBS01IYV

IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
Check the idle speed by installing the pulse type tachometer clamp on the loop wire or on suitable high-tension
wire which installed between ignition coil No.1 and spark plug No.1.
NOTE:
For the method of installing the tachometer, refer to EC-1282, "IGNITION TIMING" .
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A
1. Attach timing light A to loop wire (1) as shown.
● : Vehicle front

PBIB2955E

2. Check ignition timing.

● Timing indicator (1)

MBIB1331E

EC-1282
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Method B
1. Remove ignition coil No. 4 (1). A
● : Vehicle front
● Ignition coil (2)
EC

PBIB2956E
D

2. Connect ignition coil No. 4 (1) and spark plug No. 4 with suitable
high-tension wire A as shown, and attach timing light clamp B to E
this wire.

PBIB2957E

K
SEF166Y

3. Check ignition timing. L

● Timing indicator (1)

MBIB1331E

Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning EBS01IYW

DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accel-
erator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-1283
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning EBS01IYX

DESCRIPTION
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by
monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Idle Air Volume Learning EBS01IYY

DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific
range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
● Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
● Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
● Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
● Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)
● PNP switch: ON
● Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
● Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
● Vehicle speed: Stopped
● Transmission: Warmed-up
– Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform EC-1283, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.

SEF217Z

EC-1284
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
A

EC

SEF454Y

D
7. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen. If
“CMPLT” is not displayed, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be
carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the inci- E
dent by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below.
8. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle
speed and ignition timing are within the specifications. F
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed Hatchback: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
C+C: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) G
Ignition timing 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) MBIB0238E

Without CONSULT-II H
NOTE:
● It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
● It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit I
has a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-1283, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . J
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
K
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. L
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MI stops M
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MI turned ON.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
11. Wait 20 seconds.

PBIB0665E

EC-1285
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed Hatchback: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
C+C: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Ignition timing 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried
out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the Diagnostic Procedure below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-
tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
It is useful to perform EC-1331, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
incident and perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again:
● Engine stalls.
● Erroneous idle.
Fuel Pressure Check EBS01IYZ

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT”
mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pres-
sure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.

SEF214Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel pump fuse (2) located in IPDM E/R (1).
● : Vehicle front
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pres-
sure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.

MBIB1332E

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

CAUTION:
● Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
● The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for
other purposes.

EC-1286
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains sealability with O-rings inside. A
● Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/
C, etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes
in manifold vacuum. EC
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because K12 models do not have fuel return system.
C
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-1286, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check B and fuel tube
adapter (KV10118400) D, then connect fuel pressure gauge A. D
● : To quick connector
● : To fuel tube (engine side)
● C: Clamp E
● Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NIS-
SAN fuel hose without quick connector).
● To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moder- F
ately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
PBIB2982E
● Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with dam-
age or cracks on it. G
● Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.

3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-121, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

H
● Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.

4. Connect fuel hose for fuel pressure check (1) to fuel tube
(engine side) with clamp (2) as shown in the figure.
I
● No.2 spool (5)

● Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moist-
ened with gasoline.
J
● Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube
(3) and No.1 spool (4).
● Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the
No.1 spool on fuel tube. K
● Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439 PBIB2983E
N4710 or 16439 40U00).
L
● When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.

● Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.

● Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in).

M
Tightening torque: 1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb)
● Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.

5. Connect fuel tube adapter to quick connector.

● A: Fuel pressure gauge

● B: Fuel hose for fuel pressure check

6. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off.
7. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
8. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
9. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
● Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating.
MBIB1333E

Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings.

● During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.

EC-1287
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

10. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
11. Check the following.
● Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging

● Fuel filter for clogging

● Fuel pump

● Fuel pressure regulator for clogging

If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.

If NG, repair or replace.

EC-1288
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction EBS01IZ0

INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con- EC
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen-
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac- C
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.

MEF036D
E

It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermit-

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are F
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
G

SEF233G

I
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be per-
formed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-1290, "WORK FLOW" . J
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under K
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on EC-1294, "Worksheet Sample" should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first. L
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle.
M

EC-1289
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WORK FLOW
Overall Sequence

PBIB2267E

EC-1290
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Detailed Flow
A
1. GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the EC-1293, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" . EC

>> GO TO 2.
C
2. CHECK DTC*1
1. Check DTC*1 . D
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC*1 is displayed.
– Record DTC*1 and freeze frame data*2 . (Print them out with CONSULT-II.)
E
– Erase DTC*1 . (Refer to EC-1272, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION" .)
– Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC*1 and the symptom described by the cus- F
tomer. (Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-1297, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and any DTC detected? G
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is not displayed>>GO TO 4.
H
Symptom is not described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 5.

3. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM

I
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MI ON).
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident.
Connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis
J
results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

K
>> GO TO 5.

4. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM

L
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident.
Connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis
M
results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 6.

EC-1291
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the displayed DTC*1 , and then make sure that DTC*1 is detected
again.
At this time, always connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle, and check diagnostic results in real time on “DATA
MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)”.
If two or more DTCs*1 are detected, refer to EC-1295, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
● Freeze frame data*2 is useful if the DTC*1 is not detected.
● Perform Overall Function Check if DTC Confirmation Procedure is not included on Service Manual. This
simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC*1 cannot be detected during this check.
If the result of Overall Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC*1 by DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure.
Is DTC*1 detected?
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No >> Check according to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

6. PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION

Perform EC-1277, "Basic Inspection" .

With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 9.

7. PERFORM DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE

With CONSULT-II
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, and “A/F
ALPHA-B1” are within the SP value using CONSULT-II “DATA MON-
ITOR (SPEC)” mode. Refer to EC-1331, "Inspection Procedure" .
Are they within the SP value?
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> GO TO 8.

SEF601Z

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE

Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-1332, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> GO TO 9.

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART

Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-1297, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symp-
tom in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.

>> GO TO 10.

EC-1292
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE A
Inspect according to Diagnostic Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection EC
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in GI-
24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Is malfunctioning part detected? C
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT-II. Refer to EC-1309, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value" , EC-1326, "CONSULT-II Ref- D
erence Value in Data Monitor" .

11. REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART

E
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnostic Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment. F
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it, refer to EC-1272, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
G
>> GO TO 12.

12. FINAL CHECK H

When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check again,
and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure I
that the symptom is not detected.
OK or NG
J
NG (DTC*1 is detected)>>GO TO 10.
NG (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6.
OK >> 1. Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC*1 in ECM.
(Refer to EC-1272, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .) K
2. INSPECTION END
*1: Include 1st trip DTC.
*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data. L
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description M
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.

SEF907L

EC-1293
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Worksheet Sample

MTBL0017

EC-1294
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart EBS01IZ1

A
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
● If DTC U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer EC
to EC-1349, "DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
● If DTC U1010 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-1352, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" . C

Priority Detected items (DTC)

1 ● U1001 CAN communication line D
● U1010 CAN communication
● P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
● P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor E
● P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
● P0327 P0328 Knock sensor
● P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) F
● P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
● P0605 ECM
● P1229 Sensor power supply G
● P1610 - P1615 NATS
● P1706 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
H
● P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
2 ● P0132 P0134 Heated oxygen sensor 1
● P0138 Heated oxygen sensor 2 I
● P1065 ECM
● P1111 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
● P1122 Electric throttle control function J
● P1124 P1126 Throttle control motor relay
● P1128 Throttle control motor
● P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) K
● P1805 Brake switch
3 ● P0011 Intake valve timing control
L
● P1121 Electric throttle control actuator
● P1211 TCS control unit
● P1212 TCS communication line
M

EC-1295
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Fail-Safe Chart EBS01IZ2

When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
P0123 in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the nor-
P0223 mal condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P1121 Electric throttle control actu- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return
ator spring malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to
20 degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops,
the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in Neutral position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm
or more.
P1122 Electric throttle control func- ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
tion fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1124 Throttle control relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1126 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
P2123 sensor in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the nor-
P2128 mal condition.
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor.

When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MI when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MI circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

EC-1296
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Symptom Matrix Chart EBS01IZ3

SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM A

SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

EC

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

C

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
D

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL E

F
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-1544
G
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-1286
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-1538
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-1262 H
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-1267
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-1277 I
EC-1434,
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-1437
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-1277 J
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-1582
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-1342
K
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2 EC-1359
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3 EC-1366

3 EC-1377, L
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit EC-1385 ,
1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-1550
EC-1371, M
EC-1399 ,
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-1473 ,
EC-1475 ,
2 2 EC-1513
EC-1477,
EC-1495 ,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1
EC-1504 ,
EC-1519
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-1405
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-1409
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-1417
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-1598
EC-1424,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-1427
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-1429
cuit

EC-1297
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-1484
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-1592
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-1529
ATC-18,
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
MTC-17
BRC-8,
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4
BRC-61
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)

SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

SYMPTOM
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel Fuel tank FL-18
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 FL-13
Vapor lock —
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gaso- 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
—
line, Low octane)

EC-1298
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Air Air duct EM-119 F
Air cleaner EM-119
Air leakage from air duct
G
(Mass air flow sensor — electric EM-119
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator EM-121
H
Air leakage from intake manifold/
EM-121
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery SC-6
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I
Generator circuit SC-16
Starter circuit 3 SC-46
1
Signal plate 6 EM-190 J
MT-16, MT-
PNP switch 4
46
Engine Cylinder head K
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-174
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
L
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-190
Connecting rod M
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain EM-143
mecha-
Camshaft EM-152
nism
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-152
Intake valve
3 EM-174
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket EM-125,
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
EX-4
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- EM-128,
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
tion LU-16 , LU-
filter/Oil gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 19
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-16

EC-1299
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Cooling CO-38,
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
CO-44
Thermostat 5 CO-50
Water pump CO-48
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery CO-33
Cooling fan CO-38
Coolant level (Low)/Contami- 5
CO-34
nated coolant
NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) 1 1 BL-283
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

EC-1300
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Engine Control Component Parts Location EBS01IZ4

EC

MBIB1324E

1. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
and spark plug valve
4. Knock sensor 5. Fuel injector 6. Cooling fan motor
7. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 8. IPDM E/R 9. ECM
10. Mass air flow sensor 11. Engine coolant temperature sensor 12. Electric throttle control actuator
(with intake air temperature sensor) (with built-in throttle position sensor,
throttle control motor)
13. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve

EC-1301
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

MBIB1325E

: Vehicle front
1. Mass air flow sensor 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor 3. Electric throttle control actuator
(with intake air temperature sensor)
4. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 5. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 6. Fuel injector
7. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve

EC-1302
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

EC

MBIB1326E

: Vehicle front
1. ECM harness connectors 2. ECM 3. IPDM E/R
4. Fuel pump fuse (15A) 5. Intake valve timing control solenoid 6. Knock sensor
valve
7. Refrigerant pressure sensor 8. PCV valve
(View with front bumper removed)

EC-1303
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

PBIB2942E

MBIB1327E

: Vehicle front
1. Heated oxygen sensor 1 harness 2. Heated oxygen sensor 1 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2
connector (View with intake air duct removed) (The illustration shows the view from
(View with intake air duct removed) under the vehicle)

EC-1304
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

EC

MBIB1328E

1. Cooling fan motor 2. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 3. Stop lamp switch
4. Brake pedal 5. Accelerator pedal position sensor 6. Accelerator pedal position sensor
harness connector
7. Accelerator pedal 8. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 9. Fuel pump and fuel filter
harness connector
10. Fuel level sensor unit 11. Fuel pressure regulator

EC-1305
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Vacuum Hose Drawing EBS01IZ5

PBIB2946E

: Vehicle front : From EVAP canister

1. Intake manifold 2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP purge resonator
solenoid valve
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses.

Refer to EC-1251, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.

EC-1306
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Circuit Diagram EBS01IZ6

EC

MBWA1186E

EC-1307
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

MBWA1187E

EC-1308
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout EBS01IZ7

EC

PBIA9221J D

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01IZ8

PREPARATION E
1. ECM (1) is located in the engine room left side near battery.
● : Vehicle front
F

H
MBIB1334E

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

I
● When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen (A) it
with levers (1) as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
– ECM (2)
J
– Fasten (B)

3. Connect a break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST)

between the ECM and ECM harness connector.
K
● Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.

● Data is for comparison and may not be exact.

PBIB2947E
L
ECM INSPECTION TABLE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. M
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 2.3V

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor ● Engine stopped
1 L
(Open) ● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

PBIA8150J

Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE

2 SB [Ignition switch: ON]
supply (11 - 14V)

EC-1309
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 10V

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3 G
heater
PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm

Approximately 2.3V

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor ● Engine stopped
4 P
(Close) ● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released

PBIA8149J

[Engine is running] Approximately 10V

● Below 3,600 rpm after the following con-
ditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between
Heated oxygen sensor 2 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
5 G
heater idle for 1 minute under no load PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Idle speed

EVAP canister purge vol-

9 P PBIB0050E
ume control solenoid valve
Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine)
NOTE:
Voltage and Duty percent may vary.

PBIB0520E

10 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Body ground
11 B ● Idle speed

EC-1310
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
15 Y Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V) EC
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V

0 - 0.3V
[Engine is running] C
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE: D
The pulse cycle changes depending on
17 R Ignition signal No. 1 rpm at idle.
PBIA9265J
18 LG Ignition signal No. 2
21 G Ignition signal No. 4
E
0.2 - 0.5V
22 SB Ignition signal No. 3

[Engine is running]
F
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,500 rpm.

G
PBIA9266J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● For 1 second after turning ignition switch H
0 - 1.0V
ON
23 GY Fuel pump relay [Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: ON] I
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 1 second after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE J
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed K
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle. L
25 PU Fuel injector No. 4
PBIB0529E
29 Y Fuel injector No. 3
30 OR Fuel injector No. 2 BATTERY VOLTAGE
31 L Fuel injector No. 1 M
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIA4943J

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
32 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning (11 - 14V)
ignition switch OFF

EC-1311
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
33 LG Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
34 OR Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
36 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
37 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
● Idle speed
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Engine coolant temperature
38 P [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
sensor
coolant temperature.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
40 — ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Knock sensor)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
41 BR Refrigerant pressure sensor ● Both A/C switch and blower switch are 1.0 - 4.0V
ON
(Compressor operates.)

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

44 B (Engine coolant temperature ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sensor) ● Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0.4V
● Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 1.0 - 1.2V
45 G Mass air flow sensor ● Idle speed
[Engine is running] 1.0 - 1.2 to Approximately 2.4V
● Warm-up condition (Check for linear voltage rise in
● Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000 response to engine being
rpm increased to about 4,000 rpm.)

Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Intake air temperature
46 PU [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
sensor
air temperature.

EC-1312
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

48 Y (Refrigerant pressure sen- ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V EC
sor) ● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V C
49 SB Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
[Engine is running]
D
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
quickly after the following conditions are
met.
50 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 0 - Approximately 1.0V E
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load F
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
52 LG ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Mass air flow sensor)
● Idle speed G

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

55 OR (Intake air temperature sen- ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sor) H
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
56 P ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 1) I
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
59 OR
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V J
● Idle speed

Approximately 4.0V
[Engine is running] K
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE: L
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle.
PBIB2998E
Crankshaft position sensor
61 W
(POS) M
Approximately 4.0V

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB2999E

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

62 R [Crankshaft position sensor ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(POS)] ● Idle speed

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

63 BR [Camshaft position sensor ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(PHASE)] ● Idle speed

EC-1313
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 3.8V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle.
PBIB2986E
Camshaft position sensor
65 G
(PHASE)
Approximately 3.8V

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm.

PBIB2987E

[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE

Park/Neutral position (PNP) ● Shift lever: Neutral (11 - 14V)
70 LG
switch [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
● Except above position
Sensor power supply
72 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed

7 - 10V
Intake valve timing control
73 P
solenoid valve [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIA4937J

Sensor power supply

74 W (Refrigerant pressure [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
Sensor power supply
75 BR [Crankshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(POS)]
Sensor power supply
78 OR [Camshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(PHASE)]
83 W CAN communication line [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.7 - 2.3V
84 R CAN communication line [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 2.6 - 3.2V
[Ignition switch: ON]
88 LG DATA link connector Approximately 10.5V
● CONSULT-II: Disconnected.
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
93 OR Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)

EC-1314
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF]
Approximately 0V
● Brake pedal: Fully released EC
99 Y Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)

Sensor power supply

C
102 BR (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON] D
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GY E
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
F
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
104 Y (Accelerator pedal position ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sensor 2) ● Idle speed
G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
Sensor power supply H
106 PU (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor 1)
[Engine is running]
108 B ECM ground Body ground I
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V J
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
110 G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V K
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

111 R (Accelerator pedal position ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
L
sensor 1) ● Idle speed

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) M

EC-1315
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE) EBS01IZ9

FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work support
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self-diagnostic results
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the
Data monitor (SPEC)
other data monitor items can be read.
CAN diagnostic support
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
monitor
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
● Diagnostic trouble codes
● 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
● Freeze frame data
● 1st trip freeze frame data

ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS DATA
Item DATA
WORK MONI- ACTIVE
FREEZE MONI-
SUPPORT TOR TEST
DTC*1 FRAME TOR
(SPEC)
DATA*2
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) × × × ×
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) × × × ×
Mass air flow sensor × × ×
Engine coolant temperature sensor × × × × ×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Heated oxygen sensor 1 × × ×

Heated oxygen sensor 2 × × ×
Wheel sensor × × ×
Accelerator pedal position sensor × × ×
Throttle position sensor × × ×
INPUT

Intake air temperature sensor × × ×

Knock sensor ×
Refrigerant pressure sensor × ×
Closed throttle position switch (accelerator
× ×
pedal position sensor signal)
Air conditioner switch × ×
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × × ×
Stop lamp switch × × ×
Battery voltage × ×
Load signal × ×

EC-1316
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
A
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS DATA
Item DATA
WORK MONI- ACTIVE
FREEZE MONI-
SUPPORT TOR TEST
DTC*1 FRAME TOR EC
(SPEC)
DATA*2
Fuel injector × × ×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Power transistor (Ignition timing) × × × C

Throttle control motor relay × × ×
Throttle control motor ×
D
EVAP canister purge volume control sole-
× × ×
OUTPUT

noid valve
Air conditioner relay × × E
Fuel pump relay × × × ×
Cooling fan relay × × × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater × × F
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater × ×
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve × × × ×
G
X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-1319, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data" .
H

INSPECTION PROCEDURE
CAUTION: I
If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be
detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data
link connector (1), which is located under LH dash panel.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. K

M
MBIB1335E

4. Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.

BCIA0029E

EC-1317
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
If “ENGINE” is not indicated, go to GI-36, "CONSULT-II Data
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

BCIA0030E

6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service

procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.

BCIA0031E

WORK SUPPORT MODE

Work Item
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE ● FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DUR- When releasing fuel pressure
ING IDLING. from fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN ● THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE When learning the idle air volume
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.
SELF-LEARNING CONT ● THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When clearing the coefficient of
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- self-learning control value
FICIENT.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.

SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE

Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-1269, "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION ITEMS" .

EC-1318
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data
A
Description
item*
DIAG TROUBLE
● The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to EC
CODE
EC-1241, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
[PXXXX]
● “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
● One mode in the following is displayed. C
FUEL SYS-B1 Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
D
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%] ● The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP E
● The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
● “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule F
than short-term fuel trim.
● “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel G
schedule.
ENGINE SPEED
● The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[rpm] H
VEHICL SPEED
● The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
B/FUEL SCHDL I
● The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE
● The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
J
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.

DATA MONITOR MODE

Monitored Item K
×: Applicable
ECM MAIN
Monitored item L
INPUT SIG- Description Remarks
[Unit]
SIGNALS NALS
● Accuracy becomes poor if engine
● Indicates the engine speed computed from the speed drops below the idle rpm. M
ENG SPEED [rpm] × × signals of the crankshaft position sensor ● If the signal is interrupted while
(POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). the engine is running, an abnor-
mal value may be indicated.
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor ● When the engine is stopped, a
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] × ×
is displayed. certain value is indicated.
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injec-
B/FUEL SCHDL
× tion pulse width programmed into ECM, prior
[msec]
to any learned on board correction.
● When the engine is stopped, a
certain value is indicated.
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × ● This data also includes the data
correction factor per cycle is indicated.
for the air-fuel ratio learning con-
trol.

EC-1319
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ECM MAIN
Monitored item
INPUT SIG- Description Remarks
[Unit]
SIGNALS NALS
● When the engine coolant temper-
ature sensor is open or short-
● The engine coolant temperature (determined
COOLAN TEMP/S circuited, ECM enters fail-safe
× × by the signal voltage of the engine coolant
[°C] or [°F] mode. The engine coolant tem-
temperature sensor) is displayed.
perature determined by the ECM
is displayed.
● The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sen-
HO2S1 (B1) [V] × ×
sor 1 is displayed.
● The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sen-
HO2S2 (B1) [V] ×
sor 2 is displayed.
● After turning ON the ignition
● Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal dur- switch, “RICH” is displayed until
ing air-fuel ratio feedback control: air-fuel mixture ratio feedback
RICH: means the mixture became “rich”, and control begins.
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
× × control is being affected toward a leaner mix-
[RICH/LEAN] ● When the air-fuel ratio feedback
ture.
LEAN: means the mixture became “lean”, and is clamped, the value just before
control is being affected toward a rich mixture. the clamping is displayed contin-
uously.
● Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:
RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) ● When the engine is stopped, a
× way catalyst is relatively small.
[RICH/LEAN] certain value is indicated.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after
three way catalyst is relatively large.
VHCL SPEED SE ● The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
× ×
[km/h] or [mph] speed signal is displayed.
● The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
BATTERY VOLT [V] × ×
played.
ACCEL SEN 1 [V] × × ● ACCEL SEN 2 signal is con-
● The accelerator pedal position sensor signal verted by ECM internally. Thus, it
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] × voltage is displayed. differs from ECM terminal voltage
signal.
THRTL SEN 1 [V] × × ● THRTL SEN 2 signal is con-
● The throttle position sensor signal voltage is verted by ECM internally. Thus, it
THRTL SEN 2 [V] × displayed. differs from ECM terminal voltage
signal.
● The intake air temperature (determined by the
INT/A TEMP SE
× × signal voltage of the intake air temperature
[°C] or [°F]
sensor) is indicated.
● Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] com- ● After starting the engine, [OFF] is
START SIGNAL
× × puted by the ECM according to the signals of displayed regardless of the
[ON/OFF]
engine speed and battery voltage. starter signal.
● Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by
CLSD THL POS
× × the ECM according to the accelerator pedal
[ON/OFF]
position sensor signal.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air condi-
AIR COND SIG
× × tioner switch as determined by the air condi-
[ON/OFF]
tioner signal.
P/N POSI SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/
× ×
[ON/OFF] neutral position (PNP) switch signal.
● [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering sys-
PW/ST SIGNAL
× × tem (determined by the signal sent from EPS
[ON/OFF]
control unit) is indicated.

EC-1320
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ECM MAIN
Monitored item
INPUT SIG- Description Remarks A
[Unit]
SIGNALS NALS
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electri-
cal load signal. EC
LOAD SIGNAL ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/
× ×
[ON/OFF] or lighting switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and
lighting switch are OFF. C
IGNITION SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition
×
[ON/OFF] switch.
HEATER FAN SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater
D
×
[ON/OFF] fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop
× E
[ON/OFF] lamp switch signal.
● Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width ● When the engine is stopped, a
INJ PULSE-B1
× compensated by ECM according to the input certain computed value is indi-
[msec]
signals. cated. F
● Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM ● When the engine is stopped, a
IGN TIMING [BTDC] ×
according to the input signals. certain value is indicated.
● Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume G
control solenoid valve control value computed
PURG VOL C/V [%] by the ECM according to the input signals.
● The opening becomes larger as the value H
increases.
INT/V TIM (B1) ● Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advanced
[°CA] angle. I
● The control value of the intake valve timing
control solenoid valve (determined by ECM
INT/V SOL (B1) [%] according to the input signal) is indicated.
J
● The advance angle becomes larger as the
value increases
● The air conditioner relay control condition
AIR COND RLY K
× (determined by ECM according to the input
[ON/OFF]
signals) is indicated.
● Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition
FUEL PUMP RLY
× determined by ECM according to the input sig- L
[ON/OFF]
nals.
● Indicates the throttle control motor relay con-
THRTL RELAY M
× trol condition determined by the ECM accord-
[ON/OFF]
ing to the input signals.
● Indicates the condition of the cooling fan
(determined by ECM according to the input
COOLING FAN signals).
×
[HI/LOW/OFF] HI: High speed operation
LOW: Low speed operation
OFF: Stop
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxy-
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
gen sensor 1 heater determined by ECM
[ON/OFF]
according to the input signals.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxy-
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
gen sensor 2 heater determined by ECM
[ON/OFF]
according to the input signals.

EC-1321
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ECM MAIN
Monitored item
INPUT SIG- Description Remarks
[Unit]
SIGNALS NALS
● Display the condition of idle air volume learn-
ing
IDL A/V LEARN YET: Idle Air Volume Learning has not been
[YET/CMPLT] performed yet.
CMPLT: Idle Air Volume Learning has already
been performed successfully.
● Indicates the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
O2SEN HTR DTY
control value computed by the ECM according
[%]
to the input signals.
● The signal voltage from the refrigerant pres-
AC PRESS SEN [V] ×
sure sensor is displayed.
Voltage [V]
Frequency ● Only “#” is displayed if item is
[msec], [Hz] or [%] unable to be measured.
DUTY-HI ● Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse width ● Figures with “#”s are temporary
measured by the probe. ones. They are the same figures
DUTY-LOW
as an actual piece of data which
PLS WIDTH-HI was just previously measured.
PLS WIDTH-LOW
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE

Monitored Item
ECM
Main
Monitored item [Unit] input Description Remarks
signals
signals
● Indicates the engine speed computed
from the signal of the crankshaft position
ENG SPEED [rpm] × ×
sensor (POS) and camshaft position
sensor (PHASE).
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow ● When engine is running specification
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] × ×
sensor specification is displayed. range is indicated.
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into ● When engine is running specification
×
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor- range is indicated.
rection.
● When engine is running specification
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- range is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × back correction factor per cycle is indi-
cated. ● This data also includes the data for the
air-fuel ratio learning control.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

EC-1322
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item A
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
● Engine: Return to the original ● Harness and connectors EC
FUEL INJEC- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
● Fuel injector
TION ● Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
tion using CONSULT-II. ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
C
● Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
IGNITION TIM- If trouble symptom disappears, see
● Timing light: Set ● Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
ING CHECK ITEM. D
● Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-II.

● Engine: After warming up, idle ● Harness and connectors

E
the engine. ● Compression
POWER BAL- ● A/C switch OFF ● Fuel injector
Engine runs rough or dies.
ANCE ● Selector lever: Neutral ● Power transistor
F
● Cut off each fuel injector signal ● Spark plug
one at a time using CONSULT-II. ● Ignition coil

● Ignition switch: ON ● Harness and connectors G

COOLING FAN* ● Turn the cooling fan “LOW”, “HI” Cooling fan moves and stops. ● IPDM E/R
and “OFF” with CONSULT-II. ● Cooling fan motor

● Engine: Return to the original ● Harness and connectors H

ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see ● Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP ● Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT-II. ● Fuel injector I
● Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump relay makes the operat- ● Harness and connectors
● Turn the fuel pump relay ON and J
RELAY ing sound. ● Fuel pump relay
OFF using CONSULT-II and lis-
ten to operating sound.
● Engine: After warming up, run K
engine at 1,500 rpm.
PURG VOL ● Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to ● Harness and connectors
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. ● Solenoid valve L
opening percent using CON-
SULT-II.
● Engine: Return to the original
● Harness and connectors M
V/T ASSIGN trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
ANGLE CHECK ITEM. ● Intake valve timing control sole-
● Change intake valve timing using
noid valve
CONSULT-II.
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-II while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.

EC-1323
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)
Description
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR”
mode.
1. “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):
● The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen
in real time.
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be
displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONI-
TOR” in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording
Data ... xx%” as shown at right, and the data after the mal-
function detection is recorded. Then when the percentage
reached 100%, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If
“STOP” is touched on the screen during “Recording Data ... SEF705Y
xx%”, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed.
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the
recording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and
“Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II Operation Manual.
2. “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger):
● DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed
automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunc-
tion is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though
a malfunction is detected.

SEF707X

EC-1324
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Operation
1. “AUTO TRIG” A
● While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, be sure
to select to “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected. EC
● While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, compo- C
nents and harness in the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/
1st trip DTC will be displayed. (Refer to “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” in GI-24, "How to Perform
Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
D
2. “MANU TRIG”
● If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for fur-
ther diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition. E

PBIB0197E

EC-1325
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor EBS01IZA

Remarks:
● Specification data are reference values.
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as
ENG SPEED
tion. the tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-1331, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-1331, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-1331, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
COOLAN TEMP/S ● Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S1 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm
1.0V
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1) – Engine: After warming up
1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Changes more than 5 times
during 10 seconds.
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) – Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
● Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE
indication. the speedometer indication.
BATTERY VOLT ● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V
● Ignition switch: ON
THRTL SEN 1 Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2*
● Shift lever: 1st Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
START SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON
CLSD THL POS ● Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Shift lever: Neutral ON
P/N POSI SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Shift lever: Except above OFF

● Engine: After warming up, idle Steering wheel: Not turned. OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
the engine Steering wheel: Turned. ON

EC-1326
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A
Rear window defogger switch: ON
and/or ON
LOAD SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON Lighting switch: 2nd
Rear window defogger switch and EC
OFF
lighting switch: OFF
IGNITION SW ● Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
Heater fan: Operating. ON C
HEATER FAN SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Heater fan: Not operating OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW ● Ignition switch: ON D
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
● Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
● Air conditioner switch: OFF E
INJ PULSE-B1
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1° - 11° BTDC F
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
IGN TIMING
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
G
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF H
CAL/LD VALUE
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm 10% - 35%
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s I
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
MASS AIRFLOW
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
● No load J
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
PURG VOL C/V K
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm 0 - 50%
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA L
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INT/V TIM (B1)
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm Approx. 0° - 40°CA
● No load M
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INT/V SOL (B1)
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm Approx. 0% - 90%
● No load
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates)
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY ● Engine running or cranking
● Except above conditions OFF
THRTL RELAY ● Ignition switch: ON ON

EC-1327
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Engine coolant temperature is 97°C
OFF
(207°F) or less
● Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine Engine coolant temperature is between
COOLING FAN LOW
98°C (208°F) and 99°C (210°F)
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
Engine coolant temperature is 100°C
HIGH
(212°F) or more
● Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
● Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) – Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
● Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as
VEHICLE SPEED
indication. the speedometer indication
Vehicle has traveled after MI has 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL ● Ignition switch: ON
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile)
● Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C (176°F)
O2SEN HTR DTY Approx. 30%
● Engine speed: below 3,600 rpm
● Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0V
● Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates)
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from
ECM terminals voltage signal.

EC-1328
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode EBS01IZB

A
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1
Below is the data for “CLSD THL POS”, “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” when depressing the accelera- EC
tor pedal with the ignition switch ON and with selector lever in 1st position.
The signal of “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.
C

F
PBIB0198E

ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL SEN 1”, “HO2S2 (B1)” and “INJ PULSE-B1” G
when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
H

PBIB2445E

EC-1329
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

PBIB0668E

EC-1330
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE PFP:00031
A
Description EBS01IZC

The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)”
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI- EC
TOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the C
MI.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
● B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D
rection)
● A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
● MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) E

Testing Condition EBS01IZD

● Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles) F

2
● Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
● Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
G
● Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
● Engine speed: Idle
● Transmission: Warmed-up H
– After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
● Electrical load: Not applied
– Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight I
ahead.
Inspection Procedure EBS01IZE
J
NOTE:
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-1277, "Basic Inspection" .
K
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-
B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II. L
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-1332, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
M

SEF601Z

EC-1331
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IZF

OVERALL SEQUENCE

PBIB2384E

EC-1332
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

EC

PBIB2509E

EC-1333
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DETAILED PROCEDURE
1. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-1331, "Testing Condition" .
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode,
and make sure that the each indication is within the SP value.
NOTE:
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because
they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is out of the SP value
even a little.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 2.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 3.
PBIB2369E

2. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 19.

PBIB2332E

3. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 6.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.

PBIB2332E

4. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”

1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-1334
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHANGE ENGINE OIL A
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE: EC
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con- C
dition.

>> INSPECTION END D

6. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE

Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-1286, "Fuel Pressure Check" .) E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG (Fuel pressure is too high)>>Replace fuel pressure regulator, refer to EC-1286, "FUEL PRESSURE F
CHECK" . GO TO 8.
NG (Fuel pressure is too low)>>GO TO 7.
G
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check the following.
H
– Clogged and bent fuel hose and fuel tube
– Clogged fuel filter
– Fuel pump and its circuit (Refer to EC-1544, "FUEL PUMP" .) I
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part. (Refer to EC-1286, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .)
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
J
>> GO TO 8.

8. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” K

1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value. L
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 9. M

9. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST

1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 10.

PBIB0133E

EC-1335
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check the following.
– Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-1582, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .)
– Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-1538, "FUEL INJECTOR" .)
– Intake air leakage
– Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-174, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" .)
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
If OK, replace fuel injector. (It may be caused by leakage from fuel injector or clogging.)

>> GO TO 11.

11. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”

1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 12.

12. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 FUNCTION

1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Select “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”, in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no load (The engine is
warmed up to normal operating temperature.), check that the
monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times
during 10 seconds.
1 time : RICH → LEAN → RICH
2 times : RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN → RICH
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.
SEF820Y

13. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT

Check heated oxygen sensor 1 and its circuit. Refer to EC-1385, "DTC P0134 HO2S1" .

>> GO TO 14.

14. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”

1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 15.

EC-1336
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
15. DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR A
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
EC
>> GO TO 16.

16. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” C

1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the each indication is D
within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END E
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-1297, "Symptom Matrix Chart"

17. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” F

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG G
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 18.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25. H

I
PBIB2332E

18. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J

1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
– Engine oil level is too high K
– Engine oil viscosity
– Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
– Noise from engine L
– Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
– Valve clearance malfunction M
– Intake valve timing control function malfunction
– Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.

19. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
● Crushed air ducts
● Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
● Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
● Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.

EC-1337
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
20. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (“B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value)>>GO TO 21.

21. DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.

>> GO TO 22.

22. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”

1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-1359, "DTC
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .
2. GO TO 29.
NG >> GO TO 23.

23. CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”

Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and
then GO TO 29.

PBIB2370E

24. REPLACE ECM

1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-286, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" .
3. Perform EC-1283, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> GO TO 29.

EC-1338
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
25. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM A
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
● Crushed air ducts
● Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element EC
● Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
● Improper specification of intake air system
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 27.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
D
26. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the E
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END F
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 27.

27. CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” G

Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and
then GO TO 30. I

J
PBIB2370E

28. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM K

Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
● Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct L
● Looseness of oil filler cap
● Disconnection of oil level gauge
● Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve M
● Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
● Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
● Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system
parts
● Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.

>> GO TO 30.

29. CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”

Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-1297, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .

EC-1339
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
30. CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and then make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-1297, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .

EC-1340
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT PFP:00006
A
Description EBS01IZG

Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area. C

Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations

STEP in Work Flow Situation D
2 The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
3 or 4 The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
E
5 (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
10 The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IZH F

1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-1272, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA- G
TION" .

>> GO TO 2. H

2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS

I
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.

3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT K

Perform GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “INCIDENT SIMULATION
TESTS”. L
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace. M

EC-1341
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT PFP:24110

Wiring Diagram EBS01IZI

MBWA1394E

EC-1342
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

10 B [Engine is running] C
ECM ground Body ground
11 B ● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF] D
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay OFF
32 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF] E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch OFF
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V F
93 OR Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE G
105 G [Ignition switch: ON]
ECM (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
108 B ECM ground Body ground
● Idle speed H

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IZJ

1. INSPECTION START I
Start engine.
Is engine running?
J
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 8.
No >> GO TO 2.
K
2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON. L
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 93 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIA9561J

EC-1343
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M1, E101
● Joint connector-4
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

5. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 10, 11, 108 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors F1, E50
● Harness for open or short between ECM and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1344
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 33 and ground with EC
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
C
OK or NG
OK >> Go to EC-1582, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG >> GO TO 8. D

E
MBIB1353E

8. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 105 and ground with G
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then H
drop approximately 0V.
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
11. PBIB3037E J

9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 32 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
L
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. M
NG >> GO TO 11.

PBIA9562J

EC-1345
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 105 and IPDM E/R terminal 32.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 32 and IPDM E/R terminal 29.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.

12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness or connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

13. CHECK 20A FUSE

1. Disconnect 20A fuse from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.

EC-1346
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
14. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A
1. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .
EC

MBIB1336E E
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)
F

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. G
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

15. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II H

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 10, 11, 108 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. I

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16. K

16. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. L
● Harness or connectors F1, E50
● Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
M

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

17. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Ground Inspection EBS01IZK

Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.

EC-1347
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
● Remove the ground bolt or screw.
● Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
● Clean as required to assure good contact.
● Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
● Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
● If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one
eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .

PBIB1870E

EC-1348
 DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
A
Description EBS01KNH

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec- EC
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. C

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KNI

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis. D

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
E
● ECM cannot communicate to other control
units. ● Harness or connectors
U1001 CAN communication
(CAN communication line is open or
1001 line ● ECM cannot communicate for more than the shorted.) F
specified time.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KNJ

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. G

2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1351, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
H

EC-1349
 DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01KNK

MBWA1189E

EC-1350
 DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KNL

A
Go to LAN-5, "Precautions When Using CONSULT-II" .

EC

EC-1351
 DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION PFP:23710

Description EBS01IZQ

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KNM

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
U1010 Initializing CAN communication bus is mal-
CAN communication bus ● ECM
1010 functioning.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01IZS

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1353, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1353, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1352
 DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01IZT

1. INSPECTION START A

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
C
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1352, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC U1010 displayed again?
D
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-1272, "HOW TO ERASE E
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1352, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . F
4. Is the 1st trip DTC 1010 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2. G
No >> INSPECTION END

2. REPLACE ECM H
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-286, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" . I
3. Perform EC-1283, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
J
5. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END K

EC-1353
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL PFP:23796

Description EBS01KNN

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed and piston position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

PBIB2988E

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KNO

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INT/V TIM (B1)
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm Approx. 0° - 40°CA
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INT/V SOL (B1)
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm Approx. 0% - 90%
● No load

EC-1354
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KNP

A
The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name Detecting condition Possible cause
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
● Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P0011 Intake valve timing control There is a gap between angle of target and ● Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
C
0011 performance phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
● Timing chain installation
● Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for
D
intake valve timing control

FAIL-SAFE MODE E
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
F
Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KNQ

G
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
● If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1111. See EC- H
1429, "DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE" .
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle. J
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II. K
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive sec- L
onds.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
M
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMP/S 60 - 120°C (140 - 248°F)
SEF174Y
Shift lever Neutral position
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1356, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
6. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED 1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)
Shift lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1356, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1355
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Overall Function Check EBS01IZY

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the intake valve timing control system. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set the tester probe between ECM terminal 73 (IVT control solenoid valve signal) and ground.
5. Start engine and let it idle.
6. Check the voltage under the following conditions.
Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.
Conditions Voltage
BATTERY VOLTAGE
At idle
(11 - 14V)

7V - 10V

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB3036E

PBIA4937J

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
7. If NG, go to EC-1356, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KNR

1. CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP

1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
KG >> Go to LU-16, "OIL PRESSURE CHECK" .

PBIA8559J

2. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-1357, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

3. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

Refer to EC-1416, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
EC-1356
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) A
Refer to EC-1422, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. EC
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).

5. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE) C

Check the following.
● Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear
D
end
● Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
F

PBIA9557J

6. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION G

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned? H
Yes or No
Yes >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-143, "TIMING CHAIN" .
No >> GO TO 7. I

7. CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT

Refer to EM-167, "Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove" . J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Clean lubrication line. K

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

L
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For wiring diagram, refer to EC-1411, "Wiring Diagram" for CKP sensor (POS) and EC-1419, "Wiring Dia-
gram" for CMP sensor (PHASE).
M

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01KNS

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows.
Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 6.7 - 7.7Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist.)

If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. PBIA9591J

EC-1357
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed. PBIA9558J

Removal and Installation EBS01KNT

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EM-143, "TIMING CHAIN" .

EC-1358
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
A
Component Description EBS01J02

The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire EC
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss. C
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. D

PBIA9559J

E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J03

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-1331, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J04

G
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause H
name
● Harness or connectors
P0102 Mass air flow sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0102 circuit low input sent to ECM. ● Intake air leaks I
● Mass air flow sensor
● Harness or connectors
P0103 Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) J
0103 circuit high input sent to ECM.
● Mass air flow sensor

FAIL-SAFE MODE K
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
L
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

EC-1359
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J05

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1362, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1362, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1362, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1362, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1362, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
8. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
9. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1362, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1360
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J06

EC

MBWA1192E

EC-1361
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
32 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0.4V
● Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 1.0 - 1.2V
45 G Mass air flow sensor ● Idle speed
[Engine is running] 1.0 - 1.2 to Approximately 2.4V
● Warm-up condition (Check for linear voltage rise in
● Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000 response to engine being
rpm increased to about 4,000 rpm.)

[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
52 LG ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Mass air flow sensor)
● Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J07

1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

Check the following for connection.
● Air duct
● Vacuum hoses
● Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts.

EC-1362
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" . EC

E
MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
F
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
H
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) harness connector.
I
– : Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
J

MBIB1337E
L
3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

PBIB1168E

EC-1363
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
● Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 52.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 45.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EC-1364, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01J08

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-II and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.

EC-1364
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the follow-
ing conditions. A
Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 (V)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
EC
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.0 - 1.2
operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 1.0 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4* C
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
PBIB2371E

5. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. D

a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
● Crushed air ducts

● Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element E

● Uneven dirt of air cleaner element

● Improper specification of intake air system parts

F
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again.
If OK, go to next step.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
G
7. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
8. Perform step 2 to 4 again.
9. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor. H
Without CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. I
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 45 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
J
Condition Voltage V
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal K
1.0 - 1.2
operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 1.0 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about L
4,000 rpm.
PBIA9564J

4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.

a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following. M
● Crushed air ducts

● Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element

● Uneven dirt of air cleaner element

● Improper specification of intake air system parts

b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 3 again.

If OK, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
7. Perform step 2 and 3 again.
8. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Removal and Installation EBS01J09

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EM-119, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-1365
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630

Component Description EBS01J0A

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.

SEF594K

<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
°C (°F)
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 38 (Engine
coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J0B

Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
Engine coolant tem-
P0117 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
perature sensor cir-
0117 sent to ECM. ● Harness or connectors
cuit low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Engine coolant tem-
P0118 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ● Engine coolant temperature sensor
perature sensor cir-
0118 sent to ECM.
cuit high input

FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON
or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-II display)
Engine coolant temper- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
ature sensor circuit
More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or START 80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.

EC-1366
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J0C

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. C
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1369, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . D

F
SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. G
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
H
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1369, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1367
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J0D

MBWA1194E

EC-1368
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J0E

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body. EC
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

F
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. H

2. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor (1) har- I
ness connector.
– : Vehicle front
J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB2964E
L

3. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester. M
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIB0080E

EC-1369
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 44.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-1370, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01J0F

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

PBIB2005E

<Reference data>
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

SEF012P

Removal and Installation EBS01J0G

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EM-174, "CYLINDER HEAD" .

EC-1370
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS01J0H

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to EC
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi- C
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig- D
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J0I

Specification data are reference values.

F
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
THRTL SEN 1 (Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2* Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V G
● Selector lever: 1st
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J0J

H

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

NOTE: I
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-1477, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
P0122 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor ● Harness or connectors
0122 2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P0123 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sen- ● Electric throttle control actuator K
0123 2 circuit high input sor 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2)

FAIL-SAFE MODE L
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
M
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

EC-1371
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J0K

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1374, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1374, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1372
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J0L

EC

MBWA1195E

EC-1373
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
33 LG Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
34 OR Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
36 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
72 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J0M

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1374
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connec-
tor.
– : Vehicle front EC
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

D
MBIB1338E

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal E

1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. G

PBIA9580J H

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L

4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 34 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-1376, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-1375
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01J0N

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set selector lever to 1st position.
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 33 (TP sensor 1 signal),
34 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

33 Fully released More than 0.36V

(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

34 Fully released Less than 4.75V

(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next MBIB1391E

step.
7. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
8. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS01J0O

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-121, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EC-1376
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0132 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description EBS01J0P

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the EC
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts C
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
D

SEF463R

H
SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J0Q I

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION J
HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm. LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Changes more than 5 times during K
10 seconds.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J0R

L
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.

PBIB1848E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P0132 Heated oxygen sensor 1 An excessively high voltage from the sensor (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0132 circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1

EC-1377
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J0S

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1380, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .

SEF174Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1380, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1378
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J0T

EC

MBWA1395E

EC-1379
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 10V

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm.
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3 G
heater
PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
49 SB Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

56 P Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 1) ● Idle speed

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J0U

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1380
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1 (2).
● : Vehicle front
EC
● Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector (1)
Tightening torque: 50 N·m (5.1 kg-m, 37 ft-lb) C

>> GO TO 3.
D
MBIB1339E

3. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector (1).

– : Vehicle front F
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 1 and ECM
terminal 56. G
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
H
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG MBIB1340E

OK >> GO TO 4. I
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

J
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 4 and ECM terminal 49.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. K

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 49 or HO2S1 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER

Check heated oxygen sensor 1 connector for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-1381
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-1383, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1382
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01J0V

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT- EC
II.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow- C
ing steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
D

SEF646Y
F
6. Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec- G
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. H
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

I

SEF217YA

SEF648Y
M
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.

EC-1383
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.

● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time.

● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V PBIA9566J

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS01J0W

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-125, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD" .

EC-1384
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0134 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description EBS01J0X

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the EC
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts C
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
D

SEF463R

H
SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J0Y I

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION J
HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 LEAN ←→ RICH
● Engine: After warming up
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rpm. Changes more than 5 times dur- K
ing 10 seconds.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J0Z

L
Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is
not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately
0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is
within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks M
that this time is not inordinately long.

SEF237U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P0134 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The voltage from the sensor is constantly (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0134 circuit no activity detected approx. 0.3V.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1

EC-1385
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Overall Function Check EBS01J10

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II, and select “HO2S1 (B1)”.
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load.
4. Make sure that the indications do not remain in the range
between 0.2V to 0.4V.
5. If NG, go to EC-1388, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF646Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4V.
4. If NG, go to EC-1388, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

PBIA9566J

EC-1386
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J11

EC

MBWA1395E

EC-1387
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 10V

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm.
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3 G
heater
PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
49 SB Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
56 P ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 1)
● Idle speed

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J12

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1388
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector (1).
– : Vehicle front
EC
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 1 and ECM
terminal 56.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. C

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
OK or NG MBIB1340E

OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E

3. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

F
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 4 and ECM terminal 49.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. G
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 49 or HO2S1 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-1389, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
L
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
M

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01J13

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-
II.

EC-1389
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow-
ing steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.

SEF646Y

6. Check the following.

● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec-
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown in the figure.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

SEF217YA

SEF648Y

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.

● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time.

● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V PBIA9566J

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

EC-1390
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant. A
Removal and Installation EBS01J14

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

EC
Refer to EM-125, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD" .

EC-1391
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0138 HO2S2 PFP:226A0

Component Description EBS01J15

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J16

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
HO2S2 (B1) ● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi- 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
tions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) LEAN ←→ RICH
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J17

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during
the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.

PBIB1848E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P0138 Heated oxygen sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the sensor (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0138 circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.
● Heated oxygen sensor 2

EC-1392
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J18

A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at EC
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. D
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 2 minutes. E
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1396, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
F

G
SEF174Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. H
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
I
4. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
6. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. J
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1396, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1393
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J19

MBWA1397E

EC-1394
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
[Engine is running] Approximately 10V
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the fol-
lowing conditions are met. D
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
5 G E
heater minute under no load PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE F
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
[Engine is running]
G
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met.
50 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 – Engine: After warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V H
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load I
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
59 OR ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
● Idle speed J

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-1395
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J1A

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (1).
– Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 1 and ECM
terminal 59.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG MBIB1341E

OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 ECM terminal 50.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1396
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER A
Check heated oxygen sensor 2 connector for water.
Water should not exist.
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
C
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-1397, "Component Inspection" . D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. E

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . F

>> INSPECTION END

G
Component Inspection EBS01J1B

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-II H
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. I
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2(B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II. J

SEF662Y
M
6. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

PBIB0551E

“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.

EC-1397
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd gear
position.
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this PBIB2996E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS01J1C

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-4, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

EC-1398
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS01J1D

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to EC
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi- C
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig- D
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J1E

Specification data are reference values.

F
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
THRTL SEN 1 (Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2* Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V G
● Selector lever: 1st
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J1F

H

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

NOTE: I
If DTC P0222 or P0223 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-1477, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
P0222 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 ● Harness or connectors
0222 1 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
P0223 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor ● Electric throttle control actuator K
0223 1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1)

FAIL-SAFE MODE L
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
M
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

EC-1399
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J1G

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1402, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1402, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1400
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J1H

EC

MBWA1200E

EC-1401
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
33 LG Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
34 OR Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
36 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
72 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J1I

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1402
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connec-
tor.
– : Vehicle front EC
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

D
MBIB1338E

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal E

1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. G

PBIA9580J H

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L

4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 33 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-1404, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-1403
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01J1J

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set selector lever to 1st position.
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 33 (TP sensor 1 signal),
34 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

33 Fully released More than 0.36V

(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

34 Fully released Less than 4.75V

(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next MBIB1391E

step.
7. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
8. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS01J1K

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-121, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EC-1404
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060
A
Component Description EBS01J1L

The knock sensor (1) is attached to the cylinder block. It senses

engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration EC
from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pres-
sure is converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
● : Vehicle front C

PBIB2969E

E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J1M

The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detected Condition Possible Cause F
P0327 Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
● Harness or connectors
0327 input sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328 Knock sensor circuit high An excessively high voltage from the sensor is G
● Knock sensor
0328 input sent to ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J1N

H
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II J
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. K
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1407, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
L

M
SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1407, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1405
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J1O

MBWA1205E

EC-1406
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
37 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground D
40 — ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Knock sensor)
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J1P

E
1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
F
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ECM terminal 37 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
NOTE: G
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
H
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. I
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II

J
1. Disconnect knock sensor (1) harness connector.
– : Vehicle front
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and knock K
sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 3. PBIB2969E

NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power

in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

Refer to EC-1408, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace knock sensor.

EC-1407
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

5. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Reconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 40 and ground.
Continuity should exist
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01J1Q

KNOCK SENSOR
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more
than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or phys-
ically damaged. Use only new ones.

SEF227W

Removal and Installation EBS01J1R

KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-190, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .
EC-1408
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) PFP:23731
A
Component Description EBS01J1S

The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at EC
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine rev-
olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth C
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change. D
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
PBIA9209J
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
E
the engine revolution.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

PBIB2997E
I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J1T

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION J
● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED
tion. tachometer indication.
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J1U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause L
● Harness or connectors
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not circuit is open or shorted.]
(Accelerator pedal position sensor
M
detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of
engine cranking. circuit is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit
P0335 Crankshaft position ● The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position
is shorted.]
0335 sensor (POS) circuit sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is
running. ● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

● The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in ● Accelerator pedal position sensor
the normal pattern during engine running. (APP sensor 2)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor
● Signal plate

EC-1409
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J1V

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1413, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1413, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1410
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J1W

EC

MBWA1400E

EC-1411
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 4.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
PBIB2998E
Crankshaft position
61 W
sensor (POS)
Approximately 4.0V

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB2999E

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

62 R [Crankshaft position sensor ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(POS)] ● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
74 W (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sor)
Sensor power supply
75 BR [Crankshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(POS)]
Sensor power supply
102 BR [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-1412
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J1X

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body. EC
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

F
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. H

2. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) (1) harness I
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
J

PBIB2970E
L

3. Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester. M
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIA9583J

EC-1413
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 75.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.

4. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
74 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1593, "Wiring Diagram"
75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-1411, "Wiring Diagram"
102 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-1506, "Wiring Diagram"

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
● Accelerator pedal position sensor (Refer to EC-1512, "Component Inspection" .)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-1594, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.

6. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 62.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 61.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1414
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) A
Refer to EC-1416, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. EC
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

9. CHECK GEAR TOOTH C

Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace the signal plate.

10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

F
>> INSPECTION END

EC-1415
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01J1Y

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

PBIA9210J

5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.

Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 3 (-)
6. If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

PBIA9584J

Removal and Installation EBS01J1Z

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

Refer to EM-190, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .

EC-1416
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) PFP:23731
A
Component Description EBS01J20

The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the protrusion of

camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position EC
sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification C
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause D
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
PBIA9209J
change.
E
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

PBIB2997E
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J21

NOTE:
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to J
EC-1477, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
K
● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
for the first few seconds during engine ● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
L
cranking. ● Camshaft (Intake)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor
● The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM ● Starter motor (Refer to SC-46, "START-
0340 (PHASE) circuit
during engine running. ING SYSTEM" .)
● The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal M
● Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-46,
pattern during engine running. "STARTING SYSTEM" .)
● Dead (Weak) battery

EC-1417
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J22

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1420, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 sec-
onds.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1420, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1420, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Start engine and maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
7. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1420, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1418
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J23

EC

MBWA1401E

EC-1419
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

63 BR [Camshaft position sensor ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(PHASE)] ● Idle speed

Approximately 3.8V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
PBIB2986E
Camshaft position sensor
65 G
(PHASE)
Approximately 3.8V

[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB2987E

Sensor power supply

78 OR [Camshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(PHASE)]

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J24

1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over?
Does the starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-46, "STARTING SYSTEM" .)

EC-1420
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" . EC

E
MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
F
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
H
3. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) (1) har-
ness connector. I
– : Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
J

PBIB2971E
L
3. Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
M
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIA9583J

EC-1421
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 63.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 65.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

Refer to EC-1422, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).

7. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)

Check the following.
● Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear
end
● Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.

PBIA9557J

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01J25

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
3. Remove the sensor.

EC-1422
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
A

EC

PBIA9210J

D
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
E
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 3 (-) F

G
PBIA9584J

Removal and Installation EBS01J26

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) H

Refer to EM-152, "CAMSHAFT" .

EC-1423
 DTC P0605 ECM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0605 ECM PFP:23710

Component Description EBS01J2B

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

PBIA9222J

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J2C

This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. ● ECM
0605
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A
degrees) by the return spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J2D

Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no problem on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B,
perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1426, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.

EC-1424
 DTC P0605 ECM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1426, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
EC
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn
ON.
C
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1426, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
D

E
SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. F
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1426, "Diagnostic Procedure" G

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C

With CONSULT-II H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn I
ON.
4. Repeat step 3 for 32 times.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1426, "Diagnostic Proce- J
dure" .

SEF058Y

L
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
M
3. Repeat step 1 to 2 for 32 times.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
5. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1426, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1425
 DTC P0605 ECM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J2E

1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1424, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory.
Refer to EC-1272, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1424, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
4. Is the 1st trip DTC 0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END

2. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-286, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" .
3. Perform EC-1283, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1426
 DTC P1065 ECM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1065 ECM PFP:23710
A
Component Description EBS01J2F

ECM has the memory function of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio
feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Volume Learning EC
value memory, etc. even when the ignition switch is turned OFF.

PBIA9222J

E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J2G

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
F
P1065* ECM back-up RAM system does not function
Engine control module ● ECM
1065 properly.
*: This self-diagnosis is not for ECM power supply circuit, even though “ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J2H

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. I
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
J
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn
ON.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for 4 times.
K
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1428, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
L

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II M
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Repeat steps 1 to 2 for 4 times.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
5. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1428, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1427
 DTC P1065 ECM
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J2I

1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1427, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory.
Refer to EC-1272, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION"
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1427, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
4. Is the 1st trip DTC 1065 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END

2. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-286, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" .
3. Perform EC-1283, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1428
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:23796
A
Component Description EBS01J2J

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM. EC
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle. C
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control D
position.
PBIB1842E

E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J2K

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INT/V SOL (B1) G
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,500 rpm Approx. 0% - 90%
● No load

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J2L H

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause

An improper voltage is sent to the ECM ● Harness or connectors I

P1111 Intake valve timing control (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
through intake valve timing control solenoid
1111 solenoid valve circuit
valve. ● Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J2M

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
K
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1432, "Diagnostic Proce- M
dure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1432, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1429
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J2N

MBWA1209E

EC-1430
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay OFF
D
32 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning ignition (11 - 14V) E
switch OFF
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V) F
● Idle speed

7 - 9V
Intake valve timing G
73 P
control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm H

PBIA4937J

BATTERY VOLTAGE I
105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
J

EC-1431
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J2O

1. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve (1) har-
ness connector.
– : Vehicle front
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1343E

4. Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid

valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIA9590J

2. DETECT MALFUNCTION PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

3. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 73 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve termi-
nal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-1433, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

EC-1432
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END EC

Component Inspection EBS01J2P

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows. D
Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 6.7 - 7.7Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
E
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist.)

If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. F

If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. PBIA9591J

G
4. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION: H
Do not apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve. I
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control J
solenoid valve is removed. PBIA9558J

Removal and Installation EBS01J2Q

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE K

Refer to EM-143, "TIMING CHAIN" .

EC-1433
 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR PFP:16119

Component Description EBS01J2R

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J2S

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Electric throttle control actuator does not function
A)
properly due to the return spring malfunction.
P1121 Electric throttle control
Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is ● Electric throttle control actuator
1121 actuator B)
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
Malfunction A
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
Malfunction C
The engine can restart in Neutral position and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J2T

NOTE:
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Shift selector lever to 1st position and wait at least 3 seconds.
4. Shift selector lever to Neutral position.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
7. Shift selector lever to 1st position and wait at least 3 seconds.
8. Shift selector lever to Neutral position.
9. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn
ON.
SEF058Y
10. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1435, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Set selector lever to 1st position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set selector lever to Neutral position.

EC-1434
 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. A
6. Set selector lever to 1st position and wait at least 3 seconds.
7. Set selector lever to Neutral position.
EC
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
9. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
10. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1435, "Diagnostic Procedure" . C
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. D
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Shift selector lever to 1st position and wait at least 3 seconds.
E
4. Shift selector lever to Neutral position.
5. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1435, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
F

G
SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II H
1. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Set selector lever to 1st position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set selector lever to Neutral position. I
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
6. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. J
7. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1435, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J2U
K
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct. L
2. Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
– : Vehicle front M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.

MBIB1344E

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1435
 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS01J2V

Refer to EM-121, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EC-1436
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION PFP:16119
A
Description EBS01J2W

NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or P1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121 EC
or P1126. Refer to EC-1434, "DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR" or EC-1444,
"DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY" .
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. C
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition. D
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J2X

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P1122 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not oper- (Throttle control motor circuit is open or F
1122 performance ate properly. shorted)
● Electric throttle control actuator
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
H
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J2Y

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at J
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine K
is running.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. L
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1439, "Diagnostic Procedure" . M

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1439, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1437
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J2Z

MBWA1210E

EC-1438
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Approximately 2.3V

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped D
Throttle control motor
1 L
(Open) ● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
E
PBIA8150J

Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE

2 SB [Ignition switch: ON]
supply (11 - 14V) F
Approximately 2.3V

[Ignition switch: ON]

G
Throttle control motor ● Engine stopped
4 P
(Close) ● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released H
PBIA8149J

BATTERY VOLTAGE
15 Y Throttle control motor relay [Ignition switch: OFF] I
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) J
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J30

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" . L

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1439
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
1. Check voltage between ECM terminal 2 and ground under the
following conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.
Ignition switch Voltage
OFF Approximately 0V
Battery voltage
ON
(11 - 14V)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 3. PBIA9568J

3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 28.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 15 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 6.

PBIA9569J

EC-1440
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E17.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 15 and IPDM E/R terminal 70. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. D
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
F
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
8. CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 20A fuse. H
2. Check 20A fuse for blown.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. I
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

OK or NG K
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-19, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD-
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
L

EC-1441
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connec-
tor.
– : Vehicle front
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control
ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
1 Should not exist
5 MBIB1338E
4 Should exist
1 Should exist
6
4 Should not exist

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace.

11. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
– : Vehicle front
– Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.

MBIB1344E

12. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Refer to EC-1443, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 14.

13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-1442
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
14. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR A
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . EC

>> INSPECTION END

C
Component Inspection EBS01J31

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. D
2. Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6.
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
E
3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
4. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . F
5. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

G
PBIB2909E

Removal and Installation EBS01J32

H
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-121, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
I

EC-1443
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY PFP:16119

Component Description EBS01J33

Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J34

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
THRTL RELAY ● Ignition switch: ON ON

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J35

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P1124 Throttle control motor ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
1124 relay circuit short stuck ON. shorted)
● Throttle control motor relay
● Harness or connectors
P1126 Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
1126 relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low. open)
● Throttle control motor relay

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J36

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1124
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1447, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.

EC-1444
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1447, "Diagnostic Procedure" . A

PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1126

TESTING CONDITION: EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 second. C
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1447, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D

F
SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. H
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1447, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
I

EC-1445
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J37

MBWA1211E

EC-1446
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Approximately 2.3V

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped D
Throttle control motor
1 L
(Open) ● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
E
PBIA8150J

Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE

2 SB [Ignition switch: ON]
supply (11 - 14V) F
Approximately 2.3V

[Ignition switch: ON]

G
Throttle control motor ● Engine stopped
4 P
(Close) ● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released H
PBIA8149J

BATTERY VOLTAGE
15 Y Throttle control motor relay [Ignition switch: OFF] I
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) J
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J38

1. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 15 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester. L

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIA9569J

EC-1447
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E17.
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 15 and IPDM E/R terminal 70.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 20A fuse.
2. Check 20A fuse for blown.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.

5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I

1. Check voltage between ECM terminal 2 and ground under the
following conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.
Ignition switch Voltage
OFF Approximately 0V
Battery voltage
ON
(11 - 14V)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 6. PBIA9568J

6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
4. Check continuity between ECM terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 28.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

EC-1448
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R EC

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . D
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-19, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD-
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" . E
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-1449
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR PFP:16119

Component Description EBS01J39

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J3A

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
1128 circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. ● Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J3B

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1452, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1452, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1450
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J3C

EC

MBWA1212E

EC-1451
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 2.3V

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor ● Engine stopped
1 L
(Open) ● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

PBIA8150J

Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE

2 SB [Ignition switch: ON]
supply (11 - 14V)

Approximately 2.3V

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor ● Engine stopped
4 P
(Close) ● Shift lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released

PBIA8149J

BATTERY VOLTAGE
15 Y Throttle control motor relay [Ignition switch: OFF]
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J3D

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1452
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connec-
tor.
– : Vehicle front EC
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. C

Electric throttle control

ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
D
1 Should not exist
5 MBIB1344E
4 Should exist
1 Should exist E
6
4 Should not exist

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
G
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to EC-1454, "Component Inspection" . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5. I

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
K
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

5. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

L
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . M

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1453
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01J3E

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6.
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
4. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

PBIB2909E

Removal and Installation EBS01J3F

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-121, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EC-1454
 DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT PFP:47850
A
Description EBS01J3G

The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred through the CAN communication line from “ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit)” to ECM. EC
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J3H C
The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
D
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● ABS actuator and electric unit (control
P1211 ECM receives a malfunction information from unit)
TCS control unit E
1211 “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
● TCS related parts

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J3I

F
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. H
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1455, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
I

SEF058Y

K
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. L
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1455, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J3J
M

Refer to BRC-61, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .

EC-1455
 DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:47850

Description EBS01J3K

NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to
EC-1349, "DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J3L

The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
ECM can not receive the information (The CAN communication line is open or
P1212 TCS communication shorted.)
from “ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
1212 line
trol unit)” continuously. ● ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
● Dead (Weak) battery

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J3M

TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1456, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1456, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J3N

Go to BRC-61, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .

EC-1456
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE PFP:00000
A
System Description EBS01KNV

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
NOTE: EC
● If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001.
Refer to EC-1349, "DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
● If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010.
Refer to EC-1352, "DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION" . C

Cooling Fan Control

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1

Battery Battery voltage*1 E

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2 Cooling fan IPDM E/R

control (Cooling fan relays)
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature F
3
Air conditioner switch* Air conditioner ON signal*2

Refrigerant pressure sensor*3 Refrigerant pressure

G
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: Models with air conditioner
H
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF] (Models with
A/C) or 2-step control [ON/OFF] (Models without A/C).
I
Cooling Fan Operation
Models with A/C
J

MBIB1392E

EC-1457
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Models without A/C

MBIB1393E

Cooling Fan Relay Operation

The ECM controls cooling fan relays in the IPDM E/R through CAN communication line.
Cooling fan relay
Cooling fan speed
LO HI
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF
Low (LOW) ON OFF
High (HI) OFF ON

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KNW

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Engine coolant temperature is 97°C
OFF
(207°F) or less
● Engine: After warming up, idle Engine coolant temperature is
COOLING FAN the engine between 98°C (208°F) and 99°C LOW
● Air conditioner switch: OFF (210°F) or more
Engine coolant temperature is 100°C
HIGH
(212°F) or more

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KNX

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

EC-1458
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause A
● Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)
EC
● Cooling fan
● Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over-
heat). ● Cooling fan relays
● Radiator hose C
● Cooling fan system does not operate properly
P1217 Engine over temperature (Overheat). ● Radiator
1217 (Overheat) ● Engine coolant was not added to the system ● Reservoir tank (Models with A/C)
using the proper filling method. ● Reservoir tank cap (Models with A/C) D
● Engine coolant is not within the specified ● Radiator cap (Models without A/C)
range.
● Water pump
● Thermostat E
For more information, refer to EC-1471,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
F
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-35, "Changing Engine
coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-17, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to G
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-37, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
H
Overall Function Check EBS01KNY

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed. I
WARNING:
Never remove the reservoir tank cap (models with A/C) or the radiator cap (models without A/C) when
the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the reservoir J
tank or the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
K
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. L
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1464,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer M
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-1464,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

SEF621W

EC-1459
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
5. If the results are NG, go to EC-1464, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF646X

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
(Models with air conditioner)
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1464,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-1464,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Start engine.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine. SEF621W

4. Set temperature control switch to full cold position.

5. Turn air conditioner switch ON.
6. Turn blower fan switch ON.
7. Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner operating.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
8. Make sure that cooling fans operates at low speed.
If NG, go to EC-1464, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to the following step.
9. Turn ignition switch OFF.
10. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
11. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-
tor.
12. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector.
MBIB0651E

13. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at
higher speed than low speed.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
14. If NG, go to EC-1464, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF023R

EC-1460
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
(Models without air conditioner)
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. A
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1464, EC
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to .
C
3. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-
tor.
4. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor D
harness connector. SEF621W

5. Start engine and make that cooling fan operates. Be careful not
to overheat engine.
E
6. If NG, go to EC-1464, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF023R

EC-1461
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01KNZ

MODELS WITH AIR CONDITIONER

MBWA1213E

EC-1462
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MODELS WITHOUT AIR CONDITIONER
A

EC

MBWA1214E

EC-1463
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KO0

PROCEDURE FOR MODELS WITH AIR CONDITIONER

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 4.

2. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II and touch “LOW” on the CONSULT-II screen.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to EC-1466,
"PROCEDURE A" .)

SEF784Z

3. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
1. Touch “HIGH” on the CONSULT-II screen.
2. Make sure that cooling fan operates at higher speed than low
speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to EC-1466,
"PROCEDURE A" .)

SEF785Z

EC-1464
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle.
EC
2. Turn air conditioner switch ON.
3. Turn blower fan switch ON.
4. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC- D
1466, "PROCEDURE A" .)

MBIB0651E
F
5. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
H
3. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
4. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
5. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at
I
higher speed than low speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. J
NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC-
1466, "PROCEDURE A" .)

SEF023R
L
6. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK
Refer to CO-34, "LEAK CHECK" . M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following for leak.
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump (Refer to CO-48, "WATER PUMP" .)
● Reservoir tank

>> Repair or replace.

EC-1465
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK RESERVOIR TANK CAP
Refer to CO-43, "Checking Reservoir Tank Cap (With A/C Models)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace reservoir tank cap.

9. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1. Remove thermostat.
2. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly.
3. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
Valve opening temperature: 82°C (180°F) [standard]
Valve lift: More than 8 mm/95°C
(0.31 in/203°F)
4. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening tem-
perature. For details, refer to CO-50, "THERMOSTAT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace thermostat. SLC343

10. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-1370, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

11. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES

If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-1471, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

>> INSPECTION END

PROCEDURE A
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 14 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

MBIB1307E

EC-1466
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● 40A fusible link
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery EC

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector (1). D
– : Vehicle front
2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan motor terminal 1
and IPDM E/R terminal 10, cooling fan motor terminal 2 and E
ground.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist. F
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 12 and MBIB1351E G
cooling fan motor terminal 1.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist. H
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. I
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J

Check the following.

● Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and IPDM E/R K
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ground
● Harness for open or short between resistor and IPDM E/R
● Harness for open or short between resistor and cooling fan motor L
● Resistor E5

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M

5. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR

Refer to EC-1472, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motor.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-19, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD-
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector.

EC-1467
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PROCEDURE FOR MODELS WITHOUT AIR CONDITIONER
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II and touch “LOW” on the CONSULT-II screen.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operates.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO4.
NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to EC-1470,
"PROCEDURE B" .)

SEF784Z

3. CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check cooling fan speed control circuit. (Go to EC-1470,
"PROCEDURE B" .)

SEF023R

4. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK

Refer to CO-34, "LEAK CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

EC-1468
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following for leak.
● Hose
● Radiator EC
● Water pump (Refer to CO-48, "WATER PUMP" .)

C
>> Repair or replace.

6. CHECK RADIATOR CAP

D
Refer to CO-42, "Checking Radiator Cap (Without A/C Models)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. E
NG >> Replace radiator cap.

7. CHECK THERMOSTAT F
1. Remove thermostat.
2. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly. G
3. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
Valve opening temperature: 82°C (180°F) [standard] H
Valve lift: More than 8 mm/95°C
(0.31 in/203°F)
4. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening tem- I
perature. For details, refer to CO-50, "THERMOSTAT" .
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace thermostat. SLC343

8. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR K

Refer to EC-1370, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
M
9. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-1471, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1469
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PROCEDURE B
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 14 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

MBIB1307E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● 40A fusible link
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector (1).
– : Vehicle front
2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan motor terminal 1
and IPDM E/R terminal 10, cooling fan motor terminal 2 and
ground.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG MBIB1351E

OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and IPDM E/R
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR

Refer to EC-1472, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motor.

EC-1470
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Perform EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-19, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MOD- EC
ULE ENGINE ROOM)" .
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
C
Main 12 Causes of Overheating EBS01KO1

Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page

OFF 1 ● Blocked radiator ● Visual No blocking — D
● Blocked condenser
● Blocked radiator grille
● Blocked bumper E
2 ● Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-37, "Engine
Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
3 ● Coolant level ● Visual Coolant up to MAX level See CO-34, "LEVEL
F
in reservoir tank and radi- CHECK" .
ator filler neck

4*5 ● Radiator cap ● Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa See CO-42, "Checking G

(0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 Radiator Cap (Without A/
kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi) C Models)" .
(Limit) H
88 kPa (0.88 bar, 0.90 kg/ See CO-43, "Checking
4*6 ● Reservoir tank cap ● Pressure tester Reservoir Tank Cap (With
cm2 , 12.8psi) A/C Models)" .
I
ON*2 5 ● Coolant leaks ● Visual No leaks See CO-34, "LEAK
CHECK" .

ON*2 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-50, "THERMO-
J
lower radiator hoses STAT" , and CO-44,
"RADIATOR (ALUMINUM
TYPE)" .

ON*1 7 ● Cooling fan ● CONSULT-II Operating See trouble diagnosis for K

DTC P1217 (EC-1464,
"Diagnostic Procedure" ).
OFF 8 ● Combustion gas leak ● Color checker chemical Negative — L
tester 4 Gas analyzer

ON*3 9 ● Coolant temperature ● Visual Gauge less than 3/4 —

gauge when driving M
● Coolant overflow to ● Visual No overflow during driving See CO-35, "Changing
reservoir tank and idling Engine coolant" .

OFF*4 10 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See CO-34, "LEVEL
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank CHECK" .
tor
OFF 11 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-174, "CYLIN-
gauge mum distortion (warping) DER HEAD" .
12 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-190, "CYLIN-
tons walls or piston DER BLOCK" .
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
*5: Models without A/C
*6: Models with A/C
For more information, refer to CO-31, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .

EC-1471
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01KO2

COOLING FAN MOTOR (MODELS WITH A/C)

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.

Terminals
(+) (-)
Cooling fan motor 1 2

MBIB0607E

COOLING FAN MOTOR (MODELS WITHOUT A/C)

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.

Terminals
(+) (-)
Cooling fan motor 1 2

MBIB1308E

EC-1472
 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS01J3W

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to EC
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi- C
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig- D
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J3X

The MI will not light up for this diagnosis.

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1225 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning value is exces- ● Electric throttle control actuator
1225 learning performance sively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2) G
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J3Y

NOTE: H
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. I

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. K
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1474, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
L

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1474, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1473
 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J3Z

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
– : Vehicle front
– Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.

MBIB1344E

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation EBS01J40

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-121, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EC-1474
 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS01J41

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to EC
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi- C
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig- D
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J42

The MI will not light up for this diagnosis.

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1226 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not per- ● Electric throttle control actuator
1226 learning performance formed successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2) G
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J43

NOTE: H
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. I

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn
ON. K
4. Repeat step 3 for 32 times.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1476, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . L

M
SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1476, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1475
 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J44

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
– : Vehicle front
– Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.

MBIB1344E

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation EBS01J45

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-121, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EC-1476
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY PFP:16119
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J46

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

EC
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
● Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.) C
(Throttle position sensor circuit is shorted.)
[Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for
1229 circuit short sensor is excessively low or high. shorted.] D
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
● Throttle position sensor
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) E

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up. F
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
G
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J47

H
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: I
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
K
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1482, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

M
SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1482, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1477
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J48

LHD MODELS

MBWA1379E

EC-1478
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply C
72 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
Sensor power supply
78 OR [Camshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
D
(PHASE)]
Sensor power supply
102 BR [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
E
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GY F
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed G
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
104 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed H
Sensor power supply
106 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON] I
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
110 G
sensor 1
J
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
K
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
111 R ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed L

EC-1479
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS

MBWA1380E

EC-1480
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply C
72 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
Sensor power supply
78 OR [Camshaft position sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
D
(PHASE)]
Sensor power supply
102 BR [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
E
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GY F
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed G
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
104 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed H
Sensor power supply
106 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON] I
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
110 G
sensor 1
J
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
K
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
111 R ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed L

EC-1481
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J49

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

2. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector (1).
– Accelerator pedal position sensor (2)
– Accelerator pedal (3)
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1345E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIA9606J

EC-1482
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS A
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
EC
72 Throttle position sensor terminal 1 EC-1515, "Wiring Diagram"
78 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 EC-1419, "Wiring Diagram"
106 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-1478, "Wiring Diagram" C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D

4. CHECK COMPONENTS
E
Check the following.
● Throttle position sensor (Refer to EC-1518, "Component Inspection" .)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (Refer to EC-1422, "Component Inspection" .) F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component. G

5. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-1502, "Component Inspection" . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6. I

6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

J
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-1283, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . K
4. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END L

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

M
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1483
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH PFP:32006

Component Description EBS01J4A

When the shift lever position is Neutral, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J4B

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Shift lever: Neutral ON
P/N POSI SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Shift lever: Except above OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J4C

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause

The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) ● Harness or connectors

P1706 (PNP switch circuit is open or shorted.)
Park/neutral position switch switch is not changed in the process of
1706
engine starting and driving. ● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J4D

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the follow-
ing conditions.
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal
Neutral position ON
Except above position OFF

If NG, go to EC-1487, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

If OK, go to following step.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. SEF212Y

4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive sec-
onds.
ENG SPEED More than 1,925 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 2.5 msec
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64km/h (40 MPH)
Shift lever Suitable position
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1487, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . SEF213Y

EC-1484
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Overall Function Check EBS01J4E

A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-II EC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 70 (PNP switch signal)
and body ground under the following conditions. C
Condition (Gear position) Voltage V (Known-good data)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Neutral position D
(11 - 14V)
Except above position Approx. 0
3. If NG, go to EC-1487, "Diagnostic Procedure" . E

MBIB1397E

EC-1485
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J4F

MBWA1217E

EC-1486
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE C
Park/Neutral position ● Shift lever: Neutral (11 - 14V)
70 LG
(PNP) switch [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
● Except above position D

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J4G

1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT E

1. Turn ignition switch ON.

2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 31 and ground under
F
following condition.
Shift lever position Voltage
Neutral Battery voltage (11- 14V) G
Except above position Approximately 0V
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 2.
MBIB0652E
I
2. CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between PNP switch terminal 2 and ground with K
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. M

PBIB3003E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between PNP switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1487
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 3 and IPDM E/R terminal 31.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14
● Harness for open or short between PNP switch and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK PNP SWITCH

Refer to MT-16, "Park/Neutral Position Switch" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace PNP switch.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

8. CHECK IPDM E/R GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E11 and E16.
3. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 3, 54 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1488
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E17
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 70 and IPDM E/R terminal 64. EC

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10. D

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

E
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R F

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG H
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
I

EC-1489
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320

Description EBS01J4H

Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J4I

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J4J

This self-diagnosis has one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause

A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for ● Harness or connectors

P1805 (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
Brake switch extremely long time while the vehicle is driv-
1805
ing. ● Stop lamp switch

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-fail safe mode
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J4L

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1492, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

PBIB1952E

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory.
Refer to EC-1272, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
5. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1492, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1490
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J4M

EC

MBWA1402E

EC-1491
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF]
Approximately 0V
● Brake pedal: Fully released
99 Y Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J4N

1. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
Brake pedal Stop lamp
Fully released Not illuminated
Slightly depressed Illuminated
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect stop lamp switch (1) harness connector.
– Brake pedal (2)

MBIB1346E

2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground

with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0117E

EC-1492
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (LHD models)
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models) EC
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery
C

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D

1. Disconnect stop lamp switch (1) harness connector.

– Brake pedal (2) E
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminal 2
and ECM terminal 99. F
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
G
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG MBIB1346E

OK >> GO TO 6. H
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
J
● Harness connectors M71, M201 (RHD models)
● Joint connector-3 (RHD models)
● Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and ECM K

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
6. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1493, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01J4O

STOP LAMP SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-1493
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch (1) harness connector.
● Brake pedal (2)

MBIB1346E

3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2

under the following conditions.
Condition Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released. Should not exist.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Should exist.

If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-6,

"BRAKE PEDAL" , and perform step 3 again.

PBIB0118E

EC-1494
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Component Description EBS01J4P

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera- EC
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. C
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from D
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J4Q
F
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
G
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V
ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V H

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF I
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J4R J

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. K
Refer to EC-1477, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause L
P2122 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP ● Harness or connectors
2122 sensor 1 circuit low input sensor 1 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
P2123 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP M
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
2123 sensor 1 circuit high input sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
(APP sensor 1)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

EC-1495
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J4S

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1500, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1500, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1496
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J4T

LHD MODELS A

EC

MBWA1203E

EC-1497
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
102 BR [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
104 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
106 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
110 G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
111 R ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed

EC-1498
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A

EC

MBWA1204E

EC-1499
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
102 BR [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
104 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
106 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
110 G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
111 R ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J4U

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1500
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector (1).
– Accelerator pedal position sensor (2) EC
– Accelerator pedal (3)
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
C

D
MBIB1345E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with E

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G

PBIA9606J H

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. I
● Harness connectors M201, M71 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
J
● Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and APP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. M

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M201, M71 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1501
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and APP sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M201, M71 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-1502, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

9. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-1283, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01J4V

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-1502
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 110 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 103 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following A
conditions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
EC
110 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7V

103 Fully released 0.3 - 0.6V C

(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4V
PBIA9572J

4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step. D

5. Perform EC-1283, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
E
7. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS01J4W

ACCELERATOR PEDAL F
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-1503
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR PFP:18002

Component Description EBS01J4X

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J4Y

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J4Z

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P2127 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP ● Harness or connectors
2127 sensor 2 circuit low input sensor 2 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
P2128 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP
2128 sensor 2 circuit high input sensor 2 is sent to ECM. ● Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

EC-1504
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J50

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. C
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
D
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1509, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II G
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. H
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1509, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1505
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J51

LHD MODELS

MBWA1215E

EC-1506
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply C
102 BR [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V D
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V E
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
104 Y
Sensor ground
● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V F
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
106 PU
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V G
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
H
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
110 G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V I
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground J
111 R ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed

EC-1507
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS

MBWA1216E

EC-1508
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply C
102 BR [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V D
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V E
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
104 Y
Sensor ground
● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V F
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
106 PU
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V G
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
H
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
110 G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V I
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground J
111 R ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J52

K
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .
M

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1509
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector (1).
– Accelerator pedal position sensor (2)
– Accelerator pedal (3)
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1345E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 5 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIA9607J

3. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 102.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M201, M71 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit in harness or connectors.

EC-1510
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III A
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
EC
74 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1593, "Wiring Diagram"
75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-1411, "Wiring Diagram"
102 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-1506, "Wiring Diagram" C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D

6. CHECK COMPONENTS
E
Check the following.
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-1416, "Component Inspection" .)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-1594, "Diagnostic Procedure" .) F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component. G

7. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 104 and APP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. I

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8. K

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

L
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M201, M71 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models) M
● Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 103 and APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

EC-1511
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M201, M71 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-1512, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.

12. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-1283, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01J53

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 110 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 103 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
110 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7V

103 Fully released 0.3 - 0.6V

(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4V
PBIA9572J

4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.

5. Perform EC-1283, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS01J54

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-1512
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS01J55

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to EC
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi- C
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig- D
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J56

Specification data are reference values.

F
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Ignition switch: ON
THRTL SEN 1 Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2* G
● Shift lever: 1st Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J57

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

NOTE: I
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-1477, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
● Harness or connector
Throttle position sensor Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
P2135 shorted.)
circuit range/performance compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 K
2135
problem and TP sensor 2. ● Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
M

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

EC-1513
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J58

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1516, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1516, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1514
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J59

EC

MBWA1199E

EC-1515
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
33 LG Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
34 OR Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Selector lever: 1st
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
36 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
72 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J5A

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1516
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connec-
tor.
: Vehicle front EC
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

D
MBIB1338E

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal E

1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. G

PBIA9580J H

3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L

4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 and ECM terminal 33, elec-
tric throttle control actuator terminal 3 and ECM terminal 34.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-1518, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-1517
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01J5B

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set selector lever to 1st position.
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 33 (TP sensor 1 signal),
34 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

33 Fully released More than 0.36V

(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

34 Fully released Less than 4.75V

(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next MBIB1391E

step.
7. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
8. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS01J5C

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-121, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EC-1518
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Component Description EBS01J5D

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera- EC
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. C
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from D
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J5E
F
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
G
● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V
ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V H

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8V

● Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF I
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01J5F J

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to K
EC-1477, "DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause L
● Harness or connector
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
[Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit
M
is shorted.]
Accelerator pedal posi- Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
P2138 (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
tion sensor circuit compared with the signals from APP sensor 1
2138 shorted.)
range/performance and APP sensor 2.
● Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1 and 2)
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor

EC-1519
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01J5G

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1524, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1524, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-1520
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J5H

LHD MODELS A

EC

MBWA1201E

EC-1521
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
102 BR [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
104 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
106 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
110 G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
111 R ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed

EC-1522
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A

EC

MBWA1202E

EC-1523
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
102 BR [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
103 GY
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 1.95 - 2.4V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
104 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
106 PU [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
110 G
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
111 R ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
● Idle speed

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J5I

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1524
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector (1).
– Accelerator pedal position sensor (2) EC
– Accelerator pedal (3)
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
C

D
MBIB1345E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with E

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G

PBIA9606J H

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. I
● Harness connectors M201, M71 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
J
● Harness for open or short between APP sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 5 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
M
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 5.

PBIA9607J

EC-1525
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 102.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors M201, M71 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness for open between APP sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
74 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1593, "Wiring Diagram"
75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-1411, "Wiring Diagram"
102 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-1521, "Wiring Diagram"

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-1416, "Component Inspection" .)
● Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-1594, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.

9. CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and APP sensor terminal 2, ECM terminal 104 and
APP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

EC-1526
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M201, M71 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models) EC
● Harness for open between APP sensor and ECM

C
>> Repair open circuit in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and APP sensor terminal 3, ECM terminal 103 and
APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. E
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.
G
12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. H
● Harness connectors M201, M71 (RHD models)
● Harness connectors M1, E101 (RHD models)
● Harness for open between APP sensor and ECM I

>> Repair open circuit in harness or connectors.

J
13. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1527, "Component Inspection" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14. L
14. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. M
2. Perform EC-1283, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01J5J

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-1527
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 110 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 103 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
110 Fully released 0.6 - 0.9V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7V

103 Fully released 0.3 - 0.6V

(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4V
PBIA9572J

4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.

5. Perform EC-1283, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
6. Perform EC-1284, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
7. Perform EC-1284, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS01J5K

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-1528
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL PFP:25350
A
Description EBS01KNG

The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, heater fan switch sig-
nal, etc.) is transferred through the CAN communication line from BCM to ECM via IPDM E/R. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J5O

Specification data are reference values.

C
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Rear window defogger switch: ON
and/or ON D
LOAD SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON Lighting switch: 2nd position.
Rear window defogger switch and lighting switch: OFF OFF
Heater fan is operating. ON E
HEATER FAN SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Heater fan is not operating. OFF

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J5P

F
1. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCITION-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
G
2. Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition LOAD SIGNAL H
Lighting switch: ON at 2nd position ON
Lighting switch: OFF OFF
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 4. J
PBIB0103E

2. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II K

Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-
II under the following conditions.
L
Condition LOAD SIGNAL
Rear window defogger switch: ON ON
Rear window defogger switch: OFF OFF M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0103E

EC-1529
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION
Check “HEATER FAN SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition LOAD SIGNAL
Heater fan control switch: ON ON
Heater fan control switch: OFF OFF
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END.
NG >> GO TO 6.
PBIB1995E

4. CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM

Refer to LT-7, "HEADLAMP -CONVENTIONAL TYPE-" or LT-42, "HEADLAMP - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM -
".

>> INSPECTION END

5. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM

Refer to GW-16, "REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER" .

>> INSPECTION END

6. CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM

Refer to ATC-18, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" or MTC-17, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1530
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:14920
A
Description EBS01J5Q

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1

Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air C

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Battery Battery voltage*1 EVAP canister EVAP canister purge volume
D
Throttle position sensor Throttle position purge flow control control solenoid valve

Accelerator pedal position sensor Closed throttle position

Heated oxygen sensor 1

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas E
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. F
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas-
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP G
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor H
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/ I
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, J
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.

L
PBIA9215J

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J5R

Specification data are reference values. M

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
● Shift lever: Neutral
PURG VOL C/V
● Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 0 - 50%
● No load

EC-1531
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J5S

MBWA1266E

EC-1532
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
D
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
E

EVAP canister purge vol- PBIB0050E

9 P
ume control solenoid valve
Approximately 10V F
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine) G
NOTE:
Voltage and Duty percent may vary.
PBIB0520E H
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch I
ECM relay OFF
32 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning ignition J
(11 - 14V)
switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V) K
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-1533
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J5T

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the EVAP purge hose (2) connected to the EVAP
canister (1).
– Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1350E

4. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with

CONSULT-II.
5. Start engine and let it idle.
6. Change the valve opening percentage with touching “Qu” or
“Qd” on CONSULT-II screen, and check for vacuum existence at
the EVAP purge hose under the following conditions.
Conditions
Vacuum
(PURG VOL CONT/V)
0% Should not exist.
PBIB0569E
100% Should exist.

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the EVAP purge hose (2) connected to the EVAP
canister (1).
– Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 100 seconds.
4. Check for vacuum existence at the EVAP purge hose under the
following conditions.
Conditions Vacuum
At idle Should not exist.
Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm Should exist. MBIB1350E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER

Refer to EC-1265, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace EVAP canister.

EC-1534
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE A
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-1263, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
C
4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR-
CUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
(1) harness connector.
E
– : Vehicle front
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
F

G
MBIB1342E

H
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. J

K
PBIB0148E

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

L
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R M
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
● IPDM E/R harness connector E14

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1535
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR-
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 2 and
ECM terminal 9.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

PBIB0569E

8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-1537, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1536
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01J5U

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A

With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions. EC

Condition Air passage continuity

(PURG VOL CONT/V value) between A and B
C
100% Yes
0% No
D

PBIA9668J
E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions. F
Air passage continuity
Condition
between A and B
12V direct current supply between termi- G
Yes
nals 1 and 2
No supply No
H

PBIA9560J

Removal and Installation EBS01J5V

I
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-121, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
J

EC-1537
 FUEL INJECTOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
FUEL INJECTOR PFP:16600

Component Description EBS01J5W

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.

SEF375Z

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J5X

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-1331, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
● Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INJ PULSE-B1
● Shift lever: Neutral 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
● No load

EC-1538
 FUEL INJECTOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J5Y

EC

MBWA1222E

EC-1539
 FUEL INJECTOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
25 PU Fuel injector No. 4
PBIB0529E
29 Y Fuel injector No. 3
30 OR Fuel injector No. 2 BATTERY VOLTAGE
31 L Fuel injector No. 1
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIA4943J

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J5Z

1. INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

EC-1540
 FUEL INJECTOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop. C

E
PBIB0133E

Without CONSULT-II F
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard. G

PBIB1986E

J
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.
K

EC-1541
 FUEL INJECTOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector (2) harness connector.
– Ignition coil (1)
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB2968E

4. Check voltage between fuel injector terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0582E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● IPDM E/R harness connector E13
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 25, 29, 30, 31.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

Refer to EC-1543, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace injector.

EC-1542
 FUEL INJECTOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END EC

Component Inspection EBS01J60

FUEL INJECTOR C
1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
Resistance: 10.4 - 15.3Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] D

PBIB1727E

Removal and Installation EBS01J61

G
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-136, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
H

EC-1543
 FUEL PUMP
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
FUEL PUMP PFP:17042

Description EBS01J62

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
Battery Battery voltage*
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and cam-
shaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the
engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump
operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel
pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Condition Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON Operates for 1 second
Engine running and cranking Operates
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds
Except as shown above Stops

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
A turbine type design fuel pump (2) is used in the fuel tank.
● Fuel pressure regulator (1)

PBIB2952E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J63

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY ● Engine running or cranking
● Except above conditions OFF

EC-1544
 FUEL PUMP
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J64

EC

MBWA1403E

EC-1545
 FUEL PUMP
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON]
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
23 GY Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 1 second after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch ON

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J65

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Pinch fuel feed hose (1) with two fingers.
– Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel
feed hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned
ON.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB2978E

2. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 23 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIA9573J

EC-1546
 FUEL PUMP
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E17.
3. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 69 and ECM terminal 23. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. D
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E

Check the following.
● Harness or connectors E50, F1
F
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM

>> Repair harness or connectors. G

5. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness con-
nector (1). I
– Illustration shows the view with rear seat removed.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
J

MBIB1347E
L
5. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
M
Voltage: Battery voltage should exist for 1 second
after ignition switch is turned ON.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 6.

PBIB3004E

EC-1547
 FUEL PUMP
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK 15A FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 15A fuse.
3. Check 15A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace fuse.

7. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E13.
2. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 20 and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” termi-
nal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness or connectors E112, B59
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 3 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

10. CHECK FUEL PUMP

Refer to EC-1549, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace fuel pump.

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-1548
 FUEL PUMP
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01J66

FUEL PUMP A
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals 1 and 3. EC

Resistance: Approximately 0.2 - 5.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

C

PBIA9582J
E
Removal and Installation EBS01J67

FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-14, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" . F

EC-1549
 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S1 PFP:22690

Component Description EBS01J68

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

SEF463R

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J69

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.

EC-1550
 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J6A

EC

MBWA1404E

EC-1551
 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 10V

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm.
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3 G
heater
PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
49 SB Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

Sensor ground [Engine is running]

56 P Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 1) ● Idle speed

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-1552
 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J6B

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. EC
2. Select “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make C
sure that the monitors fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more
than five times in 10 seconds.
D
1 time: RICH → LEAN → RICH
2 times: RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN →RICH
E

SEF820Y

F
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
G
3. Set ECM in Diagnostic test mode - II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
Refer to EC-1274, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
4. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make H
sure that the MI comes ON more than five times in 10 seconds.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END I
NG >> GO TO 2.

SAT652J
K

EC-1553
 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

3. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1 (2).
● : Vehicle front
● Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector (1)
Tightening torque: 50 N·m (5.1 kg-m, 37 ft-lb)

>> GO TO 4.

MBIB1339E

4. CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (Manifold).

SEC502D

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-1554
 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK A
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. EC
NG >> Repair or replace.

6. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT C

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector (1).
D
– : Vehicle front
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 and HO2S1 E
terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. F
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG MBIB1340E
G
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 49 and HO2S1 terminal 4.

Refer to Wiring Diagram. I
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 49 or HO2S1 terminal 4 and ground. J
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
L
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

M
Refer to EC-1364, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.

9. CHECK PCV VALVE

Refer to EC-1267, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace PCV valve.

EC-1555
 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-1557, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1556
 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01J6C

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and adjust “TRIGGER POINT” to 100% in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT- EC
II.
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow- C
ing steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
D

SEF646Y
F
6. Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec- G
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. H
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

I

SEF217YA

SEF648Y
M
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 49 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.

EC-1557
 HO2S1
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.

● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time.

● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V PBIA9566J

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS01J6D

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-125, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD" .

EC-1558
 HO2S1 HEATER
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S1 HEATER PFP:22690
A
Description EBS01J6E

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Heated oxygen sensor 1
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Engine coolant tempera- heater control C
Engine coolant temperature sensor
ture

The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine D
is started.
OPERATION
E
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after warming up ON F

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J6F

Specification data are reference values. G

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine: After warming up
ON H
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
● Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C (176°F)
O2SEN HTR DTY Approx. 30% I
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm

EC-1559
 HO2S1 HEATER
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J6G

MBWA1404E

EC-1560
 HO2S1 HEATER
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Approximately 10V

[Engine is running] D
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm.
Heated oxygen sensor 1
3 G E
heater
PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE F
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
[Engine is running]
G
0 - Approximately 1.0V
49 SB Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
H
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
56 P Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 1) ● Idle speed

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) I

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J6H

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION J

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set tester prove between ECM terminal 3 (HO2S1 heater signal) and ground.
5. Start engine and let it idle. L
6. Check the voltage under the following conditions.
Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal waves as
shown below. M
Conditions Voltage

Approximately 7.0V

At idle

MBIB1394E
PBIB0519E

BATTERY VOLTAGE
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm
(11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

EC-1561
 HO2S1 HEATER
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

3. CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector (1).
– : Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1340E

3. Check voltage between HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIA9576J

EC-1562
 HO2S1 HEATER
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● IPDM E/R connector E13 EC
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse
C

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HO2S1 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 3 and ECM terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-1564, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
J
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . K

>> INSPECTION END

L

EC-1563
 HO2S1 HEATER
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01J6I

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER

1. Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance
2 and 3 3.4 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)

2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur-
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool and
approved anti-seize lubricant.

PBIA9577J

Removal and Installation EBS01J6J

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-125, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD" .

EC-1564
 HO2S2
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description EBS01J6K

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. EC
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt- C
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for D
engine control operation.
SEF327R

E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J6L

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following condi- 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1)
tions are met. 1.0V
– Engine: After warming up G
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) – Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and LEAN ←→ RICH
at idle for 1 minute under no load
H

EC-1565
 HO2S2
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J6M

MBWA1405E

EC-1566
 HO2S2
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
[Engine is running] Approximately 10V
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the fol-
lowing conditions are met. D
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
5 G E
heater minute under no load PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE F
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
[Engine is running]
G
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met.
50 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 – Engine: After warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V H
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load I
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
59 OR ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
● Idle speed J

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J6N

K
1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. L
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
M
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage while revving engine up to 4,000 rpm under
no load at least 10 times.
(Depress and release the accelerator pedal as quickly as possi-
ble.)
The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB2996E

EC-1567
 HO2S2
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
Keep engine at idle for 10 minutes, then check the voltage between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and
ground, or check the voltage when coasting at 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd gear position.
The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

4. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (1).
– Illustaration shows the view from under the vehicle.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 1 and ECM
terminal 59.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG MBIB1341E

OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1568
 HO2S2
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 ECM terminal 50.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E
6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-1569, "Component Inspection" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. G

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . H

>> INSPECTION END

I
Component Inspection EBS01J6O

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-II J
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. K
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2(B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II. L

SEF662Y

EC-1569
 HO2S2
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

PBIB0551E

“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd gear
position.
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this PBIB2996E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS01J6P

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-4, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

EC-1570
 HO2S2 HEATER
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S2 HEATER PFP:226A0
A
Description EBS01J6Q

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator EC
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Heated oxygen sensor 2 C
Engine coolant tempera- Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor heater control
ture
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
D
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION E
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Above 3,600 rpm OFF
F
● Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
ON
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
G
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01J6R

H
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF I
● Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
HO2S2 HTR (B1) – Engine: After warming up
ON
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute J
and at idle for 1 minute under no load

EC-1571
 HO2S2 HEATER
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J6S

MBWA1405E

EC-1572
 HO2S2 HEATER
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
[Engine is running] Approximately 10V
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the fol-
lowing conditions are met. D
– Engine: After warming up
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
5 G E
heater minute under no load PBIA8148J

[Ignition switch: ON]

● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE F
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm.
[Engine is running]
G
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
after the following conditions are met.
50 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 – Engine: After warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V H
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load I
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
59 OR ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
● Idle speed J

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-1573
 HO2S2 HEATER
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J6T

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set tester proves between ECM terminal 5 (HO2S2 heater signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage under the following conditions.
Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal waves as
shown below.
Conditions Voltage

Approximately 10V

At idle

MBIB1395E
PBIA8148J

BATTERY VOLTAGE
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm
(11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1574
 HO2S2 HEATER
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (1).
– Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle. EC
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1341E
E
4. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
F
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 4.

H
PBIA9576J

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I

Check the following.

● Harness connectors E50, F1 J
● IPDM E/R connector E13
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse K

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
5. CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 3 and ECM terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

Refer to EC-1576, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

EC-1575
 HO2S2 HEATER
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01J6U

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

1. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance
2 and 3 3.4 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)

2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur-
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool and
approved anti-seize lubricant.

PBIA9577J

Removal and Installation EBS01J6V

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-4, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

EC-1576
 IAT SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description EBS01J6W

The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal EC
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise. C

PBIA9559J

E
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ F
°C (°F)
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359 G
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 46 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground.

CAUTION: H
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. I

EC-1577
 IAT SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J6X

MBWA1265E

EC-1578
 IAT SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J6Y

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION A

1. Turn ignition switch ON.

2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 46 and ground with CON- EC
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 0 - 4.8V
C
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2. D

MBIB1396E
E

2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .
G

J
MBIB1336E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40 K
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)

OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-1579
 IAT SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor
is built-into) (1) harness connector.
– : Vehicle front
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1337E

4. Check voltage between mass air flow sensor terminal 5 and

ground.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIB1169E

4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 6 and ECM terminal 55.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-1581, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1580
 IAT SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01J6Z

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

1. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (1) terminals 5
and 6 under the following conditions.
EC
Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature C
sensor).

D
PBIA9559J

SEF012P
H

Removal and Installation EBS01J70

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR I

Refer to EM-119, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-1581
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
IGNITION SIGNAL PFP:22448

Component Description EBS01J71

IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition
coil (1) primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper
high voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
● Fuel injector (2)

PBIB2968E

EC-1582
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J72

EC

MBWA1220E

EC-1583
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
32 P
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)

EC-1584
IGNITION SIGNAL
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

EC

MBWA1221E

EC-1585
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

0 - 0.3V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
17 R Ignition signal No. 1 at idle
PBIA9265J
18 LG Ignition signal No. 2
21 G Ignition signal No. 4
0.2 - 0.5V
22 SB Ignition signal No. 3

[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIA9266J

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J73

1. CHECK ENGINE START

Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 4.

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.

PBIB0133E

EC-1586
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
EC
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 17, 18, 21, 22
and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below. C
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
D

E
PBIA9567J

PBIA9265J

OK or NG F
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.
G
4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. H
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 105 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Go to EC-1342, "POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- J
CUIT" .

K
PBIA9575J

EC-1587
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser (1) harness connector.
– : Vehicle front
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB2977E

4. Check voltage between condenser terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 6.

PBIB0624E

6. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E14.
3. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 33 and condenser terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> Go to EC-1342, "POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1588
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between condenser terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. D

9. CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-1590, "Component Inspection" E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace condenser. F

10. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect ignition coil (1) harness connector. H
– Fuel injector (2)
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
I

PBIB2968E K

5. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
L
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.

SEF107S

11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connector F1
● Harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F1

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-1589
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
12. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

13. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 17, 18, 21, 22 and ignition coil terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

14. CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

Refer to EC-1590, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Replace ignition coil with power transistor.

15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS01J74

IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 and 3 Except 0 or ∞
1 and 2
Except 0
1 and 3
4. If NG, replace ignition coil with power transistor.
If OK, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. MBIB0032E

EC-1590
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. Remove fuel pump fuse (2) in IPDM E/R (1) to release fuel pres-
sure. A
– : Vehicle front
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-II to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres- EC
sure applies again during the following procedure.
8. Start engine.
9. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel C
pressure.
10. Turn ignition switch OFF. MBIB1332E

11. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electri- D
cal discharge from the ignition coils.
12. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
13. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. E
14. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
15. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm
between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion F
as shown in the figure.
16. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal G
portion.
Spark should be generated.
H
CAUTION:
● Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock PBIB2325E
while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage I
becomes 20kV or more.
● It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm is taken.

NOTE: J
When the gap is less than 13 mm, the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
17. If NG, replace ignition coil with power transistor.
K
CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector. L
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals 1 and 2.
Resistance: Above 1 MΩ at 25°C (77°F)
M

PBIB0794E

Removal and Installation EBS01J75

IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

Refer to EM-133, "IGNITION COIL" .

EC-1591
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:92136

Component Description EBS01J76

The refrigerant pressure sensor (1) is installed at the condenser of

the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
● : Vehicle front

MBIB1348E

PBIB2657E

EC-1592
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01J77

EC

MBWA1224E

EC-1593
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
41 BR Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0V
● Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
48 Y ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
● Idle speed
Sensor power supply
74 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J78

1. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 41 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIA9574J

EC-1594
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A
1. Turn A/C switch and blower switch OFF.
2. Stop engine.
3. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body. EC
Refer to EC-1347, "Ground Inspection" .

MBIB1336E

F
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E26 2. IPDM E/R 3. Body ground E40
(View with headlamp LH removed) (View with headlamp RH removed)
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. H

3. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor (1) harness connector. I
– : Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J

L
MBIB1348E

3. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3

and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. M

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

SEF479Y

EC-1595
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 48.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 41.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
● Harness connectors E50, F1
● Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-1341, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-1596
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS01J79

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR A

Refer to ATC-92, "REFRIGERANT LINES" or MTC-64, "REFRIGERANT LINES" .

EC

EC-1597
 VSS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
VSS PFP:32702

Description EBS01J7A

The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” by CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communi-
cation line.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01J7B

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Lift up the vehicle.
3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Select “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
5. Select “VHCL SPEED SE” indication when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
“VHCL SPEED SE” indication should
exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH).
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0164E

3. CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Refer to BRC-8, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" or BRC-61, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.

4. CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION

Refer to DI-6, "COMBINATION METERS" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1598
 MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS PFP:24814
A
Wiring Diagram EBS01J7C

LHD MODELS
EC

MBWA1225E

EC-1599
 MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS

MBWA1226E

EC-1600
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030
A
Fuel Pressure EBS01J7D

Fuel pressure at idle Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)
EC
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing EBS01J7E

Hatchback: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)

Target idle speed No load* (in Neutral position)
C+C: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) C
Air conditioner: ON In Neutral position 850 rpm or more
Ignition timing In Neutral position 6 ± 5° BTDC
D
*: Under the following conditions:
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger) E
● Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Mass Air Flow Sensor EBS01J7F

F
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14V)
Output voltage at idle 1.0 - 1.2V*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load. G

Intake Air Temperature Sensor EBS01J7G

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ H

25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 0.283 - 0.359
I
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor EBS01J7H

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

J
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 K

Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater EBS01J7I

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 3.4 - 4.4Ω L

Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater EBS01J7J

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 3.4 - 4.4Ω M

Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) EBS01J7K

Refer to EC-1416, "Component Inspection" .

Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) EBS01J7L

Refer to EC-1422, "Component Inspection" .

Throttle Control Motor EBS01J7M

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 1 - 15Ω

Fuel Injector EBS01J7N

Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 10.4 - 15.3Ω

Fuel Pump EBS01J7O

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 0.2 - 5.0Ω

EC-1601
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[HR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

EC-1602